Gei 100679

GEI-100679R
Mark* VIe Controller

DCS Block Library
These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible
contingency to be met during installation, operation, and maintenance. The information is supplied for informational
purposes only, and GE makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein. Changes, modifications,
and/or improvements to equipment and specifications are made periodically and these changes may or may not be reflected
herein. It is understood that GE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to the equipment referenced herein or to
the document itself at any time. This document is intended for trained personnel familiar with the GE products referenced
herein.
This document is approved for public disclosure.
GE may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing of this
document does not provide any license whatsoever to any of these patents.
GE provides the following document and the information included therein as is and without warranty of any kind, expressed
or implied, including but not limited to any implied statutory warranty of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose.
For further assistance or technical information, contact the nearest GE Sales or Service Office, or an authorized GE Sales
Representative.
Revised: Jan 2015

Issued: April 2008
Copyright © 2008 – 2015 General Electric Company, All rights reserved.

___________________________________
* Indicates a trademark of General Electric Company and/or its subsidiaries.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
We would appreciate your feedback about our documentation.

Please send comments or suggestions to controls.doc@ge.com
For public disclosure

Document Updates
Updated Description
Added further detail to the Outputs table for
The blocks, Group_Version 2 (GRP_
the AU_ORD pin to include 2 second pulse on
V2) and Group_Version 3 (GRP_V3)
transition to Auto
The blocks, Heartbeat (Heartbeat) and Updated pin names, pin descriptions, and
Motor Operated Valve (M_O_V) block diagrams
The blocks, Dual Select_Version 2 Replaced the block Attributes figure and
(DUALSEL_V2) ,Median Select_ added the format specification for the output
Version 2 (MEDSEL_V2), and Quad block, FormatSp Attribute Name Value,
Select_Version 2 (QUADSEL_V2) TempFS
2 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

Contents
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................5
1.1 Changing Data Type of a Variant Block.......................................................................................................7
2 Analog Input (AI) .........................................................................................................................................8
3 Analog Output (AO).................................................................................................................................... 15
4 Analog Step Drum (ASTEPDRUM) ............................................................................................................... 19
5 Breaker (BREAKER) .................................................................................................................................. 21
6 Breaker_Version 2 (BREAKER_V2) .............................................................................................................. 41
7 Convert (CONVERT) .................................................................................................................................. 61
8 Digital Step Drum (DSTEPDRUM) ............................................................................................................... 66
9 Dual Select (DUALSEL).............................................................................................................................. 68
10 Dual Select_Version 2 (DUALSEL_V2)........................................................................................................ 76
11 Enthalpy of Superheated Steam (ENTHALPY_STM) ...................................................................................... 84
12 Enthalpy of Subcooled Water (ENTHALPY_WTR)......................................................................................... 85
13 First In-First Out (FIFO)............................................................................................................................. 86
14 Flow Calculator (FLOW_CALC) ................................................................................................................. 88
15 Force (FORCE) ........................................................................................................................................ 90
16 Gain Bias (GAIN_BIAS)............................................................................................................................ 94
17 Group (GRP)............................................................................................................................................ 95
18 Group_Version 2 (GRP_V2) ......................................................................................................................103
19 Group_Version 3 (GRP_V3) ......................................................................................................................110
20 Heartbeat (HEARTBEAT) .........................................................................................................................116
21 High and Low Monitor (HI_LO_MON) .......................................................................................................117
22 Level Compensation (LVL_COMP).............................................................................................................119
23 Motor Operated Valve (M_O_V).................................................................................................................123
24 Motor Operated Valve_Version 2 (M_O_V_V2).............................................................................................146
25 Motor Operated Valve_Version 3 (M_O_V_V3).............................................................................................167
26 Motor Operated Valve with Jog (M_O_V_JOG).............................................................................................185
27 Motor Operated Valve with Jog_Version 2 (M_O_V_JOG_V2).........................................................................220
28 Massflow Gas (MASSFLOW_GAS)............................................................................................................254
29 Massflow Steam (MASSFLOW_STM) ........................................................................................................257
30 Massflow Water (MASSFLOW_WTR) ........................................................................................................260
31 Median Select (MEDSEL) .........................................................................................................................263
32 Median Select_Version 2 (MEDSEL_V2) .....................................................................................................273
33 Multiplexer (MUX) ..................................................................................................................................283
34 Override (OVERRIDE) .............................................................................................................................285
35 Override Station Enhanced (OVR_ST_ENH) ................................................................................................290
36 Override Station Enhanced_Version 2 (OVR_ST_ENH_V2) ............................................................................330
37 Permit (PERMIT) ....................................................................................................................................370
38 Proportional Integral Derivative Enhanced (PID_MA_ENH) ............................................................................377
39 Proportional Integral Derivative Enhanced_Version 2 (PID_MA_ENH_V2)........................................................431
40 Proportional Gain (PROP_GAIN) ...............................................................................................................486
41 Quad Select (QUADSEL)..........................................................................................................................488
42 Quad Select_Version 2 (QUADSEL_V2)......................................................................................................500
43 Quality Average (QUAL_AVG) ..................................................................................................................512
Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 3

44 Run Timer (RUN_TIMER) ........................................................................................................................514
45 Solenoid Operated Valve (S_O_V) ..............................................................................................................515
46 Solenoid Operated Valve_Version 2 (S_O_V_V2) ..........................................................................................532
47 Solenoid Operated Valve_Version 3 (S_O_V_V3) ..........................................................................................548
48 Saturation Pressure (SAT_PRESSURE)........................................................................................................565
49 Saturation Temperature (SAT_TEMP)..........................................................................................................566
50 Setpoint Station (SETPOINT_ST) ...............................................................................................................567
51 Starter (STARTER) ..................................................................................................................................571
52 Starter_Version 2 (STARTER_V2) ..............................................................................................................593
53 Starter_Version 3 (STARTER_V3) ..............................................................................................................610
54 Steamtable (STEAMTABLE) .....................................................................................................................628
55 Superheat of Steam (SUPERHEAT).............................................................................................................633
56 Pulse Totalizer (TOTALIZER_PULSE)........................................................................................................636
57 Rate Totalizer (TOTALIZER_RATE)...........................................................................................................637
58 Track (TRACK).......................................................................................................................................638
59 Transfer (TRANSFER) .............................................................................................................................641
60 Volume of Water (VOL_WATER) ...............................................................................................................643
61 Vote (VOTE)...........................................................................................................................................645

1 Introduction
Blocks are software subroutines that are included in the tasks to be run in the controller.
Within the ToolboxST* application, the connections are accomplished graphically using
pins and wires to form a data flow diagram. The blocks run in the order listed in the task.
The connections between the blocks are RAM memory elements through which data is
passed. These elements are referred to as variables. Each variable has a defined data type
and must be connected to pins of the same data type. Some block pins accept multiple
data types and others are capable of converting from one data type to another.
Each block entry in the library consists of the following:
• Block name and category

• Block description
• Block diagram
• Pin definitions
• Application notes (optional)
Each block has a full name and a simple name. The full name is descriptive and too long
to display in a block diagram. For this reason, all blocks have a simple name. The simple
name is displayed in the ToolboxST application.
Floating point (REAL and LREAL) values conform to IEEE® 754. The standard defines
certain computational exceptions that may produce non-standard results, such as divide by
zero. These non-standard values include infinities and Not a Numbers (NaNs), which, if
used in subsequent calculations, produce additional non-standard results. The software
has been designed to prevent the production and proliferation of such values. Function
block descriptions may include additional details concerning floating point exception
handling where needed.
Block Libraries also contain rubber blocks, which are sized according to the number of
pins used. Within the library, the blocks are grouped functionally to simplify the task of
converting ideas into blocks. For example, the Controller Monitor (CTRLR_MON) block
is a member of the System category.
Pin names are given modifiers A graphical representation of the software for each block is provided in the form of a
that provide additional block diagram that includes the simple block name and block configuration pins and
information about the pin. variable pins, which transfer data in and out of the block. The pins are located on the
block diagram according to their usage. All input pins (pins read by the block) and block
configuration pins are listed on the left. All output pins (pins written by the block) and
state pins (pins read and written by the block) are listed on the right. The pin name is
listed beside each pin inside the block diagram border.
Pin Name Modifiers Description

^ prefixed with a carat (^ONREQ) Pin is rising-edge sensitive
[ ] suffixed with square brackets Pin expects a variable that is an array of the
(STATE[4]) size indicated within the brackets

Block Data Type
The Block Data Type is set in The pin data type identifier is listed beside the pin outside of the block diagram border.
the block Property Editor. The basic data types used in the block libraries are BOOL, INT, UINT, REAL, LREAL,
DINT and UDINT. Blocks with data types ANY_NUM and ANY must have the Block
Data Type set to match the intended data type of the block output.
Note The default value of Boolean inputs is False unless the input is a block Enable, in
which case the default is True and the default value of inputs with data types INT, UINT,
DINT, UDINT, REAL and LREAL is 0, until otherwise specified.
The block content provides tables to define the input and output pins. Each entry includes
the block name for the variable, basic data type, typical scaling units, and a description of
the variable. Typical scaling units are supplied for reference only; specific applications
may use other scaling units as appropriate.
Data Type Identifier Basic Data Type Description

A Any (ANY) Any data type
B Boolean (BOOL) 8-bit Boolean
I Integer (INT) 16-bit Signed Integer
DI Double Integer (DINT) 32-bit (Long) Signed Integer
R Real (REAL) 32-bit Floating Point
LR Long Real (LREAL) 64-bit (Long) Floating Point
UI Unsigned Integer (UINT) 16-bit Unsigned Integer
UDI Unsigned Double Integer 32-bit (Long) Unsigned
(UDINT) Integer
N Numeric (ANY_NUM) Any data type except Boolean
S Analog or Boolean (Simple) Any simple data type
Data Type Identifier Type Definition Modifier Description

# m Build time constant

1.1 Changing Data Type of a Variant Block
There are few blocks that support more than one data type as an input and/or output.
➢ To change the block data type

1. Select the block for which to change the data type.
2. From the Block Properties window, expand the General section.
3. From the Property Editor, select the Block Data Type.
4. From the Block Data Type drop-down box, select a valid data type for the block.
From the Block Data Type

drop down list , select a valid
data type for the block.
Changing Block Data Type

2 Analog Input (AI)
Block Category: AI, Analog Operations
This block should only be used The Analog Input (AI) block is used for the following purposes:
with Analog I/O (including
Modbus Ethernet • Instantiates the status variable into the system
communications). • Monitors analog I/O point health, engineering unit range violations, and process limit
violations and propagates that information through the output status variable
• I/O scaling when a linear scale or flow extraction is required
ToolboxST Configuration
The AI_TYPE enumeration controls the method of I/O scaling to be performed. The
values are described as follows:
DIRECT requires the inputs IN, EU_MAX, and EU_MIN. The value of IN is transferred
to OUT without modification. OUT is only calculated if IN is greater than the low cutout,
IN_LCO. If IN is less than IN_LCO, then OUT equals EU_MIN.
Where Lag is First-order lag Filter, the lag time constant is expressed in seconds by
TC. The transfer function of the filter is of the form 1 / (1 + TCs).
INDIRECT_SCL requires the inputs IN, EU_MAX, EU_MIN, IN_H_SCL, and IN_L_
SCL. The block calculates OUT by linearly scaling IN based on these inputs. OUT is only
calculated if IN is greater than the low cutout, IN_LCO. If IN is less than IN_LCO, then
OUT equals EU_MIN. If IN < IN_L_SCL then IN is clamped to IN_L_SCL and the OUT
is to EU_MIN.
INDIRECT_SQRT requires the inputs IN, EU_MAX, EU_MIN, IN_H_SCL, IN_L_

SCL, and IN_LCO. OUT is the calculated flow for non-compressible fluids through a
differential head flow meter. IN_H_SCL is the maximum design DP and IN_L_SCL is
the minimum design DP. EU_MAX is the maximum design flow and EU_MIN is the
minimum design flow. OUT is only calculated if IN is greater than the low cutout, IN_
LCO. If IN is less than IN_LCO, then OUT equals EU_MIN. If IN < IN_L_SCL then IN
is clamped to IN_L_SCL and the OUT is set EU_MIN.

STATUS CALCULATION
The AI block monitors the I/O point health, I/O pack health, EGD link status,
engineering unit range violations, and process limit range violations to calculate the
output status for an I/O point. The block begins the status calculation by obtaining the
health status of the input specified. The status output provides the instantaneous status
of the variable input. A Healthy value on the status output implies a Healthy input pin.
All Ethernet communication links have a bit error rate, so occasional loss of a single
EGD packet on an Ethernet network is considered normal and expected. The status will
become Uncertain for the configured health delay period before becoming Unhealthy.
A period refers to the time between consecutive transmissions of the variable. For most
variables from I/O packs, the period corresponds to the frame rate, although certain I/O
packs such as PSCA do not always transmit at frame rate. For variables that derive
their health from the health of a received EGD page from another controller, the period
depends on the frame rate of the transmitting source and the associated page period
multiplier. From the ToolboxST application, select the EGD tab to view Period
information. For detailed timing information refer to the section, Output Health Status
Details . Refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block Library, the Status
Monitoring (STATUS_MONITORING) block.
The output status is generated using the following rules:
• If an input pin has a value of NaN (Not a Number), the output status is set to
NOT_LIMITED__BAD [0], [1], or [2].
• If the Page health and point health is Uncertain, the output status will not exceed
NOT_LIMITED__LAST_KNOWN_VALUE__UNCERTAIN [68]. Page health
refers to the health of the I/O pack, IONet EGD, or EGD link OK status associated
with the input point.
• If the Page health is bad, the output status will not exceed NOT_LIMITED__NO_
COMM_WITH_NO_USABLE_VALUE__BAD [24].
• If the Page health is Healthy or Uncertain, but Point health is not Healthy, the
output status will not exceed NOT_LIMITED__SENSOR_FAILURE__BAD [16].
In this case, Point health refers to the health of the I/O pack point status associated
with the input point.
• If the type, AI_TYPE, is unknown or if the scaling is such that the maximum is
less than the minimum, the output status is limited to NOT_LIMITED__
CONFIGURATION_ERROR__BAD [4].
• If the output is out of PROCESS LIMIT when limit checking is enabled, that is,
PROC_LIM = True, the output status is limited to NOT_LIMITED__
UNCERTAIN [64].
• If the output is out of OUTPUT SCALE limits, the output status is limited to
NOT_LIMITED__ENGINEERING_UNIT_RANGE_VIOLATION__
UNCERTAIN [84].
• If none of these conditions exists, NOT_LIMITED-GOODNC [128] will be the
output status.

When an AI block is inserted into the application code, the ToolboxST application
displays the following window.
Changing Default Attributes

Refer to the table, Global When the user clicks OK, the block and pin connections will be configured automatically.
Variable. Once the block is added, a global pin is added. The block output is the value of the Device
Attribute Name, 00AI1000. Additionally, the description, AI Description in this example,
becomes the block output description. The FormatSp Attribute Name Value, TempFS, is
the format specification of the block output. If a valid format specification attribute is
entered, the Engineering Maximum and Engineering Minimum values of that format
specification are used to calculate OUT and determine engineering unit violations. If no
format specification attribute is entered or is invalid, the values of EU_MAX and
EU_MIN pins are used to calculate OUT and determine engineering unit violations. All
references to EU_MAX and EU_MIN in this section are based on this concept.
AI Block

Inputs
Name Description Data Type Initial Value Visibility Interface Type
AI_TYPE INPUT SCALING UINT (ENUM) DIRECT Always Value Only
PARAMETER
EU_MAX OUTPUT HIGH SCALE REAL 100 Always Value Only
EU_MIN OUTPUT LOW SCALE REAL 0 Always Value Only
IN INPUT VARIABLE REAL 0 Always Value Only
IN_H_SCL INPUT HIGH SCALE REAL 100 Always Value Only
IN_L_SCL INPUT LOW SCALE REAL 0 Always Value Only
IN_LCO LOW CUTOUT VALUE REAL 0 Always Value Only
PROC_LIM PROCESS LIMITS BOOL False Always Value Only
EVALUATED
PROC_MAX PROCESS LIMIT MAXIMUM REAL 100 Always Value Only
PROC_MIN PROCESS LIMIT MINIMUM REAL 0 Always Value Only
TC FILTER TIME CONSTANT REAL 0 Always Value Only
IN SECONDS
QLTY_DLY BAD QUALITY TO GOOD UINT 1000 Always Value Only
QUALITY DELAY, MSEC.
BAD_QLTY_DLY† GOOD QUALITY TO BAD UINT -1 Always Value Only
QUALITY DELAY, MSEC.
† This pin does not impact block operation and should no longer be used. The health drop out delay is controlled by the global
setting network health delay from the Hardware tab in the ToolboxST application. Refer to GEH-6700, ToolboxST User Guide
for Mark VIe Control, Chapter 6 Mark VIe Component Editor, the section, Health Delay.
Output
{Device} {Desc} REAL 0 Always Value with Status
Global Variable
Pin Name Description Alarm Alarm Event EGD Page External
Class Access
11AI1000 HP Feedwater Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
Pressure

Analog Alarm Configuration
To configure analog alarms on a variable, the Alarm Property must be configured for that
variable. This enables the configuration of BQ (Bad Quality), RH (Rate of change high),
DH (High Deviation), H, HH, HHH (or 3H), L, LL, and LLL (or 3L).
Note AnalogAlarmDefault should be used when a variable is to be used as an alarm.

Enabling this turns on more options for this variable in the Alarms and Events Property
Editor.
Enabling Analog Alarms on a Variable
Additional Options in Alarms and Events Property Editor

➢ To enable the H Alarm: in the property grid, set the H property to True to add the
variables displayed in the following figure to the variable list.
H Variables
H_SP is the setpoint for the High alarm on the variable. H_T is the delay time (in ms).
When the comparison between the setpoint and the value is done, it waits H_T
milliseconds before issuing the alarm. HYST is the Hysteresis of the alarm values. Set the
initial values to effectively use them. 00AI1000.H is the actual variable name that
generates the alarm.
Output Health Status Details
For I/O pack variable sources, the AI output status goes bad during the first period, in
which the controller receives an indication from the I/O pack that the variable is bad. It
will go Uncertain the first period in which the controller does not receive the variable, as
follows:
• For a network with simplex redundancy, the AI output status goes Uncertain after the
loss of the only input data packet for the health delay period before becoming bad.
• For a network with dual redundancy, the AI output status goes Uncertain after the
loss of both input data packets for the health delay period before becoming bad.
• For a network with TMR redundancy, the AI output status goes Uncertain after the
loss of the second input data packet for one period before becoming bad.
This Unhealthy status could be caused by a communication failure with the I/O pack or
by the I/O pack's determination that the signal is Unhealthy based on conditions specific
to that type of I/O pack and input.
For external network/EGD page sources, including variables received over the Unit Data
Highway (UDH) or Control Data Highway (CDH) using EGD pages, the AI output status
on the AI block for an input variable does not go Unhealthy after the loss of a single input
data packet containing that variable. Instead, the corresponding AI status output goes
Unhealthy during the fourth Unhealthy period. Since EGD pages may be configured to
run at different rates, the health of the variable is verified once each period as configured
for that EGD exchange. Each time an EGD exchange is received, the associated input
variables in that exchange are set to Healthy status and a timeout timer for that exchange
is set to four. The timeout timer is then decremented each time the configured time
interval occurs. If the timeout timer reaches zero, all input variables in that exchange are
set with an Unhealthy status and the counter remains at zero until the EGD exchange is
successfully received again.
I/O points transition from Unhealthy to Healthy the first frame they are received Healthy
from the I/O module.
Note For input health information to be viewable in a live data display, for example in
Live View, Trender, or the blockware editor, the input must be connected to either a
VAR_HEALTH or AI block.

Single Network I/O Pack Input Response to Loss of Input
When a network input on an I/O pack is no longer received, the input is marked Uncertain
and the value holds the previous Healthy input state for the configured base health delay
number of periods. After this, the value is set to the default value and marked Unhealthy.
Responses to Loss of Input (Base Health Delay = 3)

Loss of Input
Frame 1 2 3 4 5
Health Uncertain Unhealthy
Values Hold last Default
Dual Network I/O Pack Input Response to Loss of Input

When both network inputs on an I/O pack are no longer received, the input is marked
Uncertain and the value holds the previous Healthy input state for the configured base
health delay number of periods. After this, the input value is set to the default value and is
marked Unhealthy. If only one input goes Unhealthy, the input value remains Healthy.
Responses to Loss of Input
Loss of 1st Input Loss of 2nd Input

Frame 1 2 3 4 5 Frame 1 2 3 4 5
Health Healthy Health Uncertain Unhealthy
2nd
Values Values Hold last Default
input
TMR Network I/O Pack Input Response to Loss of Input

The input value is always calculated from the voted value of the three network inputs.
Thus, if more than one input goes Unhealthy, the input value is voted to Unhealthy. If
only one input goes Unhealthy, the input value remains Healthy.

Loss of 1st Input Loss of 2nd Input
Frame 1 2 3 4 5 Frame 1 2 3 4 5
Unheal-
Health Healthy Health Uncertain
thy
Values Voted Values Voted Default (from vote)
External Network/EGD Page Response to Loss of Input

When an EGD page is no longer received, the input is marked Uncertain and the previous
Healthy input state is held. After four periods, the input is marked Unhealthy.

Loss of Input
Frame 1 2 3 4 5
Health Uncertain Unhealthy
Values Hold last Hold last

3 Analog Output (AO)
Block Category: AO, Analog Operations
The Analog Output (AO) block monitors and propagates the quality status of analog
output variables connected to CV and/or SV. When the output variable statuses are not
bad, the value and status of TRK_OUT is equal to the value and status of IN. If AO_
TYPE equals SPLIT RANGE, AO outputs CV, SV, and TRK_OUT. If AO_TYPE equals
NORMAL, AO outputs CV and TRK_OUT.
AO Block
CV and SV are characterized outputs with a POP feature enabled by default. The
characterization of IN to CV and IN to SV is determined by the array value relationships
for CV_X to CV_Y and SV_X to SV_Y, respectively. CV_X, CV_Y, SV_X, and SV_Y
are Local array type variables with 13 elements each; whose initial values can be
modified for characterization purposes. The POP feature is designed to provide a valve
closing hysteresis loop. This prevents a control valve from throttling on the valve seat,
reducing control valve wear. In the decreasing direction, the feature does not allow CV to
become less than the value of CL until the characterized value of IN becomes less than
CR. When the characterized value of IN becomes less than CR, CV is set to CMN. In the
increasing direction, CV remains equal to CMN until the characterized value of IN
becomes greater than the value of CL. Once the characterized value of IN is greater than
CL, CV will POP to the value of CL and CV will follow the characterized value of IN as
long as it is above CL. The POP feature is enabled when CL>CR>CMN and disabled
when CL=CR=CMN, where CMN is the control variable minimum desired output value.
This POP concept also applies to SV by setting the values of SL, SR and SMN.
Note The CMN and SMN must be greater than or equal to the first element of the array.
AO_TYPE enumerations control the nature of the pins available.
AO_TYPE Enumerations
Enumeration Description
NORMAL Normal - single output
SPLIT_RANGE Split range - two outputs
NORMAL — requires inputs IN, CL, CMN, CR, CV_X and CV_Y and provides outputs
CV and TRK_OUT.
SPLIT RANGE — requires inputs IN, CL, CMN, CR, CV_X, CV_Y, SL, SMN, SR,
SV_X and SV_Y, and provides outputs CV,SV, and TRK_OUT.

Direct Characterization

Reverse Characterization
The AO block propagates quality status. Status option cannot be disabled on this block.
Block status modifications:

The analog output variables attached to CV and SV are monitored for quality status, resulting in the following possible
TRK_OUT statuses:
• I/O Pack Health Failed – NOT_LIMITED-DEVICE_FAILURE-BAD [12]

• I/O Pack Health Failed – NOT_LIMITED-SENSOR_FAILURE-BAD [16]
• If none of the above conditions exist, it is equal to IN status
For further details on single input/single output blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block Library,
the Status Monitoring (STATUS_MONITORING) block.

Inputs
AO_TYPE Output type (0=NORMAL; 1= UINT(ENUM) NORMAL Parameter Value Only
SPLIT RANGE)
CL CV pop level REAL 7 Parameter Value Only
CMN Minimum CV REAL -5 Parameter Value Only

CR CV reset to min level REAL 0.1 Parameter Value Only
CV_X Input characterization for CV REAL -10,0,10,20,30,40, Parameter Value Only
50,60,70,80,
90,100,110
CV_Y Output characterization for CV REAL -10,0,10,20,30,40, Parameter Value Only
50,60,70,80,
90,100,110
IN Input Value REAL 0 Always Value with Status
SL SV pop level REAL 7 Parameter Value Only
SMN Minimum SV REAL -5 Parameter Value Only
SR SV reset to min level REAL 0.1 Parameter Value Only
SV_X Input characterization for SV REAL -10,0,10,20,30,40, Parameter Value Only
50,60,70,80,
90,100,110
SV_Y Output characterization for SV REAL -10,0,10,20,30,40, Parameter Value Only
50,60,70,80,
90,100,110
Outputs
CV CV output REAL -5 Always Value Only
SV SV output REAL 0 Always Value Only
TRK_OUT Tracking output REAL 0 Always Value with Status

4 Analog Step Drum (ASTEPDRUM)
Block Category: ASTEPDRUM, Analog Operations
The Analog Step Drum (ASTEPDRUM) block is a software drum controller with one
analog output value and up to 32 steps (if 2OUT = False), or two analog output values
and up to 16 steps each (if 2OUT = True). The output selected is based on the current step
number and its corresponding N value(s).
The maximum number of steps is initialized with NMAX (up to 32 when 2OUT = False,
up to 16 when 2OUT = True).
In tracking mode (TRK_MOD is True), the current step number, STEP, is equal to TRK_
STEP. If TRK_STEP is equal to zero or greater than NMAX, the selecting mode TRK_
MOD is ignored and the block switches to Manual mode. MN_REJ becomes True.
In Manual mode (TRK_MOD = False), the selected step is increased or decreased (with
each False to True transition of INC or DEC). If the step number is equal to the maximum
number of steps, NMAX, then the next transition of INC will cause the step number to
reset to one. If the current step number is equal to one, then all transitions of DEC will be
ignored. If INC and DEC transition from False to True on the same scan, then the current
step is maintained.
Note This is a variant block that supports any one the following block data types:
Integer, Double Integer, Real, Long Real, Unsigned Integer, Unsigned Double Integer.
The default data type is REAL. Refer to the section, Changing Data Type of a Variant
Block.
ASTEPDRUM Block
ASTEPDRUM Block Expanded

Inputs
2OUT Analog output pair selected BOOL False Always Value Only
DEC Decrements the current step BOOL False Always Value Only
number in manual mode
INC Increments the current step BOOL False Always Value Only
N1 Output1 value for step 1 REAL 0 Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
N16 Output1 value for step 16 REAL 0 Always Value Only
N17 Output1 value for step 17 (if REAL 0 Always Value Only
2OUT is False) OR Output2 for
step 1 (if 2OUT is True)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
N32 Output1 value for step 32 (if REAL 0 Always Value Only
2OUT is False) OR Output2 for
step 16 (if 2OUT is True)
NMAX Maximum number of steps UNIT 1 Parameter Value Only
TRK_MOD Enable tracking mode BOOL False Always Value Only
TRK_STEP Selected step number for UNIT 1 Parameter Value Only
tracking mode
Outputs
MN_REJ Reject to manual mode BOOL False Always Value Only
OUT1 Output1 value for corresponding REAL 0 Always Value Only
step number
OUT2 Output2 value for corresponding REAL 0 Always Value Only
step number
STEP Current step number INT 1 Always Value Only

5 Breaker (BREAKER)
Block Category: BREAKER, Device Control
Note Legacy Status — The BREAKER block is not supported for use in new Mark
VIe control systems (ControlST software suite V05.02 or later). It is in place to support
the maintenance of legacy Mark VIe control systems (prior to ControlST software suite
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the BREAKER_V2 block; it provides
equivalent functionality.
The Breaker (BREAKER) block controls a low-voltage (LV) or medium-voltage (MV)

breaker. The block provides pulse outputs, OP_ORD, to open, or CL_ORD, to close the
breaker. The block requires the inputs OPEN and CLOSED from the limit switches of the
breaker. The block will generate a failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_A, a failed-to-close
alarm, FL_CL_A, and a limit switch congruency alarm, CONGR_A, that alarms when the
breaker limit switches indicate that the breaker is open and closed at the same time or if
neither position is indicated.
The BREAKER block has various enumerations that are used to control block operation.
Control (CTL) is an enumeration set by the HMI operator for breaker control. The
commands available from the HMI allow manual and automatic breaker control capability
and/or lockout capability if the block property MODE_OPT enumeration selected allows
the auto and/or lock mode. The breaker may be opened or closed in Manual mode by the
OPEN_CMD or CLOSE_CMD commands, respectively.
MODE_OPT Enumerations
Enumeration Command Definitions
NO_CMD No command
AUTO_CMD Auto command

MANUAL_CMD Manual command
LOCK_CMD Lock command
UNLOCK_CMD Unlock command
OPEN_CMD Open command
CLOSE_CMD Close command
RESET_CMD Fault reset command
TC_RESET_CMD TC reset command

Block Property Enumerations and Functionality
Refer to the section, Appendix IO_OPT, MODE_OPT, and IO_MON enumerations control how the object behaves. For
for a complete list of possible example, if the breaker has control power and available inputs, fuse monitoring, and has
combinations. the capability for auto and lockout operation, the IO_OPT selection is CP_OK-AVAIL,
MODE_OPT is AUTO-LOCK, and IO_MON is FUSE.
IO_OPT enumerations are as follows:
IO_OPT Enumerations (Short List)

None No capabilities are available
CP_OK Breaker has a hard-wired control power monitoring input.
REM Breaker has a hard-wired remote/local input
AVAIL Breaker has hard-wired available input. "Ready to go indicator"
PR_TRP Breaker has a hard-wired protection trip capability. There is a protective relay controlling the
breaker
RCKD_IN Breaker has a hard-wired racked-in detection input. It can detect when it is physically connected
to the bus
TRIP_ONLY No breaker close capability; can only trip the breaker, can't close it.
NONE — when IO_OPT is none, then inputs CP_OK, AVAIL, PR_TRP, RCKD_IN,
REM and TRIP_ONLY are not used.
CP_OK — select for a breaker that provides a control power monitoring IO capability.
When the CP_OK enumeration is selected, the output CP_OK_P is True. The Boolean
control power monitoring connection is to the CP_OK input of the block and is True
when no control power failure is detected. When the CP_OK input is False, the control
power failure alarm, CP_F_A, is activated. If the breaker is in AUTO mode and the
duration of CP_F _A being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the breaker will
switch to Manual mode and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated,
(delayed by 2 seconds).
AVAIL — select for a breaker that require an available capability. When the AVAIL
enumeration is selected, the output AVAIL_P is True. The Boolean available connection is
to the AVAIL input of the block and is True when the breaker is available. When AVAIL
is False, the available alarm, AVAIL_A, is activated. If the starter is in AUTO mode and
the duration of AVAIL_A being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the breaker will
PR_TRP — select for a breaker that has protection trip capability. When the PR_TRP
enumeration is selected, the output PR_TRP_P is True. The Boolean protection trip input
is connected to the PR_TRP input and is False when no breaker trip is detected. When
PR_TRP is True, the protection trip alarm, PR_TR_A, is activated. If the breaker is in
AUTO mode and PR_TRP_P is True, the breaker will switch to Manual mode and the
manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds).
REM— select for a breaker that has remote/local capability. When the REM enumeration
is selected, the output REM_P is True. The Boolean remote/local connection is to the
REMOTE input of the block and is True when the breaker is in remote mode. When
REMOTE is False, the output LOCAL is True and breaker control from the HMI is
disabled. If the breaker is in AUTO mode and LOCAL becomes True and the breaker will

RCKD_IN — select for a breaker that has a racked-in detection capability. When the
RCKD_IN enumeration is selected, the output RCKD_IN _P is True. The Boolean
racked-in connection is to the RCKD_IN input of the block and is True when the breaker
is racked-in. When RCKD_IN is False, the racked-out alarm, RCKD_OT, is activated. If
the breaker is in AUTO mode and the duration of RCKD_OT being True has exceeded
the PWR_FL_TMR, the breaker will switch to Manual mode and the manual reject alarm,
MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds).
TRIP_ONLY — select for a breaker which does not have a remote breaker close
capability. When the TRIP_ONLY enumeration is selected, the output TRIP_ONLY _P is
True. If TRIP_ONLY_P is True, the breaker can only be commanded open remotely by
the OPEN_CMD enumeration, and the breaker close command, enumeration CLOSE_
CMD, is disabled.
MODE_OPT enumerations are as follows:
Enumeration Mode Option Description
NONE None
AUTO Auto
LOCK Lock
AUTO-LOCK Auto and lock
BK_OP Breaker open
AUTO-BK_OP Auto and breaker open
LOCK-BK_OP Lock an breaker open
AUTO-LOCK-BK_OP Auto and lock and breaker open
Refer to GEH-6721_Vol_II, NONE — if TRIP_ONLY _P is False, the breaker can be opened or closed manually by
Mark VIe Control, Volume II the HMI operator.
System Hardware Guide for
AUTO — provides auto control capability for the breaker. Selecting the AUTO mode
descriptions of hardware
property will set AUTO_P to True, indicating the auto mode property of the block is
boards.
enabled. When AUTO_P is True the breaker can be commanded to auto by either CTL
enumeration AUTO_CMD or a rising edge on AU_SEL providing PMT_AU is True. The
HMI operator may command the breaker from Auto to Manual mode at any time with the
CTL enumeration, MANUAL_CMD.
PMT_AU is described in the When AUTO is True, the AU_OP and AU_CL inputs control the automatic opening and
section, Auto/Open/Close closing of the breaker, provided, PMT_OP or PMT_CL, respectively, is True. If AU_OP
Permissives. or AU_SEL become True, the breaker is in Manual mode, and the breaker position is not
in the state of the requested command, the auto request alarm, AU_REQ, will be
activated. If AU_CL becomes True, TRIP_ONLY_P is False, the breaker is in Manual
mode, and the breaker position is not closed, the auto request alarm, AU_REQ, will be
activated.
The Lock button can also be LOCK — provides software lock-out capability for the breaker. Selecting the LOCK
configured to use the mode property will set LOCK_P to True, and enable the LOCK_CMD and UNLOCK_
WorkstationST Lock function. CMD to control the lockout mode functionality. The breaker must be opened before the
Refer to GEI-100697, block can be set to lockout mode. Feedback to the HMI operator of this mode is provided
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY by LOCK. The HMI operator is prevented from operating the breaker from the control
Advanced Viewer Integration, faceplate when LOCK is True, and auto mode is disabled.
the section, HMI Tagout.
Note The lockout indication is provided for indication only. This action will not lockout
the equipment, it will only indicate lockout status. The owner's lockout procedures must
be followed to safely lock equipment out.

BK_OP — provides a alarm when the breaker is open. Selecting the BK_OP mode
property will set BK_OP _P to True. When BK_OP_P is True and OPEN is True, the
breaker alarm, BK_OP_A, is activated.
IO_MON enumerations are digital output monitor types. Monitoring is only available for
the outputs OP_ORD and CL_ORD (if TRIP_ONLY_P is False). If the hardware card
used with OP_ORD and CL_ORD can perform diagnostic monitoring, IO_MON is used
to select the type of diagnostic monitoring. When diagnostic monitoring is used (FUSE or
VOLT), the diagnostic variable from the OP_ORD output is connected to RDY_OPN and
the diagnostic variable for the CL_ORD (if TRIP_ONLY_P is False) is connected to
RDY_CLS. IO_MON enumerations are as follows:
IO_MON Enumerations
Enumeration Monitor Option Description
NONE None
FUSE Fuse Monitoring

VOLT Voltage Monitoring
NONE — no circuit monitoring is available RDY_OPN and RDY_CLS inputs are not
used.
FUSE — fuse monitoring determines the breaker circuit failure. If FUSE is selected,
FUSE_MON_P is True. The fuse monitoring card points provide fuse status to the block.
These points are connected to RDY_OPN and RDY_CLS inputs. If there is a fuse failure,
RDY_OPN and RDY_CLS will become False. The block requires these inputs to be True
for normal operation. If RDY_OPN or RDY_CLS become False,OP_FLR or CL_FLR
become True, respectively. When OP_FLR or CL_FLR becomes True, PMT_CL and
PMT_OP are False and PMT_AU, becomes False, delayed by PWR_FL_TMR. If AUTO
is True when this occurs, AUTO will become False and the manual reject alarm, MN_
REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds). Note, to prevent an unwanted
automatic switch from Auto to Manual mode, for example, an Automatic bus transfer or
Power supply transfer, the power supply transfer time should not exceed PWR_FL_TMR.
If the power supply transfer time exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the breaker will transfer
from Auto to Manual mode and MN_REJ_A, will be activated.
VOLT — voltage monitoring determines the valve circuit failure. If VOLT is selected.
VOLT_MON_P is True. The Boolean voltage monitoring input is True when there is no
voltage failure and is connected to the RDY_OPN and RDY_CL inputs.
When OP_FLR becomes True, PMT_CL, becomes False and PMT_AU becomes False,
delayed by PWR_FL_TMR.
• RDY_OPN is False
• OP_ORD is False
• CP_OK is True (if the IO_OPT, enumeration CP_OK is selected)
• REMOTE is True (if the IO_OPT, enumeration REM is selected)
• RCKD_IN is True (if the IO_OPT, enumeration RCKD_IN is selected)
• OPEN is False
• TK is False
• AVAIL is True (if the IO_OPT, enumeration AVAIL is selected)

CL_FLR is True, (delayed by 2 seconds), when the following conditions exist:
• RDY_CLS is False
• CL_ORD is False
• CLOSE is False
• TK is False
• TRIP_ONLY_P is False
When CL_FLR becomes True, PMT_CL, becomes False and PMT_AU becomes False,
If AUTO is True when CL_FLR or OP_FLR occurs, AUTO will become False and the
manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds). Note, to
prevent an unwanted automatic switch to Manual mode, in case of an Automatic bus
transfer or Power supply transfer, the power supply transfer time should not exceed
PWR_FL_TMR. If the power supply transfer time exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the
breaker will transfer from Auto to Manual mode and MN_REJ_A, will be activated.

Override Control
The block provides override control using a Trip Override input enumeration, TRP_OVR,
and a Manual Reject input enumeration, MN_REJ. The possible values for these
enumerations are provided in the following table.
MN_REJ and TRP_OVR Enumerations

Enumeration Override Option Description
NO_OVR-NO-BLOCK No override and no override is blocked
OVR-NO_BLOCK Override active and no override is blocked
NO_OVR-BLOCK No override and a override is blocked
OVR-BLOCK Override active and a override is blocked
When TRP_OVR indicates Override Active, the breaker prevented from closing in any
mode. The breaker is rejected to manual when either TRP_OVR or MN_REJ indicate
Override Active and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by
2 seconds).
TRP_OVR and MN_REJ (if used) are driven from an Override (OVERRIDE) block. Each
connected input of the OVERRIDE block has the ability (when enabled) to be blocked by
the HMI operator, which is accessed from associated tab of the permit HMI screen
display. When TRP_OVR or MN_REJ enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI operator
has blocked at least one override. BREAKER does not use the block information, but
passes it to the HMI for display.
Force Control
The block provides the force enumerations Force Open input, OP_FRC, and Force Close
input, CL_FRC. The possible values are provided in the following table.
CL_FRC and OP_FRC Enumerations

Enumeration Force Option Description
NO_FORCE-NO-BLOCK No force and no force is blocked
FORCE-NO_BLOCK Force active and no force is blocked
NO_FORCE-BLOCK No force and a force is blocked
FORCE-BLOCK Force active and a force is blocked
OP_FRC or CL_FRC force the breaker open or close in any mode except when an TRP_
OVR indicates Override Active. The breaker does not reject to manual if a close occurs.
OP_FRC and CL_FRC (if used) are driven from a Force (FORCE) block. Each connected
input of the FORCE block has the ability (when enabled) to be blocked by the HMI
operator, which is accessed from associated tab of the permit HMI screen display. When
OP_FRC or CL_FRC enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI operator has blocked at
least one force. BREAKER does not use the block information, but passes it to the HMI
for display.

Auto/Open/Close Permissives
If FL_CL_A is False, the block provides the permissive input Auto, Close, and Open
Permit enumerations AU_PMT, OP_PMT, and CL_PMT. The possible values are
provided in the following table.
AU_PMT, CL_PMT, and OP_PMT Enumerations

Enumeration Permit Option Description
NO_PERM-NO-BYPASS No permit and no permit is bypassed
PERM-NO_BYPASS Permit ok and no permit is bypassed
NO_PERM-BYPASS No permit and a permit is bypassed
PERM-BYPASS Permit ok and A permit is bypassed
The permit inputs, AU_PMT, OP_PMT, and CL_PMT, combine with internal permissives
to generate PMT_AU, PMT_OP, and PMT_CL, permitted indications.
PMT_AU is True when the following conditions exist:
• AU_PMT indicates Permit OK

• MN_REJ indicates No Override
• FL_OP_A is False
• FL_CL_A is False
• TRIPPED is False
• REMOTE is True (if REM_P is True)
• LOCK is False (if LOCK_P is True)
• OP_FLR, CL_FLR, RCKD_OT, AVAIL_A, CP_F_A is False (or the duration of
being True has not exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR)
• TRP_OVR indicates no override
If the BREAKER block is in Auto mode and any of the above conditions (except AU_
PMT) do not meet this criteria, the breaker will be placed to Manual mode (that is the
outputs, AUTO and PMT_AU are set to False) and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A,
will be activated.
PMT_OP is True when the following conditions exist:
• OP_PMT indicates Permit OK

• TK is False

PMT_CL is True when the following conditions exist:
• CL_PMT indicates Permit OK

• RCKD_IN is True (if RCKD_IN_P is True)
• CL_FLR is False
• OP_FLR is False
• CP_OK is True (if CP_OK_P is True)
• TRP_OVR indicates No Override
• PR_TRP is False
• AVAIL is True (if AVAIL_P is True)
• TK is False
• OP_FRC indicates No Force
Permissives AU_PMT, OP_PMT, and CL_PMT (if used) are driven from a Permit
(PERMIT) block. Each connected input of the PERMIT block has the ability (when
enabled) to be bypassed by the HMI operator, which is accessed from associated tab of
the permit HMI screen display. When AU_PMT, OP_PMT, or CL_PMT enumeration
contains BYPASS, the HMI operator has bypassed at least one permit. The BREAKER
block does not use the bypass information, but passes it to the HMI for display.

Diagnostic Alarms
If the breaker fails to open or close in the time specified by the fail-to-open time,
FL_OP_T, or fail-to-close time, FL_CL_T, the BREAKER block will generate a
failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_A or a failed-to-close alarm, FL_CL_A. These alarms (as
well as the TRIPPED alarm) may be reset when FAULT_RESET is True or if the CTL
enumeration equals RESET_CMD.
The BREAKER block has a limit switch congruency alarm, CONGR_A, that generates
alarms when the breaker limit switches indicate the breaker is open (OPEN is True) and
closed (CLOSED is True) at the same time. The CONGR_A alarm may be reset when the
condition causing the alarm is cleared.
The output, FAULT, is True when a fault is detected. FAULT limit is True when any of
the following condition exists:
• FL_OP_A is True
• FL_CL_A is True
• OP_FLR is True
• CL_FLR is True
• CONGR_A is True
• CP_F_A is True
• PR_TRP is True
• AVAIL_A is True
• RCKD_IN is False
• TRIPPED is True
Counter (CRT) block output is the count of the number of times the CLOSED input has
transitioned to True. The counter may be reset when the CTL enumeration equals TC_
RESET_CMD.
Push-button Status
The BREAKER block push-button status output, PBSTATE, indicates the last HMI
operator initiated CTL enumeration OPEN_CMD or CLOSE_ CMD command.
PBSTATE is True if the last CTL enumeration was CLOSE_CMD.

Operating Mode (MODE) is an output that defines the block-operating mode. The
enumerations are as follows:
MODE Enumerations
MANUAL-OPENED Manual and opened
AUTO-OPENED Auto and opened
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENED Manual and remote and opened
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENED Auto and remote and opened
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENED Manual and local and opened
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENED Auto and local and opened
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-OPENED Manual and override and opened
AUTO-OVERRIDE-OPENED Auto and override and opened
MANUAL-OPENING Manual and opening
AUTO-OPENING Auto and opening
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENING Manual and remote and opening
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENING Auto and remote and opening
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENING Manual and local and opening
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENING Auto and local and opening
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-OPENING Manual and override and opening
AUTO-OVERRIDE-OPENING Auto and override and opening
MANUAL-CLOSED Manual and closed
AUTO-CLOSED Auto and closed
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSED Manual and remote and closed
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSED Auto and remote and closed
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSED Manual and local and closed
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSED Auto and local and closed
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-CLOSED Manual and override and closed
AUTO-OVERRIDE-CLOSED Auto and override and closed
MANUAL-CLOSING Manual and closing
AUTO-CLOSING Auto and closing
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSING Manual and remote and closing
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSING Auto and remote and closing
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSING Manual and local and closing
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSING Auto and local and closing
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-CLOSING Manual and override and closing
AUTO-OVERRIDE-CLOSING Auto and override and closing
MANUAL-FAULTED Manual and faulted
AUTO-FAULTED Auto and faulted
MANUAL-REMOTE-FAULTED Manual and remote and faulted
AUTO-REMOTE-FAULTED Auto and remote and faulted
MANUAL-LOCAL-FAULTED Manual and local and faulted
AUTO-LOCAL-FAULTED Auto and local and faulted
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-FAULTED Manual and override and faulted
AUTO-OVERRIDE-FAULTED Auto and override and faulted
MANUAL-OPENED-LOCKED Manual and opened and locked
AUTO-OPENED-LOCKED Auto and opened and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENED-LOCKED Manual and remote and opened and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENED-LOCKED Auto and remote and opened and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENED-LOCKED Manual and local and opened and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENED-LOCKED Auto and local and opened and locked

MODE Enumerations (continued)
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-OPENED-LOCKED Manual and override and opened and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-OPENED-LOCKED Auto and override and opened and locked
MANUAL-OPENING-LOCKED Manual and opening and locked
AUTO-OPENING-LOCKED Auto and opening and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENING-LOCKED Manual and remote and opening and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENING-LOCKED Auto and remote and opening and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENING-LOCKED Manual and local and opening and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENING-LOCKED Auto and local and opening and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-OPENING-LOCKED Manual and override and opening and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-OPENING-LOCKED Auto and override and opening and locked
MANUAL-CLOSED-LOCKED Manual and closed and locked
AUTO-CLOSED-LOCKED Auto and closed and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSED-LOCKED Manual and remote and closed and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSED-LOCKED Auto and remote and closed and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSED-LOCKED Manual and local and closed and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSED-LOCKED Auto and local and closed and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-CLOSED-LOCKED Manual and override and closed and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-CLOSED-LOCKED Auto and override and closed and locked
MANUAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Manual and closing and locked
AUTO-CLOSING-LOCKED Auto and closing and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSING-LOCKED Manual and remote and closing and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSING-LOCKED Auto and remote and closing and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Manual and local and closing and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Auto and local and closing and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-CLOSING-LOCKED Manual and override and closing and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-CLOSING-LOCKED Auto and override and closing and locked
MANUAL-FAULTED-LOCKED Manual and faulted and locked
AUTO-FAULTED-LOCKED Auto and faulted and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-FAULTED-LOCKED Manual and remote and faulted and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-FAULTED-LOCKED Auto and remote and faulted and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-FAULTED-LOCKED Manual and local and faulted and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-FAULTED-LOCKED Auto and local and faulted and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-FAULTED-LOCKED Manual and override and faulted and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-FAULTED-LOCKED Auto and override and faulted and locked

Inserting a BREAKER block into the application code displays the following window.
Default Attribute Values

Variables. Pin names are in the form {Device}.Input_Name, where {Device} is the attribute value
00BREAKER1000 and Input_Name is the block input/output name. Additionally, the
{Description}, BREAKER Description becomes the prefix of the block input/output
descriptions.
BREAKER Block

Inputs
Name Global Description Data Type Initial Value Visibility Interface
Type
AU_CL AUTO CLOSE CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
AU_OP AUTO OPEN CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
AU_PMT Yes AUTO PERMIT UINT PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
(ENUM)
AU_SEL AUTO MODE BOOL False Always Value Only
SELECT
AVAIL AVAILABLE INPUT BOOL True Always Value Only
CL_FRC Yes FORCE CLOSE UINT NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
(ENUM) BLOCK
CL_INP Yes CLOSED BOOL False Always Value Only
CL_PMT Yes CLOSE PERMIT UINT PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
(ENUM)
CP_OK CONTROL POWER BOOL True Always Value Only
OK INPUT
CTL Yes {Desc} CONTROL UINT NO_CMD Always Value Only
WORD (ENUM)
FAULT_RESET FAULT/TRIP RESET BOOL True Always Value Only
FL_CL_T FAIL TO CLOSE TIME UDINT 3000 Parameter Value Only
FL_OP_T FAIL TO OPEN TIME UDINT 3000 Parameter Value Only
IO_MON BREAKER I/O UINT NONE Always Value Only
MONITOR OPTIONS (ENUM)
IO_OPT BREAKER I/O UINT NONE Always Value Only
OPTIONS (ENUM)
MN_REJ Yes MANUAL REJECT UINT NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
(ENUM)
MODE_OPT BREAKER MODE UINT NONE Always Value Only
OPTIONS (ENUM)
OP_FRC Yes FORCE OPEN UINT NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
(ENUM) BLOCK
OP_INP Yes OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
OP_PMT Yes OPEN PERMIT UINT PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
(ENUM)
PR_TRP PROTECTION TRIP BOOL False Always Value Only
INPUT
PWR_FL_TMR MANUAL REJECT UDINT 5000 Parameter Value Only
POWER FAIL TIMER
RCKD_IN RACKED IN INPUT BOOL True Always Value Only
RDY_CLS OUTPUT MON BOOL True Always Value Only
READY TO CLOSE
RDY_OPN OUTPUT MON BOOL True Always Value Only
READY TO OPEN
REMOTE REMOTE MODE BOOL True Always Value Only
INPUT
TK Yes {Desc} TRACKING BOOL False Always Value Only
ENABLED
TRP_OVR Yes OVERRIDE TRIP UINT NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
(ENUM)

Outputs
Type
{Device} {Desc} BOOL False Internal Value Only
AU_REQ Yes {Desc} AUTO BOOL False Always Value Only
REQUEST
AUTO Yes {Desc} AUTO BOOL False Always Value Only
AUTO_P Yes {Desc} AUTO BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
AVAIL_A Yes {Desc} NOT BOOL False Always Value Only
AVAILABLE
AVAIL_P Yes {Desc} AVAILABLE BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
BK_OP_A Yes {Desc} BREAKER BOOL False Always Value Only
OPEN
BK_OP_P Yes {Desc} OPEN ALARM BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
CL_FLR Yes {Desc} CLOSE BOOL False Always Value Only
CIRCUIT FAIL
CL_ORD CLOSE ORDER/CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
CLOSED Yes {Desc} CLOSED BOOL False Always Value Only
CONGR_A Yes {Desc} CONGRUENCY BOOL False Always Value Only
CP_F_A Yes {Desc} CONTROL BOOL False Always Value Only
POWER FAIL
CP_OK_P Yes {Desc} CONTROL BOOL False Always Value Only
POWER PROPERTY
CTR Yes {Desc} CLOSE DINT 0 Always Value Only
COUNTER
FAULT Yes {Desc} FAULT BOOL False Always Value Only
INDICATION
FL_CL_A Yes {Desc} FAIL TO CLOSE BOOL False Always Value Only
FL_OP_A Yes {Desc} FAIL TO OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_CL Yes {Desc} FORCE CLOSE BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_CLB Yes {Desc} CLOSE FORCE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
FRC_OP Yes {Desc} FORCE OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_OPB Yes {Desc} OPEN FORCE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
FUSE_MON_P Yes {Desc} OUTPUT FUSE BOOL False Always Value Only
MON PROPERTY
LOCAL Yes {Desc} LOCAL MODE BOOL False Always Value Only
LOCK Yes {Desc} LOCKED BOOL False Always Value Only
LOCK_P Yes {Desc} LOCK BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
MN_REJ_A Yes {Desc} MANUAL BOOL False Always Value Only
REJECT
MODE BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MANUAL-FAULTED Always Value Only
OP_FLR Yes {Desc} OPEN CIRCUIT BOOL False Always Value Only
FAIL
OP_ORD OPEN ORDER/CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
OPEN Yes {Desc} OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_TRP Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
TRIP
OVR_TRPB Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only
TRIP BLOCK STS
PBSTATE Yes {Desc} LAST PB BOOL False Internal Value Only
STATE

Outputs (continued)
Type
PMT_AU Yes {Desc} AUTO PERMIT BOOL False Always Value Only
PMT_AUB Yes {Desc} AUTO PERMIT BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
PMT_CL Yes {Desc} PERMIT TO BOOL True Always Value Only
CLOSE
PMT_CLB Yes {Desc} CLOSE BOOL False Internal Value Only
PERMIT BYPASS STS
PMT_OP Yes {Desc} PERMIT TO BOOL True Always Value Only
OPEN
PMT_OPB Yes {Desc} OPEN PERMIT BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
PR_TR_A Yes {Desc} PROTECTIVE BOOL False Always Value Only
TRIP
PR_TRP_P Yes {Desc} PROTECTIVE BOOL False Always Value Only
TRIP PROPERTY
RCKD_IN_P Yes {Desc} RACKED IN BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
RCKD_OT Yes {Desc} RACKED OUT BOOL False Always Value Only
REJ_MN Yes {Desc} MANUAL BOOL False Always Value Only
REJECT
REJ_MNB Yes {Desc} MANUAL BOOL False Internal Value Only
REJECT BYPASS STS
REM_P Yes {Desc} REMOTE BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
TRIP_ONLY_P Yes {Desc} TRIP ONLY BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
TRIPPED Yes {Desc} TRIPPED BOOL False Always Value Only
VOLT_MON_P Yes {Desc} OUTPUT VOLT BOOL False Always Value Only
MON PROPERTY

Global Variables
Pin Name Description Alarm Alarm Event EGD External
Class Page Access
00BREAKER1000 BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00BREAKER1000.AU_REQ BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO REQUEST
00BREAKER1000.AUTO BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO
00BREAKER1000.AUTO_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.AVAIL_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
NOT AVAILABLE
00BREAKER1000.AVAIL_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AVAILABLE
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.BK_OP_A BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
- BREAKER OPEN
00BREAKER1000.BK_OP_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN ALARM
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.CL_FLR BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE CIRCUIT FAIL
00BREAKER1000.CLOSED BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSED
00BREAKER1000.CONGR_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
CONGRUENCY
00BREAKER1000.CP_F_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL POWER
FAIL
00BREAKER1000.CP_OK_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL POWER
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.CTL BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL WORD
00BREAKER1000.CTR BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE COUNTER
00BREAKER1000.FAULT BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
FAULT INDICATION
00BREAKER1000.FL_CL_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
FAIL TO CLOSE
00BREAKER1000.FL_OP_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
FAIL TO OPEN
00BREAKER1000.FRC_CL BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
FORCE CLOSE
00BREAKER1000.FRC_CLB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE FORCE
BLOCK STS
00BREAKER1000.FRC_OP BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
FORCE OPEN
00BREAKER1000.FRC_OPB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN FORCE BLOCK
STS
00BREAKER1000.FUSE_MON_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OUTPUT FUSE MON
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.LOCAL BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
LOCAL MODE
00BREAKER1000.LOCK BREAKER Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
LOCKED
00BREAKER1000.LOCK_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
LOCK PROPERTY

Global Variables (continued)
Class Page Access
00BREAKER1000.MN_REJ_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
00BREAKER1000.OP_FLR BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN CIRCUIT FAIL
00BREAKER1000.OPEN BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN
00BREAKER1000.OVR_TRP BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OVERRIDE TRIP
00BREAKER1000.OVR_TRPB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OVERRIDE TRIP
BLOCK STS
00BREAKER1000.PBSTATE BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
LAST PB STATE
00BREAKER1000.PMT_AU BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO PERMIT
00BREAKER1000.PMT_AUB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO PERMIT
BYPASS STS
00BREAKER1000.PMT_CL BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT TO CLOSE
00BREAKER1000.PMT_CLB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE PERMIT
BYPASS STS
00BREAKER1000.PMT_OP BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT TO OPEN
00BREAKER1000.PMT_OPB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN PERMIT
BYPASS STS
00BREAKER1000.PR_TR_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
PROTECTIVE TRIP
00BREAKER1000.PR_TRP_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PROTECTIVE TRIP
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.RCKD_IN_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
RACKED IN
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.RCKD_OT BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
RACKED OUT
00BREAKER1000.REJ_MN BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
00BREAKER1000.REJ_MNB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
BYPASS STS
00BREAKER1000.REM_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
REMOTE PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.TK BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRACKING ENABLED
00BREAKER1000.TRIP_ONLY_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRIP ONLY
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.TRIPPED BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
TRIPPED
00BREAKER1000.VOLT_MON_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OUTPUT VOLT MON
PROPERTY

HMI Configuration (CIMPLICITY)
The Object name for the HMI is the same as the device name specified in the ToolboxST
configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a BREAKER
BREAKER Faceplate

Appendix
The following table lists all possible enumeration combinations.
IO_OPT Enumerations
NONE None
CP_OK Control power ok
REM Remote mode
CP_OK-REM Control power ok and remote mode
AVAIL Available
CP_OK-AVAIL Control power ok and available
REM-AVAIL Remote mode and available
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL Control power ok and remote mode and available
PR_TRP Protection trip
CP_OK-PR_TRP Control power ok and protection trip
REM-PR_TRP Remote mode and protection trip
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP Control power ok and remote and protection trip
AVAIL-PR_TRP Available and protection trip
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP Control power ok and available and protection trip
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP Remote mode and available and protection trip
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP Control power ok and remote and available and potection trip
RCKD_IN Racked in
CP_OK-RCKD_IN Control power ok and racked in
REM-RCKD_IN Remote mode and racked in
CP_OK-REM-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and racked in
AVAIL-RCKD_IN Available and racked in
CP_OK-AVAIL-RCKD_IN Control power ok and available and racked in
REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN Remote mode and available and racked in
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and available and racked in
PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Protection trip and racked in
CP_OK-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and protection trip and racked in
REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Remote and protection trip and racked in.
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and racked in
AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Available and protection trip and racked in
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and available and protection trip and racked in
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Remote mode and available and protection trip and racked in
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and available and protection trip
and racked in
TRIP_ONLY Trip only
CP_OK-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and trip only
REM-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and trip only
CP_OK-REM-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote and trip only
AVAIL-TRIP_ONLY Available and trip only
CP_OK-AVAIL-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and trip only
REM-AVAIL-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and available and trip only
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote mode and available and trip only
PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Protection trip and trip only
CP_OK-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and protection trip and trip only
REM-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and protection trip and trip only

IO_OPT Enumerations (continued)
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and trip only
AVAIL-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Available and protection trip and trip only
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and protection trip and trip only
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode available and trip only
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote and available and portection trip and
trip only
RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Racked in and trip only
CP_OK-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and racked in and trip only
REM-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-REM-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote and racked in and trip only
AVAIL-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Available and racked in and trip only

CP_OK-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and racked in and trip only
REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and available and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote mode and avialable and racked in and
trip only
PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Protection trip and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and protection trip and racked in and trip only
REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and protection trip and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote and protection trip and racked in and
trip only
AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Available and protection trip and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and protection trip and trip only
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and available and protection trip and racked in and
trip only
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and protection trip and racked in and
trip only

6 Breaker_Version 2 (BREAKER_V2)
Block Category: BREAKER_V2, Device Control
The Breaker_Version 2 (BREAKER_V2) block controls a low-voltage (LV) or
medium-voltage (MV) breaker. The block provides pulse outputs, OP_ORD, to open, or
CL_ORD, to close the breaker. The block requires the inputs OPEN and CLOSED from
the limit switches of the breaker. The block will generate a failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_
A, a failed-to-close alarm, FL_CL_A, and a limit switch congruency alarm, CONGR_A,
that alarms when the breaker limit switches indicate that the breaker is open and closed at
the same time, or if neither position is indicated.
This block has various enumerations that are used to control block operation.
Control (CTL) is an enumeration set by the HMI operator for breaker control. The
commands available from the HMI allow manual and automatic breaker control capability
the auto and/or lock mode. The breaker may be opened or closed in Manual mode by the
OPEN_CMD or CLOSE_CMD commands, respectively. The command enumerations are
defined in the following table.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command Definitions
NO_CMD No command

TC_RESET_CMD TC reset command

Block Property Enumerations and Functionality
IO_OPT, MODE_OPT, and IO_MON enumerations control how the object behaves. For
example, if the breaker has control power and available inputs, fuse monitoring, and has
the capability for auto and lockout operation, the IO_OPT selection is CP_OK-AVAIL,
MODE_OPT is AUTO-LOCK, and IO_MON is FUSE.
IO_OPT enumerations are as follows:
IO_OPT Enumerations (Short List)

CP_OK Hard-wired control power monitoring input
REM Hard-wired remote/local input
AVAIL Hard-wired available input (Ready to Go indicator)
PR_TRP Hard-wired protection trip capability — there is a protective relay controlling the
breaker
RCKD_IN Hard-wired racked-in detection input that can detect when it is physically connected to
the bus
TRIP_ONLY No close capability; can only trip the breaker, but can't close it
Refer to the section, Appendix NONE — when IO_OPT is none, CP_OK, AVAIL, PR_TRP, RCKD_IN, REM and
for a list of all possible TRIP_ONLY inputs are not used.
combinations. CP_OK — select for a breaker that provides a control power monitoring IO capability.
When the CP_OK enumeration is selected, the output CP_OK_P is True. The Boolean
control power monitoring connection is to the CP_OK input of the block and is True
when no control power failure is detected. When the CP_OK input is False, the control
power failure alarm, CP_F_A, is activated. If the breaker is in AUTO mode and the
duration of CP_F _A being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the breaker will
AVAIL — select for a breaker that require an available capability. When the AVAIL
to the AVAIL input of the block and is True when the breaker is available. When AVAIL
is False, the available alarm, AVAIL_A, is activated. If the starter is in AUTO mode and
the duration of AVAIL_A being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the breaker will
PR_TRP — select for a breaker that has protection trip capability. When the PR_TRP
is connected to the PR_TRP input and is False when no breaker trip is detected. When
PR_TRP is True, the protection trip alarm, PR_TR_A, is activated. If the breaker is in
AUTO mode and PR_TRP_P is True, the breaker will switch to Manual mode and the
REM — select for a breaker that has remote/local capability. When the REM
enumeration is selected, the output REM_P is True. The Boolean remote/local connection
is to the REMOTE input of the block and is True when the breaker is in remote mode.
When REMOTE is False, the output LOCAL is True and breaker control from the HMI is
disabled. If the breaker is in AUTO mode and LOCAL becomes True and the breaker will

RCKD_IN — select for a breaker that has a racked-in detection capability. When the
racked-in connection is to the RCKD_IN input of the block and is True when the breaker
is racked-in. When RCKD_IN is False, the racked-out alarm, RCKD_OT, is activated. If
the breaker is in AUTO mode and the duration of RCKD_OT being True has exceeded
the PWR_FL_TMR, the breaker will switch to Manual mode and the manual reject alarm,
MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds).
TRIP_ONLY — select for a breaker which does not have a remote breaker close
capability. When the TRIP_ONLY enumeration is selected, the output TRIP_ONLY _P is
True. If TRIP_ONLY_P is True, the breaker can only be commanded open remotely by
the OPEN_CMD enumeration, and the breaker close command, enumeration CLOSE_
CMD, is disabled.
Mode Option (MODE_OPT) options available are as follows:
NONE None
AUTO Auto
LOCK Lock
AUTO-LOCK Auto and lock
BK_OP Breaker open
AUTO-BK_OP Auto and breaker open
LOCK-BK_OP Lock and breaker open
AUTO-LOCK-BK_OP Auto and lock and breaker open
NONE — if TRIP_ONLY _P is False, the breaker can be opened or closed manually by

the HMI operator.
PMT_AU is described in the AUTO — provides auto control capability for the breaker. Selecting the AUTO mode
section, Auto/Open/Close property will set AUTO_P to True, indicating the auto mode property of the block is
Permissives. enabled. When AUTO_P is True the breaker can be commanded to auto by either CTL
HMI operator may command the breaker from Auto to Manual mode at any time with the
CTL enumeration MANUAL_CMD.
When AUTO is True, the AU_OP and AU_CL inputs control the automatic opening and
closing of the breaker, provided, PMT_OP or PMT_CL, respectively, is True. If AU_OP
or AU_SEL become True, the breaker is in Manual mode, and the breaker position is not
in the state of the requested command, the auto request alarm, AU_REQ, will be
activated. If AU_CL become True, TRIP_ONLY_P is False, the breaker is in Manual
mode, and the breaker position is not closed, the auto request alarm, AU_REQ, will be
activated.
The Lock button can also be LOCK — provides software lock-out capability for the breaker. Selecting the LOCK
configured to use the mode property will set LOCK_P to True, and enable the LOCK_CMD and UNLOCK_
WorkstationST Lock function. CMD to control the lockout mode functionality. The breaker must be opened before the
Refer to GEI-100697, block can be set to lockout mode. Feedback to the HMI operator of this mode is provided
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY by LOCK. The HMI operator is prevented from operating the breaker from the control
Advanced Viewer Integration, faceplate when LOCK is True, and auto mode is disabled.

BK_OP — enables an alarm when the breaker is open. Selecting the BK_OP mode
property will set BK_OP _P to True. When BK_OP_P is True and OPEN is True, the
breaker alarm, BK_OP_A, is activated.
Refer to GEH-6721_Vol_II, IO_MON enumerations are digital output monitor types. Monitoring is only available for
Mark VIe Control, Volume II the outputs OP_ORD and CL_ORD (if TRIP_ONLY_P is False). If the hardware card
System Hardware Guide. used with OP_ORD and CL_ORD can perform diagnostic monitoring, IO_MON is used
to select the type of diagnostic monitoring. When diagnostic monitoring is used (FUSE or
VOLT), the diagnostic variable from the OP_ORD output is connected to RDY_OPN and
the diagnostic variable for the CL_ORD (if TRIP_ONLY_P is False) is connected to
RDY_CLS.
IO_MON Enumerations
NONE None
FUSE Fuse Monitoring

VOLT Voltage Monitoring
NONE — no circuit monitoring is available RDY_OPN and RDY_CLS inputs are not
used.
FUSE — fuse monitoring determines the breaker circuit failure. If FUSE is selected,
These points are connected to RDY_OPN and RDY_CLS inputs. If there is a fuse failure,
RDY_OPN and RDY_CLS will become False. The block requires these inputs to be True
for normal operation. If RDY_OPN or RDY_CLS become False, OP_FLR or CL_FLR
become True, respectively. When OP_FLR or CL_FLR becomes True, PMT_CL and
PMT_OP are False and PMT_AU, becomes False, delayed by PWR_FL_TMR. If AUTO
is True when this occurs, AUTO will become False and the manual reject alarm, MN_
REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds). Note, to prevent an unwanted
automatic switch from Auto to Manual mode, for example, an Automatic bus transfer or
If the power supply transfer time exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the breaker will transfer
from Auto to Manual mode and MN_REJ_A, will be activated.
VOLT — voltage monitoring determines the valve circuit failure. If VOLT is selected
voltage failure and is connected to the RDY_OPN and RDY_CL inputs.
• RDY_OPN is False
• OP_ORD is False
• OPEN is False
• TK is False

• RDY_CLS is False
• CL_ORD is False
• CLOSE is False
• TK is False
• TRIP_ONLY_P is False
When CL_FLR becomes True, PMT_CL, becomes False and PMT_AU becomes False,
If AUTO is True when CL_FLR or OP_FLR occurs, AUTO will become False and the
manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds). Note, to
prevent an unwanted automatic switch to Manual mode, in case of an Automatic bus
transfer or Power supply transfer, the power supply transfer time should not exceed
PWR_FL_TMR. If the power supply transfer time exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the
breaker will transfer from Auto to Manual mode and MN_REJ_A, will be activated.

Override Control
The block provides override control through a Trip Override input enumeration,
TRP_OVR, and a Manual Reject input enumeration, MN_REJ. The possible values are
MN_REJ and TRP_OVR Enumerations

When TRP_OVR indicates Override Active, the breaker is prevented from closing in any
mode. The breaker is rejected to manual when either TRP_OVR or MN_REJ indicate
2 seconds).
TRP_OVR and MN_REJ (if used) are driven from an Override (OVERRIDE) block. Each
connected input of the OVERRIDE block has the ability (when enabled) to be blocked by
display. When TRP_OVR or MN_REJ enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI operator
has blocked at least one override. BREAKER does not use the block information, but
Force Control
The BREAKER block provides force control through a force open input, OP_FRC, and
force close input, CL_FRC. The possible values are provided in the following table.
CL_FRC and OP_FRC Enumerations

OP_FRC or CL_FRC force the breaker open or close in any mode except when an TRP_
OVR indicates Override Active. The breaker does not reject to manual if a close occurs.
OP_FRC and CL_FRC (if used) are driven from a Force (FORCE) block. Each connected
input of the FORCE block has the ability (when enabled) to be blocked by the HMI
OP_FRC or CL_FRC enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI operator has blocked at
least one force. BREAKER_V2 does not use the block information, but passes it to the
HMI for display.

When FL_CL_A is False, the block provides permissive input enumerations AU_PMT,
OP_PMT, and CL_PMT. The possible values are provided in the following table.

Enumeration Permit Description
PERM-BYPASS Permit ok and A permit is bypassed

• OP_FLR, CL_FLR, RCKD_OT, AVAIL_A, CP_F_A is False (or the duration of
being True has not exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR)
If the breaker is in Auto mode and any of these conditions (except AU_PMT do not meet
this criteria, the breaker will be placed to Manual mode (that is the outputs, AUTO and
PMT_AU are set to False) and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated.
• OP_PMT indicates Permit OK

• TK is False
• CL_PMT indicates Permit OK

• RCKD_IN is True (if RCKD_IN_P is True)
• CL_FLR is False
• OP_FLR is False

• PR_TRP is False
• TK is False
AU_PMT, OP_PMT, and CL_PMT (if used) are driven from a Permit (PERMIT) block.
Each connected input of the PERMIT block has the ability (when enabled) to be bypassed
by the HMI operator, which is accessed from associated tab of the permit HMI screen
display. When AU_PMTOP_PMT, or CL_PMT enumeration contains BYPASS, the HMI
operator has bypassed at least one permit. BREAKER_V2 does not use the bypass
information, but passes it to the HMI for display.
Diagnostic Alarms
Failed-to-open alarm (FL_OP_A)/ Failed-to-close alarm (FL_CL_A) — if the breaker
fails to open or close in the time specified by the fail-to-open time (FL_OP_T) or
fail-to-close time (FL_CL_T), the block will generate a failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_A,
or a failed-to-close alarm, FL_CL_A. These alarms (as well as a TRIPPED alarm) may be
reset when FAULT_RESET is True or if the CTL enumeration equals RESET_CMD.
Congruency Alarm (CONGR_A) — a limit switch congruency alarm that alarms when
the breaker limit switches indicate the breaker is open (OPEN is True), and closed
(CLOSED is True), at the same time. The CONGR_A alarm may be reset when the
condition causing the alarm is cleared.
The output, FAULT, is True when a fault is detected. FAULT limit is True when any of
the following condition exists:
• FL_OP_A is True
• FL_CL_A is True
• OP_FLR is True
• CL_FLR is True
• CONGR_A is True
• CP_F_A is True
• PR_TRP is True
• AVAIL_A is True
• RCKD_IN is False
• TRIPPED is True

Counter (CTR) — the block output CTR is the count of the number of times the
CLOSED input has transitioned to True. The counter may be reset when the CTL
enumeration equals TC_RESET_CMD.
Push-button Status (PBSTATE) — the BREAKER_V2 block push-button status output,
PBSTATE, indicateS the last HMI operator initiated CTL enumeration OPEN_CMD or
CLOSE_ CMD command. PBSTATE is True if the last CTL enumeration was CLOSE_
CMD.
Operating Mode (MODE) output defines the block-operating mode. The operating mode
enumerations are defined in the following table.
MODE Enumerations
Enumeration Operating Mode
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENED Manual and remote and opened
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENED Auto and remote and opened
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENED Manual and local and opened
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENED Auto and local and opened
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENING Manual and remote and opening
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENING Auto and remote and opening
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENING Manual and local and opening
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENING Auto and local and opening
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSED Manual and remote and closed
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSED Auto and remote and closed
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSED Manual and local and closed
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSED Auto and local and closed
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSING Manual and remote and closing
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSING Auto and remote and closing
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSING Manual and local and closing
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSING Auto and local and closing

MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENED-LOCKED Manual and remote and opened and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENED-LOCKED Auto and remote and opened and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENED-LOCKED Manual and local and opened and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENED-LOCKED Auto and local and opened and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENING-LOCKED Manual and remote and opening and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENING-LOCKED Auto and remote and opening and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENING-LOCKED Manual and local and opening and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENING-LOCKED Auto and local and opening and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSED-LOCKED Manual and remote and closed and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSED-LOCKED Auto and remote and closed and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSED-LOCKED Manual and local and closed and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSED-LOCKED Auto and local and closed and locked
MANUAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Manual and closing and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSING-LOCKED Manual and remote and closing and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSING-LOCKED Auto and remote and closing and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Manual and local and closing and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Auto and local and closing and locked

Inserting a BREAKER_V2 block into the application code displays the following
window.
Changing Default Attribute Values
Variables. Pin names are in the form {Device}.Input_Name, where {Device} is the attribute value
00BREAKER1000 and Input_Name is the block input/output names. Additionally, the
{Description}, BREAKER_V2 Description becomes the prefix of the block input/output
descriptions.
BREAKER_V2 Block

Inputs
Type
AU_PMT Yes AUTO PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
AU_SEL AUTO MODE SELECT BOOL False Always Value Only
CL_FRC Yes FORCE CLOSE UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
CL_PMT Yes CLOSE PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
CP_OK CONTROL POWER OK BOOL True Always Value Only
INPUT
CTL Yes {Desc} CONTROL UINT (ENUM) NO_CMD Always Value Only
WORD
FAULT_RESET FAULT/TRIP RESET BOOL True Always Value Only
IO_MON BREAKER I/O UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
MONITOR OPTIONS
IO_OPT BREAKER I/O UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
OPTIONS
MN_REJ Yes MANUAL REJECT UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
MODE_OPT BREAKER MODE UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
OPTIONS
OP_FRC Yes FORCE OPEN UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
OP_PMT Yes OPEN PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
INPUT
POWER FAIL TIMER
RCKD_IN RACKED IN INPUT BOOL True Always Value Only
RDY_CLS OUTPUT MON READY BOOL True Always Value Only
TO CLOSE
RDY_OPN OUTPUT MON READY BOOL True Always Value Only
TO OPEN
REMOTE REMOTE MODE BOOL True Always Value Only
INPUT
ENABLED
TRP_OVR Yes OVERRIDE TRIP UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only

Outputs
Type
{Device} Yes {Desc} BOOL False Internal Value Only
REQUEST
PROPERTY
AVAIL_A Yes {Desc} NOT AVAILABLE BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
BK_OP_A Yes {Desc} BREAKER BOOL False Always Value Only
OPEN
BK_OP_P Yes {Desc} OPEN ALARM BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
CIRCUIT FAIL
CL_ORD {Desc} CLOSE BOOL False Always Value Only
ORDER/CMD
POWER FAIL
POWER PROPERTY
CTR Yes {Desc} CLOSE DINT 0 Always Value Only
COUNTER
INDICATION
BLOCK STS
BLOCK STS
MON PROPERTY
PROPERTY
REJECT
MODE BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MANUAL-FAULTED Always Value Only
FAIL
OVR_TRP Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
TRIP
OVR_TRPB Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only
TRIP BLOCK STS
PBSTATE Yes {Desc} LAST PB STATE BOOL False Internal Value Only

Outputs (continued)
Type
BYPASS STS
CLOSE
PMT_CLB Yes {Desc} CLOSE PERMIT BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
PMT_OP Yes {Desc} PERMIT TO BOOL True Always Value Only
OPEN
BYPASS STS
TRIP
TRIP PROPERTY
PROPERTY
REJECT
REJECT BYPASS STS
PROPERTY
TRIP_ONLY_P Yes {Desc} TRIP ONLY BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
MON PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Page Access
00BREAKER1000 BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00BREAKER1000.AU_REQ BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO REQUEST
00BREAKER1000.AUTO BREAKER Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
AUTO
00BREAKER1000.AUTO_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.AVAIL_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
NOT AVAILABLE
00BREAKER1000.AVAIL_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AVAILABLE
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.BK_OP_A BREAKER Description - Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
BREAKER OPEN
00BREAKER1000.BK_OP_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN ALARM
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.CL_FLR BREAKER Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE CIRCUIT FAIL
00BREAKER1000.CLOSED BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSED
00BREAKER1000.CONGR_A BREAKER Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
CONGRUENCY
00BREAKER1000.CP_F_A BREAKER Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL POWER
FAIL
00BREAKER1000.CP_OK_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL POWER
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.CTL BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL WORD
00BREAKER1000.CTR BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE COUNTER
00BREAKER1000.FAULT BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
FAULT INDICATION
00BREAKER1000.FL_CL_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
FAIL TO CLOSE
00BREAKER1000.FL_OP_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
FAIL TO OPEN
00BREAKER1000.FRC_CL BREAKER Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
FORCE CLOSE
00BREAKER1000.FRC_CLB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE FORCE
BLOCK STS
00BREAKER1000.FRC_OP BREAKER Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
FORCE OPEN
00BREAKER1000.FRC_OPB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN FORCE BLOCK
STS
00BREAKER1000.FUSE_MON_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OUTPUT FUSE MON
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.LOCAL BREAKER Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
LOCAL MODE

Class Page Access
00BREAKER1000.LOCK BREAKER Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
LOCKED
00BREAKER1000.LOCK_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
LOCK PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.MN_REJ_A BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
00BREAKER1000.OP_FLR BREAKER Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN CIRCUIT FAIL
00BREAKER1000.OPEN BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN
00BREAKER1000.OVR_TRP BREAKER Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
OVERRIDE TRIP
00BREAKER1000.OVR_TRPB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OVERRIDE TRIP
BLOCK STS
00BREAKER1000.PBSTATE BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
LAST PB STATE
00BREAKER1000.PMT_AU BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO PERMIT
00BREAKER1000.PMT_AUB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO PERMIT
BYPASS STS
00BREAKER1000.PMT_CL BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT TO CLOSE
00BREAKER1000.PMT_CLB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE PERMIT
BYPASS STS
00BREAKER1000.PMT_OP BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT TO OPEN
00BREAKER1000.PMT_OPB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN PERMIT
BYPASS STS
00BREAKER1000.PR_TR_A BREAKER Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
PROTECTIVE TRIP
00BREAKER1000.PR_TRP_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PROTECTIVE TRIP
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.RCKD_IN_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
RACKED IN
PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.RCKD_OT BREAKER Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
RACKED OUT
00BREAKER1000.REJ_MN BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
00BREAKER1000.REJ_MNB BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
BYPASS STS
00BREAKER1000.REM_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
REMOTE PROPERTY
00BREAKER1000.TK BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRACKING ENABLED
00BREAKER1000.TRIP_ONLY_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRIP ONLY
PROPERTY

Class Page Access
00BREAKER1000.TRIPPED BREAKER Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
TRIPPED
00BREAKER1000.VOLT_MON_P BREAKER Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OUTPUT VOLT MON
PROPERTY

The Object name for the HMI is the same as the device name specified in the ToolboxST
configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a BREAKER_V2
BREAKER_V2 Faceplate

Appendix
The following table lists all possible enumeration combinations.
IO_OPT Enumerations
NONE None
REM Remote mode
AVAIL Available
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP Control power ok and remote and protection trip
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP Control power ok and remote and available and protection trip
RCKD_IN Racked in
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and available and racked in
REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Remote and protection trip and racked in.
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and racked in
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and available and protection trip and racked in
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and available and protection trip
and racked in
TRIP_ONLY Trip only
CP_OK-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and trip only
REM-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and trip only
CP_OK-REM-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote and trip only
AVAIL-TRIP_ONLY Available and trip only
CP_OK-AVAIL-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and trip only
REM-AVAIL-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and available and trip only
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote mode and available and trip only
PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Protection trip and trip only
CP_OK-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and protection trip and trip only
REM-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and protection trip and trip only

CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and trip only
AVAIL-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Available and protection trip and trip only
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and protection trip and trip only
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode available and trip only
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote and available and protection trip and
trip only
RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Racked in and trip only
CP_OK-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and racked in and trip only
REM-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-REM-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote and racked in and trip only
AVAIL-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Available and racked in and trip only

CP_OK-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and racked in and trip only
REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and available and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote mode and available and racked in and
trip only
PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Protection trip and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and protection trip and racked in and trip only
REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and protection trip and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and remote and protection trip and racked in and
trip only
AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Available and protection trip and racked in and trip only
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and protection trip and trip only
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Remote mode and available and protection trip and racked in and
trip only
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-TRIP_ONLY Control power ok and available and protection trip and racked in and
trip only

7 Convert (CONVERT)
Block Category: CONVERT, Equations and Conversions
The Convert (CONVERT) block converts the units of the input to the desired output
units. The conversion type is chosen with the functions NUM, DENOM1 and DENOM2.
The default value of NUM, DENOM1, and DENOM2 is NOT_USED (unity). If
DENOM1 and DENOM2 are used, they will be multiplied together. For example, to
convert 70 °F/(lb x sec) to °C/(kg x min), use the following equation:
IN = 70 (°F/(lb x sec))
NUM = °F_°C (conversion function from °F to °C)
DENOM1 = lb_kg (conversion function from lb to kg)
DENOM2 = sec_min (conversion function from sec to min)
OUT=2793.21 (°C/(kg x min))
Note This is a variant block that supports any one the following block data types: Real,
Long Real. The default data type is REAL. To modify the data type, refer to the section,
Changing Data Type of a Variant Block.
CONVERT Block
CONVERT Block Expanded

Enumerations, Equations and Input Ranges
Enumeration Equation Valid Input Ranges
NOT_USED Unity N/A
°C_°F °F=°C x 1.8+32 °C > -273.15
°C_K K=°C + 273.15 °C > -273.15
°C_°R °R=°C x 1.8 + 491.67 °C > -273.15
°F_°C °C=5/9 x (°F - 32) °F > -459.67
°F_K K=5/9 x (°F + 459.67) °F > -459.67
°F_°R °R=°F + 459.67 °F > -459.67
°R_°C °C=°R x (5/9) - 273.15 R>0
°R_°F °F=°R - 459.67 R>0
°R_K K=°R x (5/9) R>0
bar_inH2O inH2O=bar x 401.463078662 bara > 0
bar_inHg inHg=bar x 29.529983071 bara > 0
bar_mbar mbar=bar x 1000 bara > 0
bar_mmH2O mmH2O=bar x 10197.162129779 bara > 0
bar_mmHg mmHg=bar x 750.0616827042 bara > 0
bar_Pa Pa=bar x 100000 bara > 0
bar_psi psi=bar x 14.5038 bara > 0
BTU_Kcal Kcal=BTU x 0.25205597649 BTU > 0
BTU_kJ kJ=BTU x 1.05505585262 BTU > 0
cm_ft ft=cm x 0.0328083989501 cm > 0
cm_in in=cm x 0.393700787402 cm > 0
cm_m m=cm x 0.01 cm > 0
cm_mils mils=cm x 393.700787402 cm > 0
cm_mm mm=cm x 10 cm > 0
cm2_ft2 ft2=cm2 x 0.001076391 cm2 > 0
cm2_in2 in2=cm2 x 0.15500031 cm2 > 0
cm2_m2 m2=cm2 x 0.0001 cm2 > 0
ft_cm cm=ft x 30.48 ft > 0
ft_in in=ft x 12 ft > 0
ft_m m=ft x 0.3048 ft > 0
ft_mils mils=ft x 12000 ft > 0
ft_mm mm=ft x 304.8 ft > 0
ft2_cm2 cm2=ft2 x 929.0304 ft2 > 0
ft2_in2 in2=ft2 x 144 ft2 > 0
ft2_m2 m2=ft2 x 0.09290304 ft2 > 0
ft3_gallon gallon=ft3 x 7.480519481 ft3 > 0
ft3_liter liter=ft3 x 28.316846712 ft3 > 0
ft3_m3 m3=ft3 x 0.028316847 ft3 > 0
gallon_ft3 ft3=gallon x 0.133680556 gallon > 0
gallon_liter liter=gallon x 3.7854118 gallon > 0
gallon_m3 m3=gallon x 0.003785412 gallon > 0
hour_min min=hour x 60 hour > 0
hour_sec sec=hour x 3600 hour > 0
in_cm cm=in x 2.54 in > 0
in_ft ft=in x (1/12) in > 0
in_m m=in x 0.0254 in > 0
in_mils mils=in x 1000 in > 0
in_mm mm=in x 25.4 in > 0i
in2_cm2 cm2=in2 x 6.4516 in2 > 0
in2_ft2 ft2=in2 x 0.0069444444 in2 > 0
in2_m2 m2=in2 x 0.00064516 in2 > 0

Enumerations, Equations and Input Ranges (continued)
inH2O_bar bar=inH2O x 0.002490889 inH2Oa > 0
inH2O_inHg inHg=inH2O x 0.073555912 inH2Oa > 0
inH2O_mbar mbar=inH2O x 2.490889083 inH2Oa > 0
inH2O_mmH2O mmH2O=inH2O x 25.39999983 inH2Oa > 0
inH2O_mmHg mmHg=inH2O x 1.86832015 inH2Oa > 0
inH2O_Pa Pa=inH2O x 249.088908333 inH2Oa > 0
inH2O_psi psi=inH2O x 0.036127292 inH2Oa > 0
inHg_bar bar=inHg x 0.033863887 inHga > 0
inHg_inH2O inH2O=inHg x 13.595100197 inHga > 0
inHg_mbar mbar=inHg x 33.863886667 inHga > 0
inHg_mmH2O mmH2O=inHg x 345.315542684 inHga > 0
inHg_mmHg mmHg=inHg x 25.4 inHga > 0
inHg_Pa Pa=inHg x 3386.388666667 inHga > 0
inHg_psi psi=inHg x 0.491154152 inHga > 0
K_°C °C=K-273.15 K>0
K_°F °F=K x 1.8-459.67 K>0
K_°R °R=K x 1.8 K>0
kcal_BTU BTU=Kcal x 3.968320541 kcal > 0
kcal_kJ kJ=Kcal x 4.1868 kcal > 0
kg_lb lb=kg x 2.204622622 kg > 0
kJ_BTU BTU=kJ x 0.947817078 kJ > 0
kJ_kcal Kcal=kJ x 0.238845897 kJ > 0
lb_kg kg=lb x 0.45359237 lb > 0
liter_ft3 ft3=liter x 0.035314667 l>0
liter_gallon gallon=liter x 0.264172051 l>0
liter_m3 m3=liter x 0.001 l>0
m_cm cm=m x 100 m>0
m_ft ft=m x 3.280839895 m>0
m_in in=m x 0.0254 m>0
m_mils mils=m x 39370.078740157 m>0
m_mm mm=m x 1000 m>0
m2_cm2 cm2=m2 x 10000 m2 > 0
m2_ft2 ft2=m2 x 10.763910417 m2 > 0
m2_in2 in2=m2 x 1550.003100006 m2 > 0
m3_ft3 ft3=m3 x 35.314666572 m3 > 0
m3_gallon gallon=m3 x 264.172051242 m3 > 0
m3_liter liter=m3 x 1000 m3 > 0
mbar_bar bar=mbar x 0.001 mbara > 0
mbar_inH2O inH2O=mbar x 0.401463079 mbara > 0
mbar_inHg inHg=mbar x 0.029529983 mbara > 0
mbar_mmH2O mmH2O=mbar x 10.19716213 mbara > 0
mbar_mmHg mmHg=mbar x 0.750061561 mbara > 0
mbar_Pa Pa=mbar x 100 mbara > 0
mbar_psi psi=mbar x 0.014503774 mbara > 0
mils_cm cm=mils x 0.00254 mils > 0
mils_ft ft=mils x 0.000083333 mils > 0
mils_in in=mils x 0.001 mils > 0
mils_m m=mils x 0.0000254 mils > 0
mils_mm mm=mils x 0.0254 mils > 0
min_hour hour=min x (1/60) m>0
min_sec sec=min x 60 min > 0

Enumerations, Equations and Input Ranges (continued)
mm_cm cm=mm x 0.1 mm > 0
mm_ft ft=mm x 0.00328084 mm > 0
mm_in in=mm x 0.03937 mm > 0
mm_m m=mm x 0.001 mm > 0
mm_mils mils=mm x 39.37007874 mm > 0
mmH2O_inH2O inH2O=mmH2O x 0.039370079 mmH2Oa > 0
mmH2O_mmHg mmHg=mmH2O x 0.073555912 mmH2Oa > 0
mmH2O_psi psi=mmH2O x 0.001422334 mmH2Oa > 0
mmH2O_bar bar=mmH2O x 0.000098067 mmH2Oa > 0
mmH2O_inHg inHg=mmH2O x 0.002895902 mmH2Oa > 0
mmH2O_mbar mbar=mmH2O x 0.098066 mmH2Oa > 0
mmH2O_Pa Pa=mmH2O x 9.8066 mmH2Oa > 0
mmHg_bar bar=mmHg x 0.001333224 mmHga > 0
mmHg_inH2O inH2O=mmHg x 0.535240171 mmHga > 0
mmHg_inHg inHg=mmHg x 0.039370079 mmHga > 0
mmHg_mbar mbar=mmHg x 1.3332239 mmHga > 0
mmHg_mmH2O mmH2O=mmHg x 13.595100264 mmHga > 0
mmHg_Pa Pa=mmHg x 133.32239 mmHga > 0
mmHg_psi psi=mmHg x 0.019336778 mmHga > 0
Pa_bar bar=Pa x 0.00001 Paa > 0
Pa_inH2O inH2O=Pa x 0.004014631 Paa > 0
Pa_inHg inHg=Pa x 0.0002952998 Paa > 0
Pa_mbar mbar=Pa x 0.01 Paa > 0
Pa_mmH2O mmH2O=Pa x 0.101971621 Paa > 0
Pa_mmHg mmHg=Pa x 0.007500616 Paa > 0
Pa_psi psi=Pa x 0.000145038 Paa > 0
psi_bar bar=psi x 0.068947573 psia > 0
psi_inH2O inH2O=psi x 27.679904843 psia > 0
psi_inHg inHg=psi x 2.036020658 psia > 0
psi_mbar mbar=psi x 68.9475728 psia > 0
psi_mmH2O mmH2O=psi x 703.069578296 psia > 0
psi_mmHg mmHg=psi x 51.714924102 psia > 0
psi_Pa Pa=psi x 6894.75728 psia > 0
sec_hour hour=sec x (1/3600) sec > 0
sec_min min=sec x (1/60) sec > 0
Note All pressure conversions related to water (H2O) are at 4°C (39.2 °F) and all
pressure conversions related to mercury (Hg) are at 0°C (32 °F).
This block propagates quality status if the status operations are enabled.
Block status modification: If the input value exceeds the conversion boundary conditions, such as negative distance, weight
or negative absolute temperature (-4°K), the output status will be set to NOT_LIMITED-CONFIGURATION_
ERROR-BAD [4].
For further details on Single Input/Single Output blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block Library,
the Status Monitoring (STATUS_MONITORING) block.

Inputs
DENOM1 First conversion function INT (ENUM) NOT_USED Parameter Value Only
of denominator
DENOM2 Second conversion INT (ENUM) NOT_USED Parameter Value Only
function of denominator
IN Input value to convert REAL, LREAL† 0 Always Value Only
NUM Conversion function of INT (ENUM) NOT_USED Parameter Value Only
numerator
† Value with status (if status option is enabled)
Outputs
OUT Converted value REAL, LREAL† N/A Always Value Only

8 Digital Step Drum (DSTEPDRUM)
Block Category: DSTEPDRUM, Boolean Operations
The Digital Step Drum (DSTEPDRUM) algorithm block is a software drum controller
with up to 32 digital output values and up to 32 steps. Each of the 32 steps is assigned an
integer step value. Depending on the step number selected, the block converts the
corresponding integer into a binary format and outputs the bits to the corresponding
Boolean outputs. The number of Boolean outputs is selected by adding addition output
pin groups.
Input Ranges
Number of Outputs Range of the Input Integer
1 0-1
2 0-3
3 0-7
4 0 - 15
5 0 - 31
6 0 - 63
7 0 - 127
8 0 - 255
9 0 - 511
10 0 - 1023
11 0 - 2047
12 0 - 4095
13 0 - 8191
14 0 - 16383
15 0 - 32767
16 0 - 65535
17 0 - 131071
18 0 - 262143
19 0 - 524287
20 0 - 1048575
21 0 - 2097151
22 0 - 4194303
23 0 - 8388607
24 0 - 16777215
25 0 - 33554431
26 0 - 67108863
27 0 - 134217727
28 0 - 268435455
29 0 - 536870911
30 0 - 1073741823
31 0 - 2147483647
32 0 - 4294967295
If the integer value of the selected step cannot be represented by the number of Boolean
outputs, all the outputs are set to False for that step. For example, if OUT1 through OUT4
are selected (valid step value range, 0 to15), N1 = 16 and STEP = 1, then all outputs are
set to False. The maximum number of steps is initialized with NMAX (1<NMAX≤32).
In tracking mode (TRK_MOD = True), the current step number, STEP, is tracked to a
selected step, TRK_STEP. If TRK_STEP is equal to zero or greater than NMAX, the
selecting mode TRK_MOD is ignored and the block switches to Manual mode and MN_
REJ becomes True.

In Manual mode (TRK_MOD = False), the selected step is increased or decreased (with
each False to True transition of INC or DEC). If the step number is equal to the maximum
number of steps, NMAX, then the next transition of INC will cause the step number to
reset to one. If the current step number is equal to one, then all transitions of DEC will be
ignored. If INC and DEC transition from False to True on the same scan, then the current
step is maintained.
DSTEPDRUM Block
Inputs
DEC Decrements the current step BOOL False Always Value Only
INC Increments the current step BOOL False Always Value Only
N1 Output value for step 1 UDINT 0 Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ v ↓ ↓
N32 Output value for step 32 UDINT 0 Always Value Only
NMAX Maximum number of steps UINT 1 Parameter Value Only
TRK_MOD Enable tracking mode BOOL False Always Value Only
TRK_STEP Selected step number UINT 1 Parameter Value Only
Outputs
MN_REJ Reject to manual mode BOOL False Always Value Only
OUT1 Most significant output bit BOOL False Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
OUT32 Least significant output bit BOOL False Always Value Only
STEP Current step number INT 1 Always Value Only

9 Dual Select (DUALSEL)
Block Category: DUALSEL, Analog Operations
Note Legacy Status — The DUALSEL block is not supported for use in new Mark
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the DUALSEL_V2 block; it provides
The Dual Select (DUALSEL) block transfers the average, minimum, or maximum of two
analog signals to output ({Device}). The user can disable one transmitter. If one
transmitter is disabled, the output will be the value of the remaining transmitter.
Disabling Transmitters
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark When the quality status of transmitter A is in the BAD region, ABQ and AD become True
VIe Controller Standard Block and transmitter A is automatically disabled. Once the quality status of transmitter A
Library, the Status Monitoring becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN, ABQ becomes False. If AU_EN_P is False, input A
(STATUS_MONITORING) remains disabled (AD remains True) and must be enabled by the HMI operator. If AU_
block. EN_P is True and the quality status of transmitter A becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN
and the value of input A is within the deviation limits set by the user, AD becomes False
and A is automatically enabled. This concept also applies to input B.
AU_EN_P does not have any A transmitter can be manually disabled using the DUALSEL faceplate. If input A and B
effect on the enabling of a are both enabled and have a GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality status and A is manually
manually disabled input. A disabled, then the corresponding output, AD, becomes True to indicate that input A is
manually disabled input must disabled. If input A is enabled and B is disabled then BD is True.
be manually enabled.
Note The HMI operator is only allowed to disable one transmitter at any time from the
faceplate.
Output Bad Quality Indication (OBQ)

When two transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD quality state, OBQ becomes True,
the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to output, quality status of OUT is set to
NOT_LIMITED-BAD, [0], and MODE is set to DEFAULT. If AU_EN_P is True, OBQ
becomes False when the quality status of either input becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN.
The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input will be enabled and transferred to the output.
However, ifAU_EN_P is False, OUT will be equal to DF until the HMI operator
manually enables the GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input.
This block propagates quality status. Status option cannot be disabled on this block. For
further details on Relational blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller
Standard Block Library, the Status Monitoring (STATUS_MONITORING) block.
Block status modification: When OBQ is True, the quality status of {Device} is NOT_
LIMITED-BAD [0].

Control (CTL) is used by the HMI operator for manual control. The manual commands
from the HMI allow each input to be enabled or disabled. The command enumerations are
A manually disabled CTL Enumerations
transmitter may be manually Enumeration Command
enabled, regardless of its NO_CMD No Command
deviation status. EN_A_CMD Enable Input A Command
DIS_A_CMD Disable Input A Command
EN_B_CMD Enable Input B Command
DIS_B_CMD Disable Input B Command
Dual Select (DS) — this mode defines the block function mode. The DS enumerations
are defined in the following table.
DS Mode Enumerations
Enumeration Function
AVG Average of A and B
MIN Minimum of A and B
MAX Maximum of A and B
Operating Mode (MODE) — is the block-operating mode that depends on DS and the
quality status of the inputs. The operating mode enumerations are defined in the following
table.
MODE Enumerations
MIN_A-B Minimum of A and B
MAX_A-B Maximum of A and B
A Input A
B Input B
DEFAULT Input DF

Examples
• AVG, MIN_A-B, or MAX_A-B is the operating mode when both transmitters are not
BAD quality and are enabled.
• A mode is selected when transmitter B is manually disabled or determined to be
BAD quality.
• B mode is selected when transmitter A is manually disabled or determined to be
BAD quality.
• DEFAULT is the operating mode selected automatically when both transmitters are
determined to be bad quality and/or disabled.
Deviation Alarms
Use the deviation alarms that A and B values are compared to determine if the absolute value of their difference is
are configured from within the greater than or equal to the deviation limit, DL. If so, the deviation high alarm, ODH,
block instead of the deviation becomes True, delayed by the deviation time delay, DT. The deviation alarm will not
high configuration of the become False until the absolute difference between A and B is less than the value of DL
analog alarm. Refer to the minus DLDB (deviation limit dead band) or either input is disabled.
section, Analog Alarm
Configuration.
Note The deviation high output, ODH, becomes True when at least one transmitter is in
deviation. Also, if a transmitter input is disabled, the deviation alarm for that transmitter
is disabled.
In general, the deviation alarm only sets Boolean outputs and has no influence on the
functionality of the block (that is, the transmitter in deviation with the output is not
automatically disabled, and the block mode does not change).
Rate of Change Restriction
The rate of change of OUT is only restricted by the value of RATE when the block
operating mode changes. RATE is in engineering units per second. For example, if RATE
= 1, A = 10 (enabled), and B = 25 (disabled), so MODE = A, and the mode of the block is
changed by enabling input B and disabling input A. Now, MODE = B and output will
increase from 10 to 25 engineering units in 15 seconds. At this point, output equals B, the
block operating mode transition from A to B is complete and the rate of change restriction
on output is removed until the block operating mode changes, again.

Inserting the DUALSEL block into the application program will generate the window
displayed in the following figure. This prompts the user to Enter Device Description,
Enter Device Name, and Enter Format Specification in the Values column.
When the user clicks OK, the block will automatically set the appropriate attributes for
each variable (for example, Type and Format Specification). Any variables that need to be
on EGD will be automatically placed on the $Default EGD page.
Note Each Device Name used in a controller must be unique.
The block and pin connections will be configured automatically and the object will
display in the ToolboxST application.
DUALSEL Block

Refer to the table, Global Pin names are in the form Device Value.Pin Name, where Device Value has is the
Variables. attribute value 00DUALSEL1000 and pin Name is the block input/output pin names. The
description, DUALSEL Description, becomes the prefix of the block input/output
descriptions. The FormatSp Attribute Name Value, TempFS is the format specification of
the block output.
Note The only exception to the rule is the output pin ({Device}) where the global pin
name is in the form Device Value pin name without the " ".
Inputs
Name Global Description Data Type Initial Value Visibility Interface Type
A Yes {Desc} TRANS A INPUT REAL 0 Always Value with Status
AU_EN_P AUTO ENABLE BQ BOOL True Parameter Value Only
XMTR
B Yes {Desc} TRANS B INPUT REAL 0 Always Value with Status
CTL Yes {Desc} CONTROL WORD UINT (ENUM) NO_CMD Always Value Only
DF DEFAULT OUTPUT IF REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
BOTH TRANSMITTERS
ARE BAD
DL DEVIATION ALARM REAL 5 Parameter Value Only
LIMIT
DLDB DEVIATION ALARM REAL 2 Parameter Value Only
LIMIT DEADBAND
DS DUAL SELECT MODE UINT (ENUM) AVG Parameter Value Only
PROPERTY
DT DEVIATION ALARM UDINT 1000 Parameter Value Only
DELAY
IN_ABQ Yes TRANS A BAD QUALITY BOOL False Always Value Only
IN_BBQ Yes TRANS B BAD QUALITY BOOL False Always Value Only
RATE SELECTION CHANGE REAL 1 Parameter Value Only
RATE LIMIT
Outputs
{Device} Yes {Desc} REAL 0 Always Value with Status
ABQ Yes {Desc} TRANS A BAD BOOL False Always Value Only
QUALITY
AD Yes {Desc} TRANS A BOOL False Always Value Only
DISABLED
BBQ Yes {Desc} TRANS B BAD BOOL False Always Value Only
QUALITY
BD Yes {Desc} TRANS B BOOL False Always Value Only
DISABLED
MODE Yes {Desc} BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) AVG_AB Always Value Only
OBQ Yes {Desc} BAD QUALITY BOOL False Always Value Only
ODH Yes {Desc} HI DEVIATION BOOL False Always Value Only
SEL_P Yes {Desc} SELECT TYPE UINT (ENUM) DUAL Internal Value Only
PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Access
DUALSEL1001 TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
DUALSEL1001.A TANK 1001 TEMP TRANS Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
A INPUT
DUALSEL1001.ABQ TANK 1001 TEMP TRANS Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
A BAD QUALITY
DUALSEL1001.AD TANK 1001 TEMP TRANS Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
A DESELECTED
DUALSEL1001.B TANK 1001 TEMP TRANS Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
B INPUT
DUALSEL1001.BBQ TANK 1001 TEMP TRANS Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
B BAD QUALITY
DUALSEL1001.BD TANK 1001 TEMP TRANS Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
B DESELECTED
DUALSEL1001.CTL TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL WORD
DUALSEL1001. TANK 1001 TEMP BLOCK Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
MODE MODE
DUALSEL1001.OBQ TANK 1001 TEMP BAD Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
QUALITY
DUALSEL1001.ODH TANK 1001 TEMP HI Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
DEVIATION
DUALSEL1001. TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
SEL_P SELECT TYPE
PROPERTY

Configuring the analog alarm To set up analog alarms on a signal, configure the Alarm property for that signal. This
for deviation high is not allows the configuration of BQ (Bad Quality), RH (Rate of change high), DH (High
recommended as the block Deviation), H, HH, HHH (or 3H), L, LL, and LLL (or 3L). The following figures display
already alarms on deviation to how enable alarms on a signal.
high for each input. Refer to
the section, Deviation Alarms.
Note AnalogAlarmDefault should normally be used when a signal is to be used as an
alarm. Enabling this turns on more options in the Alarms and Events section in the
properties of that signal.
Enabling Analog Alarms on a Signal

H Variables
H_SP is the setpoint for the high alarm on the signal. H_T is the delay time (in ms). When
the comparison between the setpoint and the value is done, it waits H_T milliseconds
before issuing the alarm. HYST is the Hysteresis of the alarm values. Set the initial values
to effectively use them. 00DUALSEL1000.H is the actual variable name that generates
the alarm.

The Object name for the HMI is the same as the Device name specified in the ToolboxST
Configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a DUALSEL
DUALSEL Faceplate

10 Dual Select_Version 2 (DUALSEL_V2)
Block Category: DUALSEL_V2, Analog Operations
The Dual Select_Version 2 (DUALSEL_V2) block transfers the average, minimum, or
maximum of two analog signals to output ({Device}). The user has the option to disable
one transmitter. If one transmitter is disabled, the output will be the value of the
remaining transmitter.
When the quality status of transmitter A is in the BAD region then ABQ and AD become
True and transmitter A is automatically disabled. Once the quality status of transmitter A
becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN, ABQ becomes False. If AU_EN_P is False, input A
remains disabled (AD remains True) and must be enabled by the HMI operator. If AU_
EN_P is True and the quality status of transmitter A becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN
and the value of input A is within the deviation limits set by the user, AD becomes False
and A is automatically enabled. This concept also applies to input B.
AU_EN_P does not have any A transmitter can be manually disabled using the DUALSEL_V2 faceplate. If input A and
effect on the enabling of a B are both enabled and have a GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality status and A is manually
manually disabled input. A disabled, then the corresponding output, AD, becomes True to indicate that input A is
manually disabled input must disabled. If input A is enabled and B is disabled then BD is True.
be manually enabled.
Note The HMI operator is only allowed to disable one transmitter at any time from the
faceplate.

When two transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD quality state, OBQ becomes True,
the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to output, quality status of OUT is set to
NOT_LIMITED-BAD, [0], and MODE is set to DEFAULT. If AU_EN_P is True, OBQ
becomes False when the quality status of either input becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN.
The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input will be enabled and transferred to the output.
However, if AU_EN_P is False, OUT will be equal to DF until the HMI operator
This block propagates quality status. Status option cannot be disabled on this block.
LIMITED-BAD [0].
For further details on Relational blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller

from the HMI allow each input to be enabled or disabled. A manually disabled transmitter
can be manually enabled, regardless of its deviation status. The command enumerations
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No Command
EN_A_CMD Enable Input A Command
Block Function Enumerations

Dual Select (DS) Mode defines the block function mode. The function mode
DS Mode Enumerations
Operating Mode (MODE) is a block-operating mode that depends on DS and the quality
status of the inputs. The operating mode enumerations are defined in the following table.
MODE Enumerations
A Input A
B Input B
DEFAULT Input DF

Examples
• AVG, MIN_A-B, or MAX_A-B is the operating mode when both transmitters are not
BAD quality and are enabled.
• A mode is selected when transmitter B is manually disabled or determined to be
BAD quality.
• B mode is selected when transmitter A is manually disabled or determined to be
BAD quality.
• DEFAULT is the operating mode selected automatically when both transmitters are
determined to be bad quality and/or disabled.
Deviation Alarms
Use the deviation alarms that A and B values are compared to determine if the absolute value of their difference is
are configured from within the greater than or equal to the deviation limit, DL. If so, the deviation high alarm, ODH,
block instead of the deviation becomes True, delayed by the deviation time delay, DT. The deviation alarm will not
high configuration of the become False until the absolute difference between A and B is less than the value of DL
analog alarm. Refer to the minus DLDB (deviation limit dead band)or either input is disabled.
section, Analog Alarm
Configuration.
is disabled.
functionality of the block (that is, the transmitter in deviation with the output is not
The rate of change of OUT is only restricted by the value of RATE when the block
operating mode changes.
RATE is in engineering units per second. For example, if RATE = 1, A = 10 (enabled),
and B = 25 (disabled), so MODE = A, and the mode of the block is changed by enabling
input B and disabling input A. Now, MODE = B and output will increase from 10 to 25
engineering units in 15 seconds. At this point, output equals B, the block operating mode
transition from A to B is complete and the rate of change restriction on output is removed
until the block operating mode changes, again.

Inserting this block into the application program will generate the window displayed in
the following figure. This prompts the user to Enter Device Description, Enter Device
Name, and Enter Format Specification in the Values column.
When the user clicks OK, the block will automatically set the appropriate attributes for
each variable (for example, Type and Format Specification). Any variables that need to be
on EGD will be automatically placed on the $Default EGD page.
The block and pin connections are configured automatically. The object will display in
the ToolboxST application.
DUALSEL_V2 Block

Refer to the table, Global Pin names are in the form Device Value.Pin Name, where Device Value has the attribute
Variables. value 00DUALSEL1000 and pin Name is the block input/output pin name. The
description, DUALSEL_V2 Description becomes the prefix of the block input/output
descriptions. The FormatSp Attribute Name Value, TempFS, is the format specification of
the block output. The DLFormatSp Attribute Name Value, TempDiffFS is the format
specification of the block DL pin output.
Note The only exception to the rule is the output pin ({Device}) where the global pin
Inputs
XMTR
WORD
DF DEFAULT OUTPUT IF REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
BOTH TRANSMITTERS
ARE BAD
LIMIT
LIMIT DEADBAND
PROPERTY
DELAY
RATE LIMIT
Outputs
{Device} Yes {Desc} REAL 0 Always Value with
Status
QUALITY
DISABLED
QUALITY
DISABLED
MODE Yes {Desc} BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) AVG_AB Always Value Only
SEL_P Yes {Desc} SELECT TYPE UINT (ENUM) DUAL Internal Value Only
PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Page Access
DUALSEL1001 TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
DUALSEL1001.A TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A INPUT
DUALSEL1001.ABQ TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A BAD
QUALITY
DUALSEL1001.AD TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A
DESELECTED
DUALSEL1001.B TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B INPUT
DUALSEL1001.BBQ TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B BAD
QUALITY
DUALSEL1001.BD TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B
DESELECTED
DUALSEL1001.CTL TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL WORD
DUALSEL1001.MODE TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK MODE
DUALSEL1001.OBQ TANK 1001 TEMP BAD Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
QUALITY
DUALSEL1001.ODH TANK 1001 TEMP HI Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
DEVIATION
DUALSEL1001.SEL_P TANK 1001 TEMP Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
SELECT TYPE
PROPERTY

recommended as the block Deviation), H, HH, HHH (or 3H), L, LL, and LLL (or 3L).
already alarms on deviation
H Variables

H_SP is the setpoint for the High alarm on the signal. H_T is the delay time (in ms).
initial values to effectively use them. 00DUALSEL1000.H is the actual variable name
that generates the alarm.
Configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a DUALSEL_V2
DUALSEL_V2 Faceplate

11 Enthalpy of Superheated Steam (ENTHALPY_STM)
Block Category: ENTHALPY_STM, Equations and Conversions
The Enthalpy of Superheated Steam (ENTHALPY_STM) block resolves the enthalpy of
superheated steam given the steam gauge pressure, IN_P, temperature, IN_T, and
atmospheric pressure, IN_PATM.
ENTHALPY_STM Block
Ranges/Units
MEAS_SYS English S.I.
IN_P PSIg barg
IN_T 95 - 1500 °F 35 - 816°C
IN_PATM PSI bar
OUT BTU/lb KJ/kg
The steam table lookup uses the sum of IN_P and IN_PATM (absolute pressure). The sum of IN_P and IN_PATM must be in
the range of 0.8 - 3200 PSIA (0.0552 - 220.6322 bara).
• Due to the nature of the steam table, some input combinations may lead to a result outside of the superheated steam
region. This results in an output status of NOT_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_VALUE-UNCERTAIN [68].
• If the input temperature or pressure value exceeds the range in the given table above, the output status will be either
LOW_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_VALUE-UNCERTAIN [69] or HIGH_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_
VALUE-UNCERTAIN [70].
For further details on Relational blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block Library, the Status
Inputs
IN_P Input pressure (gauge) REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
IN_PATM Input atmospheric REAL† 14.696 Parameter Value with Status
pressure
IN_T Input temperature REAL† 220 Always Value with Status
MEAS_SYS Measurement system UINT (ENUM) English Parameter Value Only
† Value with Status (if status option is enabled)
Output
OUT Steam enthalpy REAL† N/A Always Value with Status

12 Enthalpy of Subcooled Water (ENTHALPY_WTR)
Block Category: ENTHALPY_WTR, Equations and Conversions
The Enthalpy of Subcooled Water (ENTHALPY_WTR) block resolves the enthalpy of
subcooled water given the water gauge pressure, IN_P, temperature, IN_T, and
atmospheric pressure, IN_PATM.
ENTHALPY_WTR Block
Ranges/Units
IN_P PSIg barg
IN_T 32 - 705 °F 0 - 374°C
IN_PATM PSI bar
OUT BTU/lb KJ/kg
The steam table lookup uses the sum of IN_P and IN_PATM (absolute pressure). The sum of IN_P and IN_PATM
must be in the range of 0.8 - 3200 PSIA (0.0552 - 220.6322 bara).
• Due to the nature of the steam table, some input combinations may lead to a result outside of the superheated steam
Inputs
IN_PATM Input atmospheric pressure REAL† 14.696 Always Value with Status
MEAS_SYS Measurement system UINT (ENUM) English Always Value Only
Outputs
OUT Steam enthalpy REAL† N/A Always Value with Status

13 First In-First Out (FIFO)
Block Category: FIFO, Analog Operations
The First In-First Out (FIFO) block is an expandable block that performs a basic first in,
first out operation of up to 32 inputs. The block scans the inputs sequentially and the
FIFO order is stored using the input number of the associated input (that is, 1 for IN1, 2
for IN2, 3 for IN3, and so forth). The order in which any of the digital inputs transition
from False to True is preserved in a memory in which up to 32 transitions can be stored.
Once 32 transitions have been stored, all other transitions are ignored.
FIFO Block
For each successive False to True transition of the rotate input, RTAT, the first input
number stored in the FIFO will be removed from internal storage and that numerical
value will be written to the output, OUT. When the memory is empty, OUT is set to zero.
A False to True transition on the clear input, CLR, will cause the output and all the
internal FIFO entries to be set to zero, and will remain zero as long as the clear input,
CLR, is True.
The FLAG output is set to True when the FIFO is not empty.

Examples
Initial condition : OUT equals to 0, FLAG is False.
Scan1: IN8 transitions to True, FLAG is True
Scan2: IN1 transitions to True, FLAG is True
Scan3: IN2 and IN4 transitions to True, FLAG is True
Scan4: RTAT transitions from False to True, then OUT equals 8, FLAG is True
Scan5: RTAT transitions from True to False, FLAG is True
Scan7: RTAT transitions from True to False, FLAG is TRUE
Scan9: RTAT transitions from True to False, FLAG is True
Scan10: RTAT transitions from False to True, then OUT equals 4, FLAG is False
Scan11: RTAT transitions from True to False, FLAG is False
Scan12: RTAT transitions from False to True, then OUT equals 0, register is empty,
FLAG is False
Inputs
CLR Clear intern memory BOOL False Always Value Only
IN1 First input BOOL False Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
IN32 Last input BOOL False Always Value Only
RTAT Rotate (remove the oldest BOOL False Always Value Only
input number from the
memory to the OUT)
Outputs
FLAG FLAG is True if the memory BOOL False Always Value Only
is NOT empty
OUT Output UINT 0 Always Value Only

14 Flow Calculator (FLOW_CALC)
Block Category: FLOW_CALC, Equations and Conversions
The Flow Calculator (FLOW_CALC) block calculates the flow for non-compressible
fluids through a differential pressure flow meter. The block is expandable for up to four
transmitters. It requires the meter design pressure specifications, IHS and ILS, as well as
the flow specifications, OHS and OLS, to calculate the output. Furthermore, the OUTn is
only calculated if the INn is greater than the low cutout value, LCO. If the input variable
INn is less than or equal to LCO, then the OUTn will be 0.
FLOW_CALC Block
OUTn status = INn status.
Block status modifications: If (INn > LCO) < ILS, or IHS ≤ ILS, or OHS ≤ OLS,
then the value of outputs OUTn = 0 and their status = NOT_LIMITED-CONFIGURATION_ERROR-BAD [4]
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block Library, the Status Monitoring (STATUS_MONITORING)
block.

Inputs
IHS Input high scale REAL 100 Always Value Only
ILS Input low scale REAL 0 Always Value Only
IN1 Input differential pressure 1 REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
IN4 Input differential pressure 4 REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
LCO Low cutout REAL 0 Always Value Only
OHS Output high scale REAL 100 Always Value Only
OLS Output low scale REAL 0 Always Value Only
Outputs
OUT1 Output variable 1 REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
OUT4 Output variable 4 REAL† N/A Always Value with Status

15 Force (FORCE)
Block Category: FORCE, Permits and Overrides
Note Legacy Status — The FORCE block is not supported for use in new Mark VIe
control systems (ControlST software suite V05.02 or later). It is in place to support the
maintenance of legacy Mark VIe control systems (prior to ControlST software suite
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the LOGIC_BUILDER or LOGIC_
BUILDER_SC block (use if first out/state change feature is required); these blocks
provide equivalent functionality. Refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard
Block Library.
The Force (FORCE) block is an expandable block of up to 32 force inputs which

functions like an OR block. Each connected input can be blocked by the HMI operator
from the force tab of the associated permit screen. This blocking function must be enabled
by setting FRCnBE to True. If force blocking is enabled for an input, an event is
generated on the HMI alarm/event screen whenever the operator blocks the FORCE.
FORCE Block
Refer to the table, Global Each input has the capability of inheriting the description of a connected global variable
Variables. or a global variable connected through a NOT block. When a connection is made to one
of the input pins, the description of the global variable is inherited by default. If this
inherited description is undesirable, it must be disabled by setting the Inherit Description
option to False in the input variable properties. The description can be replaced with a
desirable description by entering an appropriate description in the description field of the
input variable of the FORCE block (replace FORCE #1 with the desired override
description for the source connected to FRC1). The description is not copied from the
connected variable immediately; the input's description is set when the library or device
containing the input is validated or built.
ForceType enumerations are as follows:
ForceType Enumerations
CL_FRC Close force
OP_FRC Open force
INT_FRC Intermediate force
STR_FRC Start force
STP_FRC Stop force
CMD_FRC Command/setpoint force
ON_FRC On force
OFF_FRC Off force

OUT enumeration pin values are provided in the following table.
OUT Enumerations
Enumeration Force Output Description
Refer to the table, ForceType Inserting this block into the application program will generate a window as displayed in
Enumerations. the following figure. This prompts the user to Enter Device Name and Select ForceType
in the Value column of the window (the force type is a drop-down list selection.

The block will automatically create the necessary variables and provide the appropriate
attributes for each variable (for example, Type and Format Spec variables that need to be
on EGD will be automatically placed on the $Default EGD page, and so forth). If
additional pin groups are added, the necessary new variables will be automatically created
during a build of the application program.
Variables. The defaults listed This will generate Global pins.
are for example only. Be sure
There are two things to remember when installing a FORCE block. The first is that the
to change the block name. Device Name of the block should match the name of the block that it will be connected to.
If this block is controlling an MOV block, then the names should match. If the blocks are
connected correctly, but named incorrectly, the force block will work normally, but the
HMI screen cannot tell you why the signal is or isn’t forced.
The second thing to remember is to select the correct Force Type. If the user selects CL_
FRC, but connects it to an OP_FRC, the permissive will act like a force close but displays
in the Open force window.
Input pin names are in the form Device Value ForceType Value pin name. Output pin
names are in the form Device Value ForceType Value.OUT, Device Value ForceType
Value.FRC, and Device Value ForceType Value.FRCB.
Example
If Device Value = 00FORCE1000 and ForceType Value = CL_FRC.

Inputs
FRC1 FORCE INPUT 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC1B FORCE INPUT BLOCK 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC1BE FORCE INPUT BLOCK ENABLE 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
FRC32 FORCE INPUT 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC32B FORCE INPUT BLOCK 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC32BE FORCE INPUT BLOCK ENABLE 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
Outputs
FRC FORCE BOOL False Always Value Only
FRCB FORCE BLOCK BOOL False Always Value Only
OUT OUTPUT UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
Global Variables
Class Access
00FORCE1000CL_FRC.FRC Force Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
00FORCE1000CL_FRC.FRCB Force block Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
00FORCE1000CL_FRC.OUT Output Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
00FORCE1000CL_FRC.FRC1 Force input Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
00FORCE1000CL_FRC.FRC1B Force input Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadWrite
block
00FORCE1000CL_FRC.FRC1BE Force input Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
block enable
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
00FORCE1000CL_FRC.FRCn Force input Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
00FORCE1000CL_FRC.FRCnB Force input Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadWrite
block
00FORCE1000CL_FRC.FRCnBE Force input Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
block enable

A FORCE block does not directly have an HMI object. The block displays on the Permits
faceplate when used. The following figure displays the Permits faceplate for a PID_MA
block. This displays the presence of the FORCE block, as well as a description from the
controlling variable. The FORCE description displays as green because the FORCE is not
active.
Permits Faceplate for PID_MA

16 Gain Bias (GAIN_BIAS)
Block Category: GAIN_BIAS, Math
The Gain Bias (GAIN_BIAS) block multiplies IN and GAIN and adds BIAS:
OUT = IN x GAIN + BIAS
GAIN_BIAS Block
Inputs
BIAS Offsets the product of IN and GAIN REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
GAIN Value to multiply the input REAL† 1 Always Value with Status
IN Analog input signal REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
Output
OUT Product of the input and gain summed REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
with the bias

17 Group (GRP)
Block Category: GRP, Device Control
This block features only the
interface, not the sequence. Note Legacy Status — The GRP block is not supported for use in new Mark VIe
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the GRP_V3 block; it provides
The Group (GRP) block enables and/or sequences groups of equipment such as motor
starters, motor operated valves, control valves, and so forth. The block provides a
maintained output ON which is energized/de-energized to control the group sequencing.
GRP Block
Control (CTL) is an enumeration set by the HMI operator for group control. The
commands available from the HMI allow manual and automatic push-button control
capability. The group may be started or stopped in Manual mode by the ON_PB or OFF_
PB commands, respectively. The command enumerations are defined in the following
table.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command
ON_CMD On cmd
OFF_CMD Off cmd

NONE None
AUTO Auto
NONE — the group may be started or stopped manually by the HMI operator, no other
mode options are available.
AUTO — provides auto control capability for the GROUP. Selecting the AUTO mode
PMT_AU is described in the property will set AUTO_P to True, indicating the auto mode property of the block is
section, Auto/On/Off enabled. The block provides an auto permitted indication input, AU_PMT, which can be
Permissives. driven by external logic. When AUTO_P is True, the group can be commanded to auto by
either CTL enumeration AUTO_CMD providing PMT_AU is True.
When AUTO is True, the AU_ON and AU_OFF inputs control the automatic on/off
operation of the block, provided, PMT_ON or PMT_OFF, respectively, is True. If AU_
ON, AU_OFF, or AU_SEL become True, the group is in Manual mode, and the group
output (ON) is not in the state of the requested command, the auto request alarm, AU_
REQ, will be activated.
Override Control
The block provides override control through a Manual Reject input enumeration, MN_
REJ. The possible values are listed in the following table.
MN_REJ Enumerations
Enumeration Command
OR-NO_BLOCK Override Active And No Override Is Blocked
NO_OVR-BLOCK No Override And A Override Is Blocked
OVR-BLOCK Override Active And A Override Is Blocked
NO_OVR-NO-BLOCK No Override And No Override Is Blocked
The group is rejected to manual when MN_REJ indicates Override Active and the manual
reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds).
MN_REJ (if used) is driven from an Override (OVERRIDE) block. Each connected input
of the OVERRIDE block has the ability (when enabled) to be blocked by the HMI
MN_REJ enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI operator has blocked at least one
override. GRP does not use the block information, but passes it to the HMI for display.

Force Control
The block provides force control through enumerations force open (ON_FRC) and force
close ( OFF_FRC). ON_FRC and OFF_FRC (if used) are driven from a Force (FORCE)
block. Each connected input of the FORCE block has the ability (when enabled) to be
blocked by the HMI operator, which is accessed from associated tab of the permit HMI
screen display. When ON_FRC or OFF_FRC enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI
operator has blocked at least one force. GRP does not use the block information, but
passes it to the HMI for display. The following table provides the possible values of the
enumerations.
Force Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_FORCE-NO-BLOCK No Force And No Force Is Blocked
FORCE-NO_BLOCK Force Active And No Force Is Blocked
NO_FORCE-BLOCK No Force And A Force Is Blocked
FORCE-BLOCK Force Active And A Force Is Blocked
Auto/On/Off Permissives
The block provides the permissive input enumerations AU_PMT, ON_PMT, and OFF_
PMT. The following table provides the possible values of the enumerations.
Auto/On/Off Permissive Enumerations

Enumeration Command
NO_PERM-NO-BYPASS No Permit And No Permit Is Bypassed
PERM-NO_BYPASS Permit OK And No Permit Is Bypassed
NO_PERM-BYPASS No Permit And A Permit Is Bypassed
PERM-BYPASS Permit OK And A Permit Is Bypassed
The permit inputs, AU_PMT, ON_PMT, and OFF_PMT, combine with internal
permissives to generate PMT_AU, PMT_ON, and PMT_OFF, permitted indications.

If the group is in Auto mode and any of these conditions are not satisfied (except AU_
PMT), the group will be placed to Manual mode (that is the outputs, AUTO and PMT_
AU are set to False) and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed
by 2 seconds).
PMT_ON is True when the following conditions exist:
• ON_PMT indicates Permit OK

• OFF_FRC indicates No Force
PMT_OFF is True when the following conditions exist:
• OFF_PMT indicates Permit OK

• ON_FRC indicates No Force

AU_PMT, ON_PMT, and OFF_PMT (if used) are driven from a Permit (PERMIT) block.
Each connected input of the PERMIT block has the ability (when enabled) to be bypassed
display. When AU_PMT, ON_PMT, or OFF_PMT enumeration contains BYPASS, the
HMI operator has bypassed at least one permit. GRP does not use the bypass information,
but passes it to the HMI for display.
Diagnostic Alarms
The block will generate a Discrepancy alarm, DISC, if NO_DISC is False for the time
specified by DISC_T.
Push-button Status
The block push-button status output, PBSTATE, indicates the last HMI operator initiated
CTL enumeration ON_CMD or OFF_ CMD command. PBSTATE is True if the last CTL
enumeration was ON_CMD.
Inserting a GRP block into the application code displays the following window.
Variables. Pin names are in the form Device Value.Input_Name, where Device Value is the attribute
value 00GRP1000 and Input_Name is the block input/output names. The description,
GRP Description in this example, becomes the prefix of the block input/output
descriptions.

Inputs
Type
AU_OFF AUTO OFF CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
AU_ON AUTO ON CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
AU_SEL Yes {Desc} AUTO SELECT BOOL False Always Value Only
WORD
DISC_T DISCREPENCY TIME UDINT 5000 Parameter Value Only
MN_REJ MANUAL REJECT UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
MODE_ MODE OPTIONS UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
OPT
NO_DISC NO DISCREPANCY BOOL True Always Value Only
OFF_FRC Yes FORCE OFF UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
OFF_PMT Yes OFF PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
ON_FRC Yes FORCE ON UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
ON_PMT Yes ON PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only

Outputs
Type
AU_ORD Yes {Desc} AUTO ORDER BOOL False Always Value Only
AU_REQ Yes {Desc} AUTO REQUEST BOOL False Always Value Only
AUTO_P Yes {Desc} AUTO PROPERTY BOOL False Always Value Only
DISC Yes {Desc} DISCREPANCY BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_OFF Yes {Desc} FORCE OFF BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_OFFB Yes {Desc} OFF FORCE BLOCK STS BOOL False Internal Value Only
FRC_ON Yes {Desc} FORCE ON BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_ONB Yes {Desc} ON FORCE BLOCK STS BOOL False Internal Value Only
MN_REJ_A Yes {Desc} MANUAL REJECT BOOL False Always Value Only
OFF Yes {Desc} OFF BOOL True Always Value Only
ON Yes {Desc} ON BOOL False Always Value Only
PMT_AUB Yes {Desc} AUTO PERMIT BYPASS STS BOOL False Internal Value Only
PMT_OFF Yes {Desc} OFF PERMIT BOOL True Always Value Only
PMT_OFFB Yes {Desc} OFF PERMIT BYPASS STS BOOL False Internal Value Only
PMT_ON Yes {Desc} ON PERMIT BOOL True Always Value Only
PMT_ONB Yes {Desc} ON PERMIT BYPASS STS BOOL False Internal Value Only
REJ_MN Yes {Desc} MANUAL REJECT BOOL False Always Value Only
REJ_MNB Yes {Desc} MANUAL REJECT BYPASS BOOL False Internal Value Only
STS

Global Variables
Class Page Access
00GRP1000 GRP Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00GRP1000.AU_ORD GRP Description AUTO Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
ORDER
00GRP1000.AU_REQ GRP Description AUTO Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
REQUEST
00GRP1000.AU_SEL GRP Description AUTO Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
SELECT
00GRP1000.AUTO GRP Description AUTO Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00GRP1000.AUTO_P GRP Description AUTO Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY
00GRP1000.CTL GRP Description CONTROL Not Alarmed False $Default ReadWrite
WORD
00GRP1000.DISC GRP Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
DISCREPANCY
00GRP1000.FRC_OFF GRP Description FORCE Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OFF
00GRP1000.FRC_OFFB GRP Description OFF Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
FORCE BLOCK STS
00GRP1000.FRC_ON GRP Description FORCE ON Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00GRP1000.FRC_ONB GRP Description ON FORCE Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK STS
00GRP1000.MN_REJ_A GRP Description MANUAL Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
REJECT
00GRP1000.OFF GRP Description OFF Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00GRP1000.ON GRP Description ON Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00GRP1000.PBSTATE GRP Description LAST PB Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
STATE
00GRP1000.PMT_AU GRP Description AUTO Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT
00GRP1000.PMT_AUB GRP Description AUTO Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00GRP1000.PMT_OFF GRP Description OFF Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT
00GRP1000.PMT_OFFB GRP Description OFF Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00GRP1000.PMT_ON GRP Description ON PERMIT Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00GRP1000.PMT_ONB GRP Description ON PERMIT Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
BYPASS STS
00GRP1000.REJ_MN GRP Description MANUAL Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
REJECT
00GRP1000.REJ_MNB GRP Description MANUAL Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
REJECT BYPASS STS

configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a GRP
GRP Faceplate

18 Group_Version 2 (GRP_V2)
Block Category: GRP_V2, Device Control
This block features only the
interface, not the sequence. Note Legacy Status — The GRP_V2 block is not supported for use in new Mark VIe
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the GRP_V3 block; it provides
The Group_Version 2 (GRP_V2) block enables and/or sequences groups of equipment,

such as motor starters, motor operated valves, control valves, and so forth. The block
provides a maintained output, ON, which is energized/de-energized to control the group
sequencing.
The GRP_V2 block is displayed in the following figure. However, not all variable pins
are displayed because most are auto-hidden.
GRP_V2 Block

This block has various ToolboxST Configuration
enumerations that are
configured for control block commands available from the HMI allow manual and automatic push-button control
operation.
table.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command

ON_CMD On cmd
OFF_CMD Off cmd
Mode of Operation (Mode_OPT) is the mode in which the GRP_V2 block is configured
to operate: Manual or Automatic (Auto) mode. Manual mode allows commands from the
operator interface, while Auto mode allows the control logic to command the solenoid.
The allowable modes of operation are specified by the parameter, MODE_OPT.
Available Modes for MODE_OPT Selections

MODE_OPT
MANUAL AUTO
MODE_OPT MANUAL ONLY X
MANUAL-AUTO X X
AUTO ONLY X
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark Manual mode — enables the block to respond to operator ON and OFF commands from
VIe Controller Standard Block a faceplate on the HMI. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in
Library, the Logic Builder accordance with the manual command. The permit for the ON command is set by the ON
(LOGIC_BUILDER) block. permit input, ON_PMT, and the permit for the OFF command is set by the OFF permit
input, OFF_PMT. These inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_
Manual mode is always BUILDER block. The possible conditions that place the block into Manual mode are as
available unless MODE_OPT follows:
is set to AUTO ONLY or
AUTO-LOCK. • Manual mode selected from the HMI faceplate
• Manual Rejection from the logic (MN_REJ)
Auto mode — enables the block to respond to Open and Close commands from the logic.
Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in accordance with the command
from the logic. The permit for the ON command is set by the ON permit input, ON_PMT,
and the permit for the OFF command is set by the OFF permit input, OFF_PMT. The
ON_PMT and OFF_PMT inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_
BUILDER block. The logic commands are input to the block through the automatic open,
AU_ON, and automatic close, AU_OFF, inputs. The block may be placed in Auto mode
either by a command from the HMI or a pulse to the automatic select input, AU_SEL.
Given that the permits are satisfied, the block is placed into Auto mode. The permit for
Auto mode is set by the Auto permit input, AU_PMT. The AU_PMT input may be set to
a fixed value or also driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block.

MANUAL-AUTO mode — selection provides manual and automatic functionality. A
selection of AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK for MODE_OPT provides automatic
functionality ONLY. While residing in Automatic mode, the block will control based on
external logic. Automated control from external logic interfaces to the AU_ON and AU_
OFF pins. Similar to Manual mode, Auto mode action only operates with the proper
permits. If AUTO ONLY mode is selected, the block will permanently reside in
Automatic mode. If MANUAL-AUTO is selected, only two conditions will transfer the
block from Manual mode into Auto mode. Unlike the transferring to Manual mode, here,
certain permits must be satisfied to enter into Auto mode. This means that the block is
always able to enter Manual mode, but not always able to enter Auto mode. These
conditions depend on the mode options selected for the block.
All three of the following conditions must be met for the block to enter Auto mode:
• No demand to transition to Manual mode

• MODE_OPT must be set to MANUAL-AUTO
• AUTO push-button from operator graphic or Auto select from logic (AU_SEL)
Inputs and Outputs
At a minimum, the block requires no feedback. However, discrepancy feedbacks can be
run through.
The GRP_V2 block has one Auto Order output that places all downstream devices in
Auto mode. ON and OFF status outputs can also drive downstream devices through the
Auto ON and OFF input pins. Additional outputs from this block indicate status, alarms,
and manual rejections. Much of this information is displayed on the HMI faceplate.
Diagnostic Alarms
When an alarm is active, the block may have limited control. For example, manual
rejection would prevent the block from going into Auto mode. All alarms are held true
until the alarm is cleared. Examples of potential alarms are as follows:
Discrepancy (DISC)— the input pin (NO_DISC) becomes False and gives feedback that
not all items are in Auto or ON. Return NO_DISC to value True to clear the alarm.
Auto Request (AU_REQ) — the block is in Manual mode but the Auto logic requests
that the block state be different than its current state. This has no effect on block operation
and is an alarm message only. The alarm is cleared if the block is placed into Auto mode,
manually ordered to the requested state, or the auto action is removed.
Manual Rejected (MN_REJ_A) — the GRP_V2 is rejected to manual due to a
conditional alarm or input pin (MN_REJ becomes True). The block will only respond to
manual commands. The alarm is cleared after the conditions return to normal and the
MN_REJ becomes False and a reset command is given.

Force Control
During any condition, the GRP_V2 block may be forced to a state that bypasses normal
operation. The force is driven from the ON_FRC or OFF_FRC pins in the logic. The
block will send the respective condition and remain until the force is removed. While a
force condition is active, the block may freely transfer from Auto to Manual mode
following the normal permits. However, no manual command will supersede the force.
Once the force is removed, it will continue normal operation.
Permits
Due to the nature of Auto and forcing action, the following table displays the permits that
are required for operation.
Permits
Name Description
On ON_PMT is True (ON_PMT is technically a UINT)
Off OFF_PMT is True (OFF_PMT is technically a UINT)
On Force None
Off Force None

Inputs
Name Global Description Function
AU_SEL Yes Auto Select Pulses the valve into auto (provided all permits are met)
AU_ OP Yes Auto Open Automatically opens the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be in
Auto mode
AU_CL Auto Close Auto closes the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be in Auto
mode
AU_PMT Yes Auto Permit Permit required for external logic to permit the valve to enter Auto mode
ON_PMT Yes On Permit Permit required for external logic to enter the on permit
OFF_PMT Yes Off Permit Permit required for external logic to enter the off permit
MN_REJ Yes Manual Permit required for external logic to manually reject the block
Rejection
OFF_FRC Yes Off Force Permit required for external logic to force off the block
ON_FRC Yes On Force Permit required for external logic to force on the block
NO_DISC No Discrepancy Permit required for external logic to write to a discrepancy alarm that is
indicated on the screen (does not affect block action)
Parameters
CTL Yes Control Used by the operator graphic to control the valve
MODE_OPT Mode Options Designates what modes the device can enter
Outputs
AU_ORD Yes Auto Order Auto order to downstream device (2 second pulse on transition to Auto)
AUTO Yes Automatic mode Auto mode active
OFF Yes Device Off Can be written to downstream device to turn off
ON Yes Device On Can be written to downstream device to turn on
PMT_AU Yes Auto Permit Auto permit
PMT_OFF Yes Off Permit Off permit
PMT_ON Yes On Permit On permit
FRC_OFF Yes Off Force Off force
FRC_ON Yes On Force On force
AU_REQ Yes Auto Request Auto logic wishes to turn device on or off
DISC Yes Discrepancy Discrepancy alarm
MN_REJ_A Yes Manual Manual rejection alarm
Rejection Alarm

Global Variables
Class Page Access
ORDER
00GRP1000.AU_REQ GRP Description AUTO Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
REQUEST
SELECT
PROPERTY
00GRP1000.CTL GRP Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadWrite
CONTROL WORD
00GRP1000.DISC GRP Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
DISCREPANCY
00GRP1000.FRC_OFF GRP Description FORCE Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
OFF
FORCE BLOCK STS
00GRP1000.FRC_ON GRP Description FORCE Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
ON
00GRP1000.FRC_ONB GRP Description ON Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
FORCE BLOCK STS
00GRP1000.MN_REJ_A GRP Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
00GRP1000.PBSTATE GRP Description LAST Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PB STATE
PERMIT
PERMIT BYPASS STS
PERMIT
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00GRP1000.PMT_ON GRP Description ON Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT
00GRP1000.PMT_ONB GRP Description ON Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00GRP1000.REJ_MN GRP Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
00GRP1000.REJ_MNB GRP Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
BYPASS STS

configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a GRP_V2
GRP_V2 Faceplate

19 Group_Version 3 (GRP_V3)
Block Category: GRP_V3, Device Control
This block features only the The Group_Version 3 (GRP_V3) block enables and/or sequences groups of equipment,
interface, not the sequence. such as motor starters, motor operated valves, control valves, and so forth. The block
provides a maintained output, ON, which is energized/de-energized to control the group
sequencing.
The GRP_V3 block is displayed in the following figure. However, not all variable pins
GRP_V3 Block
configured for control block
operation.
table.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command
ON_CMD On cmd
OFF_CMD Off cmd

Mode of Operation (Mode_OPT) is the mode in which the GRP_V3 block is configured
to operate: Manual or Automatic (Auto) mode. Manual mode allows commands from the
operator interface, while Auto mode allows the control logic to command the solenoid.
The allowable modes of operation are specified by the parameter, MODE_OPT.

MODE_OPT
MANUAL AUTO
MANUAL-AUTO X X
AUTO ONLY X
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark MANUAL mode — enables the block to respond to operator ON and OFF commands
VIe Controller Standard Block from a faceplate on the HMI. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in
Library, the Logic Builder accordance with the manual command. The permit for the ON command is set by the ON
(LOGIC_BUILDER) block. permit input, ON_PMT, and the permit for the OFF command is set by the OFF permit
input, OFF_PMT. These inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_
Manual mode is always BUILDER block. The possible conditions that place the block into Manual mode are as
available unless MODE_OPT follows:
is set to AUTO ONLY or
AUTO-LOCK. • Manual mode selected from the HMI faceplate
AUTO mode — enables the block to respond to Open and Close commands from the
logic. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in accordance with the
command from the logic. The permit for the ON command is set by the ON permit input,
ON_PMT, and the permit for the OFF command is set by the OFF permit input, OFF_
PMT. The ON_PMT and OFF_PMT inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the
LOGIC_BUILDER block. The logic commands are input to the block through the
automatic open, AU_ON, and automatic close, AU_OFF, inputs. The block may be
placed in Auto mode either by a command from the HMI or a pulse to the automatic
select input, AU_SEL. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block is placed into Auto
mode. The permit for Auto mode is set by the Auto permit input, AU_PMT. The AU_
PMT input may be set to a fixed value or also driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block.
functionality ONLY. While residing in Automatic mode, the block will control based on
external logic. Automated control from external logic interfaces to the AU_ON and AU_
OFF pins. Similar to Manual mode, Auto mode action only operates with the proper
permits. If AUTO ONLY mode is selected, the block will permanently reside in
Automatic mode. If MANUAL-AUTO is selected, only two conditions will transfer the
block from Manual mode into Auto mode. Unlike the transferring to Manual mode, here,
certain permits must be satisfied to enter into Auto mode. This means that the block is
always able to enter Manual mode, but not always able to enter Auto mode. These
conditions depend on the mode options selected for the block.

• MODE_OPT must be set to MANUAL-AUTO

Inputs and Outputs
At a minimum, the block requires no feedback. However, discrepancy feedbacks can be
run through.
The GRP_V3 block has one Auto Order output that places all downstream devices in
Auto mode. ON and OFF status outputs can also drive downstream devices through the
Auto ON and OFF input pins. Additional outputs from this block indicate status, alarms,
and manual rejections. Much of this information is displayed on the HMI faceplate.
Diagnostic Alarms
When an alarm is active, the block may have limited control. For example, manual
rejection would prevent the block from going into Auto mode. All alarms are held true
until the alarm is cleared. Examples of potential alarms are as follows:
Discrepancy (DISC) — the input pin (NO_DISC) becomes False and gives feedback
that not all items are in Auto or ON. Return NO_DISC to value True to clear the alarm.
Auto Request (AU_REQ) — the block is in Manual mode but the Auto logic requests
that the block state be different than its current state. This has no effect on block operation
and is an alarm message only. The alarm is cleared if the block is placed into Auto mode,
Manual Rejected (MN_REJ_A) — the GRP_V3 block is rejected to manual due to a

Force Control
During any condition, the GRP_V3 block may be forced to a state that bypasses normal
operation. The force is driven from the ON_FRC or OFF_FRC pins in the logic. The
block will send the respective condition and remain until the force is removed. While a
force condition is active, the block may freely transfer from Auto to Manual mode
following the normal permits. However, no manual command will supersede the force.
Once the force is removed, it will continue normal operation.
Permits
Due to the nature of Auto and forcing action, the following table displays the permits that
are required for operation.
Permits
Name Operating Mode
On ON_PMT is True (ON_PMT is technically a UINT)
Off OFF_PMT is True (OFF_PMT is technically a UINT)
On Force None
Off Force None
Inputs
AU_SEL Yes Auto Select Pulses the valve into auto (provided all permits are met)
AU_ OP Auto Open Automatically opens the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be
in Auto mode
AU_CL Auto Close Auto closes the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be in Auto
mode
AU_PMT Auto Permit Permit required for external logic to permit the valve to enter Auto mode
ON_PMT On Permit Permit required for external logic to enter the on permit
OFF_PMT Off Permit Permit required for external logic to enter the off permit
MN_REJ Yes Manual Permit required for external logic to manually reject the block
Rejection
OFF_FRC Yes Off Force Permit required for external logic to force off the block
ON_FRC Yes On Force Permit required for external logic to force on the block
NO_DISC No Discrepancy Permit required for external logic to write to a discrepancy alarm that is
indicated on the screen (does not affect block action)
Parameters
MODE_OPT Mode Options Designates what modes the device can enter

Outputs
AU_ORD Yes Auto Order Auto order to downstream device (2 second pulse on transition to Auto)
AUTO Yes Automatic mode Auto mode active
OFF Yes Device Off Can be written to downstream device to turn off
ON Yes Device On Can be written to downstream device to turn on
PMT_AU Yes Auto Permit Auto permit
PMT_OFF Yes Off Permit Off permit
PMT_ON Yes On Permit On permit
FRC_OFF Yes Off Force Off force
FRC_ON Yes On Force On force
AU_REQ Yes Auto Request Auto logic wishes to turn device on or off
DISC Yes Discrepancy Discrepancy alarm
MN_REJ_A Yes Manual Rejection Manual rejection alarm
Alarm
Global Variables
Class Page Access

ORDER
00GRP1000.AU_REQ GRP Description AUTO Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
REQUEST
SELECT

PROPERTY
00GRP1000.CTL GRP Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadWrite
CONTROL WORD
00GRP1000.DISC GRP Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
DISCREPANCY
00GRP1000.FRC_OFF GRP Description FORCE Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
OFF
FORCE BLOCK STS
00GRP1000.FRC_ON GRP Description FORCE Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
ON
00GRP1000.FRC_ONB GRP Description ON Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
FORCE BLOCK STS
00GRP1000.MN_REJ_A GRP Description MANUAL Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
REJECT
00GRP1000.PBSTATE GRP Description LAST PB Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly

STATE


Class Page Access
PERMIT
PERMIT BYPASS STS
PERMIT
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00GRP1000.PMT_ON GRP Description ON Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT
00GRP1000.PMT_ONB GRP Description ON Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00GRP1000.REJ_MN GRP Description MANUAL Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
REJECT
00GRP1000.REJ_MNB GRP Description MANUAL Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
REJECT BYPASS STS

configuration.
Click the HMI

Group Control
Object to display
the GRP_V3
11PAC20EA002 faceplate.
Typical HMI Object for a GRP_V3
GRP_V3 Faceplate

20 Heartbeat (HEARTBEAT)
Block Category: HEARTBEAT, System
The Heartbeat (HEARTBEAT) block determines the communication health status
between two devices. When OPTION is set to PASS_THRU, IN is passed to OUT. When
OPTION is set to GENERATE, the block generates a varying output based on the block
data type. If the block data type is INT, DINT, UINT or UDINT, OUT will be a Sawtooth
function ranging from 0 to 60 at 1 second increments. If the block data type is BOOL,
then OUT will be a pulse train based on PULSE_ON (ms) and PULSE_OFF (ms). IN is
monitored every scan for change, regardless of OPTION setting. When there is no change
detected within the time limit specified by BQ_TIME (ms), COMM_BQ is set to True.
COMM_BQ will remain True until communication recovery (when change is detected).
HEARTBEAT Block
Boolean, Integer, Double Integer, Unsigned Integer or Unsigned Double Integer. The
default data type is INT. Refer to the section, Changing Data Type of a Variant Block.
Inputs
BQ_TIME Bad communication detection UDINT 0 Parameter Value Only
time constant
IN Varying input BOOL, INT, DINT, 0 Always Value Only
UINT, UDINT
OPTION PASS_THRU or GENERATE UINT (ENUM) PASS_THRU Parameter Value Only
selection
PULSE_OFF Time for the output to be False UDINT 0 Parameter Value Only
(ms)
PULSE_ON Time for the output to be True UDINT 0 Parameter Value Only
(ms)
Outputs
COMM_BQ Communication bad quality BOOL True Always Value Only
status
OUT Heartbeat output BOOL, INT, DINT, 0 Always Value Only
UINT, UDINT

21 High and Low Monitor (HI_LO_MON)
Block Category: HI_LO_MON, Comparison
The High and Low Monitor (HI_LO_MON) block sets the values of LL and LH based on
the comparison of IN to the setpoints LS and HS, respectively. Hysteresis is included
within these comparisons.
The default data type is REAL. Refer to the section, Changing Data Type of a Variant
Block.
HI_LO_MON Block

Inputs
HS High setpoint ANY_NUM 0 Parameter Value Only
HYST Hysteresis value ANY_NUM 0 Parameter Value Only
IN Input value ANY_NUM 0 Always Value Only
LS Low setpoint ANY_NUM 0 Parameter Value Only
Outputs
LH Value high status BOOL True Always Value Only
LL Value low status BOOL True Always Value Only

22 Level Compensation (LVL_COMP)
Block Category: LVL_COMP, Equations and Conversions
The Level Compensation (LVL_COMP) block is an expandable block that calculates the
density-compensated water level in a pressurized steam drum with water and steam at
saturation conditions. In addition to the level transmitter signal, IN1…IN4, the block
requires the pressure in the drum, IN_P, the temperature in the reference leg, IN_T_REF,
and the level transmitter range, MIN_LVL and MAX_LVL, with respect to center-line of
the drum. NWL is provided as an offset of normal water level from centerline to equate
normal water level to zero output.
LVL_COMP Block
The level compensation formula is as follows:
where:
Vtc = VOL_TC = Volume of calibration liquid at 20°C (68 °F) and 14.696 psia
(1.0133 bara)
Vr = Vol(IN_T_REF, IN_P+IN_PATM) = Volume of water in reference leg
Vw = Vol(IN_P+IN_PATM) = Volume of water at saturation conditions
Vs = Vol(IN_P+IN_PATM) = Volume of steam at saturation conditions
Ranges/Units
IN_P PSIg barg
IN_T_REF °F °C
IN_PATM PSI bar
VOL_TC 0.0160476 ft3/lb 0.0010018 m3/kg

Block status modification: Due to the nature of the steam table, some input
combinations may lead to a result outside of the selected steamtable region. This results
in an output status of NOT_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_VALUE-UNCERTAIN [68].
When a new block is inserted into the ToolboxST application, it assigns default initial
values to some attributes. These are assumed to be in English units. If the unit system is
changed from English to SI, then these initial values must also be changed.
Initial English Values and Suggested SI Initial Values
Attribute English SI
Reference Leg Temperature 120 °F 48.8 °C
Atmospheric Pressure 14.696 psi 1.0133 bar

Example
In this example, the transmitters range from -800 to 300 mm (-31.5 to 11.8 in). The
normal water level would be on an offset somewhere between the centerline and the
maximum. The drum NWL parameter of the block is set based on the placement of the
minimum and maximum drum taps, with respect to centerline and the normal water level
specified by the drum vendor.
500mm
500 mm (17 in)
Max.
Max Level
level
300 mm300
(12mmin)
(20 mA)
(20 mA)
Zero Level
Zero level
(Reference)
(reference)
CL+100mm
CL + 100 mm (4 in) -
75 mm When transmitter
transmitter
75 mm reads
reads0 mm
0mm,(0 in),
NWLC
(3 in)
* wewe areare
100
NWLC 100
25
25 mm
mm (1 in)
(4 in)
Centerline
Centerline mmabove
above
centerline
centerline
1800 mm
1800 mm
(71 in)
Therefore, NWL
would be at -75
Therefore, NWL
900 mm mm
would be at -75 mm
900 mm (-3 in)
(35 in)
-800
-800mm
mm(31 in)
4 (mA)
(4 mA)
Min. min level
Level
200 mm
200 mm (8 in)
†
NWLC is normal water level with respect to centerline, per specification of drum vendor.
Drum NWL Configuration

Inputs
IN_P Pressure in the drum REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
IN_PATM Atmospheric Pressure REAL 14.696 Parameter Value Only
IN_T_REF Reference leg REAL† 120 Always Value with Status

temperature
IN1 Signal of the water level REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
transmitter 1
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
IN4 Signal of the water level REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
transmitter 4
MAX_LVL Maximum transmitter REAL 15 Parameter Value Only
water level
MEAS_SYS Measurement system UINT (ENUM) ENGLISH Parameter Value Only
MIN_LVL Minimum transmitter REAL -45 Parameter Value Only

water level
NWL Normal Water Level REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
Outputs
OUT1 Compensated water REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
level of transmitter 1
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
OUT4 Compensated water REAL† N/A Always Value with Status

level of transmitter 4
VOL_TC Volume of transmitter REAL 0.0160476 Always Value Only
calibration liquid (14.696
psia, 68 °F)

23 Motor Operated Valve (M_O_V)
Block Category: M_O_V, Device Control
Note Legacy Status — The M_O_V block is not supported for use in new Mark VIe
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the M_O_V_V3 block; it provides
The Motor Operated Valve (M_O_V) block controls a motor-operated valve or a

motor-operated valve with intermediate position, powered from a low-voltage reversing
starter. The motor-operated valve with intermediate position has a limit switch set mid
travel to enable the valve to be positioned intermediately.
This block has various Depending on the control type enumeration property selected; the block provides open
enumerations that are used to and close output commands, OP_ORD and CL_ORD, or an analog output command,
control block operation. POS_ORD, that are used to operate the valve.
The block requires the inputs OPEN and CLOSED from the limit switches of the valve.
The block will generate a failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_A, failed-to-close alarm, FL_CL_
A, and a limit switch congruency alarm, CONGR_A, that alarms when the valve limit
switches indicate that the valve is open and closed at the same time.
If the valve is a motor operated valve with intermediate position, the IO option attribute,
IO Options (IO_OPT) enumeration INT is selected and the intermediate property output
INT_P is set to True When INT_P is True, the block requires an additional input to
determine the intermediate position. This is either the intermediate position limit switch
input, INT_ZS, or the analog position feedback POS, depending on the analog output
property ANA_OUT_P. The block generates a failed-to-intermediate alarm, FL_INT_A.
if the intermediate position is not reached within the fail to intermediate time (either FL_
I_OT or FL_I_CT depending on the direction the valve is moving). When the valve is in a
closed position, CLOSED\ is True, commanding the valve to the intermediate position (if
the intermediate permit, PMT_INT is True), will set the OP_ORD to True. The OP_ORD
will remain True until the intermediate position is reached (INT_ZS becomes True or
POS > INT_SETP) or the transit time has not exceeded the fail to open to intermediate
position time, FL_I_OT. If the valve is then commanded be fully open, the OPN_CMD
will remain True until the OPEN input is True (if using INT_ZS it will remain True).
When the valve is in an open position, OPEN is True, commanding the valve to the
intermediate position (if the intermediate permit, PMT_INT is True), will set the CL_
ORD to True. The CL_ORD will remain True until the intermediate position is reached
(INT_ZS becomes False or POS< INT_SETP) or the transit time has not exceeded the
fail to close to intermediate position time, FL_I_CT. If the valve is then commanded be
fully closed, the CL_ORD will remain True until the CLOSED input is True (if using
INT_ZS it will remain False).
A limit switch congruency alarm, CONGR_A, is activated when the valve limit switches
are in an illogical state (OPEN is True and CLOSED is True, or OPEN is True and INT_
ZS is False, or CLOSED is True and INT_ZS is True). CONGR_A also alarms if the
valve is not at a known position, providing there is no output command active and no
position failure (FL_OP_A, FL_CL_A, or FL_INT_A) active (this condition is delayed
by 5 seconds).

The block provides open, OP_ORD, close, CL_ORD, and position, POS_ORD (if ANA_
OUT_P is True), output commands that are used to operate the valve. This block has
various enumerations that are used to control block operation.
Control (CTL) is an enumeration set by the HMI operator for valve control. The
commands available from the HMI allow manual and automatic valve control capability
the Auto and/or Lock mode. The valve may be opened or closed in Manual mode by the
OPEN_CMD or CLOSE_CMD enumerations, respectively. If the valve is a
motor-operated valve with intermediate position,INT_P is True, the valve may also be
commanded to the intermediate position in Manual mode by the OPEN_CMD or
CLOSE_CMD enumeration (depending on starting position). The command enumerations
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command
INT_CMD Intermediate command
Example
If the valve has a position feedback input, control power monitoring input, fuse
monitoring and has the capability for auto and lockout, operation. Then the CTRL_TYPE
selection is DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS, IO_OPT selection is CP_OK, MODE_
OPT is AUTO-LOCK, and IO_MON is FUSE.

Control Type (CTRL_TYPE) enumerations are as follows:
CTRL_TYPE Enumerations
Enumeration Control Option Description
DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_ Digital input control with digital outputs and no analog
IN position feedback input
DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_ Digital input control with digital outputs and an analog

IN-POS position feedback input
DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_ Digital input control with analog output and an analog

IN-POS position feedback input
DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN — select for valves that do not provide an analog

position feedback. When the DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN enumeration is selected, the
output POSFB_P is False.
DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — elect for valves that provide digital inputs, an
analog output, and an analog position feedback. The OPEN and CLOSED inputs from the
limit switches of the valve are required. When the DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS
enumeration is selected, the outputs DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P, DIG_IN_P, and
POSFB_P are True.
DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves that provide an analog
position feedback, which is used by the HMI objects and faceplates to display the valve
open percentage. When the DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS enumeration is
selected, the output POSFB_P is True.
IO Options (IO_OPT) enumerations are as follows:
IO_OPT Enumerations
CP_OK M_O_V has a hard-wired control power monitoring input.
REM M_O_V has a hard-wired remote/local input.
AVAIL M_O_V has hard-wired available input. This is a 'Ready to go indicator'.
TRANS M_O_V has a hard-wired valve-in-transit input.
INT M_O_V has a hard-wired intermediate position input. It knows where it is in the track.
TQ_LIM M_O_V has hard-wired torque limiting input.
NONE — when IO_OPT is none, then CP_OK, REMOTE, AVAIL, TRANSIT, POS,
andINT_ZS inputs are not used.
CP_OK — select for valves that provide a control power monitoring IO capability. When
the CP_OK enumeration is selected, the output CP_OK_P is True. The Boolean control
power monitoring connection is to the CP_OK input of the block and is True when no
control power failure is detected. When the CP_OK input is False, the control power
failure alarm, CP_F_A, is activated. If the valve is in AUTO mode and the duration of
CP_F _A being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will switch to
MANUAL mode and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by
2 seconds).

REM — select for valves that have remote/local capability. When the REM enumeration
REMOTE input of the block and is True when the valve is in remote mode. When
REMOTE is False, the output LOCAL is True and valve control from the HMI is
disabled. If the valve is in AUTO mode and LOCAL is True, the valve will switch to
2 seconds).
AVAIL — select for valves that require an available capability. When the AVAIL
to the AVAIL input of the block and is True when the valve is available. When AVAIL is
False, the available alarm, AVAIL_A, is activated. If the valve is in AUTO mode and the
duration of AVAIL_A being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will switch
to MANUAL mode and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed
by 2 seconds).
TQ_LIM — select for valves that require torque limiting capability. When the TQ_LIM
enumeration is selected, the output TQ_LIM_P is True. The Boolean torque limiting open
and torque limiting close signals are connected to the TL_OP and TL_CL inputs of the
block. When either TL_OP or TL_CL are True, the torque limiting alarm, TL_A, is
activated. If the valve is in AUTO mode and the duration of TL_A being True has
exceeded 2 seconds, the valve will switch to MANUAL mode and the manual reject
alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated (delayed by 2 seconds).
TRANS — select for valves that provide capability to determine when the valve is in
transit. When the TRANS enumeration is selected, the output TRANS_P is True. The
Boolean, valve in transit, connection is to the TRANSIT input of the block, and is True
when the valve is in transit. When the TRANSIT input is True, the transit indication
output, TRN_IND, is True. If the TRANS_P is False, TRN_IND is True whenever OP_
ORD or CL_ORD is True.
INT — select for valves is a motor-operated valve with intermediate position. When INT
is selected, INT_P is set to True, and requires the input, INT_ZS, the intermediate
position limit switch input. The intermediate indication output INT is True when the valve
is in the intermediate position. INT_SENS allows the range to be set in which the
intermediate position is True. The block will also generate a limit switch congruency
alarm, CONGR_A, which activates when the valve limit switches are in an illogical state
(OPEN is True and CLOSED is True, or if INT_P is True, OPEN is True and INT_ZS is
False or CLOSED is True and INT_ZS is True). In addition, the block will generate a
failed-to-intermediate alarm, FL_INT_A, which activates when the valves fails to move
to the intermediate position, by the time specified by FL_I_OT, failed-to-intermediate
open time or FL_I_CT, failed-to-intermediate close time, depending on the direction of
movement.

Mode Options (MODE_OPT) enumerations are as follows:
NONE None
AUTO Auto mode
LOCK Lock mode
AUTO-LOCK Auto mode and lock mode
NONE — the valve can be opened or closed manually by the HMI operator, no other
PMT_AU is described in the AUTO — provides auto control capability of the valve. Selecting the AUTO mode
section, property will set AUTO_P to True, indicating the auto mode property of the block is
Auto/Open/Close/Intermediate enabled. When AUTO_P is True, the valve can be commanded to auto by either CTL
Permissives. enumeration AUTO_CMD or a rising edge on AU_SEL providing PMT_AU is True. The
HMI operator may command the valve from Auto to Manual mode at any time with the
When AUTO is True, the AU_OP, AU_CL, and AU_INT (if INT_P is True) inputs
control the automatic opening, closing, intermediate positioning of the valve, provided,
PMT_OP, PMT_CL, or PMT_INT, respectively, is True. If AU_OP, AU_CL, or AU_INT
(if INT_P is True) become True, the valve is in manual mode, and the valve position is
not in the state of the requested command, the auto request alarm, AU_REQ, will be
activated.
The Lock button can also be LOCK — provides software lock-out capability for the valve. Selecting the LOCK mode
configured to use the property will set LOCK_P to True, and enable the LOCK_CMD and UNLOCK_CMD to
WorkstationST Lock function. control the lockout mode functionality. The valve must be OPEN or CLOSED or not in
Refer to GEI-100697, TRANSIT (if TRANS_P is True) before the block can be set to lockout mode. Feedback
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY to the HMI operator of this mode is provided by LOCK. The HMI operator is prevented
Advanced Viewer Integration, from operating valve from the control faceplate when LOCK is True, and auto mode is
the section, HMI Tagout. disabled.
Refer to GEH-6721_Vol_II,
Mark VIe Control, Volume II
descriptions of hardware IO Monitor (IO_MON) enumerations are digital output monitor types. Monitoring is
boards. only available for the outputs OP_ORD, and CL_ORD. If the hardware card used with
OP_ORD, and CL_ORD can perform diagnostic monitoring, IO_MON is used to select
the type of diagnostic monitoring. When diagnostic monitoring is used (FUSE or VOLT),
the diagnostic variable from the digital output card associated with OP_ORD, and CL_
ORD is connected to RDY_OP and RDY_CL, respectively.
IO_MON Enumerations
NONE None
FUSE Fuse monitoring
VOLT Voltage monitoring
NONE — no circuit monitoring is available, RDY_OP and RDY_CL are not used.

FUSE — fuse monitoring determines the valve circuit failure. If FUSE is selected FUSE_
MON_P is True. The Boolean fuse monitoring input is True when there is no fuse failure
and is connected to the RDY_OP and RDY_CL inputs. If there is a fuse failure, RDY_OP
or RDY_CL becomes False and OP_FLR or CL_FLR becomes True. When OP_FLR or
CL_FLR becomes True, PMT_OP or PMT_CL becomes False, respectively and PMT_
AU becomes False, delayed by PWR_FL_TMR. If the IO option attribute, IO_OPT
enumeration INT is selected, INT_P is True, and OP_FLR is False and the valve is
closed, CLOSED is True, or CL_FLR is False and the valve is open, OPEN is True,
PMT_INT is False. If AUTO is True when this occurs, AUTO will become False and the
Note To prevent an unwanted automatic switch to Manual mode, in case of an Automatic

bus transfer or Power supply transfer, the power supply transfer time should not exceed
PWR_FL_TMR. If the power supply transfer time exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the valve
will transfer from auto to manual mode and MN_REJ_A, will be activated.
voltage failure and is connected to the RDY_OP and RDY_CL inputs.
OP_FLR is True, (delayed by 2 seconds), when the following conditions exist:
• RDY_OP is False
• OP_ORD is False
• OPEN is False
• TRANSIT is False (if the IO_OPT, enumeration TRANS is selected)
• CL_ORD is False
When OP_FLR is True, PMT_OP is False and PMT_AU becomes False, delayed by
PWR_FL_TMR.
• RDY_CL is False
• CL_ORD is False
• CLOSED is False
• OP_ORD is False
When CL_FLR is True, PMT_CL is False and PMT_AU becomes False, delayed by
PWR_FL_TMR.

If the IO option attribute, IO_OPT enumeration INT is selected, INT_P is True, andOP_
FLR is False and the valve is closed, CLOSED is True, or CL_FLR is False and the valve
is open, OPEN is True, PMT_INT is False. If AUTO is True when this occurs, AUTO
will become False and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed
by 2 seconds).
Note To prevent an unwanted automatic switch to manual mode, in case of an automatic

bus transfer or power supply transfer, the power supply transfer time should not exceed
Refer to the section, Appendix MODE is the block-operating mode. The operating mode enumerations are defined in the
for a complete list of all following table.
possible combinations.
MODE Enumerations
Enumeration Command
MANUAL Valve opens and closes under manual control
AUTO Valve opens and closes automatically.
REMOTE Valve can be controlled remotely
LOCAL Valve can be controlled locally
OVERRIDE Valve control has been overriden
OPENED Valve is open
OPENING Valve is opening
CLOSED Valve is closed
CLOSING Valve is closing
FAULTED Valve has conflicting status
LOCKED Valve is not accepting control commands
INT Valve is in intermittent position

Override Control
The block provides override control through Override input enumerations Override Open,
OP_OVR, Override Close, CL_OVR, Override Intermediate, INT_OVR (if INT_P is
True) and a Manual Reject input enumeration, MN_REJ. The possible values are
OP_OVR, CL_OVR, INT_OVR, and MN_REJ Enumerations

Enumeration Command
NO_OVER_NO_BLOCK No override and no override is blocked
OVER_NO_BLOCK Override active and no override is blocked
NO_OVER_BLOCK No override and a override is blocked
OVER_BLOCK Override active and a override is blocked
OP_OVR, CL_OVR, or INT_OVR will open, close, or move the valve to the intermediate
position, respectively, and prevent it from reclosing/reopening in any mode. If the valve is
in auto mode (AUTO is True), it rejects to manual and the manual reject alarm, MN_
REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds).
OP_OVR, CL_OVR, and INT_OVR (if used) are driven from an Override (OVERRIDE)
block. Each connected input of the OVERRIDE block has the ability (when enabled) to
be blocked by the HMI operator, which is accessed from associated tab of the permit HMI
screen display. When OP_OVR, CL_OVR, or INT_OVR enumeration contains BLOCK,
the HMI operator has blocked at least one override. M_O_V does not use the block
Force Control
The block provides force control through force enumerations Force Open input, OP_FRC,
Force Close input, CL_FRC, and a Force Intermediate input, INT_FRC (if INT_P is
True). The possible values are provided in the following table.
OP_FRC, CL_FRC, and INT_FRC Enumerations

Enumeration Command
OP_FRC, CL_FRC, or INT_FRC force the valve open, close, or to the intermediate
position in any mode except when OP_OVR, CL_OVR, or INT_OVR indicates Override
Active. The valve does not reject to manual if a force occurs.
OP_FRC, CL_FRC, and INT_FRC (if used) are driven from a Force (FORCE) block.
Each connected input of the FORCE block has the ability (when enabled) to be blocked
display. When OP_FRC, CL_FRC, or INT_FRC enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI
operator has blocked at least one force. M_O_V does not use the block information, but

Auto/Open/Close/Intermediate Permissives
The block provides permissive input enumerations AU_PMT, OP_PMT, CL_PMT, and
INT_PMT. The possible values are provided in the following table.
Permit Enumerations
PERM-BYPASS Permit ok and a permit is bypassed
The block permit inputs, OP_PMT, CL_PMT, and INT_PMT, combine with internal
permissives to generate PMT_OP, PMT_CL, and PMT_INT, permitted indications
(intermediate permits are available when INT_P is True).
If the valve is in Auto mode and any of the conditions listed are not satisfied (except AU_
PMT) the valve will be placed to Manual mode (that is the outputs, AUTO and PMT_AU
are set to False) and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by
2 seconds).
• OP_PMTis True
• REMOTE is True
• CL_OVR is False
• OP_FLR is False
• OVR_INT is False (if NT_P is True)
• TL_A is False
• CL_FRC indicates No Force
• INT_FRC indicates No Force

• CL_PMT is True
• REMOTE is True
• OVR_OP is False
• CL_FLR is False
• OVR_INT is False (if INT_P is True)
• TL_A is False
• INT_FRC indicates No Force
If the IO option attribute, IO_OPT enumeration INT is selected, INT_P is True:
PMT_INT is True when the following conditions exist:
• INT_PMT is True
• REMOTE is True
• OP_FLR is False and INT_ZS is False or CL_FLR is False and INT_ZS is True
• OVR_OP is False
• CL_OVR is False
• FL_INT_A is False
• TL_A is False
AU_PMT, OP_PMT, CL_PMT, and INT_PMT (If used) are driven from a Permit
(PERMIT) block. Each connected input of the PERMIT block has the ability (when
enabled) to be bypassed by the HMI operator, which is accessed from associated tab of
the permit HMI screen display. When AU_PMT, OP_PMT, CL_PMT, orINT_PMT
enumeration contains BYPASS, the HMI operator has bypassed at least one permit. M_
O_V does not use the bypass information, but passes it to the HMI for display.

Diagnostic Alarms
The block will generate a failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_A, a failed-to-close alarm, FL_
CL_A, and a failed-to-intermediate, FL_INT_A (if INT_P is True), if the valve fails to
open, close, or move to the intermediate position in the time specified by the fail to open
time, FL_OP_T, fail to close time, FL_CL_T, fail to open to intermediate time, FL_I_OT,
or fail to close to intermediate time, FL_I_CT. These alarms are reset when FAULT_
RESET is True or if the CTL enumeration equals RESET_CMD.
The block has a limit switch congruency alarm, CONGR_A that alarms when the valve
limit switches are in an illogical state (OPEN is True and CLOSED is True, or if INT_P is
True, OPEN is True and INT_ZS is False or CLOSED is True and INT_ZS is True). The
CONGR_A alarm is reset when the condition that caused the alarm is cleared. The output,
FAULT, is True when a fault is detected.
FAULT is True when the any of the following conditions exist:
• FL_OP_A is True
• FL_CL_A is True
• OP_FLR is True
• CONGR_A is True
• CP_F_A is True
• FL_INT_A is True
• AVAIL_A is True
• TL_A is True
Push-button Status
The block has two push-button status outputs, PBSTATE and PBSTATE2, to indicate the
last HMI operator initiated CTL enumeration. PBSTATE is True when the last HMI CTL
enumeration was INT_CMD (if INT_P is True). PBSTATE is False when the last HMI
CTL enumeration was CLOSE_CMD. PBSTATE2 is True when the last HMI CTL
enumeration was OPEN_CMD.
Inserting a M_O_V into the application code displays the following window in the
ToolboxST application.

Variables This generates Global pins. Pin names are in the form Device Value.Input_Name, where
Device Value is the attribute value 00M_O_V1000 and Input_Name is the block
input/output names. The description, M_O_V Description becomes the prefix of the block
input/output descriptions.
INPUT
TIMER
M_O_V Block

Inputs
Name Global Description Data Type Initial Value Visibili- Interface
ty Type
AU_INT AUTO INT CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
AU_SEL AUTO SELECT INPUT BOOL False Always Value Only
CL_FRC Yes FORCE CLOSE UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
CL_OVR Yes CLOSE OVERRIDE UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
INPUT
WORD
CTRL_TYPE VALVE I/O CONTROL UINT (ENUM) DIG_CTRL-DIG_ Always Value Only
TYPE OUT-DIG_IN
FAULT_RESET FAULT/TRIP RESET BOOL False Always Value Only
FL_CL_T FAIL TO CLOSE TIME UDINT 30000 Parame- Value Only
ter
FL_I_CT FAIL TO CLOSE INT UDINT 15000 Parame- Value Only
TIME ter
FL_I_OT FAIL TO OPEN INT UDINT 15000 Parame- Value Only
TIME ter
FL_OP_T FAIL TO OPEN TIME UDINT 30000 Parame- Value Only
ter
INT_FRC Yes FORCE INT UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
INT_OVR Yes INT OVERRIDE UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
INT_PMT Yes INT PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
INT_SENS INT POS SENSITIVITY REAL 3 Always Value Only
INT_SETP INT POS SETP REAL 50 Always Value with
Status
INT_ZS INT POSITION INPUT BOOL False Always Value Only
IO_MON VALVE I/O MONITOR UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
OPTIONS
IO_OPT VALVE I/O OPTIONS UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
MODE_OPT VALVE MODE UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
OPTIONS
OP_FRC Yes FORCE OPEN UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
OP_OVR Yes OPEN OVERRIDE UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
POS Yes {Desc} POSITION FDBK REAL 0 Always Value with
Status
PWR_FL_TMR MANUAL REJECT UDINT 5000 Parame- Value Only
POWER FAIL TIMER ter
RDY_CL OUTPUT MON READY BOOL True Always Value Only
TO CLOSE

Inputs (continued)
Name Global Description Data Type Initial Value Visibili- Interface
ty Type
RDY_OP OUTPUT MON READY BOOL True Always Value Only
TO OPEN
REMOTE REMOTE MODE INPUT BOOL True Always Value Only
TL_CL CLOSE TORQUE LIMIT BOOL False Always Value Only
TL_OP OPEN TORQUE LIMIT BOOL False Always Value Only
TRANSIT VALVE IN TRANSIT BOOL False Always Value Only
INPUT
Outputs
Type
ANA_OUT_P Yes {Desc} ANALOG OUT BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
PROPERTY
CL_FLR Yes {Desc} CLOSE CIRCUIT BOOL False Always Value Only
FAIL
CL_ORD Yes {Desc} CLOSE BOOL False Always Value Only
ORDER/CMD
POWER FAIL
POWER PROPERTY
INDICATION
FL_INT_A Yes {Desc} FAIL TO INT BOOL False Always Value Only
BLOCK STS
FRC_INT Yes {Desc} FORCE INT BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_INTB Yes {Desc} INT FORCE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
BLOCK STS
MON PROPERTY
INT Yes {Desc} INT POSITION BOOL False Always Value Only
INT_CMD Yes {Desc} INT CMD BOOL False Internal Value Only

Outputs (continued)
Type
INT_P Yes {Desc} INT PROPERTY BOOL False Always Value Only
LOCK_P Yes {Desc} LOCK PROPERTY BOOL False Always Value Only
MODE BLOCK MODE UINT MANUAL-OPENED Always Value Only
(ENUM)
FAIL
OP_ORD Yes {Desc} OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
ORDER/CMD
OVR_CL Yes {Desc} CLOSE BOOL False Always Value Only
OVERRIDE
OVR_CLB Yes {Desc} CLOSE BOOL False Internal Value Only
OVERRIDE BLOCK STS
OVR_INT Yes {Desc} INT OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_INTB Yes {Desc} INT OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
OVR_OP Yes {Desc} OPEN OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_OPB Yes {Desc} OPEN OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
PBSTATE2 Yes {Desc} LAST PB STATE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
CLOSE
BYPASS STS
PMT_INT Yes {Desc} PERMIT TO INT BOOL False Always Value Only
PMT_INTB Yes {Desc} INT PERMIT BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
PMT_OP Yes {Desc} PERMIT TO OPEN BOOL True Always Value Only
BYPASS STS
POS_ORD Yes {Desc} POSITION REAL 0 Always Value Only
ORDER/CMD
POSFB_P Yes {Desc} POSITION FDBK BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
REJ_MNB Yes {Desc} MANUAL REJECT BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
PROPERTY
TL_A Yes {Desc} TORQUE LIMIT BOOL False Always Value Only
TQ_LIM_P Yes {Desc} TORQUE LIMIT BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY

Outputs (continued)
Type
TRANS_P Yes {Desc} TRANSIT BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
TRN_IND Yes {Desc} TRANSIT IND BOOL False Always Value Only
MON PROPERTY
Global Variables
Class Page Access
STEAM1001 Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
STEAM1001.ANA_OUT_P Steam release valve Not False ReadOnly
analog out property Alarmed
STEAM1001.AU_REQ Steam release valve auto Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
request
STEAM1001.AUTO Steam release valve auto Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
STEAM1001.AUTO_P Steam release valve auto Not False $Default ReadOnly
property Alarmed
STEAM1001.AVAIL_A Steam release valve not Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
available
STEAM1001.AVAIL_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
available property Alarmed
STEAM1001.CL_FLR Steam release valve close Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
circuit fail
STEAM1001.CL_ORD Steam release valve close Not False $Default ReadOnly
order/cmd Alarmed
STEAM1001.CLOSED Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
closed Alarmed
STEAM1001.CONGR_A Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
congruency
STEAM1001.CP_F_A Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
control power fail
STEAM1001.CP_OK_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
control power property Alarmed
STEAM1001.CTL Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadWrite
control word Alarmed
STEAM1001.FAULT Steam release valve fault Not False $Default ReadOnly
indication Alarmed
STEAM1001.FL_CL_A Steam release valve fail to Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
close
STEAM1001.FL_INT_A Steam release valve fail to Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
int
STEAM1001.FL_OP_A Steam release valve fail to Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
open
STEAM1001.FRC_CL Steam release valve force Not False $Default ReadOnly
close Alarmed
STEAM1001.FRC_CLB Steam release valve close Not False $Default ReadOnly
force block sts Alarmed

Class Page Access
STEAM1001.FRC_INT Steam release valve force Not False $Default ReadOnly
int Alarmed
STEAM1001.FRC_INTB Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.FRC_OP Steam release valve force Not False $Default ReadOnly
open Alarmed
STEAM1001.FRC_OPB Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.FUSE_MON_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
output fuse mon property Alarmed
STEAM1001.INT Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
position Alarmed
STEAM1001.INT_CMD Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
cmd Alarmed
STEAM1001.INT_P Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
property Alarmed
STEAM1001.LOCAL Steam release valve local Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
mode
STEAM1001.LOCK Steam release valve Not True $Default ReadOnly
locked Alarmed
STEAM1001.LOCK_P Steam release valve lock Not False $Default ReadOnly
property Alarmed
STEAM1001.MN_REJ_A Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
manual reject
STEAM1001.OP_FLR Steam release valve open Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
circuit fail
STEAM1001.OP_ORD Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
order/cmd Alarmed
STEAM1001.OPEN Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
STEAM1001.OVR_CL Steam release valve close Not False $Default ReadOnly
override Alarmed
STEAM1001.OVR_CLB Steam release valve close Not False $Default ReadOnly
override block sts Alarmed
STEAM1001.OVR_INT Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
override Alarmed
STEAM1001.OVR_INTB Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.OVR_OP Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
override Alarmed
STEAM1001.OVR_OPB Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.PBSTATE Steam release valve last Not False $Default ReadOnly
pb state Alarmed
STEAM1001.PBSTATE2 Steam release valve last Not False $Default ReadOnly
pb state Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_AU Steam release valve auto Not False $Default ReadOnly
permit Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_AUB Steam release valve auto Not False $Default ReadOnly
permit bypass sts Alarmed

Class Page Access
STEAM1001.PMT_CL Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
permit to close Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_CLB Steam release valve close Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.PMT_INT Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
permit to int Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_INTB Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.PMT_OP Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
permit to open Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_OPB Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.POS Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
position fdbk Alarmed
STEAM1001.POS_ORD Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
position order/cmd Alarmed
STEAM1001.POSFB_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
position fdbk property Alarmed
STEAM1001.REJ_MN Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
manual reject Alarmed
STEAM1001.REJ_MNB Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
manual reject bypass sts Alarmed
STEAM1001.REM_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
remote property Alarmed
STEAM1001.TL_A Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
torque limit
STEAM1001.TQ_LIM_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
torque limit property Alarmed
STEAM1001.TRANS_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
transit property Alarmed
STEAM1001.TRN_IND Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
transit ind Alarmed
STEAM1001.VOLT_MON_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
output volt mon property Alarmed

configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a MOV
MOV Faceplate

Appendix
The following tables provide a complete list of all possible enumeration combinations.
IO_OPT Enumerations
NONE None
REM Remote mode

AVAIL Remote mode
CP_OK-AVAIL Control power ok and remote mode
REM-AVAIL Remote mode and remote mode
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL Control power ok and remote mode and remote mode
TRANS Valve in transit
CP_OK-TRANS Control power ok and valve in transit
REM-TRANS Remote mode and valve in transit
CP_OK-REM-TRANS Control power ok and remote mode and valve in transit
AVAIL-TRANS Remote mode and valve in transit
CP_OK-AVAIL-TRANS Control power ok and remote mode and valve in transit
REM-AVAIL-TRANS Remote mode and remote mode and valve in transit
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS Control power ok and remote mode and remote mode and valve in transit
INT Intermediate indication
CP_OK-INT Control power ok and intermediate indication
REM-INT Remote mode and intermediate indication
CP_OK-REM-INT Control power ok and remote mode and intermediate indication
AVAIL-INT Remote mode and intermediate indication
CP_OK-AVAIL-INT Control power ok and remote mode and intermediate indication
REM-AVAIL-INT Remote mode and remote mode and intermediate indication
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-INT Control power ok and remote mode and remote mode and intermediate
indication
TRANS-INT Valve in transit and intermediate indication
CP_OK-TRANS-INT Control power ok and valve in transit and intermediate indication
REM-TRANS-INT Remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate indication
CP_OK-REM-TRANS-INT Control power ok and remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate
indication
AVAIL-TRANS-INT Remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate indication
CP_OK-AVAIL-TRANS-INT Control power ok and remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate
indication
REM-AVAIL-TRANS-INT Remote mode and remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate
indication
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS-INT Control power ok and remote mode and remote mode and valve in transit
and intermediate indication
TQ_LIM Torque limiting
CP_OK-TQ_LIM Control power ok and torque limiting
REM-TQ_LIM Remote and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and torque limiting
AVAIL-TQ_LIM Valve available and torque limiting
CP_OK-AVAIL-TQ_LIM Control power ok and valve available and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TQ_LIM Remote and valve available and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve available and torque limiting
TRANS-TQ_LIM Valve in transit and torque limiting

CP_OK-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and valve in transit and torque limiting
REM-TRANS-TQ_LIM Remote and valve in transit and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve in transit and torque limiting
AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Valve available and valve in transit and torque limiting
CP_OK-AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and valve available and valve in transit and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Remote and valve available and valve in transit and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve available and valve in transit and
torque limiting
INT-TQ_LIM Intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and intermediate position and torque limiting
REM-INT-TQ_LIM Remote and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and intermediate position and torque limiting
AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM Valve available and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and valve available and intermediate position and torque
limiting
REM-AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM Remote and valve available and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve available and intermediate position
and torque limiting
TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Valve in transit and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and valve in transit and intermediate position and torque
limiting
REM-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Remote and valve in transit and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve in transit and intermediate position
and torque limiting
AVAIL-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Valve available and valve in transit and intermediate position and torque
limiting
CP_OK-AVAIL-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and valve available and valve in transit and intermediate
position and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Remote and valve available and valve in transit and intermediate position
and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve available and valve in transit and
intermediate position and torque limiting

MODE Enumerations
MANUAL-OPENED Valve in manual and opened
AUTO-OPENED Valve in auto and opened
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENED Valve in manual and remote and opened
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENED Valve in auto and remote and opened
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENED Valve in manual and local and opened
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENED Valve in auto and local and opened
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-OPENED Valve in manual and override and opened
AUTO-OVERRIDE-OPENED Valve in auto and override and opened
MANUAL-OPENING Valve in manual and opening
AUTO-OPENING Valve in auto and opening
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENING Valve in manual and remote and opening
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENING Valve in auto and remote and opening
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENING Valve in manual and local and opening
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENING Valve in auto and local and opening
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-OPENING Valve in manual and override and opening
AUTO-OVERRIDE-OPENING Valve in auto and override and opening
MANUAL-CLOSED Valve in manual and closed
AUTO-CLOSED Valve in auto and closed
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSED Valve in manual and remote and closed
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSED Valve in auto and remote and closed
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSED Valve in manual and local and closed
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSED Valve in auto and local and closed
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-CLOSED Valve in manual and override and closed
AUTO-OVERRIDE-CLOSED Valve in auto and override and closed
MANUAL-CLOSING Valve in manual and closing
AUTO-CLOSING Valve in auto and closing
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSING Valve in manual and remote and closing
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSING Valve in auto and remote and closing
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSING Valve in manual and local and closing
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSING Valve in auto and local and closing
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-CLOSING Valve in manual and override and closing
AUTO-OVERRIDE-CLOSING Valve in auto and override and closing
MANUAL-INT Valve in manual and int
AUTO-INT Valve in auto and int
MANUAL-REMOTE-INT Valve in manual and remote and int
AUTO-REMOTE-INT Valve in auto and remote and int
MANUAL-LOCAL-INT Valve in manual and local and int
AUTO-LOCAL-INT Valve in auto and local and int
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-INT Valve in manual and override and int
AUTO-OVERRIDE-INT Valve in auto and override and int
MANUAL-FAULTED Valve in manual and faulted
AUTO-FAULTED Valve in auto and faulted
MANUAL-REMOTE-FAULTED Valve in manual and remote and faulted
AUTO-REMOTE-FAULTED Valve in auto and remote and faulted
MANUAL-LOCAL-FAULTED Valve in manual and local and faulted
AUTO-LOCAL-FAULTED Valve in auto and local and faulted
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-FAULTED Valve in manual and override and faulted
AUTO-OVERRIDE-FAULTED Valve in auto and override and faulted
MANUAL-OPENED-LOCKED Valve in manual and opened and locked

AUTO-OPENED-LOCKED Valve in auto and opened and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENED-LOCKED Valve in manual and remote and opened and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENED-LOCKED Valve in auto and remote and opened and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENED-LOCKED Valve in manual and local and opened and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENED-LOCKED Valve in auto and local and opened and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-OPENED-LOCKED Valve in manual and override and opened and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-OPENED-LOCKED Valve in auto and override and opened and locked
MANUAL-OPENING-LOCKED Valve in manual and opening and locked
AUTO-OPENING-LOCKED Valve in auto and opening and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-OPENING-LOCKED Valve in manual and remote and opening and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-OPENING-LOCKED Valve in auto and remote and opening and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-OPENING-LOCKED Valve in manual and local and opening and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-OPENING-LOCKED Valve in auto and local and opening and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-OPENING-LOCKED Valve in manual and override and opening and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-OPENING-LOCKED Valve in auto and override and opening and locked
MANUAL-CLOSED-LOCKED Valve in manual and closed and locked
AUTO-CLOSED-LOCKED Valve in auto and closed and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSED-LOCKED Valve in manual and remote and closed and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSED-LOCKED Valve in auto and remote and closed and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSED-LOCKED Valve in manual and local and closed and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSED-LOCKED Valve in auto and local and closed and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-CLOSED-LOCKED Valve in manual and override and closed and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-CLOSED-LOCKED Valve in auto and override and closed and locked
MANUAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Valve in manual and closing and locked
AUTO-CLOSING-LOCKED Valve in auto and closing and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-CLOSING-LOCKED Valve in manual and remote and closing and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-CLOSING-LOCKED Valve in auto and remote and closing and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Valve in manual and local and closing and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Valve in auto and local and closing and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-CLOSING-LOCKED Valve in manual and override and closing and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-CLOSING-LOCKED Valve in auto and override and closing and locked
MANUAL-INT-LOCKED Valve in manual and int and locked
AUTO-INT-LOCKED Valve in auto and int and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-INT-LOCKED Valve in manual and remote and int and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-INT-LOCKED Valve in auto and remote and int and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-INT-LOCKED Valve in manual and local and int and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-INT-LOCKED Valve in auto and local and int and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-INT-LOCKED Valve in manual and override and int and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-INT-LOCKED Valve in auto and override and int and locked
MANUAL-FAULTED-LOCKED Valve in manual and faulted and locked
AUTO-FAULTED-LOCKED Valve in auto and faulted and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-FAULTED-LOCKED Valve in manual and remote and faulted and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-FAULTED-LOCKED Valve in auto and remote and faulted and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-FAULTED-LOCKED Valve in manual and local and faulted and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-FAULTED-LOCKED Valve in auto and local and faulted and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-FAULTED-LOCKED Valve in manual and override and faulted and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-FAULTED-LOCKED Valve in auto and override and faulted and locked

24 Motor Operated Valve_Version 2 (M_O_V_V2)
Block Category: M_O_V_V2, Device Control
Note Legacy Status — The M_O_V_V2 block is not supported for use in new Mark
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the M_O_V_V3 block; it provides
The Motor Operated Valve_Version 2 (M_O_V_V2) block is a logic block that interfaces
with the inputs and outputs of a modulating motor operated valve (MOV). The M_O_V_
V2 block can be configured for a wide variety of valve types and several operating
modes. The type of MOV being driven by the block determines the configuration mode of
the block. The output control mode of the block may be configured for digital open and/or
close operation, analog out (position demand %), or both. The selected mode determines
the type of input status pins that appear on the block. M_O_V_V2 blocks that are
fieldbus-capable have several diagnostic alarm parameters that can be tied to some of the
input pins of the block. These parameters may be used for open and/or close permissives,
alarms, and so forth. For example, an open and/or close torque limit is a valve status
parameter that has specific input pins on the M_O_V_V2 block. These parameters may be
set to alarm or tied to some other custom logic. The block also has force open and/or
close or intermediate position capability.
All pins are not required to The M_O_V_V2 block is displayed in the following figure. However, not all variable
have inputs for normal pins are displayed because most are auto-hidden.
operation.

M_O_V_V2 Block
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark The M_O_V_V2 block may be configured to operate in Manual or Automatic (Auto)
VIe Controller Standard Block mode. The block also enables the user to lock the device, thus disabling any operation
Library, the Logic Builder while in this mode. The block is used in conjunction with the PERMIT, FORCE,
(LOGIC_BUILDER) block. OVERRIDE, LOGIC_BUILDER, and LOGIC_BUILDER_SC blocks to provide
complete and comprehensive device control. A predefined HMI faceplate is available,
which provides the operator interface to the valve.
the auto and/or lock mode. The valve may be opened or closed in Manual mode by the
motor-operated valve with intermediate position, INT_P is True, the valve may also be
CLOSE_CMD enumeration (depending on starting position).

The command enumerations are defined in the following table.
This block has various CTL Enumerations
enumerations that are Enumeration Command
configured for control block NO_CMD No command
operations. AUTO_CMD Auto command
Modes of Control (CTRL_TYPE) enumerations are as follows:
DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN Digital input control with digital outputs and no analog position feedback input
DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Digital input control with digital outputs and an analog position feedback input
DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Digital input control with analog output and an analog position feedback input

DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves that provide digital inputs,
an analog output, and an analog position feedback. The OPEN and CLOSED inputs from
the limit switches of the valve are required. When the DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_
IN-POS enumeration is selected, the outputs DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P, DIG_IN_P,
and POSFB_P are True.

Inputs and Outputs
At a minimum, the M_O_V_V2 block requires open and/or close position feedback, and
valve order output. However, other inputs may be used for automatic control, valve
forcing, manual rejection, and such.
Depending on the block configuration, the output could be a single percent demand
(POS_ORD), open and/or close (CL_ORD, OP_ORD), or intermediate position (INT_
ORD). The intermediate setpoint (INT_SETP) may be set with an immediate value or
variable that may be the result of an equation or condition. The M_O_V_V2 intermediate
position can be achieved using either output method, as well as the position input (POS)
to determine if the intermediate position has been reached. The following figures are logic
representations of the Open command logic. The Close and Int command logic is similar,
but replaces the Open text with Close or Int text.
Open Command Logic
Open Command Digital Control Output

Modes of Operation (MODE_OPT) is the mode in which the M_O_V_V2 block is
configured to operate: Manual or Auto mode, and disallow any operation while in Lock
mode. Manual mode allows commands from the operator interface, while Auto mode
allows the control logic to command the valve. In either mode there are inputs that may
bypass or override the active mode of operation. Lock mode is intended to be used when
maintenance work is being performed on the valve and the operator wants to prohibit any
logic from operating the valve. The allowable modes of operation are specified by the
Mode Options parameter, MODE_OPT. The following table provides a visual
presentation of the modes available based on the MODE_OPT selection.

MODE_OPT
MODE_OPT MANUAL AUTO LOCK
MANUAL ONLY X
MANUAL-AUTO X X
MANUAL-LOCK X X
MANUAL-AUTO-LOCK X X X
AUTO ONLY X
AUTO-LOCK X X
Manual mode is always Manual mode — enables the block to respond to operator Open and Close commands
available unless MODE_OPT from an HMI faceplate. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in
is set to AUTO ONLY or accordance with the Manual command. The permit for the Open command is set by the
AUTO-LOCK. Open permit input, OP_PMT, and the permit for the Close command is set by the Close
permit input, CL_PMT. Similarly, the same is true for INT_PMT. These inputs may be set
to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block. The possible conditions that
place the block into Manual mode are:
• Manual mode selected from the HMI faceplate

• Device is locked from the HMI faceplate
• Override Close, Int, or Open from the logic (OVR_CL, OVR_INT, OVR_OP)
• Open or close circuit failure (RDY_CL, RDY_OP)
• Valve at torque limit reached (TL_OP, TL_CL)
• M_O_V_V2 not Available (AVAIL)
• M_O_V_V2 not in Remote (REMOTE)
• Congruency alarm
Note Some of these conditions require block parameters to be specifically configured.

For example, the block does not depend on the AVAIL pin unless IO_OPT is set to
AVAIL.

Manual Mode Conditions
Auto mode — enables the block to respond to open and close commands from logic.
Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates per command from the logic. The
permit for the Open command is set by the Open permit input, OP_PMT, and the permit
for the Close command is set by the close permit input, and the permit for Intermediate
Position is set by INT_PMT input. The OP_PMT, CL_PMT, and INT_PMT inputs may be
set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block. The logic commands are
input to the block through the Automatic Open (AU_OP), Automatic Close (AU_CL),
and Automatic intermediate position inputs. The block may be placed in Auto mode
either from a command from the HMI or a pulse to the automatic select input, AU_SEL.
Given that the permits are satisfied, the block will be placed into Auto mode. The permit
for the Auto mode is set by the Auto permit input, AU_PMT. The AU_PMT input may be
set to a fixed value or also driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block.
selection of AUTO ONLY OR AUTO-LOCK for MODE_OPT provides automatic
functionality ONLY. While residing in Auto mode, the block will control the valve based
on external logic. Automated control from external logic interfaces to the AU_OP, AU_
INT and AU_CL pins. Similar to Manual mode, Auto action only operates with the proper
Open, Int, and Close permits. If AUTO ONLY mode is selected, the block will
permanently reside in Auto mode. If MANUAL-AUTO is selected, only two conditions
will transfer the block from Manual mode into Auto mode. Unlike the transferring to
Manual mode, certain permits must be satisfied to allow the valve to enter into Auto
mode. This means that the M_O_V_V2 is always able to enter Manual mode, but not
always able to enter Auto mode. These conditions depend on the mode options selected
for the block.

• MODE_OPT must be set to MANUAL-AUTO or MANUAL-AUTO_LOCK

Auto Only mode — selected using the MODE_OPT pin. All of the Auto Open or Auto
Close commands work as previously described, however, all of the Trip, Override, and
Reject to Manual features are disabled, including the ability of the operator to select the
Manual mode from the HMI faceplate. Once Auto Only Mode is selected, the
corresponding options (Auto, Manual, Start, and Stop) displayed on the faceplate are
removed.
At any time, the block may go Lock mode — may only be selected when the solenoid is in the de-energized state. In this
into Lock mode as long as it is mode, the block forces the output so that the solenoid remains de-energized. Upon being
residing in its fail-safe placed in locked mode, if currently in Auto mode, it will transfer to Manual mode. At this
position. Only the operator time no open commands, forces, or overrides will be accepted. Upon removing the lock,
may place block into Lock Manual mode will then be active. Similarly, AUTO ONLY and AUTO-LOCK (no open
mode. commands) will be accepted. However, upon removal of Lock mode, the block will return
to Auto mode.
Modes of I/O (IO_OPT) is the mode in which M_O_V_V2 block may be configured to
allow input I/O states for the device. All I/O are digital or analog inputs received from the
valve device. Each I/O input indicates the current status. Device status includes control
power available, device not available, and device in remote. Depending on the I/O
properties enabled, the block will act differently. The I/O configurations are specified by
the I/O Options parameter, IO_OPT. The following table provides a visual presentation of
the modes available based on the IO_OPT selection. Any enumeration of the I/O pins is
available. However, not all are displayed because there are too many to display in the
table.
I/O pins available for IO_OPT Selections
I/O
IO_OPT Ctrl Pwr OK Remote Avail Transit INT TQ LIM
AVAIL X
AVAIL-TQ_LIM X X
AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM X X X
AVAIL X
AVAIL-TRANS X X
AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM X X X
CP_OK-REM X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL X X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-
X X X X
TQ_LIM
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-
X X X X X X
TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM
Control Power OK — allows the device I/O input from CP_OK. If this input goes False,
a Control Power Fail alarm is generated that trips the device and places it in Manual.
Remote — allows the device I/O input from REMOTE. If this input goes False, a device
in Local alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Available — allows the device I/O input from AVAIL. If this input goes False, a Device
not available alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Transit — allows the device I/O input from TRANSIT. If this input goes True, a valve is
in Transit and moving or changing positions.
Int — allows the device I/O input from INT. If this input goes True, the valve has reached
its intermediate limit position.

Torque Limit — allows the device I/O input from TQ_LIM. If this input goes True, the
valve has exceeded the maximum allowed torque value while trying to open or close. An
alarm is generated and the valve is placed in Manual mode.
Additional outputs from this block indicate status, failures, alarms, forces, and overrides.
Much of this information is displayed on the HMI faceplate.
Diagnostic Alarms
When an alarm is active, the M_O_V_V2 block could have limited action of movement.
For example, a Fail to Open will inhibit the valve from opening again. In this case, an
Alarm Reset must be issued so the valve may continue normal operation. Some alarms are
held True until the alarm is cleared, while others require an Alarm Reset to remove the
indication. The alarm may be reset at any time from the logic or an operator push-button.
However, the reset must occur after the alarm has been cleared. Otherwise, the alarm will
stay active. For Unit Controls, this Alarm Reset pin may be connected to the Master Reset
parameter. The alarms that may occur are as follows:
Fail to Open (FL_OP_A)+ — when commanded Open, the valve fails to reach the open
limit within the allotted time (FL_OP_T). The block cannot reissue an Open command
while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm. In Auto Only mode, the initial AUTO
ONLY-LOCK indication of Fail to Open will remove the Open command. The Open
command can then be reissued at any time and will not affect valve operation.
Fail to Open (FL_OP_A)
Fail to Close (FL_CL_A)+ — when commanded Open, the valve fails to reach the
closed limit within the allotted time (FL_CL_T). The block cannot reissue a close
command while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm. In Auto Only mode, the initial
AUTO ONLY-LOCK indication of Fail to Close will remove the Close command. The
Close command can then be reissued at any time and will not affect valve operation.
Fail to INT (FL_INT_A)+ — when commanded to INPT position, the valve fails to
reach the Intermediate location within the allotted time (FL_I_T). The block cannot
reissue an INT command while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm.
Congruency Alarm (CONGR_A)+ — the valve has both open and closed limits at the
same time, or for the allotted time the block is neither open nor closed. The block could
be rejected to manual depending on its configuration. The alarm is cleared when the valve
reaches either of its limits.

Open Circuit Failure (OP_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit that opens the M_O_V_
V2 (RDY_OP becomes False) for at least 2 seconds. This pin is a reserved parameter that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual+. An operator cannot reissue
an Open command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_OP
becomes True.
Close Circuit Failure (CL_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit that closes the M_O_V_
V2 (RDY_CL becomes False) for at least 2 seconds. This pin is a reserved parameter that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual**. An operator cannot reissue
a Close command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_CL becomes
True.
Control Power Failure (CP_F_A)+ — power is lost to the motor (CP_OK becomes
False). After 0.5 seconds, the block will reject to manual. An operator cannot reissue an
OP/CL/INT command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when CP_OK
becomes True. In Auto Only/AUTO ONLY-LOCK mode, Control Power Failure will not
affect Force Close/Open action.
Not Available (AVAIL_A) — M_O_V_V2 has become unavailable due to a device not
available condition (AVAIL becomes False). The block will reject to manual. An operator
cannot reissue an OP/CL/INT command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared
when AVAIL becomes True.
Manual Rejected (MN_REJ_A) — M_O_V_V2 is rejected to manual due to a
Auto Request (AU_REQ)+ — M_O_V_V2 is in Manual mode but the Auto logic
requests that the valve state be different than its current state. This has no effect on valve
operation and is an alarm message only. The alarm is cleared if the valve is placed into
Auto mode, manually ordered to the requested state, or the Auto action is removed.
Not in Remote (REMOTE_A) — the valve is in Local mode and can be moved by an
operator local at the valve. However, a control system cannot operate a valve while in
Local (REMOTE becomes False). No OP/CL/INT commands may be issued. The alarm
is cleared when REMOTE becomes True.
Torque Limit (TL_A) — valve Torque limit reached while trying to open or close the
valve (TL_OP or TL_CL becomes True). The block will reject to manual. An operator
when TL_OP and TL_CL becomes False.
Note + If the MODE_OPT is set to AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK, this alarm will not
affect automatic valve operation. However the alarm will still become active under the
given conditions.

Force and Override Control
. Refer to the figure, Open During any condition, M_O_V_V2 may be forced to a position that bypasses normal
Command Logic to view the operation. The force is driven from the CL_FRC, INT_FRC or OP_FRC pins in the logic.
logic for a force. The valve will move to the force position and remain there until the force is removed. For
example, if the valve is forced open, there must be no Override Close, Circuit Failure, or
Failed to Open. While a force condition is active, the valve may freely transfer from Auto
to Manual following the normal permits. However, no manual command will supersede
the force. Once the force is removed, the valve will continue normal operation.
Refer to the figure, Open An override will supersede a force and place the valve into the overridden state. For
Command Digital Control example, if the valve is overridden closed, the valve will issue a close order irrelevant of
Output to view the logic for a any forces, provided there are no Circuit Failure and Failed to Close alarms. The M_O_
force. V_V2 block will take precedence from the override command, then the force command,
and then the manual or auto command. Upon entering an overridden state, the valve is
placed into Manual mode. Once the override is removed, the valve will remain in Manual
mode until changed by the operator.
Although forces and overrides bypass normal permits, if the valve is locked, forces and
overrides will have no effect on the block. The block must be removed from Lock mode
before the forces and overrides affect block operation. Additionally, if the MODE_OPT is
set to AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK, the override pins will be disabled and will have no
effect on the block.
Permits
For basic operations, most of Due to the nature of auto and forcing action, permits are required for valve operation.
the device permits will be Built into the blocks are special device permits that may be enabled or disabled with
disabled. certain pins in the block, as follows:
• Open
− OP_PMT is True (OP_PMT is technically a UINT)
− M_O_V_V2 not Failed to Open**+
− M_O_V_V2 not Control Power Fail (if CP_OK property enabled)
− M_O_V_V2 not in Local (if REMOTE property enabled)
− I/O ready to Open M_O_V_V2 or not Open Circuit Failure (if FUSE
Monitoring/Voltage Monitoring Property enabled)
− M_O_V_V2 not in Lock mode
− Breaker to M_O_V_V2 is not Not Available (if AVAIL property enabled)
− M_O_V_V2 not Forced Close or Forced INT
− M_O_V_V2 not Override Close or Override INT+
− M_O_V_V2 not at Torque Limit (if TQ_LIM property enabled)
• Close
− CL_PMT is True (CL_PMT is technically a UINT)
− M_O_V_V2 not Failed to Close**+
− I/O ready to Close M_O_V_V2 or not Close Circuit Failure (if FUSE
− Breaker to M_O_V_V2 not Not Available (if AVAIL property enabled)
− M_O_V_V2 not Forced Open or Forced INT
− M_O_V_V2 not Override Open or Override INT+
• INT

− INT_PMT is True (INT_PMT is technically a UINT)
− M_O_V_V2 not Failed to INT**+
− M_O_V_V2 not Forced Open or Forced Close
− M_O_V_V2 not Override Open or Override Close+
• Open Force
− M_O_V_V2 not Control Power Fail (if CP_OK property enabled)+
• Close Force
• INT Force
• Open Override+
− M_O_V_V2 not Failed to Open**
− M_O_V_V2 not Override Close or Override INT

• Close Override+
− M_O_V_V2 not Failed to Close**
• INT Override
− M_O_V_V2 not Failed to INT**
Note **Indicates a condition that is internally generated to the block. Otherwise, the
condition comes from a direct input.
+ Indicates a condition bypassed when MODE_OPT is set to AUTO ONLY or
AUTO-LOCK mode.

Inputs
AU_SEL Yes Auto Select Pulses the valve into Auto (provided all permits are met)
AU_ OP Auto Open Opens the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be
in Auto mode
AU_CL Auto Close Auto closes the valve (provided all permits are met); device
must be in Auto mode
AU_INT Auto Intermediate Auto moves the valve to the intermediate position (provided all
permits are met); device must be in Auto mode
AU_PMT Yes Auto Permit Permit required for external logic to place the valve in Auto
mode
OP_PMT Yes Open Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from
opening
CL_PMT Yes Close Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from
closing
INT_PMT Yes Intermediate Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve to go to
the intermediate position
RDY_CL Ready to Close M_O_V_V2 I/O monitoring of the circuit to the close command to the valve
RDY_OP Ready to Open M_O_V_V2 I/O monitoring of the circuit to the open command to the valve
OP_OVR Yes Open Override Permit required for external logic to override open the valve
CL_OVR Yes Close Override Permit required for external logic to override close the valve
INT_OVR Yes Intermediate Override Permit required for external logic to override intermediate
command to the valve
MN_REJ Yes Manual Rejection Permit required for external logic to manually reject the valve
RDY_CL Ready to Close M_O_V_V2 I/O monitoring of the circuit to the close command of the valve
RDY_OP Ready to Open M_O_V_V2 I/O monitoring of the circuit to the open command of the valve
CL_INP Closed Input Connects to the closed feedback of the valve
OP_INP Open Input Connects to the open feedback of the valve
CL_FRC Yes Close Force Permit required for external logic to force close the valve
OP_FRC Yes Open Force Permit required for external logic to force open the valve
INT_FRC Yes Intermediate Force Permit required for external logic to force intermediate
ALARM_RESET Alarm Reset Permit required for external logic to reset alarms on the valve
CP_OK Yes Control Power OK Tied to the I/O that monitors the control power for the valve
AVAIL Yes M_O_V_V2 Available Tied to the I/O that has the M_O_V_V2 availability feedback
REMOTE Yes M_O_V_V2 in Remote Tied to the I/O that has the M_O_V_V2 local/remote status
TL_CL Yes Close Torque limit Tied to the I/O that indicates if the M_O_V_V2 has reached its
torque limit upon closing
TL_OP Yes Open Torque limit Tied to the I/O that indicates if the M_O_V_V2 has reached its
torque limit upon opening
TRANSIT Yes Valve in Transit Tied to the I/O that indicates the M_O_V_V2 is in motion
POS Yes Position Tied to the valve position feedback
INT_ZS† Yes Intermediate Position input Tied to the Boolean I/O that indicates the M_O_V_V2 has
reached the INT position
INT_SETP† Intermediate Position Setpoint Intermediate position setpoint that the valve is to travel
towards, given the INT command
†The block will use either INT_ZS or POS for indication if the valve has reached intermediate position. At least one must be
available when using the intermediate position.

Parameters
FL_OP_T Fail to Open Time Time allotted for the valve to open. (If the motor takes 30
seconds to open, ~35000 msec is sufficient time to allow the
valve to reach its open state.)
FL_CL_T Fail to Close Time Time allotted for the valve to close. (If the motor takes 30
seconds to close, ~35000 msec is sufficient time to allow the
valve to reach its close state.)
FL_I_CT Fail to Close to Intermediate Time allotted for the valve to close to the Intermediate
Time Position. (If the valve takes 20 seconds to close, ~25000
msec is sufficient time to allow the valve to reach its
intermediate state.)
FL_I_OT Fail to Open to Intermediate Time allotted for the valve to open to the Intermediate
Time Position. (If the valve takes 20 seconds to open, ~25000
msec is sufficient time to allow the valve to reach its
intermediate state.)
PWR_FL_TMR Manual Reject Power Failure Time allotted for the M_O_V_V2 to lose power before it
Time rejects the valve to manual
IO_MON I/O Monitor Options Allow the I/O monitoring feature to be enabled. This pin can
be set to either Volt or Fuse monitoring.
IO_OPT Valve I/O Options Designates what type of I/O options are available for the
valve
MODE_OPT Valve Mode Options Designates whichmodes the valve can enter
CTRL_TYPE Control Type Designates how the valve is controlled. Either Analog output
or digital output may be used. Position feedback is required
for analog output.
INT_SENS Intermediate Position Range in which the valve position may reside to be
Sensitivity considered at INT position (which is ± 2%)

Outputs
Name Global Description
OP_ORD Yes Open order

CL_ORD Yes Close order
INT_CMD Intermediate order
POS_ORD Yes Position order
AUTO_P Yes Property for Auto mode available
LOCK_P Yes Property for Lock mode available
ANA_OUT_P Yes Property for analog output
VOLT_MON_P Yes Property for volt monitoring I/O
FUSE_MON_P Yes Property for fuse monitoring I/O
POSFB_P Yes Property for position feedback I/O
REM_P Yes Property for local or remote I/O
AVAIL_P Yes Property for valve availability I/O
CP_OK_P Yes Property for control power I/O
TQ_LIM_P Yes Property for torque limit I/O
TRANS_P Yes Property for transit I/O
AUTO Yes Auto mode active
CLOSED Yes M_O_V_V2 closed
OPEN Yes M_O_V_V2 opened
INT Yes Valve has reached intermediate position
LOCK Yes Lock mode active
PMT_AU Yes Auto permit
PMT_CL Yes Close permit
PMT_OP Yes Open Permit
ALARM Alarm active
MODE Current valve status
TRN_IND Yes Valve in transit
OVR_CL Yes Close override
OVR_OP Yes Open override
OVR_INT Yes Intermediate override
FRC_CL Yes Close force
FRC_OP Yes Open force
FRC_INT Yes Intermediate force
CL_FLR Yes Close circuit failure
OP_FLR Yes Open circuit failure
AU_REQ Yes Auto request (Auto logic wishes to open or close M_O_V_V2)
CONGR_A Yes Congruency alarm
AVAIL_A Yes Valve not available alarm
FL_CL_A Yes Failed to close alarm
FL_OP_A Yes Failed to open alarm
FL_INT_A Yes Failed to Int alarm
TL_A Yes Torque limit alarm
MN_REJ_A Yes Manual rejection alarm
CP_F_A Yes Control power failure alarm
REMOTE_A Valve not in remote alarm

Global Variables
Class Access
STEAM1001 Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.ANA_OUT_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
analog out property
STEAM1001.AU_REQ Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
auto request
STEAM1001.AUTO Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
auto
STEAM1001.AUTO_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
auto property
available
STEAM1001.AVAIL_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
available property
STEAM1001.CL_FLR Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
close circuit fail
STEAM1001.CL_ORD Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
close order/cmd
STEAM1001.CLOSED Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
closed
STEAM1001.CONGR_A Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
congruency
STEAM1001.CP_F_A Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
control power fail
STEAM1001.CP_OK_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
control power property
STEAM1001.CTL Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadWrite
control word
STEAM1001.FAULT Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
fault indication
STEAM1001.FL_CL_A Steam release valve fail Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
to close
STEAM1001.FL_INT_A Steam release valve fail Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
to int
STEAM1001.FL_OP_A Steam release valve fail Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
to open
STEAM1001.FRC_CL Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
force close
STEAM1001.FRC_CLB Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
close force block sts
STEAM1001.FRC_INT Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
force int
STEAM1001.FRC_INTB Steam release valve int Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
force block sts
STEAM1001.FRC_OP Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
force open
STEAM1001.FRC_OPB Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
open force block sts
STEAM1001.FUSE_MON_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
output fuse mon
property
STEAM1001.INT Steam release valve int Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
position
STEAM1001.INT_CMD Steam release valve int Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
cmd

Class Access
STEAM1001.INT_P Steam release valve int Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
property
STEAM1001.LOCAL Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
local mode
STEAM1001.LOCK Steam release valve Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
locked
STEAM1001.LOCK_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
lock property
manual reject
STEAM1001.OP_FLR Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
open circuit fail
STEAM1001.OP_ORD Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
open order/cmd
STEAM1001.OPEN Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
open
STEAM1001.OVR_CL Steam release valve Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
close override
STEAM1001.OVR_CLB Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
close override block sts
STEAM1001.OVR_INT Steam release valve int Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
override
STEAM1001.OVR_INTB Steam release valve int Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
override block sts
STEAM1001.OVR_OP Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
open override
STEAM1001.OVR_OPB Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
open override block sts
STEAM1001.PBSTATE Steam release valve last Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
pb state
STEAM1001.PBSTATE2 Steam release valve last Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
pb state
STEAM1001.PMT_AU Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
auto permit
STEAM1001.PMT_AUB Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
auto permit bypass sts
STEAM1001.PMT_CL Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
permit to close
STEAM1001.PMT_CLB Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
close permit bypass sts
STEAM1001.PMT_INT Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
permit to int
STEAM1001.PMT_INTB Steam release valve int Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
permit bypass sts
STEAM1001.PMT_OP Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
permit to open
STEAM1001.PMT_OPB Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
open permit bypass sts
STEAM1001.POS Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
position fdbk
STEAM1001.POS_ORD Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
position order/cmd

Class Access
STEAM1001.POSFB_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
position fdbk property
STEAM1001.REJ_MN Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
manual reject
STEAM1001.REJ_MNB Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
manual reject bypass sts
STEAM1001.REM_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
remote property
STEAM1001.TL_A Steam release valve Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
torque limit
STEAM1001.TQ_LIM_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
torque limit property
STEAM1001.TRANS_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
transit property
STEAM1001.TRN_IND Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
transit ind
STEAM1001.VOLT_MON_P Steam release valve Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
output volt mon property

configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a M_O_V_V2
M_O_V_V2 Faceplate

Appendix
IO_OPT Enumerations
Enumeration IO Option Description
NONE None
REM Remote mode

AVAIL Remote mode

CP_OK-AVAIL Control power ok and remote mode
REM-AVAIL Remote mode and remote mode

CP_OK-REM-AVAIL Control power ok and remote mode and remote mode


AVAIL-TRANS Remote mode and valve in transit

CP_OK-AVAIL-TRANS Control power ok and remote mode and valve in transit
REM-AVAIL-TRANS Remote mode and remote mode and valve in transit

CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS Control power ok and remote mode and remote mode and valve in transit
INT Intermediate indication

CP_OK-INT Control power ok and intermediate indication
REM-INT Remote mode and intermediate indication

CP_OK-REM-INT Control power ok and remote mode and intermediate indication
AVAIL-INT Remote mode and intermediate indication

CP_OK-AVAIL-INT Control power ok and remote mode and intermediate indication
REM-AVAIL-INT Remote mode and remote mode and intermediate indication

CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-INT Control power ok and remote mode and remote mode and intermediate indication
TRANS-INT Valve in transit and intermediate indication

CP_OK-TRANS-INT Control power ok and valve in transit and intermediate indication
REM-TRANS-INT Remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate indication

CP_OK-REM-TRANS-INT Control power ok and remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate
indication
AVAIL-TRANS-INT Remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate indication
CP_OK-AVAIL-TRANS-INT Control power ok and remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate
indication
REM-AVAIL-TRANS-INT Remote mode and remote mode and valve in transit and intermediate indication
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS-INT Control power ok and remote mode and remote mode and valve in transit and
intermediate indication


REM-TQ_LIM Remote and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TQ_LIM Remote and valve available and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve available and torque limiting
REM-TRANS-TQ_LIM Remote and valve in transit and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve in transit and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Remote and valve available and valve in transit and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve available and valve in transit and torque
limiting
INT-TQ_LIM Intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and intermediate position and torque limiting
REM-INT-TQ_LIM Remote and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and intermediate position and torque limiting
AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM Valve available and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and valve available and intermediate position and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM Remote and valve available and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve available and intermediate position and
torque limiting
TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Valve in transit and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and valve in transit and intermediate position and torque limiting
REM-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Remote and valve in transit and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote and valve in transit and intermediate position and
torque limiting
AVAIL-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Valve available and valve in transit and intermediate position and torque limiting
CP_OK-AVAIL-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Control power ok and valve available and valve in transit and intermediate
position and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM Remote and valve available and valve in transit and intermediate position and
torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS-INT-TQ_ Control power ok and remote and valve available and valve in transit and
LIM intermediate position and torque limiting

25 Motor Operated Valve_Version 3 (M_O_V_V3)
Block Category: M_O_V_V3, Device Control
The Motor Operated Valve_Version 3 (M_O_V_V3) block is a logic block that interfaces
with the inputs and outputs of a modulating motor operated valve (MOV). The block can
be configured for a wide variety of valve types and several operating modes. The type of
MOV being driven by the block determines the configuration mode of the block. The
output control mode of the block may be configured for digital open and/or close
operation, analog out (position demand %), or both. The selected mode determines the
type of input status pins that appear on the block. M_O_V_V3 blocks that are
fieldbus-capable have several diagnostic alarm parameters that can be tied to some of the
input pins of the block. These parameters may be used for open and/or close permissives,
alarms, and so forth. For example, an open and/or close torque limit is a valve status
parameter that has specific input pins on the M_O_V_V3 block. These parameters may be
set to alarm or tied to some other custom logic. The block also has force open and/or
close or intermediate position capability.
All pins are not required to The M_O_V_V3 block is displayed in the following figure. However, not all variable
have inputs for normal pins are displayed because most are auto-hidden.
operation.
M_O_V_V3 Block

Refer to GEI-100682, Mark The M_O_V_V3 block may be configured to operate in Manual or Automatic (Auto)
VIe Controller Standard Block mode. The block also enables the user to lock the device, thus disabling any operation
Library, the Logic Builder while in this mode. The block is used in conjunction with the PERMIT, FORCE,
(LOGIC_BUILDER) block. OVERRIDE, LOGIC_BUILDER, and LOGIC_BUILDER_SC blocks to provide
complete and comprehensive device control. A predefined HMI faceplate is available,
which provides the operator interface to the valve.
the auto and/or lock mode. The valve may be opened or closed in Manual mode by the
motor-operated valve with intermediate position, INT_P is True, the valve may also be
CLOSE_CMD enumeration (depending on starting position). The command enumerations
This block has various CTL Enumerations
enumerations that are Enumeration Command
configured for control block NO_CMD No command
operations.
Modes of Control (CTRL_TYPE) enumerations are as follows:
DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN Digital input control with digital outputs and no analog position feedback input
DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Digital input control with digital outputs and an analog position feedback input
DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Digital input control with analog output and an analog position feedback input

DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves that provide digital inputs,
an analog output, and an analog position feedback. The OPEN and CLOSED inputs from
the limit switches of the valve are required. When the DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_
IN-POS enumeration is selected, the outputs DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P, DIG_IN_P,
and POSFB_P are True.

Inputs and Outputs
At a minimum, the M_O_V_V3 block requires open and/or close position feedback, and
valve order output. However, other inputs may be used for automatic control, valve
forcing, manual rejection, and such.
Depending on the block configuration, the output could be a single percent demand
(POS_ORD), open and/or close (CL_ORD, OP_ORD), or intermediate position (INT_
ORD). The intermediate setpoint (INT_SETP) may be set with an immediate value or
variable that may be the result of an equation or condition. The M_O_V_V3 intermediate
position can be achieved using either output method, as well as the position input (POS)
to determine if the intermediate position has been reached. The following figures are logic
representations of the Open command logic. The Close and Int command logic is similar,
but replaces the Open text with Close or Int text.
Open Command Logic
Open Command Digital Control Output

Modes of Operation (MODE_OPT) are the modes in which the M_O_V_V3 block may
be configured to operate in Manual or Auto mode, and disallow any operation while in
Lock mode. Manual mode allows commands from the operator interface, while Auto
mode allows the control logic to command the valve. In either mode there are inputs that
may bypass or override the active mode of operation. Lock mode is intended to be used
when maintenance work is being performed on the valve and the operator wants to
prohibit any logic from operating the valve. The allowable modes of operation are
specified by the Mode Options parameter, MODE_OPT. The following table provides a
visual presentation of the modes available based on the MODE_OPT selection.
MODE_OPT
MODE_OPT MANUAL AUTO LOCK
MANUAL ONLY X
MANUAL-AUTO X X
MANUAL-LOCK X X
MANUAL-AUTO--
X X X
LOCK
AUTO ONLY X
AUTO-LOCK X X
Manual mode is always Manual mode — enables the block to respond to operator Open and Close commands
available unless MODE_OPT from an HMI faceplate. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in
is set to AUTO ONLY or accordance with the Manual command. The permit for the Open command is set by the
AUTO-LOCK. Open permit input, OP_PMT, and the permit for the Close command is set by the Close
permit input, CL_PMT. Similarly, the same is true for INT_PMT. These inputs may be set
Some of these conditions to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block. The possible conditions that
require block parameters to be place the block into Manual mode are:
specifically configured. For
example, the block does not • Manual mode selected from the HMI faceplate
depend on the AVAIL pin • Device is locked from the HMI faceplate
unless IO_OPT is set to AVAIL.
• Override Close, Int, or Open from the logic (OVR_CL, OVR_INT, OVR_OP)
• Open or close circuit failure (RDY_CL, RDY_OP)
• Valve at torque limit reached (TL_OP, TL_CL)
• M_O_V_V3 not Available (AVAIL)
• M_O_V_V3 not in Remote (REMOTE)
• Congruency alarm

Manual Mode Conditions
Auto mode — enables the block to respond to open and close commands from logic.
Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates per command from the logic. The
permit for the Open command is set by the Open permit input, OP_PMT, and the permit
for the Close command is set by the close permit input, and the permit for Intermediate
Position is set by INT_PMT input. The OP_PMT, CL_PMT, and INT_PMT inputs may be
set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block. The logic commands are
input to the block through the Automatic Open (AU_OP), Automatic Close (AU_CL),
and Automatic intermediate position inputs. The block may be placed in Auto mode
either from a command from the HMI or a pulse to the automatic select input, AU_SEL.
Given that the permits are satisfied, the block will be placed into Auto mode. The permit
for the Auto mode is set by the Auto permit input, AU_PMT. The AU_PMT input may be
set to a fixed value or also driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block.
MANUAL-AUTO mode — selection provides manual and automatic functionality.
AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK— selection provides automatic functionality only.
While residing in Auto mode, the block will control the valve based on external logic.
Automated control from external logic interfaces to the AU_OP, AU_INT and AU_CL
pins. Similar to Manual mode, Auto action only operates with the proper Open, Int, and
Close permits. If AUTO ONLY mode is selected, the block will permanently reside in
Auto mode. If MANUAL-AUTO is selected, only two conditions will transfer the block
from Manual mode into Auto mode. Unlike the transferring to Manual mode, certain
permits must be satisfied to allow the valve to enter into Auto mode. This means that the
M_O_V_V3 is always able to enter Manual mode, but not always able to enter Auto
mode. These conditions depend on the mode options selected for the block.


Auto Only mode — is selected using the MODE_OPT pin. All of the Auto Open or Auto
Close commands work as previously described, however, all of the Trip, Override, and
Reject to Manual features are disabled, including the ability of the operator to select the
Manual mode from the HMI faceplate. Once Auto Only Mode is selected, the
corresponding options (Auto, Manual, Start, and Stop) displayed on the faceplate are
removed.
At any time, the block may go Lock mode — may only be selected when the solenoid is in the de-energized state. In this
into Lock mode as long as it is mode, the block forces the output so that the solenoid remains de-energized. Upon being
residing in its fail-safe placed in locked mode, if currently in Auto mode, it will transfer to Manual mode. At this
position. Only the operator time no open commands, forces, or overrides will be accepted. Upon removing the lock,
may place block into Lock Manual mode will then be active. Similarly, AUTO ONLY and AUTO-LOCK (no open
mode. commands) will be accepted. However, upon removal of Lock mode, the block will return
to Auto mode.
Modes of I/O (IO_OPT) are the modes in which the M_O_V_V3 block may be
configured to allow input I/O states for the device. All I/O are digital or analog inputs
received from the valve device. Each I/O input indicates the current status. Device status
includes control power available, device not available, and device in remote. Depending
on the I/O properties enabled, the block will act differently. The I/O configurations are
specified by the I/O Options parameter, IO_OPT. The following table provides a visual
presentation of the modes available based on the IO_OPT selection. Any enumeration of
the I/O pins is available. However, not all are displayed because there are too many to
display in the table.
I/O pins available for IO_OPT Selections

I/O
IO_OPT Ctrl Pwr OK Remote Avail Transit INT TQ LIM
AVAIL X
AVAIL-TQ_LIM X X
AVAIL-INT-TQ_LIM X X X
AVAIL X
AVAIL-TRANS X X
AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM X X X
CP_OK-REM X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL X X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-
X X X X
TQ_LIM
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-
X X X X X X
TRANS-INT-TQ_LIM
a Control Power Fail alarm is generated that trips the device and places it in Manual.
Remote — allows the device I/O input from REMOTE. If this input goes False, a device
in Local alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Available — allows the device I/O input from AVAIL. If this input goes False, a Device
not available alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Transit — allows the device I/O input from TRANSIT. If this input goes True, a valve is
in Transit and moving or changing positions.
Int — allows the device I/O input from INT. If this input goes True, the valve has reached
its intermediate limit position.

Torque Limit — allows the device I/O input from TQ_LIM. If this input goes True, the
valve has exceeded the maximum allowed torque value while trying to open or close. An
alarm is generated and the valve is placed in Manual mode.
Additional outputs from this block indicate status, failures, alarms, forces, and overrides.
Much of this information is displayed on the HMI faceplate.
Diagnostic Alarms
When an alarm is active, the M_O_V_V3 block could have limited action of movement.
For example, a Fail to Open will inhibit the valve from opening again. In this case, an
Alarm Reset must be issued so the valve may continue normal operation. Some alarms are
held True until the alarm is cleared, while others require an Alarm Reset to remove the
indication. The alarm may be reset at any time from the logic or an operator push-button.
stay active. For Unit Controls, this Alarm Reset pin may be connected to the Master Reset
parameter. The alarms that may occur are as follows:
Fail to Open (FL_OP_A)+ — when commanded Open, the valve fails to reach the open
limit within the allotted time (FL_OP_T). The block cannot reissue an Open command
while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm. In Auto Only mode, the initial AUTO
ONLY-LOCK indication of Fail to Open will remove the Open command. The Open
command can then be reissued at any time and will not affect valve operation.
Fail to Open (FL_OP_A)

Fail to Close (FL_CL_A)+ — when commanded Open, the valve fails to reach the
closed limit within the allotted time (FL_CL_T). The block cannot reissue a close
command while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm. In Auto Only mode, the initial
AUTO ONLY-LOCK indication of Fail to Close will remove the Close command. The
Close command can then be reissued at any time and will not affect valve operation.
Fail to INT (FL_INT_A)+ — when commanded to INPT position, the valve fails to
reach the Intermediate location within the allotted time (FL_I_T). The block cannot
reissue an INT command while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm.
same time, or for the allotted time the block is neither open nor closed. The block could
be rejected to manual depending on its configuration. The alarm is cleared when the valve
reaches either of its limits.

Open Circuit Failure (OP_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit that opens the M_O_V_
V3 (RDY_OP becomes False) for at least 2 seconds. This pin is a reserved parameter that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual+. An operator cannot reissue
an Open command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_OP
becomes True.
Close Circuit Failure (CL_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit that closes the M_O_V_
V3 (RDY_CL becomes False) for at least 2 seconds. This pin is a reserved parameter that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual**. An operator cannot reissue
a Close command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_CL becomes
True.
Control Power Failure (CP_F_A)+ — power is lost to the motor (CP_OK becomes
False). After 0.5 seconds, the block will reject to manual. An operator cannot reissue an
OP/CL/INT command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when CP_OK
becomes True. In Auto Only/AUTO ONLY-LOCK mode, Control Power Failure will not
affect Force Close/Open action.
Not Available (AVAIL_A) — M_O_V_V3 has become unavailable due to a device not
available condition (AVAIL becomes False). The block will reject to manual. An operator
Manual Rejected (MN_REJ_A) — M_O_V_V3 is rejected to manual due to a
Auto Request (AU_REQ)+ — M_O_V_V3 is in Manual mode but the Auto logic
requests that the valve state be different than its current state. This has no effect on valve
operation and is an alarm message only. The alarm is cleared if the valve is placed into
Auto mode, manually ordered to the requested state, or the Auto action is removed.
Torque Limit (TL_A) — valve Torque limit reached while trying to open or close the
valve (TL_OP or TL_CL becomes True). The block will reject to manual. An operator
when TL_OP and TL_CL becomes False.
affect automatic valve operation. However the alarm will still become active under the
given conditions.

Refer to the figure, Open During any condition, M_O_V_V3 may be forced to a position that bypasses normal
Command Logic to view the operation. The force is driven from the CL_FRC, INT_FRC or OP_FRC pins in the logic.
logic for a force. The valve will move to the force position and remain there until the force is removed. For
example, if the valve is forced open, there must be no Override Close, Circuit Failure, or
Failed to Open. While a force condition is active, the valve may freely transfer from Auto
to Manual following the normal permits. However, no manual command will supersede
the force. Once the force is removed, the valve will continue normal operation.
Refer to the figure, Open An override will supersede a force and place the valve into the overridden state. For
Command Digital Control example, if the valve is overridden closed, the valve will issue a close order irrelevant of
Output to view the logic for a any forces, provided there are no Circuit Failure and Failed to Close alarms. The M_O_
force. V_V3 block will take precedence from the override command, then the force command,
and then the manual or auto command. Upon entering an overridden state, the valve is
placed into Manual mode. Once the override is removed, the valve will remain in Manual
mode until changed by the operator.
Permits
For basic operations, most of Due to the nature of auto and forcing action, permits are required for valve operation.
• Open
− Breaker to M_O_V_V3 is not Not Available (if AVAIL property enabled)
• Close
• INT

− INT_PMT is True (INT_PMT is technically a UINT)
• Open Force
• Close Force
• INT Force
• Open Override+
− M_O_V_V3 not Failed to Open**
− M_O_V_V3 not Override Close or Override INT

• Close Override+
− M_O_V_V3 not Failed to Close**
• INT Override
− M_O_V_V3 not Failed to INT**
Note **Indicates a condition that is internally generated to the block. Otherwise, the
+ Indicates a condition bypassed when MODE_OPT is set to AUTO ONLY or
AUTO-LOCK mode.

Inputs
AU_SEL Auto Select Pulses the valve into Auto (provided all permits are met)
AU_ OP Auto Open Opens the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be
in Auto mode
AU_CL Auto Close Auto closes the valve (provided all permits are met); device
must be in Auto mode
AU_INT Auto Intermediate Auto moves the valve to the intermediate position (provided all
permits are met); device must be in Auto mode
AU_PMT Yes Auto Permit Permit required for external logic to place the valve in Auto
mode
OP_PMT Yes Open Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from
opening
CL_PMT Yes Close Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from
closing
INT_PMT Yes Intermediate Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve to go to
the intermediate position
RDY_CL Ready to Close I/O monitoring of the circuit to the close command to the valve
RDY_OP Ready to Open I/O monitoring of the circuit to the open command to the valve
OP_OVR Yes Open Override Permit required for external logic to override open the valve
INT_OVR Yes Intermediate Override Permit required for external logic to override intermediate

INP_FRC Yes Intermediate Force Permit required for external logic to force intermediate
ALARM_RESET Alarm Reset Permit required for external logic to reset alarms on the valve
CP_OK Control Power OK Tied to the I/O that monitors the control power for the valve
AVAIL Block Available Tied to the I/O that has the M_O_V_V3 availability feedback
REMOTE Block Remote Tied to the I/O that has the M_O_V_V3 local/remote status
TL_CL Close Torque limit Tied to the I/O that indicates if the M_O_V_V3 has reached its
torque limit upon closing
TL_OP Open Torque limit Tied to the I/O that indicates if the block has reached its torque
limit upon opening
TRANSIT Valve in Transit Tied to the I/O that indicates the block is in motion
POS Yes Position Tied to the valve position feedback
INT_ZS† Intermediate Position input Tied to the Boolean I/O that indicates the block has reached
the INT position
INT_SETP† Intermediate Position Setpoint Intermediate position setpoint that the valve is to travel
towards, given the INT command
†The block will use either INT_ZS or POS for indication if the valve has reached intermediate position. At least one must be
available when using the intermediate position.

Parameters
FL_OP_T Fail to Open Time Time allotted for the valve to open. (If the motor takes 30
seconds to open, ~35000 msec is sufficient time to allow the
valve to reach its open state.)
FL_CL_T Fail to Close Time Time allotted for the valve to close. (If the motor takes 30
seconds to close, ~35000 msec is sufficient time to allow the
valve to reach its close state.)
FL_I_CT Fail to Close to Intermediate Time allotted for the valve to close to the Intermediate Position.
Time (If the valve takes 20 seconds to close, ~25000 msec is
sufficient time to allow the valve to reach its intermediate state.)
FL_I_OT Fail to Open to Intermediate Time allotted for the valve to open to the Intermediate Position.
Time (If the valve takes 20 seconds to open, ~25000 msec is
sufficient time to allow the valve to reach its intermediate state.)
PWR_FL_TMR Manual Reject Power Failure Time allotted for the M_O_V_V3 to lose power before it rejects
Time the valve to manual
IO_MON I/O Monitor Options Allow the I/O monitoring feature to be enabled. This pin can be
set to either Volt or Fuse monitoring.
IO_OPT Valve I/O Options Designates what type of I/O options are available for the valve
MODE_OPT Valve Mode Options Designates which modes the valve can enter
CTRL_TYPE Control Type Designates how the valve is controlled. Either Analog output or
digital output may be used. Position feedback is required for
analog output.
INT_SENS Intermediate Position Range in which the valve position may reside to be considered
Sensitivity at INT position (which is ± 2%)

Outputs
OP_ORD Yes Open order

CL_ORD Yes Close order
INT_CMD Yes Intermediate order
POS_ORD Yes Position order
AUTO_P Yes Property for Auto mode available
LOCK_P Yes Property for Lock mode available
ANA_OUT_P Yes Property for analog output
VOLT_MON_P Yes Property for volt monitoring I/O
FUSE_MON_P Yes Property for fuse monitoring I/O
POSFB_P Yes Property for position feedback I/O
REM_P Yes Property for local or remote I/O
AVAIL_P Yes Property for valve availability I/O
CP_OK_P Yes Property for control power I/O
TQ_LIM_P Yes Property for torque limit I/O
TRANS_P Yes Property for transit I/O
AUTO Yes Auto mode active
CLOSED Yes Block closed
OPEN Yes Block opened
INT Yes Valve has reached intermediate position
LOCK Yes Lock mode active
PMT_AU Yes Auto permit
PMT_CL Yes Close permit
ALARM Alarm active
MODE Current valve status
TRN_IND Yes Valve in transit
OVR_CL Yes Close override
OVR_OP Yes Open override
OVR_INT Yes Intermediate override
FRC_CL Yes Close force
FRC_OP Yes Open force
FRC_INT Yes Intermediate force
CL_FLR Yes Close circuit failure
OP_FLR Yes Open circuit failure
AU_REQ Yes Auto request (Auto logic wishes to open or close M_O_V_V3)
CONGR_A Yes Congruency alarm
AVAIL_A Yes Valve not available alarm
FL_CL_A Yes Failed to close alarm
FL_OP_A Yes Failed to open alarm
FL_INT_A Yes Failed to Int alarm
TL_A Yes Torque limit alarm
MN_REJ_A Yes Manual rejection alarm
CP_F_A Yes Control power failure alarm
REMOTE_A Valve not in remote alarm

Global Variables
Global Pin Name Description Alarm Alarm Event EGD Page External
Class Access
STEAM1001 Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
STEAM1001.ANA_OUT_P Steam release valve Not False ReadOnly
analog out property Alarmed
STEAM1001.AU_REQ Steam release valve auto Not False $Default ReadOnly
request Alarmed
STEAM1001.AUTO Steam release valve auto Not True $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
STEAM1001.AUTO_P Steam release valve auto Not False $Default ReadOnly
property Alarmed
available
STEAM1001.AVAIL_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
available property Alarmed
STEAM1001.CL_FLR Steam release valve close Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
circuit fail
STEAM1001.CL_ORD Steam release valve close Not False $Default ReadOnly
order/cmd Alarmed
STEAM1001.CLOSED Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
closed Alarmed
STEAM1001.CONGR_A Steam release valve Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
congruency
STEAM1001.CP_F_A Steam release valve Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
control power fail
STEAM1001.CP_OK_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
control power property Alarmed
STEAM1001.CTL Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadWrite
control word Alarmed
STEAM1001.FAULT Steam release valve fault Not False $Default ReadOnly
indication Alarmed
STEAM1001.FL_CL_A Steam release valve fail Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
to close
STEAM1001.FL_INT_A Steam release valve fail Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
to int
STEAM1001.FL_OP_A Steam release valve fail Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
to open
STEAM1001.FRC_CL Steam release valve force Not True $Default ReadOnly
close Alarmed
STEAM1001.FRC_CLB Steam release valve close Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.FRC_INT Steam release valve force Not True $Default ReadOnly
int Alarmed
STEAM1001.FRC_INTB Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.FRC_OP Steam release valve force Not True $Default ReadOnly
open Alarmed
STEAM1001.FRC_OPB Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.FUSE_MON_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
output fuse mon property Alarmed

Class Access
STEAM1001.INT Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
position Alarmed
STEAM1001.INT_CMD Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
cmd Alarmed
STEAM1001.INT_P Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
property Alarmed
STEAM1001.LOCAL Steam release valve local Not True $Default ReadOnly
mode Alarmed
STEAM1001.LOCK Steam release valve Not True $Default ReadOnly
locked Alarmed
STEAM1001.LOCK_P Steam release valve lock Not False $Default ReadOnly
property Alarmed
manual reject
STEAM1001.OP_FLR Steam release valve open Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
circuit fail
STEAM1001.OP_ORD Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
order/cmd Alarmed
STEAM1001.OPEN Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
STEAM1001.OVR_CL Steam release valve close Not True $Default ReadOnly
override Alarmed
STEAM1001.OVR_CLB Steam release valve close Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.OVR_INT Steam release valve int Not True $Default ReadOnly
override Alarmed
STEAM1001.OVR_INTB Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.OVR_OP Steam release valve open Not True $Default ReadOnly
override Alarmed
STEAM1001.OVR_OPB Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.PBSTATE Steam release valve last Not False $Default ReadOnly
pb state Alarmed
STEAM1001.PBSTATE2 Steam release valve last Not False $Default ReadOnly
pb state Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_AU Steam release valve auto Not False $Default ReadOnly
permit Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_AUB Steam release valve auto Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.PMT_CL Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
permit to close Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_CLB Steam release valve close Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.PMT_INT Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
permit to int Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_INTB Steam release valve int Not False $Default ReadOnly

Class Access
STEAM1001.PMT_OP Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
permit to open Alarmed
STEAM1001.PMT_OPB Steam release valve open Not False $Default ReadOnly
STEAM1001.POS Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
position fdbk Alarmed
STEAM1001.POS_ORD Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
position order/cmd Alarmed
STEAM1001.POSFB_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
position fdbk property Alarmed
STEAM1001.REJ_MN Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
manual reject Alarmed
STEAM1001.REJ_MNB Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
manual reject bypass sts Alarmed
STEAM1001.REM_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
remote property Alarmed
STEAM1001.TL_A Steam release valve Not True $Default ReadOnly
torque limit Alarmed
STEAM1001.TQ_LIM_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
torque limit property Alarmed
STEAM1001.TRANS_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
transit property Alarmed
STEAM1001.TRN_IND Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
transit ind Alarmed
STEAM1001.VOLT_MON_P Steam release valve Not False $Default ReadOnly
output volt mon property Alarmed

configuration.
Click the Object

to display the
M_O_V_V 3
faceplate.
M_O_V_V3 Faceplate

26 Motor Operated Valve with Jog (M_O_V_JOG)
Block Category: M_O_V_JOG, Device Control
This block has various
enumerations that are used to Note Legacy Status — The M_O_V_JOG block is not supported for use in new Mark
control block operation. VIe control systems (ControlST software suite V05.02 or later). It is in place to support
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the M_O_V_JOG_V2 block; it provides
The Motor Operated Valve with Jog (M_O_V_JOG) block controls a motor-operated
valve powered from a low-voltage reversing starter when the valve must be capable of
being manually positioned anywhere in mid-travel.
Depending on the control type enumeration property selected; the block provides open
and close output commands, OP_ORD and CL_ORD, or an analog output command,
POS_ORD, that are used to operate the valve. The OPEN and CLOSED inputs are
required. The control type enumeration property selected determines if the POS input is
required for proper block functionality.
A, failed-to-stop alarm, FL_STP_A, and a limit switch congruency alarm, CONGR_A,
that alarms when the valve limit switches indicate that the valve is open and closed at the
same time.
Although not required, a starter auxiliary contact input, TRANSIT, is used to indicate
when the valve is in transit, enhances the block’s functionality. The valve in transit input,
TRANSIT, is required if the IO option attribute, IO_OPT, enumeration TRANS is
selected.
the auto and/or lock mode. The valve may be opened, closed, or stopped in manual mode
by the OPEN_CMD, CLOSE_CMD, or STOP_CMD enumerations, respectively. The
command enumerations are defined in the following table.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command
STOP_CMD Stop command

Example
If the valve requires analog input for auto and manual control with analog output with
position feedback, control power monitoring input, fuse monitoring and has the capability
for auto and lockout, operation. The CTRL_TYPE selection is MAN_ANA_
CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-POS. IO_OPT selection is CP_OK, MODE_
OPT is AUTO-LOCK. IO_MON is FUSE.
Functionality of Block Attribute Enumerations
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN Manual digital control and auto digital control and
digital outputs and digital inputs
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual digital control and auto digital control and

digital outputs and digital inputs and position feedback
MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual analog control and auto digital control and

MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual digital control and auto analog control and

MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual digital control and auto digital control and

analog output and digital inputs and position feedback
MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual analog control and auto digital control and

MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual digital control and auto analog control and

MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-POS Manual analog control and auto analog control and

digital outputs and position feedback
MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-POS Manual analog control and auto analog control and

analog output and position feedback
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN — select for valves that

provide digital inputs and digital outputs for both auto and manual control. The OPEN
and CLOSED inputs from the limit switches of the valve are required. When the MAN_
DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN enumeration is selected, the outputs
MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_IN_P, and DIG_OUT_P are True; the
MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P, and
POSFB_P are False and the following inputs and outputs become available:
• OP_OVR: the open override

• CL_OVR: the close override
• ST_OVR: the stop override
• OP_FRC: the open force
• CL_FRC: the close force
• STP_FRC: the stop force
• AU_OP: the auto open†
• AU_CL: the auto close†
• AU_STP: the auto stop†

• OP_ORD: the open order/command
• CL_ORD: the close order/command
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves
that provide position feedback, digital inputs and digital outputs for both auto and manual
control. The analog input position feedback for the valve, POS, and the OPEN and
CLOSED inputs from the limit switches of the valve are required. When the MAN_DIG_
CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS enumeration is selected, the outputs
MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_OUT_P, and POSFB_P
are True; the MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P, and ANA_
OUT_P, are False and the following inputs and outputs become available:

MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves
that provide position feedback for manual control, digital inputs for auto control and
digital outputs for both auto and manual control. The analog input position feedback for
the valve, POS, is required for manual control and is used to display the valve open
percentage on the HMI. The OPEN and CLOSED inputs from the limit switches of the
valve are required. When the MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_
IN-POS enumeration is selected, the outputs MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P
(when the valve is not in AUTO mode†), DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO
mode†), AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_OUT_P, and POSFB_P are True, the
MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P (when the valve is in
AUTO mode†), DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in AUTO mode†), and ANA_OUT_
P, are False and the following inputs and outputs become available:
• MN_SETP: the manual position setpoint; tracks POS when the value is in
OVERRIDE, FORCE, or AUTO mode, if used
• CMD_OVR: the override command
• OV: the override position setpoint
• CMD_FRC: the force command
• FV: the force position setpoint

• POS_CR: the position close rate in percent per second
• POS_OR: the position open rate in percent per second
• POS_DB: the position deadband in percent
• POS_NT: the minimum on time in seconds
• POS_FT: the minimum off time in seconds
• POS_HY: the position control hysteresis in percent

MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves
that provide position feedback for auto control, digital inputs for manual control and
the valve, POS, is required for auto control and is used to display the valve open
valve are required. When the MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_AUTO_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_
IN-POS enumeration is selected, the outputs AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P
(when the valve is in AUTO mode†), DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in AUTO
mode†), MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_OUT_P, and POSFB_P are True, the
MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in
AUTO mode†), DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO mode†), and ANA_OUT_P,
are False and the following inputs and outputs become available:
• AU_SETP: the auto position setpoint†

• CMD_FRC: the force command in auto mode†
• FV: the force position setpoint in auto mode†

MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-POS — select for valves that
provide position feedback for auto and manual control, and digital outputs for both auto
and manual control. The analog input position feedback for the valve, POS, is required for
both auto and manual control and is used to display the valve open percentage on the
HMI. The OPEN and CLOSED inputs from the limit switches of the valve are required.
When the MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-POS enumeration is
selected, the outputs MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P,
DIG_OUT_P, DIG_IN_P and POSFB_P are True, the MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_
DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_CTRL_P and ANA_OUT_P, are False and the following inputs and
outputs become available:


MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves
that provide position feedback, digital inputs for auto and manual control and an analog
output for both auto and manual control. The analog input position feedback for the valve,
POS, is used to display the valve open percentage on the HMI. The OPEN and CLOSED
inputs from the limit switches of the valve are required. When the MAN_DIG_
CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS enumeration is selected, the
outputs MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P,
DIG_IN_P, and POSFB_P are True, the MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P,
DIG_CTRL_P and DIG_OUT_P, are False and the following inputs and outputs become
available:

• POS_ORD: the position order/command

MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for
valves that provide position feedback, analog inputs for manual control and digital inputs
for auto control and an analog output for both auto and manual control. The analog input
position feedback for the valve, POS, is used to display the valve open percentage on the
When the MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS
enumeration is selected, the outputs MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P,
ANA_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in AUTO mode), ANA_OUT_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_
CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO mode†), and POSFB_P are True, the AN_DIG_
CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO mode†),
DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in AUTO mode†) and DIG_OUT_P, are False and
the following inputs and outputs become available:
• CMD_FRC: the force command in manual mode
• FV: the force position setpoint in manual mode

MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS, select for valves
that provide position feedback, digital inputs for manual control and analog inputs for
auto control and an analog output for both auto and manual control. The analog input
When the MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS
enumeration is selected, the outputs MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_
CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO mode†),
and POSFB_P are True, the MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, DIG_CTRL_
P (when the valve is not in AUTO mode†) and DIG_OUT_P, are False and the following
inputs and outputs become available:


MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT, select for valves that provide
analog inputs and analog outputs for both auto and manual control. The OPEN and
CLOSED inputs from the limit switches of the valve are required. When the MAN_
ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT enumeration is selected, the outputs
MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, and DIG_IN_P, and are True; the MAN_
DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P, DIG_OUT_P, and

• MN_SETP: the manual position setpoint
Note † The enumeration MODE_OPT must contain AUTO for the valve to have
automatic functionality.

IO_OPT Enumerations
CP_OK M_O_V_JOG has a hard-wired control power monitoring input.
REM M_O_V_JOG has a hard-wired remote/local input.
AVAIL M_O_V_JOG has hard-wired available input. This is a Ready to go indicator.
TRANS M_O_V_JOG has a hard-wired valve-in-transit input.
TQ_LIM M_O_V_JOG has hard-wired torque limiting input.
A complete list of all possible NONE — when IO_OPT is none, then CP_OK, REMOTE, AVAIL, and TRANSIT inputs
combinations of enumeration are not used.
elements is included in the
section, Appendix.
2 seconds).
disabled. If the valve is in AUTO mode and LOCAL becomes True, the valve will switch
by 2 seconds).
duration ofAVAIL_A being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will switch
by 2 seconds).
TQ_LIM — select for valves that require torque limiting capability. When the TQ_LIM
alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds).

NONE None
AUTO Auto mode
LOCK Lock mode
PMT_AU is described in the AUTO — provides auto control capability of the valve. Selecting the AUTO mode
section, Auto/Open/Close property will set AUTO_P to True, indicating the auto mode property of the block is
Permissives enabled. When AUTO_P is True, the valve can be commanded to auto by either CTL
HMI operator may command the valve from auto to manual mode at any time with the
When AUTO is True and DIG_CTRL_P is True, the AU_OP, AU_CL, and AU_STOP
inputs control the automatic opening, closing, and stopping the movement of the valve,
provided, PMT_OP or PMT_CL, for the respective command is True. If AU_OP or AU_
CL, become True, the valve is in manual mode, and the valve position is not in the state of
the requested command or valve is in transit, TRN_IND is True, and AU_STOP becomes
True, the auto request alarm, AU_REQ, will be activated. When AUTO is True and
ANA_CTRL_P is True the valve is controlled automatically by the AU_SETP input.
WorkstationST Lock function. control the lockout mode functionality. If DIG_CTRL_P is True, the valve must be OPEN
Refer to GEI-100697, or CLOSED or not in TRANSIT (if TRANS_P is True) before the block can be set to
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY lockout mode. If ANA_CTRL_P is True, the POS_ORD must less 0.5% before the block
Advanced Viewer Integration, can be set to lockout mode. Feedback to the HMI operator of this mode is provided by
the section, HMI Tagout. LOCK. The HMI operator is prevented from operating valve from the control faceplate
when LOCK is True, and auto mode is disabled.

Refer to GEH-6721_Vol_II, IO_MON is used to select the type of diagnostic monitoring. Digital output monitor types
Mark VIe Control, Volume II are available when DIG_OUT_P is True. Monitoring is only available for the outputs OP_
System Hardware Guide for ORD, and CL_ORD. If the hardware board used with OP_ORD, and CL_ORD can
descriptions of hardware perform diagnostic monitoring. When diagnostic monitoring is used (FUSE or VOLT),
boards. the diagnostic variable from the digital output card associated with OP_ORD, and CL_
ORD is connected to RDY_OP and RDY_CL, respectively.
IO_MON Enumerations
NONE None
NONE — no circuit monitoring is available, RDY_OP and RDY_CL are not used.
and is connected to the RDY_OP and RDY_CL inputs. If there is a fuse failure, RDY_OP
or RDY_CL becomes False and OP_FLR or CL_FLR becomes True. When OP_FLR or
CL_FLR becomes True, PMT_OP or PMT_CL becomes False, respectively and PMT_
AU becomes False, delayed by PWR_FL_TMR. If AUTO is True when this occurs,
AUTO will become False and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated,
(delayed by 2 seconds). Note, to prevent an unwanted automatic switch to Manual mode,
in case of an Automatic bus transfer or Power supply transfer, the power supply transfer
time should not exceed PWR_FL_TMR. If the power supply transfer time exceeds the
PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will transfer from auto to manual mode and MN_REJ_A, will
be activated.
• DIG_OUT_P is True
• RDY_OP is False
• OP_ORD is False
• OPEN is False
• CL_ORD is False
• VOLT_MON_P is True
PWR_FL_TMR.

• RDY_CL is False
• CL_ORD is False
• CLOSED is False
• OP_ORD is False
PWR_FL_TMR.
If AUTO is True when this occurs, AUTO will become False and the manual reject
alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds). Note, to prevent an
unwanted automatic switch to Manual mode, in case of an Automatic bus transfer or
If the power supply transfer time exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will transfer
from auto to manual mode and MN_REJ_A, will be activated.

Override Control
The block provides override input enumerations override open, OP_OVR, override close,
CL_OVR, a dominant override stop, STP_OVR, override setpoint/command, CMD_
OVR, and a manual reject input enumeration, MN_REJ. The following table provides the
possible values of the enumerations.
CL_OVR, OP_OVR, STP_OVR, and CMD_OVR, and MN_REJ Enumerations

Name Override Option Description
When DIG_OUT_P is True, OP_OVR, CL_OVR, or STP_OVR will open, close, or stop
the movement of the valve, respectively, and prevent it from reopening/reclosing/moving
in any mode. Note that STP_OVR is the dominate override. When ANA_OUT_P is True
and CMD_OVR indicates Override Active, the valve will move to the position assigned to
the OV input. If the valve is in auto mode (AUTO is True), it rejects to manual and the
OVR_OP, CL_OVR, STP_OVR, and CMD_OVR (if used) are driven from an
OVERRIDE block. Each connected input of the OVERRIDE block has the ability (when
enabled) to be blocked by the HMI operator, which is accessed from associated tab of the
permit HMI screen display. When OP_OVR, CL_OVR, STP_OVR, or CMD_OVR
enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI operator has blocked at least one override. M_
O_V_JOG does not use the block information, but passes it to the HMI for display.

Force Control
The block provides force input enumerations force open, OP_FRC, force close, CL_FRC,
force stop, STP_FRC, and force setpoint/command, CMD_FRC. The following table
provides the possible values of the enumerations.
CL_FRC, OP_FRC, STP_FRC, and CMD_FRC Enumerations

Name Force Option Description
When DIG_OUT_P is True, OP_FRC, CL_FRC, or STP_FRC force the valve to open,
close, or stop in any mode except when OP_OVR, CL_OVR, or STP_OVR indicate
Override Active. When ANA_OUT_P is True and CMD_FRC indicates Force Active, the
valve will move to the position assigned to the FV input except when CMD_OVR
indicate Override Active. The valve does not reject to manual if a force occurs.
OP_FRC, CL_FRC, STP_FRC, and CMD_FRC (If used) are driven from a FORCE
screen display. When OP_FRC, CL_FRC, STP_FRC, or CMD_FRC enumeration
contains BLOCK, the HMI operator has blocked at least one force. M_O_V_JOG does
not use the block information, but passes it to the HMI for display.

The block provides permissive input enumerations AU_PMT, OP_PMT, CL_PMT. The
following table provides the possible values of the enumerations.
AU_PMT, CL_PMT, OP_PMT, and INT_PMT Enumerations

to generatePMT_AU, PMT_OP, and PMT_CL, permitted indications. Note that OP_PMT
and CL_PMT are only used for digital control (DIG_CTRL_P = True).
• AU_PMT enumeration indicates PERM

• AUTO_P is True
• MN_REJ is False
• LOCK is False
• OVR_OP is False
• CL_OVR is False
• OVR_STP is False
• OVR_CMD is False
• FL_STP_A is False
• CONGR_A is False
• CP_F_A, OP_FLR, CL_FLR, and AVAIL_A are False (or the duration of any of
them being True has not exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR)
• TL_A is False
If the valve is in auto mode and any of the conditions listed are not satisfied (except AU_
PMT) the valve will be placed to manual mode (That is, the outputs, AUTO and PMT_
by 2 seconds).
• OP_PMT is True
• REMOTE is True
• CL_OVR is False
• OP_FLR is False

• TL_A is False
• STP_FRC indicates No Force
• CL_PMT is True
• REMOTE is True
• OVR_OP is False
• CL_FLR is False
• TL_A is False
AU_PMT, OP_PMT, and CL_PMT (if used) are driven from a PERMIT block. Each
connected input of the PERMIT block has the ability (when enabled) to be bypassed by
display. When AU_PMT, OP_PMT, or CL_PMT enumeration contains BYPASS, the
HMI operator has bypassed at least one permit. M_O_V_JOG does not use the bypass

Diagnostic Alarms
When the DIG_CTLR_P is True, the block will generate a failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_
A, a failed-to-close alarm, FL_CL_A, and a failed-to-stop alarm, FL_STP_A, if the valve
fails to open or close, in the time specified by the fail to open time, FL_OP_T, or fail to
close time, FL_CL_T, or the valve movement fails to stop in 3 seconds, respectively.
These alarms are reset when FAULT_RESET is True or if the CTL enumeration equals
RESET_CMD.
limit switches indicate the valve is open, OPEN is True, and closed, CLOSED is True, at
the same time. The CONGR_A alarm is reset when the condition that caused the alarm is
cleared. The output, FAULT, is True when a fault is detected.
• FL_OP_A is True
• FL_CL_A is True
• OP_FLR is True
• CONGR_A is True
• CP_F_A is True
• FL_STP_A is True
• AVAIL_A is True
• TL_A is True
Push-button Status
last HMI operator initiated CTL enumeration, which are valid when the CTRL_TYPE
enumeration contains MAN_DIG_CTRL. PBSTATE is True and PBSTATE2 is False
when the last HMI CTL enumeration was STOP_CMD. PBSTATE is False and
PBSTATE2 is False when the last HMI CTL enumeration was CLOSE_CMD. PBSTATE
is False and PBSTATE2 is True when the last HMI CTL enumeration was OPEN_CMD.

Operating Mode (MODE) is the block-operating mode. The MODE enumerations are
defined in the following table:
For a complete list of all MODE Enumerations
possible combinations of Enumeration Description
MODE enumeration elements MANUAL Valve opens and closes under manual control
is provided in the section, AUTO Valve opens and closes automatically.
Appendix. REMOTE Valve can be controlled remotely
Inserting a M_O_V_JOG into the application code displays the following window.
Variables. The previous example will generate Global pins. Pin names are in the form Device Value.
Input_Name, where Device Value is the attribute value 00M_O_V_JOG1000 and Input_
Name is the block input/output names. The description, M_O_V_JOG Description in this
example, becomes the prefix of the block input/output descriptions. Once the object has
been added successfully, the block displays in the ToolboxST application.

M_O_V_JOG Block
Inputs
Type
AU_PMT AUTO PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
AU_SETP Yes {Desc} AUTO POS SETP REAL 0 Always Value Only
AU_STOP AUTO STOP CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
BLOCK
CMD_FRC Yes FORCE COMMAND UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
CMD_OVR Yes OVERRIDE COMMAND UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
INPUT
CTRL_TYPE VALVE I/O CONTROL UINT (ENUM) MAN_DIG_CTRL- Always Value Only
TYPE AUTO_DIG_
CTRL-DIG_
OUT-DIG_IN-
POS
FV FORCE VALUE REAL 0 Always Value Only

Inputs (continued)
Type
OPTIONS
MN_SETP Yes {Desc} MANUAL POS REAL 0 Always Value Only
SETP
MODE_OPT VALVE MODE OPTIONS UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
BLOCK
OV OVERRIDE VALUE REAL 0 Always Value Only
POS Yes {Desc} POSITION FDBK REAL 0 Always Value with
Status
POS_CR POSITION CTRL CLOSE REAL 5 Parameter Value Only
RATE
POS_DB POSITION CTRL REAL 1 Parameter Value Only
DEADBAND
POS_FT POSITION CTRL REAL 3 Parameter Value Only
OFF/DEAD TIME
POS_HY POSITION CTRL REAL 0.5 Parameter Value Only
HYSTERESIS
POS_NT POSITION CTRL MIN ON REAL 0.4 Parameter Value Only
TIME
POS_OR POSITION CTRL OPEN REAL 5 Parameter Value Only
RATE
POWER FAIL TIMER
RDY_CL OUTPUT MON READY TO BOOL True Always Value Only
CLOSE
RDY_OP OUTPUT MON READY TO BOOL True Always Value Only
OPEN
REMOTE REMOTE INPUT BOOL True Always Value Only
STP_FRC FORCE STOP UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
STP_OVR STOP OVERRIDE UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
TRANSIT VALVE IN TRANSIT INPUT BOOL False Always Value Only

Outputs
Type
ANA_CTRL_P Yes {Desc} ANALOG CTRL BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
ANA_OUT_P Yes {Desc} ANALOG OUT BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
AUTO_ANA_ Yes {Desc} AUTO ANALOG BOOL False Always Value Only
CTRL_P CTRL
AUTO_DIG_ Yes {Desc} AUTO DIGITAL BOOL True Always Value Only
CTRL_P CTRL
PROPERTY
CL_FLR Yes {Desc} CLOSE CIRCUIT BOOL False Always Value Only
FAIL
ORDER/CMD
POWER FAIL
POWER PROPERTY
DIG_CTRL_P Yes {Desc} DIGITAL CTRL BOOL True Always Value Only
PROPERTY
DIG_IN_P Yes {Desc} DIGITAL INS BOOL True Always Value Only
PROPERTY
DIG_OUT_P Yes {Desc} DIGITAL OUTS BOOL True Always Value Only
PROPERTY
INDICATION
FL_STP_A Yes {Desc} FAIL TO STOP BOOL False Always Value Only
BLOCK STS
FRC_CMD Yes {Desc} FORCE BOOL False Always Value Only
COMMAND
FRC_CMDB Yes {Desc} FORCE BOOL False Internal Value Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
BLOCK STS
FRC_STP Yes {Desc} FORCE STOP BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_STPB Yes {Desc} FORCE STOP BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS

Outputs (continued)
Type
MON PROPERTY
IN_POS IN POSITION BOOL False Always Value Only
LOCK_P Yes {Desc} LOCK PROPERTY BOOL False Always Value Only
MAN_ANA_ Yes {Desc} MANUAL ANALOG BOOL False Always Value Only
CTRL_P CTRL
MAN_DIG_ Yes {Desc} MANUAL DIGITAL BOOL True Always Value Only
CTRL_P CTRL
MODE BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MANUAL-IDLE Always Value Only
FAIL
ORDER/CMD
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE BLOCK STS
OVR_CMD Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
COMMAND
OVR_CMDB Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only

COMMAND BLOCK STS
OVR_OP Yes {Desc} OPEN OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_OPB Yes {Desc} OPEN OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
OVR_STP Yes {Desc} STOP OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_STPB Yes {Desc} STOP OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
PBSTATE2 Yes {Desc} LAST PB STATE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
CLOSE
BYPASS STS
PMT_OP Yes {Desc} PERMIT TO OPEN BOOL True Always Value Only
BYPASS STS
POS_BQ Yes {Desc} POSITION FDBK BOOL False Always Value Only
BAD QUALITY
POS_ORD Yes {Desc} POSITION REAL 0 Always Value Only
ORDER/CMD

Outputs (continued)
Type
POSFB_P Yes {Desc} POSITION FDBK BOOL True Always Value Only
PROPERTY
REJ_MNB Yes {Desc} MANUAL REJECT BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
PROPERTY
TL_A Yes {Desc} TORQUE LIMIT BOOL False Always Value Only
TQ_LIM_P Yes {Desc} TORQUE LIMIT BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
TRANS_P Yes {Desc} TRANSIT BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
TRN_IND Yes {Desc} TRANSIT IND BOOL False Always Value Only
MON PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Access
00M_O_V_JOG1000 M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description Alarmed
00M_O_V_JOG1000.ANA_ M_O_V_JOG Not False ReadOnly
CTRL_P Description ANALOG Alarmed
CTRL PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.ANA_ M_O_V_JOG Not False ReadOnly
OUT_P Description ANALOG Alarmed
OUT PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AU_REQ M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
Description AUTO
REQUEST
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AU_SETP M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description AUTO Alarmed
POS SETP
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AUTO M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AUTO_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
ANA_CTRL_P Description AUTO Alarmed
ANALOG CTRL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AUTO_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
DIG_CTRL_P Description AUTO Alarmed
DIGITAL CTRL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AUTO_P M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AVAIL_A M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
Description NOT
AVAILABLE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AVAIL_P M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description Alarmed
AVAILABLE
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CL_FLR M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
Description CLOSE
CIRCUIT FAIL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CL_ORD M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description CLOSE Alarmed
ORDER/CMD
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CLOSED M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description CLOSED Alarmed
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CONGR_ M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
A Description
CONGRUENCY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CP_F_A M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
Description CONTROL
POWER FAIL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CP_OK_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
P Description CONTROL Alarmed
POWER PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CTL M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadWrite
Description CONTROL Alarmed
WORD

Class Access
00M_O_V_JOG1000.DIG_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
CTRL_P Description DIGITAL Alarmed
CTRL PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.DIG_IN_P M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description DIGITAL Alarmed
INS PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.DIG_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
OUT_P Description DIGITAL Alarmed
OUTS PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FAULT M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description FAULT Alarmed
INDICATION
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FL_CL_A M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
Description FAIL TO
CLOSE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FL_OP_A M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
Description FAIL TO
OPEN
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FL_STP_ M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
A Description FAIL TO
STOP
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FRC_CL M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description FORCE Alarmed
CLOSE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FRC_CLB M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
FORCE BLOCK STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FRC_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
CMD Description FORCE Alarmed
COMMAND
CMDB Description FORCE Alarmed
COMMAND BLOCK
STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FRC_OP M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN
OPB Description OPEN Alarmed
FORCE BLOCK STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FRC_STP M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
STOP
STPB Description FORCE Alarmed
STOP BLOCK STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FUSE_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
MON_P Description OUTPUT Alarmed
FUSE MON
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.LOCAL M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
Description LOCAL
MODE

Class Access
00M_O_V_JOG1000.LOCK M_O_V_JOG Not True $Default ReadOnly
Description LOCKED Alarmed
00M_O_V_JOG1000.LOCK_P M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description LOCK Alarmed
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.MAN_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
ANA_CTRL_P Description MANUAL Alarmed
ANALOG CTRL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.MAN_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
DIG_CTRL_P Description MANUAL Alarmed
DIGITAL CTRL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.MN_REJ_ M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
A Description MANUAL
REJECT
00M_O_V_JOG1000.MN_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadWrite
SETP Description MANUAL Alarmed
POS SETP
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OP_FLR M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
Description OPEN
CIRCUIT FAIL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OP_ORD M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description OPEN Alarmed
ORDER/CMD
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OPEN M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OVR_CL M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
OVERRIDE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OVR_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
CLB Description CLOSE Alarmed
OVERRIDE BLOCK
STS
CMD Description Alarmed
OVERRIDE
COMMAND
CMDB Description Alarmed
OVERRIDE
COMMAND BLOCK
STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OVR_OP M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE BLOCK
STS
STP Description STOP Alarmed
OVERRIDE

Class Access
STPB Description STOP Alarmed
OVERRIDE BLOCK
STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PBSTATE M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description LAST PB Alarmed
STATE
00M_O_V_JOG1000. M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
PBSTATE2 Description LAST PB Alarmed
STATE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_AU M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
AUB Description AUTO Alarmed
PERMIT BYPASS
STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_CL M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description PERMIT Alarmed
TO CLOSE
PERMIT BYPASS
STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_OP M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description PERMIT Alarmed
TO OPEN
PERMIT BYPASS
STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.POS M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description POSITION Alarmed
FDBK
00M_O_V_JOG1000.POS_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
ORD Description POSITION Alarmed
ORDER/CMD
00M_O_V_JOG1000.POSFB_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
P Description POSITION Alarmed
FDBK PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.REJ_MN M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description MANUAL Alarmed
REJECT
00M_O_V_JOG1000.REJ_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
MNB Description MANUAL Alarmed
REJECT BYPASS
STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.REM_P M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description REMOTE Alarmed
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.TL_A M_O_V_JOG Alarmed LVL_4 True $Default ReadOnly
Description TORQUE
LIMIT

Class Access
00M_O_V_JOG1000.TQ_LIM_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
P Description TORQUE Alarmed
LIMIT PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.TRANS_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
P Description TRANSIT Alarmed
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.TRN_IND M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description TRANSIT Alarmed
IND
00M_O_V_JOG1000.VOLT_ M_O_V_JOG Not False $Default ReadOnly
VOLT MON
PROPERTY

configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a MOV_JOG

Manual Digital Control Mode

MOV Faceplate

Changing Analog Setpoint

Appendix
IO_OPT Enumerations
NONE None
REM Remote mode

AVAIL Valve available

CP_OK-AVAIL Control power ok and valve available
REM-AVAIL Remote mode and valve available

CP_OK-REM-AVAIL Control power ok and remote mode and valve available


AVAIL-TRANS Valve available and valve in transit

CP_OK-AVAIL-TRANS Control power ok and valve available and valve in transit
REM-AVAIL-TRANS Remote mode and valve available and valve in transit

CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS Control power ok and remote mode and valve available and valve in transit
REM-TQ_LIM Remote mode and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote mode and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TQ_LIM Remote mode and valve available and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote mode and valve available and torque limiting
REM-TRANS-TQ_LIM Remote mode and valve in transit and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote mode and valve in transit and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Remote mode and valve available and valve in transit and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote mode and valve available and valve in transit and
torque limiting

MODE Enumerations








27 Motor Operated Valve with Jog_Version 2

(M_O_V_JOG_V2)
Block Category: M_O_V_JOG_V2, Device Control
This block has various The Motor Operated Valve with Jog_Version 2 (M_O_V_JOG_V2) block controls a
enumerations that are used to motor-operated valve powered from a low-voltage reversing starter when the valve must
control block operation. be capable of being manually positioned anywhere in mid-travel.
Depending on the control type enumeration property selected; the block provides open
and close output commands, OP_ORD and CL_ORD, or an analog output command,
POS_ORD, that are used to operate the valve. The OPEN and CLOSED inputs are
required. The control type enumeration property selected determines if the POS input is
required for proper block functionality.
A, failed-to-stop alarm, FL_STP_A, and a limit switch congruency alarm, CONGR_A,
that alarms when the valve limit switches indicate that the valve is open and closed at the
same time.
Although not required, a starter auxiliary contact input, TRANSIT, is used to indicate
when the valve is in transit, enhances the block’s functionality. The valve in transit input,
TRANSIT, is required if the IO option attribute, IO_OPT, enumeration TRANS is
selected.
the auto and/or lock mode. The valve may be opened, closed, or stopped in manual mode
by the OPEN_CMD, CLOSE_CMD, or STOP_CMD enumerations, respectively. The
command enumerations are defined in the following table.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command
STOP_CMD Stop command

Example
If the valve requires analog input for auto and manual control with analog output with
position feedback, control power monitoring input, fuse monitoring and has the capability
for auto and lockout, operation. Then the CTRL_TYPE selection is MAN_ANA_
CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-POS, IO_OPT , selection is CP_OK, MODE_
OPT is AUTO-LOCK, and IO_MON is FUSE.
Functionality of Block Attribute Enumerations
Control Type (CTRL_TYPE) enumerations are as follows:
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN Manual digital control and auto digital control and
digital outputs and digital inputs
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual digital control and auto digital control and
MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual analog control and auto digital control and
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual digital control and auto analog control and
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual digital control and auto digital control and
MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual analog control and auto digital control and
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS Manual digital control and auto analog control and
MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-POS Manual analog control and auto analog control and
digital outputs and position feedback
MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-POS Manual analog control and auto analog control and
analog output and position feedback
MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN — select for valves that

provide digital inputs and digital outputs for both auto and manual control. The OPEN
and CLOSED inputs from the limit switches of the valve are required. When the MAN_
DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN enumerations is selected, the
outputs MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_IN_P, and DIG_OUT_P are
True; the MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P,
and POSFB_P are False and the following inputs and outputs become available:


MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves
that provide position feedback, digital inputs and digital outputs for both auto and manual
control. The analog input position feedback for the valve, POS, and the OPEN and
CLOSED inputs from the limit switches of the valve are required. When the MAN_DIG_
CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS enumeration is selected, the outputs
MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_OUT_P, and POSFB_P
are True; the MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P, and ANA_
OUT_P, are False and the following inputs and outputs become available:


MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves
that provide position feedback for manual control, digital inputs for auto control and
the valve, POS, is required for manual control and is used to display the valve open
valve are required. When the MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_
IN-POS enumeration is selected, the outputs MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P
(when the valve is not in AUTO mode†), DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO
mode†), AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_OUT_P, and POSFB_P are True, the
MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P (when the valve is in
AUTO mode†), DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in AUTO mode†), and ANA_OUT_
P, are False and the following inputs and outputs become available:

MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves
that provide position feedback for auto control, digital inputs for manual control and
the valve, POS, is required for auto control and is used to display the valve open
valve are required. When the MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_AUTO_CTRL-DIG_OUT-DIG_
IN-POS enumeration is selected, the outputs AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P
(when the valve is in AUTO mode†), DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in AUTO
mode†), MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_OUT_P, and POSFB_P are True, the
MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in
AUTO mode†), DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO mode†), and ANA_OUT_P,
are False and the following inputs and outputs become available:


MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-POS — select for valves that
provide position feedback for auto and manual control, and digital outputs for both auto
and manual control. The analog input position feedback for the valve, POS, is required for
both auto and manual control and is used to display the valve open percentage on the
When the MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-DIG_OUT-POS enumeration is
selected, the outputs MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P,
DIG_OUT_P, DIG_IN_P and POSFB_P are True, the MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_
DIG_CTRL_P, DIG_CTRL_P and ANA_OUT_P, are False and the following inputs and
outputs become available:


MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for valves
that provide position feedback, digital inputs for auto and manual control and an analog
output for both auto and manual control. The analog input position feedback for the valve,
POS, is used to display the valve open percentage on the HMI. The OPEN and CLOSED
inputs from the limit switches of the valve are required. When the MAN_DIG_
CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS enumeration is selected, the
outputs MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P,
DIG_IN_P, and POSFB_P are True, the MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P,
DIG_CTRL_P and DIG_OUT_P, are False and the following inputs and outputs become
available:


MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for
valves that provide position feedback, analog inputs for manual control and digital inputs
When the MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_DIG_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS
enumeration is selected, the outputs MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P,
ANA_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in AUTO mode), ANA_OUT_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_
CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO mode†), and POSFB_P are True, the MAN_DIG_
CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO mode†),
DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is not in AUTO mode†) and DIG_OUT_P, are False and
the following inputs and outputs become available:
• FV :the force position setpoint in manual mode

MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS — select for
valves that provide position feedback, digital inputs for manual control and analog inputs
When the MAN_DIG_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT-DIG_IN-POS
enumeration is selected, the outputs MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_
CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P, DIG_IN_P, DIG_CTRL_P (when the valve is in AUTO mode†),
and POSFB_P are True, the MAN_DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, DIG_CTRL_
P (when the valve is not in AUTO mode†) and DIG_OUT_P, are False and the following
inputs and outputs become available:


MAN_ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT — select for valves that provide
analog inputs and analog outputs for both auto and manual control. The OPEN and
CLOSED inputs from the limit switches of the valve are required. When the MAN_
ANA_CTRL-AUTO_ANA_CTRL-ANA_OUT enumeration is selected, the outputs
MAN_ANA_CTRL_P, AUTO_ANA_CTRL_P, and DIG_IN_P, and are True; the MAN_
DIG_CTRL_P, AUTO_DIG_CTRL_P, ANA_CTRL_P, ANA_OUT_P, DIG_OUT_P, and

• MN_SETP: the manual position setpoint
Note † The enumeration MODE_OPT must contain AUTO for the valve to have
automatic functionality.

IO_OPT Enumerations
CP_OK M_O_V_JOG_V2 has a hard-wired control power monitoring input.
REM M_O_V_JOG_V2 has a hard-wired remote/local input.
AVAIL M_O_V_JOG_V2 has hard-wired available input. This is a Ready to go indicator.
TRANS M_O_V_JOG_V2 has a hard-wired valve-in-transit input.
TQ_LIM M_O_V_JOG_V2 has hard-wired torque limiting input.
NONE — when IO_OPT is none, then CP_OK, REMOTE, AVAIL, and TRANSIT inputs
are not used.
2 seconds).
disabled. If the valve is in AUTO mode and LOCAL becomes True, the valve will switch
by 2 seconds).
duration of AVAIL_A being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will switch
by 2 seconds).
TQ_LIM— select for valves that require torque limiting capability. When the TQ_LIM

A complete list of all possible MODE_OPT enumerations are as follows:
combinations of enumeration
elements is included in the
section, Appendix. Enumeration Mode Option Description
NONE None
AUTO Auto mode
LOCK Lock mode
AUTO — provides auto control capability of the valve. Selecting the AUTO mode
PMT_AU is described in the enabled. When AUTO_P is True, the valve can be commanded to auto by either CTL
section, Auto/Open/Close enumeration AUTO_CMD or a rising edge on AU_SEL providing PMT_AU is True. The
Permissives. HMI operator may command the valve from auto to manual mode at any time with the
When AUTO is True and DIG_CTRL_P is True, the AU_OP, AU_CL, and AU_STOP
inputs control the automatic opening, closing, and stopping the movement of the valve,
provided, PMT_OP or PMT_CL, for the respective command is True. If AU_OP or AU_
CL, become True, the valve is in manual mode, and the valve position is not in the state of
the requested command or valve is in transit, TRN_IND is True, and AU_STOP becomes
True, the auto request alarm, AU_REQ, will be activated. When AUTO is True and
ANA_CTRL_P is True the valve is controlled automatically by the AU_SETP input.
WorkstationST Lock function. control the lockout mode functionality. If DIG_CTRL_P is True, the valve must be OPEN
Refer to GEI-100697, or CLOSED or not in TRANSIT (if TRANS_P is True) before the block can be set to
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY lockout mode. If ANA_CTRL_P is True, the POS_ORD must less 0.5% before the block
Advanced Viewer Integration, can be set to lockout mode. Feedback to the HMI operator of this mode is provided by
the section, HMI Tagout. LOCK. The HMI operator is prevented from operating valve from the control faceplate
when LOCK is True, and auto mode is disabled.

Refer to GEH-6721_Vol_II, IO_MON digital output monitor types are available when DIG_OUT_P is True.
Mark VIe Control, Volume II Monitoring is only available for the outputs OP_ORD, and CL_ORD. If the hardware
System Hardware Guide for baord used with OP_ORD, and CL_ORD can perform diagnostic monitoring, IO_MON is
descriptions of hardware used to select the type of diagnostic monitoring. When diagnostic monitoring is used
boards. (FUSE or VOLT), the diagnostic variable from the digital output card associated with
OP_ORD, and CL_ORD is connected to RDY_OP and RDY_CL, respectively.
A complete list of all possible
IO_MON Enumerations
enumeration combinations is
provided in the section, Enumeration Monitor Option Description
Appendix. NONE None
NONE — no circuit monitoring is available, RDY_OP and RDY_CLare not used.

and is connected to the RDY_OP and RDY_CL inputs. If there is a fuse failure, RDY_
OPor RDY_CL becomes False and OP_FLR or CL_FLR becomes True. When OP_FLR
or CL_FLR becomes True, PMT_OP or PMT_CL becomes False, respectively and PMT_
AU becomes False, delayed by PWR_FL_TMR. If AUTO is True when this occurs,
AUTO will become False and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated,
(delayed by 2 seconds). Note, to prevent an unwanted automatic switch to Manual mode,
in case of an Automatic bus transfer or Power supply transfer, the power supply transfer
time should not exceed PWR_FL_TMR. If the power supply transfer time exceeds the
PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will transfer from auto to manual mode and MN_REJ_A, will
be activated.
• RDY_OP is False
• OP_ORD is False
• OPEN is False
• CL_ORD is False
PWR_FL_TMR.

• RDY_CL is False
• CL_ORD is False
• CP_OK is True (if the IO_OPT enumeration CP_OK is selected)
• REMOTE is True (if the IO_OPT enumeration REM is selected)
• CLOSED is False
• TRANSIT is False (if the IO_OPT enumeration TRANS is selected)
• AVAIL is True (if the IO_OPT enumeration AVAIL is selected)
• OP_ORD is False
PWR_FL_TMR.
alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds). Note, to prevent an
unwanted automatic switch to Manual mode, in case of an Automatic bus transfer or
If the power supply transfer time exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will transfer
from auto to manual mode and MN_REJ_A, will be activated.

Override Control
CL_OVR, a dominant override stop, STP_OVR, override setpoint/command, CMD_
OVR, and a manual reject input enumeration, MN_REJ. The following table provides the
possible values of the enumerations.
CL_OVR, OP_OVR, STP_OVR, and CMD_OVR, and MN_REJ Enumerations

Name Override Option Description
When DIG_OUT_P is True, OP_OVR, CL_OVR, or STP_OVR will open, close, or stop
the movement of the valve, respectively, and prevent it from reopening/reclosing/moving
in any mode. Note that STP_OVR is the dominate override. When ANA_OUT_P is True
and CMD_OVR indicates Override Active, the valve will move to the position assigned to
the OV input. If the valve is in auto mode (AUTO is True), it rejects to manual and the
OVR_OP, CL_OVR, STP_OVR, and CMD_OVR (if used) are driven from an
OVERRIDE block. Each connected input of the OVERRIDE block has the ability (when
enabled) to be blocked by the HMI operator, which is accessed from associated tab of the
permit HMI screen display. When OP_OVR, CL_OVR, STP_OVR, or CMD_OVR
enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI operator has blocked at least one override. M_
O_V_JOG_V2 does not use the block information, but passes it to the HMI for display.

Force Control
The block provides force input enumerations force open, OP_FRC, force close, CL_FRC,
force stop, STP_FRC, and force setpoint/command, CMD_FRC. The following table
provides the possible values of the enumerations.
CL_FRC, OP_FRC, STP_FRC, and CMD_FRC Enumerations

Name Force Option Description
When DIG_OUT_P is True, OP_FRC, CL_FRC, or STP_FRC force the valve to open,
close, or stop in any mode except when OP_OVR, CL_OVR, or STP_OVR indicate
Override Active. When ANA_OUT_P is True and CMD_FRC indicates Force Active, the
valve will move to the position assigned to the FV input except when CMD_OVR
indicate Override Active. The valve does not reject to manual if a force occurs.
OP_FRC, CL_FRC, STP_FRC, and CMD_FRC (If used) are driven from a FORCE
screen display. When OP_FRC, CL_FRC, STP_FRC, or CMD_FRC enumeration
contains BLOCK, the HMI operator has blocked at least one force. M_O_V_JOG_V2
does not use the block information, but passes it to the HMI for display.
The block provides permissive input enumerations AU_PMT, OP_PMT, CL_PMT. The
following table provides the possible values of the enumerations.
AU_PMT, CL_PMT, OP_PMT, and INT_PMT Enumerations

to generate PMT_AU, PMT_OP, and PMT_CL, permitted indications. Note that OP_
PMT and CL_PMT are only used for digital control (DIG_CTRL_P = True).

• AU_PMT enumeration indicates PERM

• AUTO_P is True
• MN_REJ is False
• LOCK is False
• OVR_OP is False
• CL_OVR is False
• OVR_CMD is False
• FL_STP_A is False
• CP_F_A, OP_FLR, CL_FLR, and AVAIL_A are False (or the duration of any of
them being True has not exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR)
• TL_A is False
If the valve is in auto mode and any of the conditions listed are not satisfied (except AU_
PMT) the valve will be placed to manual mode (That is, the outputs, AUTO and PMT_
by 2 seconds).
• OP_PMT is True
• REMOTE is True
• CL_OVR is False
• OP_FLR is False
• TL_A is False

• CL_PMT is True
• REMOTE is True
• OVR_OP is False
• CL_FLR is False
• TL_A is False
AU_PMT, OP_PMT, and CL_PMT (If used) are driven from a PERMIT block. Each
HMI operator has bypassed at least one permit. M_O_V_JOG_V2 does not use the
bypass information, but passes it to the HMI for display.
Valve Diagnostic Alarms
When the DIG_CTLR_P is True, the block will generate a failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_
A, a failed-to-close alarm, FL_CL_A, and a failed-to-stop alarm, FL_STP_A, if the valve
fails to open or close, in the time specified by the fail to open time, FL_OP_T, or fail to
close time, FL_CL_T, or the valve movement fails to stop in 3 seconds, respectively.
These alarms are reset when FAULT_RESET is True or if the CTL enumeration equals
RESET_CMD.
limit switches indicate the valve is open, OPEN is True, and closed, CLOSED is True, at
the same time. The CONGR_A alarm is reset when the condition that caused the alarm is
cleared. The output, FAULT, is True when a fault is detected.
• FL_OP_A is True
• FL_CL_A is True
• OP_FLR is True
• CONGR_A is True
• CP_F_A is True
• FL_STP_A is True
• AVAIL_A is True
• TL_A is True

Push-button Status
last HMI operator initiated CTL enumeration, which are valid when the CTRL_TYPE
enumeration contains MAN_DIG_CTRL. PBSTATE is True and PBSTATE2 is False
when the last HMI CTL enumeration was STOP_CMD. PBSTATE is False and
PBSTATE2 is False when the last HMI CTL enumeration was CLOSE_CMD. PBSTATE
is False and PBSTATE2 is True when the last HMI CTL enumeration was OPEN_CMD.
A complete list of all possible Operating Mode (MODE) is the block-operating mode. The operating mode
combinations of MODE enumerations are defined in the following table.
enumeration elements is
MODE Enumerations
provided in the section,
Appendix. Enumeration Description
REMOTE Valve can be controlled remotely
Inserting a M_O_V_JOG_V2 into the application code displays the following window.

Input_Name, where Device Value is the attribute value 00M_O_V_JOG1000 and Input_
Name is the block input/output names. The description, M_O_V_JOG_V2 Description in
this example, becomes the prefix of the block input/output descriptions. Once the object
has been added successfully, the block displays in the ToolboxST application.
M_O_V_JOG_V2 Block

Inputs
Type
AU_SETP Yes AUTO POS SETP REAL 0 Always Value Only
AU_STOP AUTO STOP CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
BLOCK
CMD_FRC Yes FORCE COMMAND UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
CMD_OVR Yes OVERRIDE COMMAND UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
INPUT
CTL Yes CONTROL WORD UINT (ENUM) NO_CMD Always Value Only
CTRL_TYPE VALVE I/O CONTROL UINT (ENUM) MAN_DIG_CTRL- Always Value Only
TYPE AUTO_DIG_
CTRL-DIG_
OUT-DIG_IN-
POS
FV FORCE VALUE REAL 0 Always Value Only
OPTIONS
MN_SETP Yes MANUAL POS SETP REAL 0 Always Value Only
BLOCK
OV OVERRIDE VALUE REAL 0 Always Value Only
POS Yes POSITION FDBK REAL 0 Always Value with
Status
POS_CR POSITION CTRL CLOSE REAL 5 Parameter Value Only
RATE
POS_DB POSITION CTRL REAL 1 Parameter Value Only
DEADBAND
POS_FT POSITION CTRL REAL 3 Parameter Value Only
OFF/DEAD TIME

Inputs (continued)
Type
POS_HY POSITION CTRL REAL 0.5 Parameter Value Only
HYSTERESIS
POS_NT POSITION CTRL MIN ON REAL 0.4 Parameter Value Only
TIME
POS_OR POSITION CTRL OPEN REAL 5 Parameter Value Only
RATE
POWER FAIL TIMER
TO CLOSE
TO OPEN
REMOTE REMOTE INPUT BOOL True Always Value Only
STP_FRC Yes FORCE STOP UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
STP_OVR Yes STOP OVERRIDE UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
TRANSIT VALVE IN TRANSIT BOOL False Always Value Only
INPUT
Outputs
Type
ANA_CTRL_P Yes ANALOG CTRL BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
ANA_OUT_P Yes ANALOG OUT BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
AU_REQ Yes AUTO REQUEST BOOL False Always Value Only
AUTO Yes AUTO BOOL False Always Value Only
AUTO_ANA_ Yes AUTO ANALOG CTRL BOOL False Always Value Only
CTRL_P
AUTO_DIG_ Yes AUTO DIGITAL CTRL BOOL True Always Value Only
CTRL_P
AUTO_P Yes AUTO PROPERTY BOOL False Always Value Only
AVAIL_A Yes NOT AVAILABLE BOOL False Always Value Only
AVAIL_P Yes AVAILABLE PROPERTY BOOL False Always Value Only
CL_FLR Yes CLOSE CIRCUIT FAIL BOOL False Always Value Only
CL_ORD Yes CLOSE ORDER/CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
CLOSED Yes CLOSED BOOL False Always Value Only
CONGR_A Yes CONGRUENCY BOOL False Always Value Only
CP_F_A Yes CONTROL POWER FAIL BOOL False Always Value Only
CP_OK_P Yes CONTROL POWER BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
DIG_CTRL_P Yes DIGITAL CTRL BOOL True Always Value Only
PROPERTY
DIG_IN_P Yes DIGITAL INS PROPERTY BOOL True Always Value Only

Outputs (continued)
Type
DIG_OUT_P Yes DIGITAL OUTS BOOL True Always Value Only
PROPERTY
FAULT Yes FAULT INDICATION BOOL False Always Value Only
FL_CL_A Yes FAIL TO CLOSE BOOL False Always Value Only
FL_OP_A Yes FAIL TO OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
FL_STP_A Yes FAIL TO STOP BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_CL Yes FORCE CLOSE BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_CLB Yes CLOSE FORCE BLOCK BOOL False Internal Value Only
STS
FRC_CMD Yes FORCE COMMAND BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_CMDB Yes FORCE COMMAND BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
FRC_OP Yes FORCE OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_OPB Yes OPEN FORCE BLOCK BOOL False Internal Value Only
STS
FRC_STP Yes FORCE STOP BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_STPB Yes FORCE STOP BLOCK BOOL False Internal Value Only
STS
FUSE_MON_P Yes OUTPUT FUSE MON BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
IN_POS IN POSITION BOOL False Always Value Only
LOCAL Yes LOCAL MODE BOOL False Always Value Only
LOCK Yes LOCKED BOOL False Always Value Only
LOCK_P Yes LOCK PROPERTY BOOL False Always Value Only
MAN_ANA_ MANUAL ANALOG CTRL BOOL False Always Value Only
CTRL_P
MAN_DIG_ MANUAL DIGITAL CTRL BOOL True Always Value Only
CTRL_P
MN_REJ_A MANUAL REJECT BOOL False Always Value Only
MODE BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MANUAL-IDLE Always Value Only
OP_FLR OPEN CIRCUIT FAIL BOOL False Always Value Only
OPEN OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_CL CLOSE OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_CLB CLOSE OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
OVR_CMD OVERRIDE COMMAND BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_CMDB OVERRIDE COMMAND BOOL False Internal Value Only

BLOCK STS
OVR_OP OPEN OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_OPB OPEN OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
OVR_STP STOP OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_STPB STOP OVERRIDE BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS

Outputs (continued)
Type
PBSTATE LAST PB STATE BOOL False Internal Value Only
PBSTATE2 LAST PB STATE BOOL False Internal Value Only
PMT_AU AUTO PERMIT BOOL False Always Value Only
PMT_AUB AUTO PERMIT BYPASS BOOL False Internal Value Only
STS
PMT_CL PERMIT TO CLOSE BOOL True Always Value Only
PMT_CLB CLOSE PERMIT BYPASS BOOL False Internal Value Only
STS
PMT_OP PERMIT TO OPEN BOOL True Always Value Only
PMT_OPB OPEN PERMIT BYPASS BOOL False Internal Value Only
STS
POS_BQ POSITION FDBK BAD BOOL False Always Value Only
QUALITY
POS_ORD POSITION ORDER/CMD REAL 0 Always Value Only
POSFB_P POSITION FDBK BOOL True Always Value Only
PROPERTY
REJ_MN {Desc} MANUAL REJECT BOOL False Always Value Only
REJ_MNB MANUAL REJECT BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
REM_P REMOTE PROPERTY BOOL False Always Value Only
TL_A {Desc} TORQUE LIMIT BOOL False Always Value Only
TQ_LIM_P {Desc} TORQUE LIMIT BOOL False Always Value Only

PROPERTY
TRANS_P {Desc} TRANSIT BOOL False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
TRN_IND {Desc} TRANSIT IND BOOL False Always Value Only
VOLT_MON_P {Desc} OUTPUT VOLT BOOL False Always Value Only
MON PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Access
00M_O_V_JOG1000 M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description Alarmed
00M_O_V_JOG1000.ANA_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False ReadOnly
CTRL_P Description ANALOG Alarmed
CTRL PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.ANA_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False ReadOnly
OUT_P Description ANALOG Alarmed
OUT PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AU_REQ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
REQUEST
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AU_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
SETP Description AUTO POS Alarmed
SETP
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AUTO M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not True $Default ReadOnly
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AUTO_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
ANA_CTRL_P Description AUTO Alarmed
ANALOG CTRL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AUTO_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
DIG_CTRL_P Description AUTO Alarmed
DIGITAL CTRL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AUTO_P M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AVAIL_A M_O_V_JOG_V2 Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
Description NOT
AVAILABLE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.AVAIL_P M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description AVAILABLE Alarmed
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CL_FLR M_O_V_JOG_V2 Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
Description CLOSE
CIRCUIT FAIL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CL_ORD M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
ORDER/CMD
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CLOSED M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description CLOSED Alarmed
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CONGR_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
A Description
CONGRUENCY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CP_F_A M_O_V_JOG_V2 Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
Description CONTROL
POWER FAIL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CP_OK_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
P Description CONTROL Alarmed
POWER PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.CTL M_O_V_JOG Description Not False $Default ReadWrite
CONTROL WORD Alarmed
00M_O_V_JOG1000.DIG_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
CTRL_P Description DIGITAL Alarmed
CTRL PROPERTY

Class Access
00M_O_V_JOG1000.DIG_IN_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
P Description DIGITAL INS Alarmed
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.DIG_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
OUT_P Description DIGITAL Alarmed
OUTS PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FAULT M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description FAULT Alarmed
INDICATION
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FL_CL_A M_O_V_JOG_V2 Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
Description FAIL TO
CLOSE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FL_OP_A M_O_V_JOG Description Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
FAIL TO OPEN
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FL_STP_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
A Description FAIL TO
STOP
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FRC_CL M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not True $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FRC_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
FORCE BLOCK STS
COMMAND
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FRC_OP M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not True $Default ReadOnly
OPEN
FORCE BLOCK STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FRC_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not True $Default ReadOnly
STP Description FORCE Alarmed
STOP
STPB Description FORCE Alarmed
STOP BLOCK STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.FUSE_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
FUSE MON PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.LOCAL M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not True $Default ReadOnly
Description LOCAL Alarmed
MODE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.LOCK M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not True $Default ReadOnly
00M_O_V_JOG1000.LOCK_P M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY

Class Access
00M_O_V_JOG1000.MAN_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
ANA_CTRL_P Description MANUAL Alarmed
ANALOG CTRL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.MAN_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
DIG_CTRL_P Description MANUAL Alarmed
DIGITAL CTRL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.MN_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
REJ_A Description MANUAL
REJECT
00M_O_V_JOG1000.MN_ M_O_V_JOG Description Not False $Default ReadWrite
SETP MANUAL POS SETP Alarmed
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OP_FLR M_O_V_JOG_V2 Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
Description OPEN
CIRCUIT FAIL
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OP_ORD M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
ORDER/CMD
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OPEN M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OVR_CL M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not True $Default ReadOnly
OVERRIDE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OVR_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
OVERRIDE BLOCK STS
CMD Description OVERRIDE Alarmed
COMMAND
CMDB Description OVERRIDE Alarmed
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OVR_OP M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not True $Default ReadOnly
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE BLOCK STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.OVR_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not True $Default ReadOnly
STP Description STOP Alarmed
OVERRIDE
STPB Description STOP Alarmed
OVERRIDE BLOCK STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PBSTATE M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description LAST PB Alarmed
STATE
00M_O_V_JOG1000. M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
PBSTATE2 Description LAST PB Alarmed
STATE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_AU M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT

Class Access
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_ M_O_V_JOG _V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
AUB Description AUTO Alarmed
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_CL M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description PERMIT TO Alarmed
CLOSE
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_OP M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description PERMIT TO Alarmed
OPEN
00M_O_V_JOG1000.PMT_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.POS M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description POSITION Alarmed
FDBK
00M_O_V_JOG1000.POS_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
ORD Description POSITION Alarmed
ORDER/CMD
00M_O_V_JOG1000.POSFB_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
P Description POSITION Alarmed
FDBK PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.REJ_MN M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
REJECT
00M_O_V_JOG1000.REJ_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
REJECT BYPASS STS
00M_O_V_JOG1000.REM_P M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.TL_A M_O_V_JOG Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
TORQUE LIMIT Alarmed
00M_O_V_JOG1000.TQ_LIM_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
P Description TORQUE Alarmed
LIMIT PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.TRANS_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
P Description TRANSIT Alarmed
PROPERTY
00M_O_V_JOG1000.TRN_IND M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description TRANSIT Alarmed
IND
00M_O_V_JOG1000.VOLT_ M_O_V_JOG_V2 Not False $Default ReadOnly
VOLT MON PROPERTY

configuration.
Click the Object to

display the
MOV_ JOG
faceplate.
Typical HMI Object for a MOV_JOG_V2
Manual Digital Control Mode
M_O_V_JOG_V2 Faceplate

Changing Analog Setpoint

Appendix
IO_OPT Enumerations
NONE None
REM Remote mode
AVAIL Valve available
CP_OK-AVAIL Control power ok and valve available
REM-AVAIL Remote mode and valve available
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL Control power ok and remote mode and valve available
AVAIL-TRANS Valve available and valve in transit
CP_OK-AVAIL-TRANS Control power ok and valve available and valve in transit
REM-AVAIL-TRANS Remote mode and valve available and valve in transit
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS Control power ok and remote mode and valve available and valve in transit
REM-TQ_LIM Remote mode and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote mode and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TQ_LIM Remote mode and valve available and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote mode and valve available and torque limiting
REM-TRANS-TQ_LIM Remote mode and valve in transit and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote mode and valve in transit and torque limiting
REM-AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Remote mode and valve available and valve in transit and torque limiting
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-TRANS-TQ_LIM Control power ok and remote mode and valve available and valve in transit and
torque limiting

MODE Enumerations


28 Massflow Gas (MASSFLOW_GAS)
Block Category: Massflow_Gas, Equations and Conversions
The Massflow Gas (MASSFLOW_GAS) block calculates the corrected measured gas
flow and density given a fluid meter head measurement or flow input, IN, temperature,
IN_T, pressure, IN_P, IN_PATM, barometric pressure, gas constant, IN_R, design flow,
Q_D, a design fluid meter head measurement, DP_D, a design density, D_D, a design
atmospheric pressure, PATM_D, an input low cut out, LCO and temperature low cut out,
TCO.
MASSFLOW_GAS Block
The measurement system can be selected with enumerated input MEAS_SYS. The
required Engineering UNITS for MASSFLOW_GAS are displayed in the following table.
Units
MEAS_SYS English SI
IN_P PSIg barg
IN_T °F °C
D_D lb/ft3 kg/m3
IN_R lbft/lb°R Nm/kg°K
DENS lb/ft3 kg/m3
P_D PSIg barg
T_D °F °C
IN_PATM PSIg barg
PATM_D PSIg barg
TCO °F °C

IN_TYPE: FLOW requires MEAS_SYS, IN, IN_P, P_D, IN_PATM, PATM_D, IN_T,
T_D, D_D, and LCO as inputs. IN, and LCO must be in the same units. The inputs Q_D
and DP_D are not used.
Where: ρ = Density = (IN_P + IN_PATM)/(IN_R x IN_T), IN > LCO.

If IN < LCO, OUT = 0.
The units of OUT will be in the same units as IN.
IN_TYPE: DP requires MEAS_SYS, IN, IN_P, P_D, IN_PATM, PATM_D, IN_T, T_D,
D_D, LCO, DP_D, and Q_D as inputs. IN, DP_D, and LCO must be in the same units.
Where: ρ = Density = (IN_P + IN_PATM)/(IN_R x IN_T), IN > LCO.

If IN < LCO, OUT = 0.
The units of OUT will be in the same units as Q_D.
Note The non-status version of the block does not substitute the design values P_D for
IN_P and/or T_D for IN_T.
• Design pressures, P_D and PATM_D, and design temperature, T_D, substitute for
IN_P and IN_PATM, and IN_T, respectively, if the corresponding input is bad
quality. This results in an output status of NOT_
LIMITED-SUBSTITUTE-UNCERTAIN [72].
• If the input Temperature IN_T (or T_D if IN_T is bad quality) < TCO then the
output is equal to the Last Value. This results in an output status of NOT_
LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_VALUE-UNCERTAIN [68].
• If IN < 0, (0 > IN > LCO), DENS < 0, D_D ≤ 0, or DP_D ≤ 0 then the output
status is NOT_LIMITED-CONFIGURATION_ERROR-BAD [4].

Inputs
D_D Design density REAL 1 Parameter Value Only
DP_D Design differential REAL 1 Parameter Value Only
pressure
IN Flow input or Differential REAL†† 0 Always Value with Status
pressure
IN_P Input pressure REAL†† 0 Always Value with Status
IN_PATM Input atmospheric REAL†† 14.696 Always Value with Status
pressure
IN_R Gas Constant REAL 53.44 Parameter Value Only
IN_T Input temperature REAL†† 0 Always Value with Status
IN_TYPE Measurement input type UINT (ENUM) DP Always Value Only
LCO Low cut out REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
P_D Design pressure set as REAL 1 Parameter Value Only
default value in case of
IN_P bad quality
PATM_D Design atmospheric REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
pressure set as default
value in case of IN_PATM
bad quality
Q_D Design flow REAL 1 Parameter Value Only
T_D Design temperature set as REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
default value in case of
IN_T bad quality
TCO Temperature cut out REAL 417† Parameter Value Only
†TCO example values:
For Nitrogen (N2) the TCO = 189 °K = 340 °R = -119.67 °F = -84.26°C
For Hydrogen (H2) the TCO = 50 °K = 90 °R = -369.67 °F = -223.15°C
For Air the TCO = 232 °K = 417 °R = -42.67 °F = -41.48°C
For any other gases not mentioned above multiply their Critical Temperature by 1.5 to get the TCO.
††Value with Status (if status option is enabled)
Outputs
DENS †† Gas density REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT Compensated gas flow REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
† Value with Status (f status option is enabled)}
†† When using status with MASSFLOW_GAS, If IN_T < TCO and DENS_S = 34, DENS will hold the last good value.

29 Massflow Steam (MASSFLOW_STM)
Block Category: MASSFLOW_STM, Equations and Conversions
The Massflow Steam (MASSFLOW_STM) block calculates the temperature and pressure
compensated steam flow and density given a fluid meter head measurement or flow input.
The block is expandable for up to four transmitters. The block requires temperature and
pressure, IN_T and IN_P, a design flow, Q_D, a design fluid meter head measurement,
DP_D, a design density, D_D, and a low cut out, LCO. If the input variable INn is less
than or equal to LCO, then the output OUTn will be 0. Design pressure, P_D, design
temperature, T_D, and design pressure PATM_D substitute for IN_P, IN_T, and IN_
PATM respectively, if the corresponding input is bad quality.
MASSFLOW_STM Block
required Engineering UNITS for MASSFLOW_STM are displayed in the following table.
Ranges/Units
Meas_sys English S.I.
IN_P PSIg barg
IN_T 95 - 1500 °F 35 - 816°C
P_D PSIg barg
T_D 95 - 1500 °F 35 - 816°C
D_D lb/ft3 kg/m3
DENS lb/ft3 kg/m3
IN_PATM PSI bar
PATM_D PSI bar
The steam table lookup uses the sum of IN_P and IN_PATM (absolute pressure). The
sum of IN_P and IN_PATM must be in the range of 0.8 - 3200 PSIA (0.0552 - 220.6322
bara).
This block uses the values of IN_P, IN_T, and IN_PATM to retrieve density from the
steam portion of the steam table library. It then uses density to compute the mass flow
based on the enumeration (DP or FLOW) of IN_TYPE.
IN_TYPE: DP requires MEAS_SYS, IN, IN_P, P_D, IN_T, T_D, IN_PATM, D_D, LCO,
DP_D, and Q_D as inputs. IN, DP_D, and LCO must be the same units.
Where: ρ = Density, INn > LCO

The units of OUTn will be in the same units as Q_D.

IN_TYPE: FLOW requires MEAS_SYS, IN, IN_P, P_D, IN_T, T_D, IN_PATM, D_D,
and LCO as inputs. IN, and LCO must be the same units. The inputs Q_D and DP_D are
not used.
Where: ρ = Density, INn > LCO

The units of OUTn will be in the same units as IN.
• Design pressures, P_D and PATM_D, and design temperature, T_D, substitute for
IN_P and IN_ATM, and IN_T, respectively, if the corresponding input is bad
quality. This results in an output status of NOT_
LIMITED-SUBSTITUTE-UNCERTAIN [72].
• Due to the nature of the steam table, some input combinations may lead to a result
outside of the steam region. This results in an output status of NOT_
• If the input temperature or pressure value exceeds the range in the table,
Ranges/Units, the output status will be either LOW_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_
VALUE-UNCERTAIN [69] or HIGH_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_

Inputs
D_D Design density REAL 28.4 Parameter Value Only
DP_D Design differential pressure REAL 100 Parameter Value Only
IN_P Input pressure REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
IN_PATM Input atmospheric pressure REAL 14.696 Parameter Value Only
IN_T Input temperature REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
IN_TYPE Measurement input type UINT (ENUM) DP Parameter Value Only
IN1 Differential pressure or Flow input 1 REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
IN4 Differential pressure or Flow input 4 REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
P_D Design pressure set as default value REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
in case of IN_P bad quality
PATM_D Design atmospheric pressure set as REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
default value in case of IN_PATM bad
quality
T_D Design temperature set as default REAL 127 Parameter Value Only
value in case of IN_T bad quality
Outputs
DENS Steam density REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT1 Compensated steam flow 1 REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
OUT4 Compensated steam flow 4 REAL† N/A Always Value with Status

30 Massflow Water (MASSFLOW_WTR)
Block Category: MASSFLOW_WTR, Equations and Conversions
The Massflow Water (MASSFLOW_WTR) block calculates the temperature and pressure
compensated water flow and density given a fluid meter head measurement or flow input.
The block is expandable for up to 4 transmitters. The block requires temperature and
pressure, IN_T and IN_P, a design flow, Q_D, a design fluid meter head measurement,
DP_D, a design density, D_D, and a low cut out, LCO. If the input variable IN is less than
or equal to LCO, then the output will be 0. Design pressure, P_D, design temperature, T_
D, and design pressure PATM_D substitute for IN_P, IN_T, and IN_PATM respectively, if
the corresponding input is bad quality (quality status value < 64).
MASSFLOW_WTR Block
required Engineering UNITS for MASSFLOW_WTR are displayed in the following
table.
Ranges/Units
Meas_sys English S.I.
IN_P PSIg barg
IN_T 32 - 705 °F 0 - 374°C
P_D PSIg barg
T_D 32 - 705 °F 0 - 374°C
D_D lb/ft3 kg/m3
DENS lb/ft3 kg/m3
IN_PATM PSI bar
PATM_D PSI bar
The steam table lookup uses the sum of IN_P and IN_PATM (absolute pressure). The
sum of IN_P and IN_PATM must be in the range of 0.8 - 3200 PSIA (0.0552 - 220.6322
bara).
This block uses the values of IN_P, IN_T, and IN_PATM to retrieve density from the
liquid portion of the steam table library. It then uses density to compute the mass flow
based on the enumeration (DP or FLOW) of IN_TYPE.
IN_TYPE: DP requires MEAS_SYS, IN, IN_P, P_D, IN_T, T_D, IN_PATM, D_D, LCO,
DP_D, and Q_D as inputs. IN, DP_D, and LCO must be the same units.
Where: ρ = Density, INn > LCO. If IN < LCO, OUT = 0

The units of OUT will be in the same units as Q_D.

IN_TYPE: FLOW requires the inputs: MEAS_SYS, IN, IN_P, P_D, IN_T, T_D, IN_
PATM, D_D, and LCO as inputs. IN, and LCO must be the same units. The inputs Q_D
and DP_D are not used.
Where: ρ = Density, INn > LCO. If IN < LCO, OUT = 0

The units of OUTn will be in the same units as IN.
Note In the above cases, if IN_P is not connected to a signal, the value of P_D needs to
be used on IN_P.
• Design pressure, P_D, design temperature, T_D, and design atmospheric pressure
PATM_D substitute for IN_P, IN_T, and IN_PATM respectively, if the
corresponding input is bad quality. This results in an output status of NOT_
LIMITED-SUBSTITUTE_UNCERTAIN [72].
• Due to the nature of the steam table, some input combinations may lead to a result
outside of the liquid region. This results in an output status of NOT_
• If the input temperature or pressure value exceeds the range in the table,
Ranges/Units, the output status will be either LOW_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_
VALUE-UNCERTAIN [69] or HIGH_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_

Inputs
D_D Design density REAL 61.8 Parameter Value Only
DP_D Design differential pressure REAL 100 Parameter Value Only
IN_P Input pressure REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
IN_PATM Input barometric pressure REAL 14.696 Parameter Value Only
IN_T Input temperature REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
IN_TYPE Measurement input type UINT (ENUM) DP Parameter Value Only
INDP1 Differential pressure or Flow REAL† 0 Always Value with Status

input 1
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
INDP4 Differential pressure or Flow REAL† 0 Always Value with Status

input 4
P_D Design pressure set as default REAL 0 Parameter Value Only

value in case of IN_P bad
quality
PATM_D Design atmospheric pressure REAL 0 Parameter Value Only

set as default value in case of
IN_PATM bad quality
T_D Design temperature set as REAL 0 Parameter Value Only

default value in case of IN_T
bad quality
Outputs
Name Description Data Type Initial Visibility Interface Type
Value
DENS Water density REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT1 Compensated water flow 1 REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
OUT4 Compensated water flow 4 REAL† N/A Always Value with Status

31 Median Select (MEDSEL)
Block Category: MEDSEL, Analog Operations
Note Legacy Status — The MEDSEL block is not supported for use in new Mark VIe
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the MEDSEL_V2 block; it provides
The Median Select (MEDSEL) block selects the median or average of three analog
signals based on the enumerated value of the input TS and transfers the selection to the
output ({Device}). The user has the option to disable up to two transmitters. If one
transmitter is disabled, the output will be either the minimum, maximum, or average of
the two remaining transmitters based on the enumerated value of the input DS. If the one
transmitter allowed property, 1XMTR_P, is True, two transmitters can be disabled and the
output will be the value of the remaining transmitter.
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark When the quality status of transmitter A is in the BAD region then ABQ and AD become
VIe Controller Standard Block True and transmitter A is automatically disabled and depending on the DS enumeration
Library, the Status Monitoring selected, the average, minimum, or maximum of inputs B and C is transferred to OUT.
(STATUS_MONITORING) Once the quality status of transmitter A becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN, ABQ becomes
block. False. If AU_EN_P is False, input A remains disabled (AD remains True) and must be
enabled by an HMI operator. If AU_EN_P is True and the quality status of transmitter A
becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN and the value of input A is within the deviation limits
set by the user, AD becomes False and A is automatically enabled. This concept also
applies to inputs B and C.
AU_EN_P does not have any A transmitter can be manually disabled through the pop-up MEDSEL faceplate. If input
effect on the enabling of a A, B, and C are all enabled and have a GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality status and A is
manually disabled input. A manually disabled, then the corresponding output, AD, becomes True to indicate that
manually disabled input must input A is disabled. If input A is enabled and B is disabled then BD is True. If input B is
be manually enabled. enabled and C is disabled then CD is True.
Note The HMI operator is allowed to disable one transmitter at any time from the
faceplate when 1XMTR_P, is False. When 1XMTR_P, is True, the operator is allowed to
disable up to two transmitters.
Output Bad Quality Indication (OBQ) functionality is as follows:

If 1XMTR_P, is True, when three transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD quality state,
OBQ becomes True, the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to the output,
quality status of the output is set to NOT_LIMITED-BAD[0], and MODE is set to
DEFAULT.
If AU_EN_P is True, OBQ becomes False when the quality status of any input becomes
GOOD or UNCERTAIN. The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input will be enabled and
transferred to the output. However, if AU_EN_P is False, OUT will be equal to DF until
the HMI operator manually enables the GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input.

If 1XMTR_P, is False:
When two or three transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD quality state, OBQ becomes
True, the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to output, quality status of OUT is
set to NOT_LIMITED-BAD[0], and MODE is set to DEFAULT. If AU_EN_P is True,
OBQ becomes False when the quality status of 2 inputs become GOOD or UNCERTAIN.
The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality inputs will be enabled and based on the DS
enumeration selected, the average, minimum, or maximum of the GOOD or
UNCERTAIN quality inputs is transferred to the output. However, if AU_EN_P is False,
the output will be equal to DF until the HMI operator manually enables the GOOD or
UNCERTAIN quality inputs.
Block status modifications: When OBQ is True, the quality status of OUT is NOT_LIMITED-BAD[0].
For further details on relational blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block Library, the Status
Note A manually disabled transmitter can be manually enabled, regardless of its

deviation status. An exception is when the block is in average mode. Refer to the section,
Deviation Alarms.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No Command
EN_C_CMD Enable Input C Command
DIS_C_CMD Disable Input C Command

Function is defined by two modes:
• Dual Select (DS) Mode

• Three Select (TS) Mode
DS Enumerations

TS Mode Enumerations
AVG Average of A, B and C
MEDIAN Median of A, B and C
Operating Mode (MODE) is the block-operating mode that depends on DS, TS and the
table.
MODE Enumerations
MIN_B-C Minimum of B and C
MIN_A-C Minimum of A and C
MAX_B-C Maximum of B and C
MAX_A-C Maximum of A and C
AVG_A-B Average of A and B
AVG_A-C Average of A and C
AVG_B-C Average of B and C
AVG_ABC Average of A, B and C

A Input A
B Input B
C Input C
DEFAULT Input DF

Examples
MEDIAN or AVG_ABC mode is selected when none of the transmitters have a BAD
quality status.
AVG_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or when C
is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is AVG.
MIN_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or when C
is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is MIN.
MAX_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or when C
is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is MAX.
A mode is selected when 1XMTR_P is True and B and C transmitters are disabled.
DEFAULT mode is selected when all transmitters are BAD quality and/or disabled or
1XMTR_P is False and two transmitters are BAD quality and/or disabled.
Deviation Alarms
Use the deviation alarms that Each transmitter value is compared with the output to determine if it is outside of the
are configured from within the deviation limit, DL. If so, the deviation high alarm for the deviant input either DA, DB, or
block instead of the deviation DC, for transmitters A, B, or C respectively, and ODH, become True. The deviation
high configuration of the alarms will not become False until the absolute difference between the deviant input and
analog alarm. Refer to the the output is less than the value of DL minus DLDB (deviation limit dead band) or the
section, Analog Alarm deviant input is disabled.
Configuration.
is disabled.
functionality of the block (for example, the transmitter in deviation with the output is not
However, if the block is calculating the average of all three transmitters (all three
transmitters are Enabled and TS = AVG), a transmitter that gets a high deviation will be
automatically disabled. It can be enabled by the operator or automatically (AU_EN_P =
True) when the absolute difference between the deviant input and the output is less than
the value of DL minus DLDB (deviation limit dead band).
The rate of change of the output is only restricted by the value of RATE when the block
RATE is in engineering units per second. For example, if 1XMTR_P = True, RATE = 1,
A = 10 (enabled), B = 25 (disabled), and C = 50 (disabled), so MODE = A, and the mode
of the block is changed by enabling input B and disabling input A. Now, MODE = B and
the output will increase from 10 to 25 engineering units in 15 seconds. At this point, the
output equals B, the block operating mode transition from A to B is complete and the rate
of change restriction on the output is removed until the block operating mode changes,
again.

Inserting this block into the application program will generate a window titled Enter the
Attribute Instance Values, prompting the user to Enter Device Description, Enter Device
Name, and Enter Format Specification in the Values column of the window. The block
will then automatically create the variables associated with the block and provide the
appropriate attributes for each variable (for example, Type and Format Spec variables that
need to be on EGD will be automatically placed on the $Default EGD page, and so on).
Inserting a MEDSEL into the application program displays the following window.

For this example, accept the default options for these attributes. The Device name is
00MEDSEL1000, the description is MEDSEL Description, and the Format Spec is
TempFS.
Variables. The previous example will generate Global pins. The pin names are in the form Device
Value.pin Name, where Device Value has the attribute value 00MEDSEL1000 and Input_
Name is the block input/output names. The description, MEDSEL Description in this
example, becomes the prefix of the block input/output descriptions. The FormatSp
Attribute Name Value, TempFS, in the previous example, is the format specification of the
block output.
Note The only exception to the above rule is the output pin ({Device}) where the global
pin name is in the form Device Value pin name without the " ".
Once the object has been added successfully, the block displays in the ToolboxST
application as displayed in the following figure.

MEDSEL Block
Inputs
1XMTR_P ALLOW ONE BOOL False Parameter Value Only
TRANSMITTER
OPERATION
AU_EN_P AUTO ENABLE BQ XMTR BOOL True Parameter Value Only
C Yes {Desc} TRANS C INPUT REAL 0 Always Value with Status
DF DEFAULT OUTPUT IF ALL REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
TRANSMITTERS ARE BAD
DL DEVIATION ALARM LIMIT REAL 5 Parameter Value Only
DLDB DEVIATION ALARM LIMIT REAL 2 Parameter Value Only
DEADBAND
PROPERTY
DT DEVIATION ALARM DELAY UDINT 1000 Parameter Value Only
IN_CBQ Yes TRANS C BAD QUALITY BOOL False Always Value Only
RATE SELECTION CHANGE REAL 1 Internal Value Only
RATE LIMIT
TS 3-XMTR SELECT MODE UINT (ENUM) MEDIAN Parameter Value Only
PROPERTY

Outputs
{Device} Yes {Desc} REAL 0 Always Value with Status
QUALITY
AD Yes {Desc} TRANS A DISABLED BOOL False Always Value Only
QUALITY
BD Yes {Desc} TRANS B DISABLED BOOL False Always Value Only
CBQ Yes {Desc} TRANS C BAD BOOL False Always Value Only
QUALITY
CD Yes {Desc} TRANS C DISABLED BOOL False Always Value Only
DA Yes {Desc} TRANS A HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DB Yes {Desc} TRANS B HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DC Yes {Desc} TRANS C HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
MODE Yes {Desc} BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MEDIAN Always Value Only
SEL_P Yes {Desc} SELECT TYPE UINT (ENUM) MEDIAN Internal Value Only
PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Access
00MEDSEL1000 MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00MEDSEL1000.A MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A INPUT
00MEDSEL1000.A. MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
Status TRANS A INPUT STATUS
00MEDSEL1000.ABQ MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A BAD QUALITY
00MEDSEL1000.AD MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A DISABLED
00MEDSEL1000.B MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B INPUT
00MEDSEL1000.B. MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
Status TRANS B INPUT STATUS
00MEDSEL1000.BBQ MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B BAD QUALITY
00MEDSEL1000.BD MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B DISABLED
00MEDSEL1000.C MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C INPUT
00MEDSEL1000.C. MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
Status TRANS C INPUT STATUS
00MEDSEL1000.CBQ MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C BAD QUALITY
00MEDSEL1000.CD MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C DISABLED
00MEDSEL1000.CTL MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL WORD
00MEDSEL1000.DA MEDSEL Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A HI DEVIATION
00MEDSEL1000.DB MEDSEL Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B HI DEVIATION
00MEDSEL1000.DC MEDSEL Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C HI DEVIATION
00MEDSEL1000.MODE MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK MODE
00MEDSEL1000.OBQ MEDSEL Description BAD Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
QUALITY
00MEDSEL1000.ODH MEDSEL Description HI Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
DEVIATION
00MEDSEL1000.SEL_P MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
SELECT TYPE PROPERTY
00MEDSEL1000.Status MEDSEL Description Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
STATUS

H Variable

initial values to effectively use them. 00MEDSEL1000.H is the actual variable name that
configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a MEDSEL
MEDSEL Faceplate

32 Median Select_Version 2 (MEDSEL_V2)
Block Category: MEDSEL_V2, Analog Operations
The Median Select_Version 2 (MEDSEL_V2) block selects the median or average of
three analog signals based on the enumerated value of the input TS and transfers the
selection to the output ({Device}). The user has the option to disable up to two
transmitters. If one transmitter is disabled, the output will be either the minimum,
maximum, or average of the two remaining transmitters based on the enumerated value of
the input DS. If the one transmitter allowed property, 1XMTR_P, is True, two transmitters
can be disabled and the output will be the value of the remaining transmitter.
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark When the quality status of transmitter A is in the BAD region then ABQ and AD become
VIe Controller Standard Block True and transmitter A is automatically disabled and depending on the DS enumeration
Library, the Status Monitoring selected, the average, minimum, or maximum of inputs B and C is transferred to OUT.
(STATUS_MONITORING) Once the quality status of transmitter A becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN, ABQ becomes
block. False. If AU_EN_P is False, input A remains disabled (AD remains True) and must be
enabled by an HMI operator. If AU_EN_P is True and the quality status of transmitter A
becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN and the value of input A is within the deviation limits
set by the user, AD becomes False and A is automatically enabled. This concept also
applies to inputs B and C.
AU_EN_P does not have any A transmitter can be manually disabled through the pop-up MEDSEL_V2 faceplate. If
effect on the enabling of a input A, B, and C are all enabled and have a GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality status and A
manually disabled input. A is manually disabled, then the corresponding output, AD, becomes True to indicate that
be manually enabled. enabled and C is disabled then CD is True.
Note The HMI operator is allowed to disable one transmitter at any time from the
disable up to two transmitters.
Output Bad Quality Indication (OBQ) functionality is as follows:

If 1XMTR_P, is True, when three transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD quality state,
OBQ becomes True, the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to the output,
quality status of the output is set to NOT_LIMITED-BAD[0], and MODE is set to
DEFAULT.
If AU_EN_P is True, OBQ becomes False when the quality status of any input becomes
GOOD or UNCERTAIN. The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input will be enabled and
transferred to the output. However, if AU_EN_P is False, OUT will be equal to DF until
the HMI operator manually enables the GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input.

If 1XMTR_P, is False, when two or three transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD
quality state, OBQ becomes True, the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to
output, quality status of OUT is set to NOT_LIMITED-BAD[0], and MODE is set to
DEFAULT.
If AU_EN_P is True, OBQ becomes False when the quality status of 2 inputs become
GOOD or UNCERTAIN. The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality inputs will be enabled and
based on the DS enumeration selected, the average, minimum, or maximum of the GOOD
or UNCERTAIN quality inputs is transferred to the output. However, if AU_EN_P is
False, the output will be equal to DF until the HMI operator manually enables the GOOD
or UNCERTAIN quality inputs.
Block status modification: When OBQ is True, the quality status of OUT is NOT_LIMITED-BAD[0].
For further details on relational blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block
Library, the Status Monitoring (STATUS_MONITORING) block.
Note A manually disabled transmitter may be manually enabled, regardless of its

deviation status, unless the block is in average mode. Refer to the section, Deviation
Alarms.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No Command
EN_C_CMD Enable Input C Command
DIS_C_CMD Disable Input C Command

Function is defined by two modes:

DS Enumerations

TS Mode Enumerations
AVG Average of A, B and C
table.
MODE Enumerations

A Input A
B Input B
C Input C
DEFAULT Input DF

Examples
MEDIAN or AVG_ABC mode is selected when none of the transmitters have a BAD
quality status.
AVG_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or when C
is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is AVG.
MIN_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or when C
is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is MIN.
MAX_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or when C
is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is MAX.
A mode is selected when 1XMTR_P is True and B and C transmitters are disabled.
DEFAULT mode is selected when all transmitters are BAD quality and/or disabled or
1XMTR_P is False and two transmitters are BAD quality and/or disabled.
Deviation Alarms
Use the deviation alarms that Each transmitter value is compared with the output to determine if it is outside of the
are configured from within the deviation limit, DL. If so, the deviation high alarm for the deviant input either DA, DB, or
block instead of the deviation DC, for transmitters A, B, or C respectively, and ODH, become True. The deviation
high configuration of the alarms will not become False until the absolute difference between the deviant input and
analog alarm. Refer to the the output is less than the value of DL minus DLDB (deviation limit deadband) or the
section, Analog Alarm deviant input is disabled.
Configuration.
is disabled.
functionality of the block (for example, the transmitter in deviation with the output is not
However, if the block is calculating the average of all three transmitters (all three
A = 10 (enabled), B = 25 (disabled), and C = 50 (disabled), so MODE = A, and the mode
of the block is changed by enabling input B and disabling input A. Now, MODE = B and
the output will increase from 10 to 25 engineering units in 15 seconds. At this point, the
output equals B, the block operating mode transition from A to B is complete and the rate
of change restriction on the output is removed until the block operating mode changes,
again.

Inserting this block into the application program will generate a window titled Enter the
Attribute Instance Values, prompting the user to Enter Device Description, Enter Device
appropriate attributes for each variable (for example, Type and Format Spec variables that
need to be on EGD will be automatically placed on the $Default EGD page, and so on).
Inserting a MEDSEL_V2 block into the application program displays the following
window.
For this example, accept the default options for these attributes. The Device name is
00MEDSEL1000, the description is MEDSEL_V2 Description, and the format
specification is TempFS.
Refer to the table, Global When the user clicks OK, the block and pin connections will be configured automatically
Variables. and generates Global pins. Pin names are in the form Device Value.pin Name, where
Device Value has the attribute value 00MEDSEL1000 and Input_Name is the block
input/output name. The description, MEDSEL_V2 Description in this example, becomes
the prefix of the block input/output descriptions. The FormatSp Attribute Name Value,
TempFS, in the previous example, is the format specification of the block output. The
DLFormatSp Attribute Name Value, TempDiffFS is the format specification of the block
DL pin output.
Note The only exception to the above rule is the output pin ({Device}) where the global
pin name is in the form Device Value pin name without the " ".
Once the object has been added successfully, the block displays in the ToolboxST
application as displayed in the following figure.

MEDSEL_V2 Block
Inputs
Type
TRANSMITTER
OPERATION
A Yes {Desc} TRANS A INPUT REAL 0 Always Value with
Status
B Yes {Desc} TRANS B INPUT REAL 0 Always Value with
Status
C Yes {Desc} TRANS C INPUT REAL 0 Always Value with
Status
DF DEFAULT OUTPUT IF ALL REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
TRANSMITTERS ARE
BAD
DEADBAND
PROPERTY
DELAY
RATE SELECTION CHANGE REAL 1 Internal Value Only
RATE LIMIT
PROPERTY

Outputs
Type
Status
QUALITY
DISABLED
QUALITY
DISABLED
QUALITY
CD Yes {Desc} TRANS C BOOL False Always Value Only
DISABLED
DA Yes {Desc} TRANS A HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DB Yes {Desc} TRANS B HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DC Yes {Desc} TRANS C HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
MODE Yes {Desc} BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MEDIAN Always Value Only
SEL_P Yes {Desc} SELECT TYPE UINT (ENUM) MEDIAN Internal Value Only
PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Page Access
00MEDSEL1000 MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
00MEDSEL1000.A MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A INPUT
00MEDSEL1000.A. MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
Status TRANS A INPUT STATUS
00MEDSEL1000.ABQ MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A BAD QUALITY
00MEDSEL1000.AD MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A DISABLED
00MEDSEL1000.B MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B INPUT
00MEDSEL1000.B. MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
Status TRANS B INPUT STATUS
00MEDSEL1000.BBQ MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B BAD QUALITY
00MEDSEL1000.BD MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B DISABLED
00MEDSEL1000.C MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C INPUT
00MEDSEL1000.C. MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
Status TRANS C INPUT STATUS
00MEDSEL1000.CBQ MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C BAD QUALITY
00MEDSEL1000.CD MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C DISABLED
00MEDSEL1000.CTL MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
CONTROL WORD
00MEDSEL1000.DA MEDSEL_V2 Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
00MEDSEL1000.DB MEDSEL_V2 Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
00MEDSEL1000.DC MEDSEL_V2 Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
00MEDSEL1000. MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
MODE BLOCK MODE
00MEDSEL1000.OBQ MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
BAD QUALITY
00MEDSEL1000.ODH MEDSEL_V2 Description HI Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
DEVIATION
00MEDSEL1000.SEL_ MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
P SELECT TYPE PROPERTY
00MEDSEL1000.Status MEDSEL_V2 Description Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
STATUS

H Variables

initial values to effectively use them. 00MEDSEL1000.H is the actual variable name that
configuration.
Click MED ABC to

display the MEDSEL _V2
faceplate.
MEDSEL_V2 Faceplate

33 Multiplexer (MUX)
Block Category: MUX, Sequencing
The Multiplexer (MUX) block is an expandable block that outputs one of up to 32 input
signals based on the value of SEL. SEL must be an integer number between 1 and the
number of the N’th input. An invalid SEL (less than one or greater than the N’th input
number) will be disregarded and the current selection will be maintained.
MUX Block
When SEL is one, OUT equals IN1. When SEL is two, OUT equals IN2 and so on. The
inputs and output data types must be the same.
Boolean, Integer, Double Integer, Real, Long Real, Unsigned Integer, Unsigned Double
Integer. The default data type is REAL. Refer to the section, Changing Data Type of a
Variant Block.
Block status modification: If SEL is determined to be invalid, the status output will be
NOT_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_VALUE-UNCERTAIN [68] or NOT_
LIMITED-BAD [0] if the last usable value’s status is in the bad range.
For further details on Single Input/Single Output blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark
VIe Controller Standard Block Library, the Status Monitoring (STATUS_
MONITORING) block.

Inputs
IN1 Multiplexer input 1 ANY† 0 Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
IN32 Multiplexer input ANY† 0 Always Value with Status

32
SEL Multiplexer UINT 0 Always Value Only
selector
† Value with Status (Value only for Boolean block type) (if status option is enabled)
Output
OUT Multiplexer output ANY† N/A Always Value with Status
† Value with Status (Value only for Boolean block type) (if status option is enabled)

34 Override (OVERRIDE)
Block Category: OVERRIDE, Permits and Overrides
Note Legacy Status — The OVERRIDE block is not supported for use in new Mark
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, LOGIC_BUILDER or LOGIC_BUILDER_
SC block (use if first out/state change feature is required); these blocks provide equivalent
functionality. Refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block Library.
The Override (OVERRIDE) block is an expandable block of up to 32 override inputs

which functions like an OR block. Each connected input can be blocked by the HMI
operator from the override display, which is accessed from Override tab of the associated
permit screen. This blocking function must be enabled by setting OVnBE to True. If
override blocking is enabled for an input, an event is generated on the HMI alarm/event
screen whenever the operator blocks the override.
When FO_EN is True, the first out option is enabled. This causes the block to store the
number of the first input that becomes True in the output FO. The FO value is stored until
the HMI operator resets it from the override display. After a RESET, FO is 0 until one of
the connected inputs is True for at least one scan. A blocked Override is not considered in
the FO detection.
Each input has the capability of inheriting the description of a connected global variable
or a global variable connected through a NOT block. When a connection is made to one
description is undesirable, it must be disabled by setting the Inherit Description option to
False in the input variable properties. The description can be replaced with a desirable
description by entering an appropriate description in the description field of the input
variable of the OVERRIDE block (replace OVERRIDE #1 with the desired override
description for the source connected to OV1). The description is not copied from the
connected variable immediately; the input's description is set when the library or device
Override Type (OVR_TYPE) enumerations are as follows:
OVR_TYPE Enumerations
Description Override Option Description
CL_OVR Close override
OP_OVR Open override
INT_OVR Intermediate override
TRP_OVER Trip override
MN_REJ Manual reject
STP_OVER Stop override
CMD_OVR Command/Setpoint override

OUT pin enumeration values for OUT are provided in the following table.
OUT Enumerations
Enumeration Override Output Description
Inserting this block into the application program will generate a pop-up window titled
Enter the Attribute Instance Values. This prompts the user to Enter Device Name and
Select OvrType in the Value column of the window (the override type is a drop-down
menu selection). The block will then automatically create the necessary variables and
provides the appropriate attributes for each variable (for example, Type and Format Spec
variables that need to be on EGD will be automatically placed on the $Default EGD page,
and so on).
Note Each combination of Device Name and Override enumeration type selected used in
a controller must be unique.
If additional Pin Groups are added, the necessary new variables will be automatically
created during a build of the application program.
Inserting an OVERRIDE into the application software, for example, displays the
following window in the ToolboxST application.

Variables. The previous example generates Global pins. Once the object has been added
successfully, the block displays in the ToolboxST application.

OVERRIDE Block
Override blocks have a mode There are three things to remember when installing an OVERRIDE block. The first is that
for manual rejects. the Device Name of the block should match the name of the block that it will be
connected to. If this block is controlling an MOV block, then the names should match. If
the blocks are connected correctly, but named incorrectly, the block will work normally,
but the HMI screen cannot tell you why something is or isn’t overridden.
The other thing to remember is to select the correct Override Type. If you select MN_
REJ, but connect it to a CL_OVR, then the override will act like an close override, but
show up as a manual reject.
Input pin names are in the form the Device Value OvrType Value.pin name.
Output pin names are in the form Device Value OvrType Value.OUT and Device Value
OvrType Value.FO, Device Value OvrType Value.OV, Device Value OvrType Value.OVB.
Example
Note The defaults here are for example only. Be sure to change the block name.
If Device Value = 00OVERRIDE1000 and Ovr_Type Value = CL_OVR.
Instruction Guide GEI-100679R

Inputs
FO_EN FIRSTOUT LOGIC TRAP ENABLE BOOL False Always Value Only
OV1 OVERRIDE INPUT 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
OV1B OVERRIDE INPUT BLOCK 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
OV1BE OVERRIDE INPUT BLOCK ENABLE1 BOOL False Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
OV32 OVERRIDE INPUT 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
OV32B OVERRIDE INPUT BLOCK 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
RESET FIRSTOUT TRAP LOGIC RESET BOOL False Internal Value Only
Outputs
FO FIRSTOUT BIT NUMBER OF UINT 0 Always Value Only
TRIP 1 - 32
OUT OUTPUT UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
OV OVERRIDE BOOL False Always Value Only
OVB OVERRIDE BLOCK BOOL False Always Value Only
Global Variables
Class Page Access
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.FO FIRSTOUT BIT NUMBER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OF TRIP 1 - 32 Alarmed
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.OUT OUTPUT Not False ReadOnly
Alarmed
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.OV OVERRIDE Not False ReadOnly
Alarmed
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.OV1 OVERRIDE #1 (or the Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
connected Global variable Alarmed
description)
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.OV1B OVERRIDE BLOCK #1 Not True $DEFAULT ReadWrite
Alarmed
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.OV1BE OVERRIDE BLOCK Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
ENABLE #1 Alarmed
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.OVn OVERRIDE #n (or the Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
connected Global variable Alarmed
description)
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.OVnB OVERRIDE BLOCK #n Not True $DEFAULT ReadWrite
Alarmed
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.OVnBE OVERRIDE BLOCK Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
ENABLE #n Alarmed
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
00OVERRIDE1000CL_OVR.RESET FIRSTOUT TRAP LOGIC Not False $DEFAULT ReadWrite
RESET Alarmed

An OVERRIDE block does not directly have an HMI object. The block displays on the
Permits faceplate when used. The following figure displays the Permits faceplate for a
PID_MA block. This shows the presence of the OVERRIDE block, as well as a
description from the controlling variable. The override description displays as green
because the override is not active.
PERMIT Faceplate for PID_MA

35 Override Station Enhanced (OVR_ST_ENH)
Block Category: OVR_ST_ENH, Controls (DCS)
Note Legacy Status — The OVR_ST_ENH block is not supported for use in new
Mark VIe control systems (ControlST software suite V05.02 or later). It is in place to
support the maintenance of legacy Mark VIe control systems (prior to ControlST software
suite V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block; it
provides equivalent functionality.
The Override Station Enhanced (OVR_ST_ENH) block is an enhanced override station

that controls up to three cascaded or non-cascaded PID_MA_ENH block loops. The
inputs and outputs of the OVR_ST_ENH block can be monitored and controlled by the
operator using the CIMPLICITY graphical interface. The block’s various functional
capabilities are defined by three separate enumerated inputs: Block Option (BLOCK_
OPT), Mode Option (MODE_OPT), and Station Option (STATION_OPT). The user must
first identify the functions needed for the application for which the block will be used,
and then choose the appropriate enumeration for each input to provide the desired block
functionality. The Enhanced block performs quality status monitoring of input and output
signals and propagates the quality status to the outputs: control variable output (CVO),
CV, and SV.
BLOCK_OPT enumerations are as follows:
BLOCK_OPT Input Enumerations

Name Description
OVR_ST_MA OVR_ST with manual / auto setpoint control
OVR_ST_REM OVR_ST with manual / auto control and local / remote setpoint
OVR_ST_EXT OVR_ST with manual / auto control and external setpoint
OVR_ST_MA — used only when manual / auto setpoint control is needed. It sets the
output property (OVR_ST_P) to True.
OVR_ST_REM — used when a remote setpoint value is needed and sets the output
property (OVR_ST_REM_P) to True. The remote setpoint is connected to the OVR_ST_
ENH block remote setpoint (RSP) input. This enumeration permits a local setpoint and a
remote setpoint, either of which can be selected by the operator using the graphical
interface, or by the OVR_ST_ENH block remote setpoint select pulsed (RSP_SEL) input.
OVR_ST_EXT — used when an external setpoinat input value is to be used as the
setpoint value and sets the output property (OVR_ST_EXT_P) to True. The remote
setpoint is connected to the RSP input. This enumeration does not allow a local setpoint,
only an external setpoint that is connected to the RSP input. When this enumeration is
used, the operator cannot select a local setpoint value from the graphical interface and the
RSP_SEL input is disabled.

Mode Option (MODE_OPT) enumerations are as follows:
MODE_OPT Input Enumerations

Name Description
NONE None
LOCK Lock mode
POS Position feedback
LOCK-POS Lock mode and position feedback
SPLIT Split range
SPLIT-LOCK Split range and block mode
SPLIT-POS Split range and position feedback
SPLIT-LOCK-POS Split range, lock mode and position feedback
NONE — indicates no mode options are enabled.

The Lock button can also be LOCK — sets the lock property (LOCK_P) to True, which allows software lockout of
configured to use the the controller to be implemented by the operator using the CIMPLICITY graphical
WorkstationST Lock function. interface. The valve output, CVO, must be within 5 units of the initial position (INIT_
Refer to GEI-100697, POS) input value before the block can be set to lockout mode. When LOCK becomes
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY True, the block is in lockout mode and the block outputs, CVO, CV, and, if applicable,
Advanced Viewer Integration, SV, are prohibited from modulating. If the block is in auto mode and LOCK becomes
the section, HMI Tagout. True, the block will be put into manual mode and the manual reject alarm (MAN_REJ_A)
will be activated. The operator’s ability to switch to auto mode is disabled until the block
is removed from lockout mode. Additionally, the local auto setpoint will track the process
variable (PV) input when the block is in lockout mode.
Note The lockout indication is provided for indication only. This action will not lock out
the equipment, it will only indicate lockout status. Follow the owner's lockout procedures
to safely lockout equipment.
POS — used when feedback is available from the controlled device. Normally, feedback
is the valve position feedback, but the POS enumeration can also be used for motor speed
or a variety of other device feedbacks. The position feedback value is connected to the
block POS_CV input and, if the MODE_OPT enumeration SPLIT is selected, the position
feedback from the secondary device is connected to the POS_SV block input.

When the POS enumeration is used, the block POSFB_P output is True, the feedback
value is displayed on the CIMPLICITY faceplate, and, when the cursor is placed over the
feedback area, CV Pos Feedback = the instantaneous value) displays.
POS Enumeration Faceplate

SPLIT — indicates that the controller will output to two different devices using block
outputs, CV and SV, either or both of which may be characterized by a 13 element array
that enables each output to be customized to fit the requirements of a specific control
application.
The default characterization arrays for both CV and SV are linear and are as follows:
• CV_X and SV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• CV_Y and SV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
If the CV_X 13 element array does not contain the same 13 array elements in the same
order as the CV_Y array, or the SV_X 13 element array does not contain the same 13
array elements in the same order as the SV_Y array, the characterization property
(CHAR_P) will be True and the graphical interface displays a button in the lower, right
corner of the faceplate.

When the cursor is placed over the feedback area, Show Characterization displays.
SPLIT Enumeration Faceplate

The following characterized outputs are applied:
• CV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• CV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• SV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• SV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000

SPLIT Enumeration Faceplate with Characterizations
MODE_OPT Output Properties
OVR_ST_ENH output properties control the appearance of the corresponding graphical
interface based on the MODE_OPT enumeration. The OVR_ST_ENH output properties
and their functions are as follows:
• NONE sets LOCK_P, POSFB_P, and SPLIT_P property to False

• LOCK sets LOCK_P property to True
• POS sets POSFB_P property to True
• SPLIT sets SPLIT_P property to True

STATION_OPT enumerations are as follows:
STATION_OPT Input Enumerations

Name Description
SELECT_2_INPUTS Station output is selected from two inputs
MIN_2_INPUTS Station output is minimum of two inputs
MAX_2_INPUTS Station output is maximum of two inputs
SELECT_3_INPUTS Station output is selected from three inputs
MIN_3_INPUTS Station output is minimum of three inputs
MAX_3_INPUTS Station output is maximum of three inputs
SELECT_2_INPUTS — indicates that two inputs, CVI1 and CVI2, can be selected by
the maintained inputs, SEL1 and SEL2, and used to calculate the outputs, CVO, CV, and,
if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_ENH block. If both SEL1 and SEL2 inputs are False,
the block defaults to the value of CVI1. If both SEL1 and SEL2 inputs are True, the block
uses the value of CVI1. When this enumeration is used, the three input property output
(3_INPUT_P) is False.
MIN_2_INPUTS — indicates that the minimum of the two inputs, CVI1 and CVI2, are
used to calculate the outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_ENH
block. The inputs SEL1 and SEL2 are ignored. When this enumeration is used, the 3_
INPUT_P output is False.
MAX_2_INPUTS — indicates that the maximum of the two inputs, CVI1 and CVI2, are
used to calculate the outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_ENH
SELECT_3_INPUTS — indicates that three inputs, CVI1, CVI2, and CVI3, can be
selected by the maintained inputs SEL1, SEL2, and SEL3, and used to calculate the
outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_ENH block. If SEL1, SEL2 and
SEL3 inputs are False, the block defaults to the value of CVI1. If more than one of the
selected inputs is True, the first True value in the following order has precedence: SEL1;
SEL2; then SEL3. When this enumeration is used, the 3_INPUT_P output is True.
MIN_3_INPUTS — indicates that the minimum of the three inputs, CVI1CVI2, and
CVI3, are used to calculate the outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_
ENH block. The inputs SEL1, SEL2, and SEL3 are ignored. When this enumeration is
used, the 3_INPUT_P output is True.
MAX_3_INPUTS — indicates that the maximum of the three inputs, CVI1, CVI2, and
CVI3, is used to calculate the outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_
ENH block. The inputs SEL1, SEL2, and SEL3 are ignored. When this enumeration is
used, the 3_INPUT_P output is True.

CVI Selected input enumerations are as follows:
The CVI operator graphical interface uses the NSEL1, NSEL2, and NSEL3 outputs to
indicate which input is being used to calculate the block outputs. The block ensures only
one of the three outputs is False, which identifies the input being used.
OVR_ST_ENH Faceplate with CVI2 Selected

OVR_CTRL1, OVR_CTRL2, and OVR_CTRL3
OVR_ST_ENH block outputs, OVR_CTRL1, OVR_CTRL2, and, if applicable, OVR_
CTRL3, are connected to the corresponding OVR_CTRL inputs of the PID_MA_ENH
blocks. Information is passed from the OVR_ST_ENH block using these outputs to
control the method each connected PID_MA_ENH block uses to calculate the CVO
output. The individual CVO values of the PID_MA_ENH blocks are used by the control
variable inputs, CVI1, CVI2, and, if applicable, CVI3, of the OVR_ST_ENH block to
determine the output values (CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV) of the OVR_ST_ENH
block.

OVR_CTRL1, OVR_CTRL2, and OVR_CTRL3 Output Enumerations
Name Description
NONE None
OVR_CTRL OVR_ST in use
OVR_CTRL-ER OVR_ST in use and external reset
OVR_CTRL-TRACK OVR_ST in use and track
OVR_CTRL-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and selected
OVR_CTRL-ER-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and external reset and

selected
OVR_CTRL-TRACK-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and track and selected
NONE — default enumeration for all three outputs but is never used when the block is
running in the control sequence code.
OVR_CTRL — is always present when the OVR_ST_ENH block is running in control
application code. It transfers information from the OVR_ST_ENH block to the connected
PID_MA_ENH blocks. OVR_CTRL relays information to the connected PID_MA_ENH
blocks that the OVR_ST_ENH block is controlling.
External reset (ER) — sent to the PID_MA_ENH blocks that are not selected for
calculating the OVR_ST_ENH output, CVO, when STATION_OPT contains MIN or
MAX and OVR_ST_ENH is not in tracking mode (TK_OUT is False). This enumeration
causes the PID_MA_ENH block to use the external reset value (EV) to calculate its
outputs.
The TRACK concept also TRACK — applies when the following criteria are met:
applies OVR_CTRL2 and
OVR_CTRL3. • Station option (STATION_OPT) is SELECT_2_INPUTS or SELECT_3_INPUTS
and the control variable input 1 is not selected (NSEL1 is True)
• Track status (TK_OUT) is True
• Control variable input 1 is selected (NSEL1 is False and the process high or low
limits have been enabled (EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH)
• EN_PROC_LIM_LOW is True) and CVI1 exceeds either the process high limits
(PROC_LIM_HIGH) or low enabled limits (PROC_LIM_LOW)
When the criteria are met, the enumerated output, OVR_CTRL1, contains TRACK,
indicating the override station is commanding PID_MA_ENH to calculate the outputs
from its tracking value (TK) input.
SELECTED — indicates that PID_MA_ENH block control variable output (CVO) is
selected by OVR_ST_ENHand used to calculate CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV outputs
of OVR_ST_ENH.
Process high limits (EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH) and process low limits (EN_PROC_
LIM_LOW) — allow the user to control process regulation limits while allowing force
and override values to operate independently on the OVR_ST_ENH lower (L) and upper
(H) limits. The user can limit the process control range further using PROC_LIM_LOW
and PROC_LIM_HIGH parameters, which are enabled by their respective enable
parameters, EN_PROC_LIM_LOW and EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH. When EN_PROC_
LIM_LOW or EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH are True, PROC_LIM_LOW and PROC_LIM_
HIGH replace the corresponding L or H limit values.
Setpoint High (SH) and Setpoint Low (SL)— limits values (block inputs) bound the
block output, setpoint (SP).

Setpoint adjustment ramp rate (SR)— input value restricts the SP output rate of change
in units/sec. The SP output is passed without rate limit restrictions directly to the SP when
the controller is powered up.
Internal Setpoint (SI) — the value of the setpoint before the SR is applied. For example,
if the setpoint changes from 0 to 10 instantaneously, then SI changes from 0 to 10
instantaneously and SP ramps from 0 to 10 in 10 seconds if SR is set at 1 unit/sec. SI is
also bound by the SH and SL inputs.
Setpoint Track (SP_TRACK) — if True, tracks PV in manual mode and RSP in
auto-remote mode. If the SP_TRACK parameter is False, the setpoint tracks RSP in
remote mode and RS is True. Otherwise, the operator controls the setpoint value using the
graphical interface.
The output setpoint (SP) contains status. The status value for SP is equal to the minimum
of:
• The status of PV if SP_TRACK is True, else 128.

• The status of RSP when RSP_BQ is True, else 128.
Remote Select (RSP_SEL) — a pulsed input that instructs the block to use the remote
setpoint (RSP) input to calculate block outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV when the
block is in auto mode. The input must be pulsed.
Manual adjustment rate (MR) — restricts the rate of change of the CVO in units/sec.
Tracking status (TK_OUT) — block output set to True when the following input
conditions are met:
• RSP input bad quality

• Output bad quality
• Selected CVI input override or bad quality
• Priority increase or decrease
• Manual mode
• Force command
• Override command
• Increase or decrease inhibit
• Lock
• MN_REJ input enumeration contains OVR
• Track command (CMD_TK) input contains TRACK
• RS output changes state, causing a setpoint realignment
• Auto mode (AUTO) output changes state, causing a setpoint realignment
• Permit to modulate (MOD_PMT) is False (enumeration contains no permit [NO_
PERM]).

CVO also includes CV_X and, When TK_OUT is True, the OVR_ ST_ENH is in tracking mode and block output CVO
if applicable, SV_X, for tracks the appropriate value based on the parameter that set TK_OUT to True. The value
characterized outputs CV and used for tracking may be the override value (OV), the force value (FV) while a priority
SV, respectively. increase or decrease command moves to the H or L limit output values at the priority
increase rate (PR_INC_RT) or decrease rate (PR_DEC_RT). The value used for tracking
The H and L values are may also be the track value (TV) or the initial position (INIT_POS) value. If there is no
dependent on enable process priority increase or decrease active, PR_INC and PR_DEC are False, and, if an inhibit
limit inputs EN_PROC_LIM_ increase or decrease command is present, the block output INC_INH or DEC_INH is
HIGH and EN_PROC_LIM_ True, then TK_OUT is True as the value of CVO modulates in the direction of the inhibit
LOW, and the PROC_LIM_ request.
HIGH and PROC_LIM_LOW
Auto Permit (AU_PMT) input is driven by an auto permit-type block that associates its
limits, respectively.
input status with the graphical interface of the PID_MA_ENH block, which allows the
operator to view the individual inputs that provide a permit to place the block in auto
mode. The AU_PMT graphical interface enables the operator to bypass logic driven
inputs to obtain an auto permit condition through the graphical interface.
AU_PMT Input Enumerations

Name Description
NO_PERM-NO_BYPASS No permit and no permit is bypassed
PERM-NO_BYPASS Permit is okay and no permit is bypassed
PERM-BYPASS Permit okay and a permit is bypassed
NO_PERM — indicates the permit that allows the block to be placed in auto mode has
not been met, and the auto permit (PMT_AU) output is False.
PERM — indicates all block permits to be placed in auto mode have been met and PMT_
# indicates the number can be AU is True, provided there is also no bad quality detected (OBQ, selected CVI#_BQ,
1, 2, or 3 for CVI. selected CVI#_OV, and RSP_BQ are False) when the reject to manual input (BQ_MAN)
is True and block outputs REJ_MN, OVR_CMD, LOCK, and FF_IMAN are all False.
NO-BYPASS — indicates the operator has not invoked a bypass of any of the associated
logic driven inputs to the AU_PMT block. When this enumeration is used, the auto permit
bypass (PMT_AUB) output is False.
BYPASS — indicates the operator has invoked a bypass of at least one of the associated
logic driven inputs to the AU_PMT block. When this enumeration is used, PMT_AUB is
True.

Modulate Permit (MOD_PMT) input is driven by a modulate permit-type block that
associates its input status with the OVR_ST_ENH block graphical interface. This enables
the operator to view the individual inputs that provide a permit that allows the block to
modulate the output. The MOD_PMT graphical interface enables the operator to bypass
logic driven inputs to obtain a modulate permit condition through the graphical interface.
MOD_PMT Enumerations
Name Description
PERM-NO_BYPASS Permit okay and no permit is bypassed
PERM-BYPASS Permit is okay and a permit is bypassed
NO_PERM — indicates a permit that allows the block to modulate the output, CVO, has
not been met and the permit to modulate (PMT_MOD) output is False. If the MOD_PMT
input enumeration contains NO_PERM, then CVO equals the INIT_POS input value.
PERM — indicates all permits that allow the block to modulate the output, CVO, have
been met and PMT_MOD is True.
NO-BYPASS— indicates the operator has not invoked a bypass of any of the associated
logic driven inputs to the MOD_PMT block. When this enumeration is used, the modulate
permit bypass (PMT_MODB) output is True.
logic driven inputs to the MOD_PMT block. When this enumeration is used, PMT_
MODB is True.
Command Force (CMD_FRC) input is driven by a force-type block that associates its
input status with the OVR_ST_ENH block graphical interface, which enables the operator
to view the individual inputs that place the block into force mode. The CMD_FRC
graphical interface enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to release the force
condition through the graphical interface.
CMD_FRC Enumerations
Name Description
NO_FORCE-NO_BLOCK No force and no force is blocked
NO_FORCE — indicates no force command is active and the force command output
(FRC_CMD) is False.
FORCE — indicates a force command is active and, if the CMD_OVR enumerated input
does not contain OVR (OVR_CMD is False), then FRC_CMD is True.
NO-BLOCK — indicates the operator has not invoked a block of any of the associated
logic driven inputs to the force-type block. When this enumeration is used, the
FORCE-BLOCK output, FRC_CMDB, is False.
BLOCK — indicates the operator has invoked a block of at least one of the associated
logic driven inputs to the force-type block and sets FRC_CMDB to True.
If the OVR_ST_ENH block CMD_FRC input enumeration contains FORCE, FRC_CMD
exists and the output CVO moves to the FV input value.

Note An override command (the CMD_OVR enumeration contains OVR) has
precedence over a force command.
Command Track (CMD_TK) input is driven by a track-type block that associates its
input status with the OVR_ST_ENH block graphical interface, which allows the operator
to view the individual inputs that place the block into track mode. The track graphical
interface enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to release the track condition
through the graphical interface.
CMD_TK Enumerations
Name Description
NO_TRACK-NO_BLOCK No track and no track is blocked
TRACK-NO_BLOCK Track active and no track is blocked
NO_TRACK-BLOCK No track and a track is blocked
TRACK-BLOCK Track active and a track is blocked
NO_TRACK — indicates no track command is active and the track status output, TK_
OUT, is False.
TRACK — indicates a track command is active and the track status output (TK_OUT) is
True.
logic driven inputs to the track-type block. When this enumeration is used, the
TRACK-BLOCKED output, TK_CMDB, is False.
logic driven inputs to the track-type block. When this enumeration is used, TK_CMDB is
True.
If the OVR_ST_ENH block is in Auto mode and a validated CMD_TK input enumeration
contains TRACK, then a track command exists and enumerated outputs OVR_CTRL1,
OVR_CTRL2, and OVR_CTRL3 contain TRACK, commanding the connected PID_
MA_ENH blocks to tracking mode.

Command Override (CMD_OVR) input is driven by an override-type block that
associates its input status with the OVR_ST_ENH block graphical interface, which allows
the operator to view the individual inputs that place the block in override mode. The
override graphical interface enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to release the
override condition through the graphical interface.
CMD_OVR Enumerations
Name Description
NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK No override and no override is blocked
NO_OVR-BLOCK No override and an override is blocked
OVR-BLOCK Override active and an override is blocked
NO_OVR — indicates no override command is active and the command override output
(OVR_CMD) is False.
OVR — indicates an override command is active and OVR_CMD is True.
logic driven inputs to the override type block. When this enumeration is used, OVR_
CMDB is False.
logic driven inputs to the override-type block. When this enumeration is used, OVR_
CMDB is True.
If the OVR_ST_ENH block is in auto mode and a validated CMD_OVR input
enumeration contains OVR, an override command exists and the manual reject alarm
(MN_REJ_A) is activated and the output moves to the input value of the override value
(OV). The OVR_ST_ENH block is removed from auto mode and placed in manual mode
and the local auto setpoint, if available, tracks PV.
Note An override command (the enumeration of CMD_OVR contains OVR) has

Control Word (CTL) enumerations are as follows:
CTL Enumerations
Name Description
NO_CMD No command
REMOTE_CMD Remote SP command
LOCAL_CMD Local SP command

Faceplate commands using the The operator controls the PID_MA_ENH block by clicking buttons on the CIMPLICITY
CTL are dependent on graphical interface faceplate. Certain faceplate buttons carry an enumerated value
BLOCK_OPT and MODE_ represented in the OVR_ST_ENH block input, CTL. The faceplate transfers enumerated
OPT enumerations. For values to the OVR_ST_ENH block through the EGD using the CTL. When the faceplate
example, LOCK_CMD and sends a command to the OVR_ST_ENH block, the block performs the command (after
UNLOCK_CMD enumerations one second), overwrites the CTL input with the NO_CMD enumeration, and resets itself
are not used if MODE_OPT for the next CTL command.
does not contain the LOCK
NO_CMD — indicates no command is present
enumeration.
AUTO_CMD — switches the block into auto mode from manual mode using the
graphical interface faceplate. The auto setpoint is local, remote, or external depending on
the BLOCK_OPT enumeration and the operator selection, if applicable, is local or
remote. When the block is in auto mode the output, AUTO, is True.
MANUAL_CMD — switches the block into manual mode from auto mode using the
graphical interface faceplate. The operator manually sets the output to the controlled
device. When the block is in manual mode, AUTO is True.
LOCK_CMD — indicates the block is in lock mode, which occurs when the block
output, CVO, is within 5 units of the initial position (INIT_POS) value. This enumeration
removes the block from auto mode, places it in manual mode, and sets MN_REJ_A to
True. When the block is in lock mode, the output, LOCK, is True.
UNLOCK_CMD — removes the block from lock mode and sets LOCK to False.
REMOTE_CMD — directs the block (when in auto mode) to use the RS value
connected to block input pin RSP as the auto setpoint. When the block is in remote mode,
the RS output is True.
LOCAL_CMD — directs the block (when in auto mode) to use the operator defined
local setpoint. When the block is in local mode, RS is False.
Manual Reject (MN_REJ) input is driven by an override-type block that associates its
to view the individual inputs that place the block in manual reject mode. The override
graphical interface enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to release the override
condition through the graphical interface.

MN_REJ enumerations are as follows:
MN_REJ Enumerations
Name Description
NO_OVR — indicates no manual reject command is active and the manual reject output,
REJ_MN, is False.
OVR — indicates a manual reject command is active and REJ_MN is True.
logic driven inputs to the override-type block. When NO-BLOCK is active, the output,
REJ_MNB, is False.
logic driven inputs to the override-type block. The BLOCK enumeration is not used by
OVR_ST_ENH, but the block passes the information it to the graphical interface for
display purposes using REJ_MNB. When a block is active, REJ_MNB is True.
If the OVR_ST_ENH block is in auto mode and a validated MN_REJ input enumeration
contains OVR, then the block is removed from auto mode and placed in manual mode,
and MN_REJ_A is activated, and enumerated outputs OVR_CTRL1, OVR_CTRL2, and
OVR_CTRL3 contain TRACK, which commands the connected PID_MA_ENH blocks
into tracking mode.

CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, and CASC_IN3 input enumerations are as follows:
CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, and CASC_IN3 Input Enumerations

Name Description
DIRECT Direct action
REVERSE Reverse action
DIRECT-TRACK Direct action and TRACK
REVERSE-TRACK Reverse action and TRACK
DIRECT-LOW_LIMITED Direct action and LOW _LIMITED
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED Reverse action and LOW _LIMITED
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED Direct action, TRACK, and LOW_LIMITED
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED Reverse action, TRACK, and LOW_LIMITED
DIRECT-HI_LIMITED Direct action and HI_LIMITED
REVERSE-HI_LIMITED Reverse action and HI_LIMITED
DIRECT-TRACK-HI_LIMITED Direct action, TRACK, and HI_LIMITED
REVERSE-TRACK-HI_LIMITED Reverse action, TRACK, and HI_LIMITED
DIRECT-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED Direct action, LOW _LIMITED, and HI_LIMITED
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, and HI_LIMITED
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and HI_LIMITED
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and HI_LIMITED
DIRECT-TUNE_INNER Direct action and TUNE_INNER
REVERSE-TUNE_INNER Reverse action and TUNE_INNER
DIRECT-TRACK-TUNE_INNER Direct action, TRACK, and TUNE_INNER
REVERSE-TRACK-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, TRACK, and TUNE_INNER
DIRECT-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Direct action, LOW _LIMITED, and TUNE_INNER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, and TUNE_INNER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_INNER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_INNER
DIRECT-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Direct action, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_INNER
REVERSE-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_INNER
DIRECT-TRACK-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Direct action, TRACK, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_INNER
REVERSE-TRACK-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, TRACK, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_INNER
DIRECT-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Direct action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_
INNER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_
INNER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_ Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and
INNER TUNE_INNER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_ Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and
INNER TUNE_INNER
DIRECT-TUNE_OUTER Direct action and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, TRACK, and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, LOW _LIMITED, and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_OUTER

CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, and CASC_IN3 Input Enumerations (continued)
Name Description
DIRECT-TRACK-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, TRACK, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_
OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and TUNE_
OUTER
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, TRACK, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, LOW _LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_
OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_
OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_ Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_ Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_
OUTER
REVERSE-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_
OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, TRACK, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and
TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_ Reverse action, TRACK, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_ Direct action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER,
OUTER and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_ Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER,
INNER-TUNE_OUTER and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_ Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_
INNER-TUNE_OUTER INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_ Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED,
INNER-TUNE_OUTER TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
NO_CASC No cascade

Note Although the enumerated inputs contain all enumerations discussed in this section,
the OVR_ST_ENH block is only affected when the input enumerations contain TUNE_
INNER or TUNE_OUTER.
All enumerated values in this section transfer information between cascaded PID_MA_
ENH blocks, but the OVR_ST_ENH block only needs the TUNE_INNER or TUNE_
OUTER enumeration to ensure proper block functionality.
The enumerated OVR_ST_ENH block inputs, CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, and, if

applicable, CASC_IN3, receive information from the PID_MA_ENH block output,
override controlled (CASC_OUT). The enumeration information instructs the OVR_ST_
ENH block on how to properly calculate the value and status of outputs CVO, CV, and, if
applicable, SV.
NO_CASC — is the default value but has no effect on the OVR_ST_ENH block.
However, PID_MA_ENH output CASC_OUT is never NO_CASC when the controller is
running. If no connection is made to the CASC_IN3 input, the default enumeration of
CASC_IN3 is NO_CASC and the STATION_OPT input enumeration indicates three
inputs are not being used. Of the three inputs being used, property (3_INPUT_P) is False.
The following blocks are not in the OVR_ST_ENH block:
• DIRECT
• REVERSE
• TRACK
• LOW_LIMITED
• HIGH_LIMITED
TUNE_INNER — indicates the operator has selected the override controlled inner loop
of a cascaded PID_MA_ENH block from the graphical interface to be in tuning mode.
TUNE_OUTER — indicates the operator has selected the override controlled outer loop
of a cascaded PID_MA_ENH block from the graphical interface to be in tuning mode. If
a non-cascaded PID_MA_ENH block is used in an override control scenario with an
OVR_ST_ENH block, this enumeration is contained in the CASC_OUT output of the
PID_MA_ENH block when it is placed in tuning mode.

Tuning Mode of Override Controlled PID_MA_ENH Blocks
When an override controlled PID_MA_ENH block is in tuning mode, the corresponding
OVR_ST_ENH enumerated input, CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, or CASC_IN3, contains
TUNE_INNER, TUNE_OUTER, or TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER. The OVR_ST_
ENH block selects the PID_MA_ENH block in tuning mode for output. If more than one
of the controlled PID_MA_ENH blocks are in tuning mode at the same time, the input
used to calculate the output of the OVR_ST_ENH block is prioritized by CASC_IN1,
CASC_IN2, and CASC_IN3 (in this order), which contain the enumerations TUNE_
INNER, TUNE_OUTER or TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER.
Priority Increase (PR_INC) and Decrease Commands (PR_DEC)
Whenever the OVR_ST_ENH block input PR_INC is True, the output CVO increases to
the high limit (H) value at the rate defined by the PR_INC rate value, PR_INC_RT
(default value is 1 unit/sec).
Whenever the OVR_ST_ENH block input PR_DEC is True and PR_INC is False, the
output CVO decreases to the low limit (L) value at the rate defined by the PR_DEC rate
value, PR_DEC_RT (default value is 1 unit/sec).
Program both inputs, PR_INC and PR_DEC, to be mutually exclusive events. However, if
at any time they both become True, then PR_INC is the dominate input and the CVO
value increases to the H value at the rate defined by the PR_INC rate value,
PR_INC_RT.
Note A force command (CMD_FRC contains FORCE), or an override command

(CMD_OVR contains OVR) have precedence over the PR_INC and PR_DEC inputs.
Inhibit Increase (INH_INC) and Decrease Commands (INH_DEC)

OVR_ST_ENH is capable of inhibiting the output control variable (CVO) from
increasing or decreasing in value without a force or override command (FORCE from the
enumerated CMD_FRC input or OVR from the enumerated CMD_OVR input).
Inhibiting the increase of the CVO output occurs when INH_INC input is True and
neither of the priority increase or priority decrease input pins, PR_INC or PR_DEC are
True.Inhibiting the decrease of the CVO output occurs when INH_DEC input is True and
neither of the PR_INC or PR_DEC input pins are True.
CVO, CV, and SV Output Status Propagation and Bad Quality Determination
OVR_ST_ENH monitors the quality status values of various inputs and connected outputs
to determine the quality status value of CVO, CV, and SV (if the MODE_OPT
enumeration contains SPLIT then the split output property, SPLIT_P, is True).
The quality status value of control variable output CV is either the quality status value of
CVO or, if SPLIT_P is True and the quality status value of BKCAL_IN_CV > 200 and <
203, then the quality status value of CV is assigned a quality status value of 196, NOT_
LIMITED-INTIALIZATION_ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC.
The quality status value of the split range control variable output, SV, is either the quality
status value of CVO or, if SPLIT_P is True and the quality status value of BKCAL_IN_
SV is > 200 and < 203, then the quality status value of SV is assigned a quality status
value of 196, NOT_LIMITED-INTIALIZATION_ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC.

OVR_ST_ENH calculates the quality status value of CVO from appropriate inputs with
quality status values, input parameters values, and the connected hard I/O quality status
values of CV and, if MODE_OPT contains SPLIT (the split property, SPLIT_P is True),
SV. The analog output variables attached to CV and SV are monitored for quality status,
which results in the following possible CVO quality status values: 12 - I/O Pack Health
Failed – NOT_LIMITED-DEVICE_FAILURE-BAD, 16 - I/O Pack Health Failed –
NOT_LIMITED-SENSOR_FAILURE-BAD.
If none of these conditions exist, the quality status value of CVO is calculated by OVR_
ST_ENH to be 192 to 198, depending on numerous variables used in the quality status
calculation, which results in the following values:
• Status value 192 indicates CVO is NOT_LIMITED_GOODC

• Status value 193 indicates CVO is LOW_LIMITED_GOODC
• Status value 194 indicates CVO is HIGH_LIMITED_GOODC
• Status value 195 indicates CVO is CONSTANT_GOODC
• Status value indicates CVO is NOT_LIMITED-INITIALIZED_
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
• Status value 197 indicates CVO is LOW_LIMITED-INITIALIZED_
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
• Status value 198 indicates CVO is HIGH_LIMITED-INITIALIZED_
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
When using FOUNDATION fieldbus, if the split range mode is not selected, SPLIT_P is
False, and the quality status value of BKCAL_IN_CV or BKCAL_IN_SV is > 200 and <
203, then the quality status value of CVO is assigned a quality status value of 196 when
the low limit (LS) and upper limit (US) are False. If the split range mode is selected,
SPLIT_P is True and the FOUNDATION fieldbus initialization acknowledgment is provided,
which indicates the quality status of CV and SV.
If RSP_BQ, selected CVI_BQ, and selected CVI_OV are False, and the value of CVO is
< the low limit, then LS is True and 1 is added to the CVO status value.
If RSP_BQ, selected CVI_BQ, selected CVI_OV, and the value of CVO is > the high
limit, then US is True and 2 is added to the CVO status value.

This block propagates quality status. The status option cannot be disabled.
CVO status is based upon the following, in order of priority:
• Analog output variables attached to CV and SV are monitored for quality status, resulting in the following possible
CVO status:
− I/O Pack Health Failed – NOT_LIMITED-DEVICE_FAILURE-BAD [12]
− I/O Pack Health Failed – NOT_LIMITED-SENSOR_FAILURE-BAD [16]
• If RSP_BQ, selected CVI#_BQ, or selected CVI#_OV is True, then the value of CVO status is CONSTANT-GOODC
[195].
• If RSP_BQ, selected CVI#_BQ, and selected CVI#_OV are False, and the value of CVO is < the low limit, then LS is
True and 1 is added to the CVO status value.
• If RSP _BQ, selected CVI#_BQ, and selected CVI#_OV are False, and the value of CVO is > the high limit, then US
is True and 2 is added to the CVO status value.
• The default quality status of CVO is NOT_LIMITED-GOODC [192].
Input Quality Status Monitoring

OVR_ST_ENH monitors and propagates the health or quality status of I/O points CVI1,
CVI2, CVI3, RSP, BKCAL_IN_CV, BKCAL_IN_SV, POS_CV, and POS_SV and
determines when action must be taken because of a bad quality related input.
Control variable inputs CVI1 and CVI2 are always monitored for bad quality. If the
STATION_OPT enumeration is SELECT_3_INPUTS, MAX_3_INPUTS or MIN_3_
INPUTS, then CVI3 is also monitored for bad quality. If bad quality exists for any of the
CVI1, CVI2, or CVI3 inputs, the corresponding output CVI1_BQ, CVI2_BQ, or CVI3_
BQ is set to True. If bad quality exists for the selected CVI input (CVI1 while SEL1,
CVI2 while SEL2, or CVI3 while SEL3) , the block response is the same. For example, if
BQ_MAN is True, the block is in auto, CVI1 is the selected input, and CVI1 is bad
quality (CVI1_BQ = True), the block rejects to manual mode and MN_REJ_A is
activated. However, if BQ_MAN is True, the block is in auto, CVI1 is the selected input,
and CVI2 is bad quality (CVI1_BQ = True), the block will remain in auto and will
continue to operate.
OVR_ST_REM or OVR_ST_ The following inputs are monitored for quality status based on MODE_OPT containing
EXT are the only block option POS:
enumerations that allow RSP
bad quality to affect block • POS_CV input determines if bad quality (OS_CV_BQ) is present and if there is a
operation. significant difference between the feedback value and the requested value, CV, to
warrant an enabled high differential alarm, POS_CV_DH.
• POS_SV input determines if bad quality (POS_SV_BQ) is present and if there is a
significant difference between the feedback value and the requested value, SV, to
warrant an enabled high differential alarm, POS_SV_DH.

Bad Quality Outputs
Control Variable PID Track Value Bad Quality (BKCAL_IN_CV_BQ) is set to True
when the control variable PID track value input, BKCAL_IN_CV, is determined to be of
bad quality (a quality status value < 64).
Split Range Variable PID Track Value Bad Quality (BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ) is set to True
when the split range PID track value input, BKCAL_IN_SV, is determined to be of bad
quality (a quality status value < 64).
Output Bad Quality (OBQ) is determined by the following conditions:
• BKCAL_IN_CV_BQ is True
• BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ is True
• Status value of FOUNDATION fieldbus inputs BKCAL_IN_CV or BKCAL_IN_SV, if
used, are > 196 and < 227.
• CVO is determined to be of bad quality (a quality status value < 64).
Control Variable Input Bad Quality (CVI1_BQ, CVI2_BQ, or CVI3_BQ) is determined
when the corresponding control variable input, CVI1, CVI2, or CVI3, is determined to be
of bad quality (a quality status value < 64). If bad quality exists for any of the CVI1,
CVI2, or CVI3 inputs, the corresponding output CVI1_BQ, CVI2_BQ, or CVI3_BQ is
set to True. If bad quality exists for the selected CVI input (CVI1 while SEL1, CVI2
while SEL2, or CVI3 while SEL3) , the block response is the same. For example, if BQ_
MAN is True, the block is in auto, CVI1 is the selected input, and CVI1 is bad quality
(CVI1_BQ = True), the block rejects to manual mode and MN_REJ_A is activated.
However, if BQ_MAN is True, the block is in auto, CVI1 is the selected input, and CVI2
is bad quality (CVI1_BQ = True), the block will remain in auto and will continue to
operate.
Note The STATION_OPT enumeration must contain SELECT_3_INPUTS, MAX_3_

INPUTS, or MIN_3_INPUTS, for CVI3 to be monitored for bad quality.
Control Variable Input Override (CVI1_OV, CVI2_OV, or CVI3_OV) is set to True when
the corresponding control variable input, CVI1, CVI2, or CVI3 status value is equal to
195, CONSTANT-GOODC.

INPUTS or MIN_3_INPUTS, for CVI3 to be monitored for an override condition. If an
override condition exists for any of the CVI1, CVI2, or CVI3 inputs, the corresponding
output CVI1_OV, CVI2_OV, or CVI3_OV is set to True. If an override condition exists
for the selected CVI input, the block response is the same. For example, if BQ_MAN is
True, the block is in auto, CVI1 is the selected input, and CVI1 is bad quality (CVI1_BQ
= True), the block rejects to manual mode and MN_REJ_A is activated. However, if BQ_
(CVI1_BQ = True), the block will remain in auto and will continue to operate.

RSP_BQ is determined by the following conditions:
• BLOCK_OPT is OVR_ST_REM or OVR_ST_EXT, OVR_ST_REM_P or OVR_

ST_EXT_ is True, respectively, and RSP is determined to be of bad quality (a quality
status value < 64).
• FOUNDATION fieldbus Command to Manual (FF_IMAN) operation is set to True when
the status of a FOUNDATION fieldbus AO quality status is > 196 and < 227. FF_IMAN
rejects the OVR_ST_ENH block to a manual and/or tracking state, indicating that a
downstream FF AO is requesting to initialize a control output, or it is in a fault state
or is not inviting the OVR_ST_ENH to participate in the control process. It is a
requirement that BK_CAL_IN_CV be connected to the corresponding BK_CAL_
OUT of the FF AO that is driven by CV. The corresponding requirement exists for
BK_CAL_IN_SV when split range control is used.
Control Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality Alarms (POS_CV_BQ and
POS_SV_BQ)
POS_CV_BQ and POS_SV_ POS_CV_BQ is determined when control variable position feedback value input POS_
BQ generate a LVL_4 alarm CV is determined to be of bad quality (a quality status value < 64), and the enumerated
when bad quality is detected. input MODE_OPT contains POS, then the position feedback property, POSFB_P, is True.
POS_SV_BQ is determined when split range variable position feedback value input POS_
SV is determined to be of bad quality (a quality status value < 64), and the enumerated
input MODE_OPTcontains POS, the position feedback property, POSFB_P, is True.
When activated, the following output points generate a LVL_4 alarm:
• POS_CV_DH
• POS_SV_DH
• MN_REJ_A
• POS_CV_BQ
• POS_SV_BQ

Position Deviation High Alarms (POS_CV_DH and POS_SV_DH)
Under certain conditions, the position deviation high alarm, POS_CV_DH or POS_SV_
DH, for CV or SV, respectively, become True when the corresponding feedback value,
POS_CV or POS_SV, exceeds a deviation high set point (POS_DH_SP) value for a time
period in milliseconds given by the POS_DH_T input parameter (the default value of
POS_DH_T is 5000 milliseconds).
Note If the POS_DH_T parameter is set to zero, then both POS_CV_DH and POS_SV_
DH will be disabled.
The conditions required for the position deviation high alarm are:
• Position deviation time delay (POS_DH_T) must be greater than zero.

• LOCK must be False (the block is not in lock mode).
• Position feedback property, POSFB_P, must be True (MODE_OPT must contain
POS).
• Status of the input variable, POS_CV or POS_SV, must NOT have a BAD quality
status indication for the corresponding alarm to be activated (BAD quality status
range value is from 0 – 63).
Manual Reject Alarm (MN_REJ_A)
The following conditions activate MN_REJ_A:
• When enumerated MN_REJ input enumeration from a manual reject type block
contains OVR, then the OVR_ST_ENH block rejects from auto mode to manual
control and generates MN_REJ_A.
• When enumerated CMD_OVR input from an override-type block contains OVR,
then OVR_ST_ENH rejects from auto mode to manual control and generates MN_
REJ_A.
• When input parameter BQ_MAN is set to True causing OVR_ST_ENH rejects from
auto mode to manual control and generates MN_REJ_A, when any of the bad quality
or override indicators, OBQ, CVI1_BQ, CVI2_BQ, CVI3_BQ, CVI1_OV, CVI2_
OV, CVI3_OV, or RSP_BQ, become True, and/or when BQ_MAN is False, then the
block is placed in tracking mode and TK_OUT is True.
• When OVR_ST_ENH is in auto mode and the operator can and does place the block
into lock mode (LOCK is set to True), then the block is placed in manual mode and
MN_REJ_A is activated.
• When the FF_IMAN is True, then OVR_ST_ENH rejects from auto mode to manual

Local and Remote Setpoint (RS) Mode
RS output indicates when OVR_ST_ENH is using the remote setpoint input, RSP (when
the block is in auto mode) as the setpoint to calculate CVO. A reset dominant latched
output, which is decided by the following conditions, determines the Boolean value of
RS:
• When BLOCK_OPT is OVR_ST_EXT, the setpoint mode is set to REMOTE (RS is

True), and the operator cannot select a local setpoint from the graphical interface.
• When BLOCK_OPT is OVR_ST_REM, the operator selects (using the graphical
interface) remote or local setpoint mode, or the block can be externally commanded
to the remote setpoint mode by the pulsed RSP_SEL input.
POP (CV_L, CV_R, CV_MN, SV_L, SV_R, and SV_MN) Values
The POP feature provides a valve closing hysteresis loop to prevent a control valve from
throttling on the valve seat, thus reducing control valve wear. In the decreasing direction,
the feature does not allow CV to become less than the pop level value of CV_L until the
characterized value of CVO becomes less than reset value, CV_R. When the
characterized value of CVO becomes less than CV_R, then CV is set to minimum desired
output value, CV_MN. In the increasing direction, CV remains equal to CV_MN until the
characterized value of CVO becomes greater than the value of CV_L. Once the
characterized value of CVO is greater than CV_L, then CV will POP to the value of CV_
L and CV follows the characterized value of CVO as long as it is above CV_L. The POP
feature is enabled when CV_L > CV_R > CV_MN and disabled when CV_L = CV_R =
CV_MN.
The POP concept also applies to SV. When the MODE_OPT input enumeration contains
SPLIT, then SPLIT_P is True and the values of SV_L, SV_R and SV_MN are set.

The following figure displays the typical OVR_ST_ENH block pin connections with
three override controlled PID_MA_ENH blocks. In this example, the STATION_OPT
input enumeration is SELECT_3_INPUTS.
OVR_ST_ENH
SEL1 SEL1
SELECTION
SEL2 SEL2
LOGIC
SEL3 SEL3
CVO
SELECT_3_INPUTS STATION _OPT
PID_MA_ENH_1
TV
CVO CVI1
OVR_CTRL1
OVR_CTRL CASC_OUT CASC_IN1
PID_MA_ENH_2
TV CVO CVI2
OVR_CTRL2
PID_MA_ENH_3
TV CVO CVI3
OVR_CTRL3
CASC_OUT CASC_IN3
OVR_CTRL

The following figure displays the typical OVR_ST_ENH block pin connections using a
Min/Max configuration with three override controlled PID_MA_ENH blocks.
PID_MA_ENH _1
TV
RSP CVO
† EV
** A connection to EV is required when
CASC _ OUT OVR_ST_ENH block STATION_OPT
enumeration is set to MIN_2_INPUTS,
OVR _ CTRL MIN_3_INPUTS, MAX_2_INPUTS, or
MAX_3_INPUTS.
PID_MA_ ENH_2 OVR_ST_ ENH
CVI1 CV
CASC _ IN1 SV
CVO
TV
MAX_3_ INPUTS STATION _ OPT
CVO
RSP SP
CVI2
CASC _IN2
† OVR _ CTRL1
EV CASC _ OUT
OVR_ CTRL2
OVR_ CTRL3
OVR _ CTRL
CVI3
CASC _IN3
PID_MA_ENH _3
TV
RSP CVO
† EV
OVR_ CTRL
CASC= _TRUE
OUT
OVR_ CTRL

Note For external commands, when PID_MA_ENH blocks are connected to and
receiving inputs from the OVR_ST_ENH block, it is recommended to use the OVR_ST_
ENH block for any external commands, such as CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC, or CMD_TK
actions, for the PID controller. Do not connect the CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC, and CMD_
TK blocks to the PID_MA_ENH blocks if using an OVR_ST_ENH block. Instead, use
the capability of the OVR_ST_ENH block for these actions.
ToolboxST Application Configuration

When installing an OVR_ST_ENH block into the ToolboxST application code, the
ToolboxST application generates a window that prompts the user to enter the Device
Name, Device Description, Format Specification for the process variable (PV) and the
Format Specification for the control variable (CV). The block automatically creates the
variables associated with the block and provides the appropriate attributes for each
variable. For example, Type, Format Spec, and the variables that need to be on the EGD
are automatically placed on the $Default EGD page.
OVR_ST_ENH Default Attribute Values

OVR_ST_ENH Block
Inputs
Name Global Description Data Array Initial Value Visibility Interface
Type Type
AU_PMT AUTO PERMIT UINT 0 PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
AU_SEL AUTO MODE SELECT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BKCAL_IN_CV CONTROL VARIABLE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
PID TRACK VALUE Status
AND STATUS
BKCAL_IN_SV SPLIT RANGE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VARIABLE PID TRACK Status
VALUE AND STATUS
BLOCK_OPT BLOCK OPTIONS UINT 0 OVR_ST_MA Always Value Only
BQ_MAN REJECT TO MANUAL BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
ON BQ (True) / TRACK
ON BQ (False)
CASC_IN1 CASCADE IN UINT 0 NO_CASC Always Value Only

ENUMERATION
STATUS
ENUMERATION
STATUS
ENUMERATION
STATUS
CMD_FRC FORCE COMMAND UINT 0 NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
CMD_OVR OVERRIDE COMMAND UINT 0 NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only

Inputs (continued)
Type Type
CMD_TK TRACK COMMAND UINT 0 NO_TRACK-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
CTL Yes {Desc} CONTROL UINT 0 NO_CMD Always Value Only
WORD
CV_L Yes {Desc} CV POP LEVEL REAL 0 7 Parameter Value Only
CV_MN Yes {Desc} CV POP LEVEL REAL 0 -5 Parameter Value Only
MINIMUM
CV_R Yes {Desc} CV POP RESET REAL 0 0.1 Parameter Value Only
TO MINIMUL LEVEL
CV_X Yes {Desc} CV X CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,6- Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 0,
70,80,90,100,1000000
CV_Y Yes {Desc} CV Y CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,6- Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 0,
70,80,90,100,1000000
CVI1 CONTROL VARIABLE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
INPUT 1 Status
INPUT 2 Status
CVI3 CONTROL VARIABLE REAL 0 0 Always Analog
INPUT 3 With Status
EN_PROC_LIM_ Yes {Desc} ENABLE BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
HIGH PROCESS
DEPENDENT HIGH
LIMIT
EN_PROC_LIM_ Yes {Desc} ENABLE BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
LOW PROCESS
DEPENDENT LOW
LIMIT
FV FORCE VALUE REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
H Yes {Desc} OUTPUT UPR REAL 0 100 Parameter Value Only
LIMIT
INH_DEC Yes INHIBIT DEC BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
INH_INC Yes INHIBIT INC BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
INIT_POS Yes {Desc} INITIAL REAL 0 0 Parameter Value Only
POSITION FOR LOCK
AND RELEASE TO
MODULATE
L Yes {Desc} OUTPUT LWR REAL 0 0 Parameter Value Only
LIMIT
MC Yes {Desc} MANUAL REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
SETPOINT
MN_REJ Yes MANUAL REJECT UINT 0 NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
MOD_PMT Yes MODULATE PERMIT UINT 0 PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
MODE_OPT MODE OPTIONS UINT 0 NONE Always Value Only
MR MANUAL REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
ADJUSTMENT RATE
OV {Desc} OVERRIDE REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
VALUE
POS_CV Yes {Desc} CV POSITION REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
FDBK Status
POS_DH_SP {Desc} POSITION DEV REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
HI SP

Inputs (continued)
Type Type
POS_DH_T {Desc} POSITION DEV UDINT 0 5000 Parameter Value Only
HI DELAY
POS_SV Yes {Desc} SV POSITION REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
FDBK Status
PR_DEC Yes {Desc} PRIORITY DEC BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
PR_DEC_RT PRIORITY DEC RATE REAL 0 1 Parameter Value Only
PR_INC Yes {Desc} PRIORITY INC BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
PR_INC_RT PRIORITY INC RATE REAL 0 1 Parameter Value Only
PROC_LIM_ Yes {Desc} PROCESS REAL 0 100 Always Value Only
HIGH DEPENDENT HIGH
LIMIT
LOW DEPENDENT LOW
LIMIT
PV Yes {Desc} PROCESS REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VARIABLE Status
RSP Yes {Desc} REMOTE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
SETPOINT Status
RSP_SEL REMOTE SP SELECT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SC Yes {Desc} SETPOINT REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
SEL1 SELECT CVI1 IN BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SELECTION MODE
SELECTION MODE
SELECTION MODE
SH Yes {Desc} SETPOINT REAL 0 100 Always Value Only
UPPER LIMIT
SL Yes {Desc} SETPOINT REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
LOWER LIMIT
SP_TRACK Yes {Desc} SETPOINT BOOL 0 True Parameter Value Only
TRACKS PV IN
MANUAL AND RSP IN
AUTO-REMOTE
SR SETPOINT REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
ADJUSTMENT RATE
STATION_OPT STATION OPERATION UINT 0 SELECT_2_INPUTS Always Value Only
OPTIONS
SV_L Yes {Desc} SV POP LEVEL REAL 0 7 Parameter Value Only
SV_MN Yes {Desc} SV POP LEVEL REAL 0 -5 Parameter Value Only
MINIMUM
SV_R Yes {Desc} SV POP RESET REAL 0 0.1 Parameter Value Only
TO MINIMUM
SV_X Yes {Desc} SV X CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,6- Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 0,
70,80,90,100,1000000
SV_Y Yes {Desc} SV Y CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,6- Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 0,
70,80,90,100,1000000

Outputs
Name Global Description Data Type Array Initial Visibility Interface
Value Type
{Device} Yes {Desc} BOOL 0 False Internal Value Only
3_INPUT_P Yes {Desc} OVR_ST IN 3 INPUT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
MODE
AUTO Yes {Desc} AUTO BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
CHAR_P Yes {Desc} OUT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
CHARACTERIZATION
PROPERTY
CV Yes {Desc} CHARACTERIZED CV REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
OUTPUT Status
CVI1_BQ Yes {Desc} CONTROL VARIABLE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
INPUT 1 BQ
CVI1_OV Yes {Desc} CONTROL VARIABLE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
INPUT 1 OVERRIDE
INPUT 2 BQ
INPUT 2 OVERRIDE
INPUT 3 BQ
INPUT 3 OVERRIDE
CVO Yes {Desc} CONTROL VARIABLE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
OUTPUT Status
DEC_INH Yes {Desc} INHIBIT DEC BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
FRC_CMD Yes {Desc} FORCE COMMAND BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
FRC_CMDB Yes {Desc} FORCE COMMAND BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BLOCK STS
INC_INH Yes {Desc} INHIBIT INC BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
LOCK Yes {Desc} LOCKED BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
LOCK_P Yes {Desc} LOCK PROPERTY BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
LS Yes {Desc} AT LWR LIMIT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
MN_REJ_A Yes {Desc} MANUAL REJECT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
NSEL1 Yes {Desc} CVI1 NOT SELECTED BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
OBQ Yes {Desc} OUTPUT BQ BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
OVR_CMD Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE COMMAND BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
OVR_CMDB Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE COMMAND BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BLOCK STS
OVR_CTRL1 OVR_ST CONTROL STATUS UINT 0 NONE Always Value Only
FOR CVI 1
FOR CVI 2
FOR CVI 3
OVR_ST_EXT_P Yes {Desc} OVR_ST EXTERNAL SP BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
MODE
OVR_ST_P Yes {Desc} OVR_ST - AUTO SP & BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
MANUAL SP MODE
OVR_ST_REM_P Yes {Desc} OVR_ST - REMOTE SP & BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
LOCAL SP
PMT_AU Yes {Desc} AUTO PERMIT BOOL 0 True Always Value Only
PMT_AUB Yes {Desc} AUTO PERMIT BYPASS BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
STS
PMT_MOD Yes {Desc} MODULATE PERMIT BOOL 0 True Always Value Only

Outputs (continued)
Value Type
PMT_MODB Yes {Desc} MODULATE PERMIT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BYPASS STS
POS_CV_BQ Yes {Desc} CV POSITION FDBK BAD BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
QUALITY
POS_CV_DH Yes {Desc} CV POSITION DEV HI BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
ALARM
POS_SV_BQ Yes {Desc} SV POSITION FDBK BAD BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
QUALITY
POS_SV_DH Yes {Desc} SV POSITION DEV HI BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
ALARM
POSFB_P Yes {Desc} POSITION FDBK BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
REJ_MN Yes {Desc} MANUAL REJECT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
REJ_MNB Yes {Desc} MANUAL REJECT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BYPASS STS
RS Yes {Desc} REMOTE SETPOINT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
MODE
RSP_BQ Yes {Desc} REMOTE SETPOINT BQ BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SI Yes {Desc} SETPOINT (INTERNAL REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
BEFORE RAMP)
SP Yes {Desc} SETPOINT REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
Status
SPLIT_P Yes {Desc} SPLIT RANGE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
SV Yes {Desc} SPLIT RANGE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
CHARACTERIZED OUTPUT Status
TK_CMDB Yes {Desc} TRACK COMMAND BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BLOCK STS
TK_OUT Yes {Desc} TRACK STATUS BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
TUN1 Yes {Desc} PID 1 TUNING MODE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
US Yes {Desc} AT UPR LIMIT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only

Global Variables (Automatically Generated)
Class Page Access
00OVR_ST_ENH1000 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.3_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
INPUT_P Description OVR_ST IN 3 Alarmed
INPUT MODE
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.AUTO 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CHAR_P 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description OUT Alarmed
CHARACTERIZATION
PROPERTY
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CTL 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
WORD
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CV 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description Alarmed
CHARACTERIZED CV
OUTPUT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CV_L 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
Description CV POP LEVEL Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CV_MN 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
MINIMUM
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CV_R 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
Description CV POP RESET Alarmed
TO MINIMUL LEVEL
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CV_X 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
Description CV X CHAR Alarmed
ARRAY
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CV_Y 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
Description CV Y CHAR Alarmed
ARRAY
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CVI1_BQ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE INPUT 1 BQ
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CVI1_OV 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE INPUT 1
OVERRIDE
VARIABLE INPUT 2 BQ
VARIABLE INPUT 2
OVERRIDE
VARIABLE INPUT 3 BQ

Global Variables (Automatically Generated) (continued)
Class Page Access
VARIABLE INPUT 3
OVERRIDE
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.CVO 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE OUTPUT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.DEC_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
INH Description INHIBIT DEC Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.EN_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
PROC_LIM_HIGH Description ENABLE Alarmed
PROCESS DEPENDENT
HIGH LIMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.EN_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
PROC_LIM_LOW Description ENABLE Alarmed
PROCESS DEPENDENT
LOW LIMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.FRC_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
COMMAND
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.FRC_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.H 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description OUTPUT UPR Alarmed
LIMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.INC_INH 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description INHIBIT INC Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.INIT_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
POS Description INITIAL Alarmed
POSITION FOR LOCK AND
RELEASE TO MODULATE
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.L 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description OUTPUT LWR Alarmed
LIMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.LOCK 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not True $DEFAULT Read Only
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.LOCK_P 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
PROPERTY
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.LS 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description AT LWR LIMIT Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.MC 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
SETPOINT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.MN_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT Read Only
REJ_A Description MANUAL
REJECT

Class Page Access
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.NSEL1 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description CVI1 NOT Alarmed
SELECTED
SELECTED
SELECTED
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.OBQ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description OUTPUT BQ Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.OVR_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
CMD Description OVERRIDE Alarmed
COMMAND
COMMAND BLOCK STS
ST_EXT_P Description OVR_ST Alarmed
EXTERNAL SP MODE
ST_P Description OVR_ST - AUTO Alarmed
SP and MANUAL SP MODE
ST_REM_P Description OVR_ST - Alarmed
REMOTE SP and LOCAL SP
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.PMT_AU 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description AUTO PERMIT Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.PMT_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
AUB Description AUTO PERMIT Alarmed
BYPASS STS
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.MT_MOD 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description MODULATE Alarmed
PERMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.PMT_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
MODB Description MODULATE Alarmed
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.OS_CV 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description CV POSITION Alarmed
FDBK
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.POS_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT Read Only
CV_BQ Description CV POSITION
FDBK BAD QUALITY
CV_DH Description CV POSITION
DEV HI ALARM
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.POS_SV 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description SV POSITION Alarmed
FDBK

Class Page Access
SV_BQ Description SV POSITION
FDBK BAD QUALITY
SV_DH Description SV POSITION
DEV HI ALARM
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.POSFB_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
P Description POSITION FDBK Alarmed
PROPERTY
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.PR_DEC 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PRIORITY DEC Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.PR_INC 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PRIORITY INC Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.PROC_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIM_HIGH Description PROCESS Alarmed
DEPENDENT HIGH LIMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.PROC_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIM_LOW Description PROCESS Alarmed
DEPENDENT LOW LIMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.PV 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PROCESS Alarmed
VARIABLE
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.REJ_MN 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
REJECT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.REJ_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
REJECT BYPASS STS
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.RS 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT MODE
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.RSP 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.RSP_BQ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT BQ
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SC 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
Description SETPOINT Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SH 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
UPPER LIMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SI 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
(INTERNAL BEFORE RAMP)
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SL 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LOWER LIMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SP 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only

Class Page Access
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SP_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
TRACK Description SETPOINT Alarmed
TRACKS PV IN MANUAL
AND RSP IN AUTO-REMOTE
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SPLIT_P 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description SPLIT RANGE Alarmed
PROPERTY
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SV 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
CHARACTERIZED OUTPUT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SV_L 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
Description SV POP LEVEL Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SV_MN 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
MINIMUM
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SV_R 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
Description SV POP RESET Alarmed
TO MINIMUM
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SV_X 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
Description SV X CHAR Alarmed
ARRAY
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SV_Y 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
Description SV Y CHAR Alarmed
ARRAY
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.TK_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
CMDB Description TRACK Alarmed
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.TK_OUT 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description TRACK STATUS Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.TUN1 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID 1 TUNING Alarmed
MODE
MODE
MODE
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.US 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description AT UPR LIMIT Alarmed

Control Constants
Name Description Initial Value External Access
CV_MN {Desc} CV POP LEVEL MINIMUM -5 Read Only
SV_L {Desc} SV POP LEVEL 7 Read Only
SV_R {Desc} SV POP RESET TO MINIMUM 0.1 Read Only
SV_X {Desc} SV X CHAR ARRAY -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,60, Read Only
70,80,90,100,1000000
SV_Y {Desc} SV Y CHAR ARRAY -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,60 Read Only
,70,80,90,100,1000000
SV_MN {Desc} SV POP LEVEL MINIMUM -5 Read Only
CV_R {Desc} CV POP RESET TO MINIMUL LEVEL 0.1 Read Only
CV_X {Desc} CV X CHAR ARRAY -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,60, Read Only
70,80,90,100,1000000
CV_Y {Desc} CV Y CHAR ARRAY -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,60, Read Only
70,80,90,100,1000000
CV_L {Desc} CV POP LEVEL 7 Read Only

The CIMPLICITY objects to In edit mode, an OVR_ST_ENH block can be directly inserted into the CIMPLICITY
choose from for OVR_ST_ screen from the ToolboxST application code using the drop and drag method. The
ENH are dependent on the CIMPLICITY object created depends on the HMILinkSource and HMILinkedObject
path. information contained in the PID_MA_ENH attributes.
In edit mode, select an attribute to

insert into the CIMPLICITY screen.
OVR_ST_ENH Attributes

OVR_ST_ENH CIMPLICITY Objects
OVR_ST_ENH CIMPLICITY Faceplate

36 Override Station Enhanced_Version 2
(OVR_ST_ENH_V2)
Block Category: OVR_ST_ENH_V2, Controls (DCS)
Refer to the sections, BLOCK_ The Override Station Enhanced_Version 2 (OVR_ST_ENH_V2) block is an enhanced
OPT, MODE_OPT, and override station that controls up to three cascaded or non-cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2
STATION_OPT. block loops. The inputs and outputs of the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block can be monitored
and controlled by the operator using the CIMPLICITY graphical interface. The block’s
various functional capabilities are defined by three separate enumerated inputs: Block
Option (BLOCK_OPT), Mode Option (MODE_OPT), and Station Option (STATION_
OPT). The user must first identify the functions needed for the application for which the
block will be used, and then choose the appropriate enumeration for each input to provide
the desired block functionality. The Enhanced block performs quality status monitoring of
input and output signals and propagates the quality status to the outputs: control variable
output (CVO), CV, and SV.

Name Description
OVR_ST_MA OVR_ST with manual / auto setpoint control
OVR_ST_REM OVR_ST with manual / auto control and local / remote setpoint
OVR_ST_EXT OVR_ST with manual / auto control and external setpoint
OVR_ST_MA — used only when manual / auto setpoint control is needed. It sets the
output property (OVR_ST_P) to True.
OVR_ST_REM — used when a remote setpoint value is needed and sets the output
property (OVR_ST_REM_P) to True. The remote setpoint is connected to the OVR_ST_
ENH_V2 block remote setpoint (RSP) input. This enumeration permits a local setpoint
and a remote setpoint, either of which can be selected by the operator using the graphical
interface, or by the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block remote setpoint select pulsed (RSP_SEL)
input.
OVR_ST_EXT — used when an external setpoinat input value is to be used as the
setpoint value and sets the output property (OVR_ST_EXT_P) to True. The remote
setpoint is connected to the RSP input. This enumeration does not allow a local setpoint,
only an external setpoint that is connected to the RSP input. When this enumeration is
used, the operator cannot select a local setpoint value from the graphical interface and the
RSP_SEL input is disabled.


Name Description
NONE None
LOCK Lock mode
SPLIT Split range
SPLIT-LOCK Split range and block mode
SPLIT-LOCK-POS Split range, lock mode and position feedback
NONE —indicates no mode options are enabled.

The Lock button can also be LOCK — sets the lock property (LOCK_P) to True, which allows software lockout of
configured to use the the controller to be implemented by the operator using the CIMPLICITY graphical
WorkstationST Lock function. interface. The valve output, CVO, must be within 5 units of the initial position (INIT_
Refer to GEI-100697, POS) input value before the block can be set to lockout mode. When LOCK becomes
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY True, the block is in lockout mode and the block outputs, CVO, CV, and, if applicable,
Advanced Viewer Integration, SV, are prohibited from modulating. If the block is in auto mode and LOCK becomes
the section, HMI Tagout. True, the block will be put into manual mode and the manual reject alarm (MAN_REJ_A)
will be activated. The operator’s ability to switch to auto mode is disabled until the block
is removed from lockout mode. Additionally, the local auto setpoint will track the process
variable (PV) input when the block is in lockout mode.
the equipment, it will only indicate lockout status. Follow the owner's lockout procedures
to safely lockout equipment.
POS — used when feedback is available from the controlled device. Normally, feedback
is the valve position feedback, but the POS enumeration can also be used for motor speed
or a variety of other device feedbacks. The position feedback value is connected to the
block POS_CV input and, if the MODE_OPT enumeration SPLIT is selected, the position
feedback from the secondary device is connected to the POS_SV block input. When the
POS enumeration is used, the block POSFB_P output is True, the feedback value is
displayed on the CIMPLICITY faceplate, and, when the cursor is placed over the
feedback area, CV Pos Feedback = the instantaneous value) displays.

POS Enumeration Faceplate
SPLIT — indicates that the controller will output to two different devices using block
application.
The default characterization arrays for both CV and SV are linear and are as follows:
• CV_X and SV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• CV_Y and SV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
array elements in the same order as the SV_Y array, the characterization property
(CHAR_P) will be True and the graphical interface displays a button in the lower, right
corner of the faceplate.

When the cursor is placed over the feedback area, Show Characterization displays.
SPLIT Enumeration Faceplate

The following characterized outputs are applied:
• CV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• CV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• SV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• SV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000

OVR_ST_ENH_V2 output properties control the appearance of the corresponding
graphical interface based on the MODE_OPT enumeration. The OVR_ST_ENH_V2
output properties and their functions are as follows:
• NONE sets LOCK_P, POSFB_P, and SPLIT_P property to False

• LOCK sets LOCK_P property to True
• POS sets POSFB_P property to True
• SPLIT sets SPLIT_P property to True

STATION_OPT enumerations are as follows:
STATION_OPT Input Enumerations

Name Description
SELECT_2_INPUTS Station output is selected from two inputs
MIN_2_INPUTS Station output is minimum of two inputs
MAX_2_INPUTS Station output is maximum of two inputs
SELECT_3_INPUTS Station output is selected from three inputs
MIN_3_INPUTS Station output is minimum of three inputs
MAX_3_INPUTS Station output is maximum of three inputs
SELECT_2_INPUTS — indicates that two inputs, CVI1 and CVI2, can be selected by
the maintained inputs, SEL1 and SEL2, and used to calculate the outputs, CVO, CV, and,
if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block. If both SEL1 and SEL2 inputs are
False, the block defaults to the value of CVI1. If both SEL1 and SEL2 inputs are True,
the block uses the value of CVI1. When this enumeration is used, the three input property
output (3_INPUT_P) is False.
MIN_2_INPUTS — indicates that the minimum of the two inputs, CVI1 and CVI2, are
used to calculate the outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_ENH_V2
MAX_2_INPUTS— indicates that the maximum of the two inputs, CVI1 and CVI2, are
used to calculate the outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_ENH_V2
SELECT_3_INPUTS— indicates that three inputs, CVI1, CVI2, and CVI3, can be
selected by the maintained inputs SEL1, SEL2, and SEL3, and used to calculate the
outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block. If SEL1, SEL2
and SEL3 inputs are False, the block defaults to the value of CVI1. If more than one of
the selected inputs is True, the first True value in the following order has precedence:
SEL1; SEL2; then SEL3. When this enumeration is used, the 3_INPUT_P output is True.
MIN_3_INPUTS — indicates that the minimum of the three inputs, CVI1, CVI2, and
CVI3, are used to calculate the outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_
ENH_V2 block. The inputs SEL1, SEL2, and SEL3 are ignored. When this enumeration
is used, the 3_INPUT_P output is True.
MAX_3_INPUTS— indicates that the maximum of the three inputs, CVI1, CVI2, and
CVI3, is used to calculate the outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV of the OVR_ST_
ENH_V2 block. The inputs SEL1, SEL2, and SEL3 are ignored. When this enumeration
is used, the 3_INPUT_P output is True.

CVI Selected Input Enumerations are as follows:
The CVI operator graphical interface uses the NSEL1, NSEL2, and NSEL3 outputs to
indicate which input is being used to calculate the block outputs. The block ensures only
one of the three outputs is False, which identifies the input being used.
OVR_ST_ENH_V2 Faceplate with CVI2 Selected

OVR_CTRL1, OVR_CTRL2, and OVR_CTRL3
Block outputs, OVR_CTRL1, OVR_CTRL2, and, if applicable, OVR_CTRL3, are
connected to the corresponding OVR_CTRL inputs of the PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks.
Information is passed from the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block using these outputs to control
the method each connected PID_MA_ENH_V2 block uses to calculate the CVO output.
The individual CVO values of the PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks are used by the control
variable inputs, CVI1, CVI2, and, if applicable, CVI3, of the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block to
determine the output values (CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV) of the OVR_ST_ENH_V2
block.
OVR_CTRL1, OVR_CTRL2, and OVR_CTRL3 Output Enumerations
Name Description
NONE None
OVR_CTRL-ER OVR_ST in use and external reset
OVR_CTRL-TRACK OVR_ST in use and track
OVR_CTRL-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and selected
OVR_CTRL-ER-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and external reset and

selected
OVR_CTRL-TRACK-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and track and selected
NONE — default enumeration for all three outputs but is never used when the block is
running in the control sequence code.
OVR_CTRL — always present when the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block is running in control
application code. It transfers information from the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block to the
connected PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks. OVR_CTRL relays information to the connected
PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks that the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block is controlling.
External reset (ER) — sent to the PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks that are not selected for
calculating the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 output, CVO, when STATION_OPT contains MIN or
MAX and OVR_ST_ENH_V2 is not in tracking mode (TK_OUT is False). This
enumeration causes the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block to use the external reset value (EV) to
calculate its outputs.
The TRACK concept also TRACK applies when the following criteria are met:
applies OVR_CTRL2 and
OVR_CTRL3. • Station option enumeration (STATION_OPT) is SELECT_2_INPUTS or SELECT_
3_INPUTS and the control variable input 1 is not selected (NSEL1 is True)
• Track status (TK_OUT) is True
• Control variable input 1 is selected (NSEL1 is False and the process high or low
limits have been enabled (EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH)
• EN_PROC_LIM_LOW is True) and CVI1 exceeds either the process high limits
(PROC_LIM_HIGH) or low enabled limits (PROC_LIM_LOW)
When the criteria are met, the enumerated output, OVR_CTRL1, contains TRACK,
indicating the override station is commanding PID_MA_ENH to calculate the outputs
from its tracking value (TK) input.
SELECTED indicates that PID_MA_ENH block control variable output (CVO) is
selected by OVR_ST_ENH_V2 and used to calculate CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV
outputs of OVR_ST_ENH_V2.

Process High Limits (EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH) and Process Low Limits (EN_
PROC_LIM_LOW) allow the user to control process regulation limits while allowing
force and override values to operate independently on the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 lower (L)
and upper (H) limits. The user can limit the process control range further using PROC_
LIM_LOW and PROC_LIM_HIGH parameters, which are enabled by their respective
enable parameters, EN_PROC_LIM_LOW and EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH. When EN_
PROC_LIM_LOW or EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH are True, PROC_LIM_LOW and PROC_
LIM_HIGH replace the corresponding L or H limit values.
Setpoint High (SH and Setpoint Low (SL) limit values (block inputs) — bound the
block output, setpoint (SP).
Setpoint adjustment ramp rate (SR)— input value restricts the SP output rate of change
in units/sec. The SP output is passed without rate limit restrictions directly to the SP when
the controller is powered up.
Internal Setpoint (SI) — value of the setpoint before the SR is applied. For example, if
the setpoint changes from 0 to 10 instantaneously, then SI changes from 0 to 10
instantaneously and SP ramps from 0 to 10 in 10 seconds if SR is set at 1 unit/sec. SI is
also bound by the SH and SL inputs.
Setpoint Track (SP_TRACK) — if True, tracks PV in manual mode and RSP in
auto-remote mode. If the SP_TRACK parameter is False, the setpoint tracks RSP in
remote mode and RS is True. Otherwise, the operator controls the setpoint value using the
graphical interface.
Remote Select (RSP_SEL) — pulsed input that instructs the block to use the remote
setpoint (RSP) input to calculate block outputs CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV when the
block is in auto mode. The input must be pulsed.
Manual adjustment rate (MR) — restricts the rate of change of the CVO in units/sec.
Tracking status (TK_OUT) — block output is set to True when the following input
conditions are met:
• RSP input bad quality

• Output bad quality
• Selected CVI input override or bad quality
• Priority increase or decrease
• Manual mode
• Force command
• Override command
• Increase or decrease inhibit
• Lock
• MN_REJ input enumeration contains OVR
• Track command (CMD_TK) input contains TRACK
• RS output changes state, causing a setpoint realignment
• Auto mode (AUTO) output changes state, causing a setpoint realignment
• Permit to modulate (MOD_PMT) is False (enumeration contains no permit [NO_
PERM]).

CVO also includes CV_X and, When TK_OUT is True, the OVR_ ST_ENH_V2 is in tracking mode and block output
if applicable, SV_X, for CVO tracks the appropriate value based on the parameter that set TK_OUT to True. The
characterized outputs CV and value used for tracking may be the override value (OV), the force value (FV) while a
SV, respectively. priority increase or decrease command moves to the H or L limit output values at the
priority increase rate (PR_INC_RT) or decrease rate (PR_DEC_RT). The value used for
The H and L values are tracking may also be the track value (TV) or the initial position (INIT_POS) value. If
dependent on enable process there is no priority increase or decrease active, PR_INC and PR_DEC are False, and, if
limit inputs EN_PROC_LIM_ an inhibit increase or decrease command is present, the block output INC_INH or DEC_
HIGH and EN_PROC_LIM_ INH is True, then TK_OUT is True as the value of CVO modulates in the direction of the
LOW, and the PROC_LIM_ inhibit request.
HIGH and PROC_LIM_LOW
Auto Permit (AU_PMT) — input driven by an auto permit-type block that associates its
limits, respectively.
input status with the graphical interface of the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block, which allows
the operator to view the individual inputs that provide a permit to place the block in auto
AU_PMT Input Enumerations

Name Description
PERM-NO_BYPASS Permit is okay and no permit is bypassed
PERM-BYPASS Permit okay and a permit is bypassed
NO_PERM — indicates the permit that allows the block to be placed in auto mode has
not been met, and the auto permit (PMT_AU) output is False.
PERM — indicates all block permits to be placed in auto mode have been met and PMT_
# indicates the number can be AU is True, provided there is also no bad quality detected (OBQ, selected CVI#_BQ,
1, 2, or 3 for CVI. selected CVI#_OV, and RSP_BQ are False), when the reject to manual input (BQ_MAN)
is True, and block outputs REJ_MN, OVR_CMD, LOCK, and FF_IMAN are all False.
logic driven inputs to the AU_PMT block. When this enumeration is used, the auto permit
bypass (PMT_AUB) output is False.
logic driven inputs to the AU_PMT block. When this enumeration is used, PMT_AUB is
True.

associates its input status with the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block graphical interface. This
enables the operator to view the individual inputs that provide a permit that allows the
block to modulate the output. The MOD_PMT graphical interface enables the operator to
bypass logic driven inputs to obtain a modulate permit condition through the graphical
interface.
Name Description
PERM-NO_BYPASS Permit okay and no permit is bypassed
PERM-BYPASS Permit is okay and a permit is bypassed
NO_PERM — indicates a permit that allows the block to modulate the output, CVO, has
not been met and the permit to modulate (PMT_MOD) output is False. If the
MOD_PMT input enumeration contains NO_PERM , CVOequals the INIT_POS input
value.
PERM indicates all permits that allow the block to modulate the output, CVO, have been
met and PMT_MOD is True.
logic driven inputs to the MOD_PMT block. When this enumeration is used, the modulate
permit bypass (PMT_MODB) output is True.
logic driven inputs to the MOD_PMT block. When this enumeration is used, PMT_
MODB is True.

input status with the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block graphical interface, which enables the
operator to view the individual inputs that place the block into force mode. The CMD_
FRC graphical interface enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to release the
force condition through the graphical interface.
Name Description
NO_FORCE — indicates no force command is active and the force command output
(FRC_CMD) is False.
FORCE — indicates a force command is active and, if the CMD_OVR enumerated input
does not contain OVR (OVR_CMD is False), then FRC_CMD is True.
logic driven inputs to the force-type block. When this enumeration is used, the
FORCE-BLOCK output, FRC_CMDB, is False.
logic driven inputs to the force-type block and sets FRC_CMDB to True.
If the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block CMD_FRC input enumeration contains FORCE, FRC_
CMD exists and the output CVO moves to the FV input value.
Note An override command (the CMD_OVR enumeration contains OVR) has

to view the individual inputs that place the block into track mode. The track graphical
interface enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to release the track condition
through the graphical interface.
CMD_TK Enumerations
Name Description
OUT, is False.
TRACK — indicates a track command is active and the track status output (TK_OUT) is
True.

logic driven inputs to the track-type block. When this enumeration is used, the
TRACK-BLOCKED output, TK_CMDB, is False.
logic driven inputs to the track-type block. When this enumeration is used, TK_CMDB is
True.
If the OVR_ST_ENH block is in auto mode and a validated CMD_TK input enumeration
contains TRACK, then a track command exists and enumerated outputs OVR_CTRL1,
OVR_CTRL2, and OVR_CTRL3 contain TRACK, commanding the connected PID_
MA_ENH_V2 blocks to tracking mode.

associates its input status with the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block graphical interface, which
allows the operator to view the individual inputs that place the block in override mode.
The override graphical interface enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to
release the override condition through the graphical interface.
Name Description
(OVR_CMD) is False.
logic driven inputs to the override type block. When this enumeration is used, OVR_
CMDB is False.
CMDB is True.
If the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block is in auto mode and a validated CMD_OVR input
enumeration contains OVR, an override command exists and the manual reject alarm
(MN_REJ_A) is activated and the output moves to the input value of the override value
(OV). The OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block is removed from auto mode and placed in manual
mode and the local auto setpoint, if available, tracks PV.


Faceplate commands using the The operator controls the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block by clicking buttons on the
CTL are dependent on CIMPLICITY graphical interface faceplate. Certain faceplate buttons carry an
BLOCK_OPT and MODE_ enumerated value represented in the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block input, CTL. The faceplate
OPT enumerations. For transfers enumerated values to the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block through the EGD using the
example, LOCK_CMD and CTL. When the faceplate sends a command to the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block, the block
UNLOCK_CMD enumerations performs the command (after one second), overwrites the CTL input with the NO_CMD
are not used if MODE_OPT enumeration, and resets itself for the next CTL command.
does not contain the LOCK
CTL Enumerations
enumeration.
Name Description
NO_CMD No command
NO_CMD — indicates no command is present.

AUTO_CMD — switches the block into auto mode from manual mode using the
graphical interface faceplate. The auto setpoint is local, remote, or external depending on
the BLOCK_OPT enumeration and the operator selection, if applicable, is local or
remote. When the block is in auto mode the output, AUTO, is True.
MANUAL_CMD— switches the block into manual mode from auto mode using the
device. When the block is in manual mode, AUTO is True.
LOCK_CMD — indicates the block is in lock mode, which occurs when the block
output, CVO, is within 5 units of the initial position (INIT_POS) value. This enumeration
removes the block from auto mode, places it in manual mode, and sets MN_REJ_A to
True. When the block is in lock mode, the output, LOCK, is True.
UNLOCK_CMD — removes the block from lock mode and sets LOCK to False.
REMOTE_CMD — directs the block (when in auto mode) to use the RS value
connected to block input pin RSP as the auto setpoint. When the block is in remote mode,
the RS output is True.
LOCAL_CMD — directs the block (when in auto mode) to use the operator defined
local setpoint. When the block is in local mode, RS is False.

input status with the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block graphical interface, which allows the
operator to view the individual inputs that place the block in manual reject mode. The
override graphical interface enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to release the
override condition through the graphical interface.
MN_REJ Enumerations
Name Description
NO_OVR — indicates no manual reject command is active and the manual reject output,
REJ_MN, is False.
OVR — indicates a manual reject command is active and REJ_MN is True.
NO-BLOCK— indicates the operator has not invoked a block of any of the associated
logic driven inputs to the override-type block. When NO-BLOCK is active, the output,
REJ_MNB, is False.
logic driven inputs to the override-type block. The BLOCK enumeration is not used by
OVR_ST_ENH_V2, but the block passes the information it to the graphical interface for
display purposes using REJ_MNB. When a block is active, REJ_MNB is True.
If the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block is in auto mode and a validated MN_REJ input
enumeration contains OVR, then the block is removed from auto mode and placed in
manual mode, and MN_REJ_A is activated, and enumerated outputs OVR_CTRL1,
OVR_CTRL2, and OVR_CTRL3 contain TRACK, which commands the connected PID_
MA_ENH_V2 blocks into tracking mode.

CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, and CASC_IN3
Note Although the enumerated inputs contain all enumerations discussed in this section,
the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block is only affected when the input enumerations contain
TUNE_INNER or TUNE_OUTER.
The enumerated OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block inputs, CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, and, if

applicable, CASC_IN3, receive information from the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block output,
override controlled (CASC_OUT). The enumeration information instructs the OVR_ST_
ENH_V2 block on how to properly calculate the value and status of outputs CVO, CV,
and, if applicable, SV.
CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, and CASC_IN3 Input Enumerations

Name Description
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_INNER
INNER
INNER
INNER TUNE_INNER
INNER TUNE_INNER

CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, and CASC_IN3 Input Enumerations (continued)
Name Description
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_OUTER
OUTER
OUTER
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_
OUTER
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_ Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
OUTER
OUTER
TUNE_OUTER
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_ Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER,
INNER-TUNE_OUTER and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_ Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_
INNER-TUNE_OUTER INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
NO_CASC No cascade

Note All enumerated values in this section transfer information between cascaded PID_
MA_ENH_V2 blocks, but the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block only needs the TUNE_INNER
or TUNE_OUTER enumeration to ensure proper block functionality.
NO_CASC — default value but has no effect on the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block.

However, PID_MA_ENH_V2 output CASC_OUT is never NO_CASC when the
controller is running. If no connection is made to the CASC_IN3 input, the default
enumeration of CASC_IN3 is NO_CASC and the STATION_OPT input enumeration
indicates three inputs are not being used. Of the three inputs being used, property (3_
INPUT_P) is False.
The following are not used in the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block:
• DIRECT
• REVERSE
• TRACK
• LOW_LIMITED
• HIGH_LIMITED
TUNE_INNER — indicates the operator has selected the override controlled inner loop
of a cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 block from the graphical interface to be in tuning
mode.
TUNE_OUTER — indicates the operator has selected the override controlled outer loop
of a cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 block from the graphical interface to be in tuning
mode. If a non-cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is used in an override control scenario
with an OVR_ST_ENH block, this enumeration is contained in the CASC_OUT output of
the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block when it is placed in tuning mode.

Tuning Mode of Override Controlled PID_MA_ENH_V2 Blocks
When an override controlled PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is in tuning mode, the
corresponding OVR_ST_ENH_V2 enumerated input, CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, or
CASC_IN3, contains TUNE_INNER, TUNE_OUTER, or TUNE_INNER-TUNE_
OUTER. The OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block selects the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block in tuning
mode for output. If more than one of the controlled PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks are in
tuning mode at the same time, the input used to calculate the output of the OVR_ST_
ENH_V2 block is prioritized by CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, and CASC_IN3 (in this order),
which contain the enumerations TUNE_INNER, TUNE_OUTER or TUNE_
INNER-TUNE_OUTER.
Priority Increase (PR_INC) and Decrease Commands (PR_DEC)
Whenever the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block input PR_INC is True, the output CVO
increases to the high limit (H) value at the rate defined by the PR_INC rate value, PR_
INC_RT (default value is 1 unit/sec).
Whenever the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block input PR_DEC is True and PR_INC is False,
the output CVO decreases to the low limit (L) value at the rate defined by the PR_DEC
rate value, PR_DEC_RT (default value is 1 unit/sec).
Program both inputs, PR_INC and PR_DEC, to be mutually exclusive events. However, if
at any time they both become True, then PR_INC is the dominate input and the CVO
value increases to the H value at the rate defined by the PR_INC rate value, PR_INC_RT.
Note A force command (CMD_FRC contains FORCE), or an override command

(CMD_OVR contains OVR) have precedence over the PR_INC and PR_DEC inputs.
Inhibit Increase (INH_INC) and Decrease commands (INH_DEC)

OVR_ST_ENH_V2 is capable of inhibiting the output control variable (CVO) from
increasing or decreasing in value without a force or override command (FORCE from the
enumerated CMD_FRC input or OVR from the enumerated CMD_OVR input).
Inhibiting the increase of the CVO output occurs when INH_INC input is True and
neither of the priority increase or priority decrease input pins, PR_INC or PR_DEC are
True.
Inhibiting the decrease of the CVO output occurs when INH_DEC input is True and
neither of the PR_INC or PR_DEC input pins are True.
CVO, CV, and SV Output Status Propagation and Bad Quality Determination
OVR_ST_ENH_V2 monitors the quality status values of various inputs and connected
outputs to determine the quality status value of CVO, CV, and SV (if the MODE_OPT
enumeration contains SPLIT then the split output property, SPLIT_P, is True).
The quality status value of control variable output CV is either the quality status value of
CVO or, if SPLIT_P is True and the quality status value of BKCAL_IN_CV > 200 and <
203, then the quality status value of CV is assigned a quality status value of 196, NOT_
The quality status value of the split range control variable output, SV, is either the quality
SV is > 200 and < 203, then the quality status value of SV is assigned a quality status
value of 196, NOT_LIMITED-INTIALIZATION_ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC.

OVR_ST_ENH calculates the quality status value of CVO from appropriate inputs with
quality status values, input parameters values, and the connected hard I/O quality status
values of CV and, if MODE_OPT contains SPLIT (the split property, SPLIT_P is True),
SV. The analog output variables attached to CV and SV are monitored for quality status,
which results in the following possible CVO quality status values: 12 - I/O Pack Health
Failed – NOT_LIMITED-DEVICE_FAILURE-BAD, 16 - I/O Pack Health Failed –
NOT_LIMITED-SENSOR_FAILURE-BAD.
If none of these conditions exist, the quality status value of CVO is calculated by OVR_
ST_ENH_V2 to be 192 to 198, depending on numerous variables used in the quality
status calculation, which results in the following values:

• Status value indicates CVO is NOT_LIMITED-INITIALIZED_
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
When using FOUNDATION fieldbus, if the split range mode is not selected, SPLIT_P is
False, and the quality status value of BKCAL_IN_CV or BKCAL_IN_SV is > 200 and <
the low limit (LS) and upper limit (US) are False. If the split range mode is selected,
SPLIT_P is True and the FOUNDATION fieldbus initialization acknowledgment is provided,
which indicates the quality status of CV and SV.
If RSP_BQ, selected CVI_BQ and selected CVI_OV are False, and the value of CVO is <
the low limit, then LS is True and 1 is added to the CVO status value.
If RSP_BQ, selected CVI_BQ and selected CVI_OV are False, and the value of CVO is >
the high limit, then US is True and 2 is added to the CVO status value.

This block propagates quality status. The status option cannot be disabled.
CVO status is based upon the following, in order of priority:
• Analog output variables attached to CV and SV are monitored for quality status, resulting in the following possible
CVO status:
• If RSP_BQ, selected CVI#_BQ, or selected CVI#_OV is True, then the value of CVO status is CONSTANT-GOODC
[195].
• If RSP_BQ, selected CVI#_BQ, and CVI#_OV are False, and the value of CVO is < the low limit, then LS is True and
1 is added to the CVO status value.
• If RSP _BQ, selected CVI#_BQ, and selected CVI#_OV are False, and the value of CVO is > the high limit, then US
is True and 2 is added to the CVO status value.
For further details on Relational blocks refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block Library, the Status

OVR_ST_ENH_V2 monitors and propagates the health or quality status of I/O points
CVI1, CVI2, CVI3, RSP, BKCAL_IN_CV, BKCAL_IN_SV, POS_CV, and POS_SV and
determines when action must be taken because of a bad quality related input.
Control variable inputs CVI1 and CVI2 are always monitored for bad quality. If the
STATION_OPT enumeration is SELECT_3_INPUTS, MAX_3_INPUTS or MIN_3_
INPUTS, then CVI3 is also monitored for bad quality. If bad quality exists for any of the
CVI1, CVI2, or CVI3 inputs, the corresponding output CVI1_BQ, CVI2_BQ, or CVI3_
BQ is set to True. If bad quality exists for the selected CVI input (CVI1 while SEL1,
CVI2 while SEL2, or CVI3 while SEL3), the block response is the same. For example, if
BQ_MAN is True, the block is in auto, CVI1 is the selected input, and CVI1 is bad
quality (CVI1_BQ = True), the block rejects to manual mode and MN_REJ_A is
activated. However, if BQ_MAN is True, the block is in auto, CVI1 is the selected input,
and CVI2 is bad quality (CVI1_BQ = True), the block will remain in auto and will
continue to operate.

OVR_ST_REM or OVR_ST_ The following inputs are monitored for quality status based on MODE_OPT containing
EXT are the only block option POS:
enumerations that allow RSP
bad quality to affect block • POS_CV input determines if bad quality (POS_CV_BQ) is present and if there is a
operation. significant difference between the feedback value and the requested value, CV, to
warrant an enabled high differential alarm, POS_CV_DH.
• POS_SV input determines if bad quality (POS_SV_BQ) is present and if there is a
significant difference between the feedback value and the requested value, SV, to
warrant an enabled high differential alarm, POS_SV_DH.
Bad Quality Outputs
Control Variable PID Track Value Bad Quality (BKCAL_IN_CV_BQ) is set to True
when the control variable PID track value input, BKCAL_IN_CV, is determined to be of
bad quality (a quality status value < 64).
Split Range Variable PID Track Value Bad Quality (BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ) is set to True
when the split range PID track value input, BKCAL_IN_SV, is determined to be of bad
quality (a quality status value < 64).
• Status value of FOUNDATION fieldbus inputs BKCAL_IN_CV or BKCAL_IN_SV, if
used, are > 196 and < 227.
• CVO is determined to be of bad quality (a quality status value < 64).
Control Variable Input Bad Quality (CVI1_BQ, CVI2_BQ, or CVI3_BQ) is determined
when the corresponding control variable input, CVI1, CVI2, or CVI3, is determined to be
of bad quality (a quality status value < 64).

INPUTS, or MIN_3_INPUTS, for CVI3 to be monitored for bad quality.
If bad quality exists for any of the CVI1, CVI2, or CVI3 inputs, the corresponding output
CVI1_BQ, CVI2_BQ, or CVI3_BQ is set to True. If bad quality exists for the selected
CVI input (CVI1 while SEL1, CVI2 while SEL2, or CVI3 while SEL3), the block
response is the same. For example, if BQ_MAN is True, the block is in auto, CVI1 is the
selected input, and CVI1 is bad quality (CVI1_BQ = True), the block rejects to manual
mode and MN_REJ_A is activated. However, if BQ_MAN is True, the block is in auto,
CVI1 is the selected input, and CVI2 is bad quality (CVI1_BQ = True), the block will
remain in auto and will continue to operate.
Control Variable Input Override (CVI1_OV, CVI2_OV, or CVI3_OV) is set to True when
the corresponding control variable input, CVI1, CVI2, or CVI3 status value is equal to
195, CONSTANT-GOODC.

INPUTS or MIN_3_INPUTS, for CVI3 to be monitored for an override condition. If an
override condition exists for any of the CVI1, CVI2, or CVI3 inputs, the corresponding
output CVI1_OV, CVI2_OV, or CVI3_OV is set to True. If an override condition exists
for the selected CVI input, the block response is the same. For example, if BQ_MAN is
True, the block is in auto, CVI1 is the selected input, and CVI1 is bad quality (CVI1_BQ
= True), the block rejects to manual mode and MN_REJ_A is activated. However, if BQ_
(CVI1_BQ = True), the block will remain in auto and will continue to operate.
RSP_BQ is determined by the following conditions:
• BLOCK_OPT is OVR_ST_REM or OVR_ST_EXT, OVR_ST_REM_P or OVR_

ST_EXT_P is True, respectively, and RSP is determined to be of bad quality (a
quality status value < 64).
• FOUNDATION fieldbus Command to Manual (FF_IMAN) operation is set to True when
the status of a FOUNDATION fieldbus AO quality status is > 196 and < 227. FF_IMAN
rejects the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block to a manual and/or tracking state, indicating
that a downstream FF AO is requesting to initialize a control output, or it is in a fault
state or is not inviting the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 to participate in the control process. It
is a requirement that BK_CAL_IN_CV be connected to the corresponding BK_
CAL_OUT of the FF AO that is driven by CV. The corresponding requirement exists
for BK_CAL_IN_SV when split range control is used.
Control Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality Alarms (POS_CV_BQ and
POS_SV_BQ)
POS_CV_BQ and POS_SV_ POS_CV_BQ is determined when control variable position feedback value input POS_
BQ generate a LVL_4 alarm CV is determined to be of bad quality (a quality status value < 64), and the enumerated
when bad quality is detected. input MODE_OPT contains POS, then the position feedback property, POSFB_P, is True.
POS_SV_BQ is determined when split range variable position feedback value input POS_
SV is determined to be of bad quality (a quality status value < 64), and the enumerated
input MODE_OPT contains POS, the position feedback property, POSFB_P, is True.
Alarmed Points
When activated, the following output points generate a LVL_4 alarm:
• POS_CV_DH
• POS_SV_DH
• MN_REJ_A
• POS_CV_BQ
• POS_SV_BQ

Note If the POS_DH_T parameter is set to zero, then both POS_CV_DH and POS_SV_
DH will be disabled.

• Position feedback property, POSFB_P, must be True (MODE_OPT must contain
POS).
• Status of the input variable, POS_CV or POS_SV, must NOT have a BAD quality
status indication for the corresponding alarm to be activated (BAD quality status
range value is from 0 – 63).
The following conditions activate MN_REJ_A:
• When enumerated MN_REJ input enumeration from a manual reject type block
contains OVR, then the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block rejects from auto mode to manual
• When enumerated CMD_OVR input from an override-type block contains OVR,
then OVR_ST_ENH_V2 rejects from auto mode to manual control and generates
MN_REJ_A.
• When input parameter BQ_MANis set to True causing OVR_ST_ENH_V2 rejects
from auto mode to manual control and generates MN_REJ_A, when any of the bad
quality or override indicators, OBQ, CVI1_BQ, CVI2_BQ, CVI3_BQ, CVI1_OV,
CVI2_OV, CVI3_OV, or RSP_BQ, become True, and/or when BQ_MAN is False,
then the block is placed in tracking mode and TK_OUT is True.
• When OVR_ST_ENH_V2 is in auto mode and the operator can and does place the
block into lock mode (LOCK is set to True), then the block is placed in manual mode
and MN_REJ_A is activated.
• When the FF_IMAN is True, then OVR_ST_ENH_V2 rejects from auto mode to
manual control and generates MN_REJ_A.

Local and Remote Setpoint (RS) Mode
RS output indicates when OVR_ST_ENH_V2 is using the remote setpoint input, RSP
(when the block is in auto mode) as the setpoint to calculate CVO. A reset dominant
latched output, which is decided by the following conditions, determines the Boolean
value of RS:
• When BLOCK_OPT is OVR_ST_EXT, the setpoint mode is set to REMOTE (RS is

True), and the operator cannot select a local setpoint from the graphical interface.
• When BLOCK_OPT is OVR_ST_REM, the operator selects (using the graphical
interface) remote or local setpoint mode, or the block can be externally commanded
to the remote setpoint mode by the pulsed RSP_SEL input.
POP (CV_L, CV_R, CV_MN, SV_L, SV_R, and SV_MN) Values
The POP feature provides a valve closing hysteresis loop to prevent a control valve from
throttling on the valve seat, thus reducing control valve wear. In the decreasing direction,
the feature does not allow CV to become less than the pop level value of CV_L until the
characterized value of CVO becomes less than reset value, CV_R. When the
characterized value of CVO becomes less than CV_R, then CV is set to minimum desired
output value, CV_MN. In the increasing direction, CV remains equal to CV_MN until the
characterized value of CVO becomes greater than the value of CV_L. Once the
characterized value of CVO is greater than CV_L, then CV will POP to the value of CV_
L and CV follows the characterized value of CVO as long as it is above CV_L. The POP
feature is enabled when CV_L > CV_R > CV_MN and disabled when CV_L = CV_R =
CV_MN.
The POP concept also applies to SV. When the MODE_OPT input enumeration contains
SPLIT, then SPLIT_P is True and the values of SV_L, SV_R and SV_MN are set.

The following figure displays the typical OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block pin connections with
three override controlled PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks. In this example, the STATION_OPT
input enumeration is SELECT_3_INPUTS.
OVR_ST_ENH_V2
SEL1 SEL1
SELECTION
SEL2 SEL2
LOGIC
SEL3 SEL3
CVO
SELECT_3_INPUTS STATION _OPT
PID_MA_ENH_V2_1
TV
CVO CVI1
OVR_CTRL1
PID_MA_ENH_V2_2
TV CVO CVI2
OVR_CTRL2
PID_MA_ENH_V2_3
TV CVO CVI3
OVR_CTRL3
CASC_OUT CASC_IN3
OVR_CTRL

The following figure displays the typical OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block pin connections using
a Min/Max configuration with three override controlled PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks.
PID_MA_ENH_V2_1
TV
RSP CVO
† EV
† A connection to EV is required when the
CASC _ OUT OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block STATION_OPT
enumeration is set to MIN_2_INPUTS,
OVR _ CTRL MIN_3_INPUTS, MAX_2_INPUTS, or
MAX_3_INPUTS.
PID_MA_ENH_V2_2 OVR_ ST_ENH_V2
CVI1 CV
CASC _ IN1 SV
CVO
TV
MAX_3_ INPUTS STATION _ OPT
CVO
RSP SP
CVI2
CASC _IN2
† OVR _ CTRL1
EV CASC _ OUT OVR_ CTRL2
OVR_ CTRL3
OVR _ CTRL
CVI3
CASC _IN3
PID_MA_ENH_V2_3
TV
RSP CVO
† EV
OVR_ CTRL
CASC= _TRUE
OUT
OVR_ CTRL

Note For external commands, when PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks are connected to and
receiving inputs from the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block, it is recommended to use the OVR_
ST_ENH_V2 block for any external commands, such as CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC, or
CMD_TK actions, for the PID controller. Do not connect the CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC,
and CMD_TK blocks to the PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks if using an OVR_ST_ENH block.
Instead, use the capability of the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block for these actions.
ToolboxST Application Configuration

When installing an OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block into the ToolboxST application code, the
ToolboxST application generates a window that prompts the user to enter the Device
Name, Device Description, Format Specification for the process variable (PV) and the
Format Specification for the control variable (CV). The block automatically creates the
variables associated with the block and provides the appropriate attributes for each
OVR_ST_ENH_V2 Default Attribute Values

OVR_ST_ENH_V2 Block
Inputs
Type Type
AU_PMT AUTO PERMIT UINT 0 PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
BKCAL_IN_CV CONTROL VARIABLE PID REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
TRACK VALUE AND Status
STATUS
BKCAL_IN_SV SPLIT RANGE VARIABLE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
PID TRACK VALUE AND Status
STATUS
BLOCK_OPT BLOCK OPTIONS UINT 0 OVR_ST_MA Always Value Only
BQ_MAN REJECT TO MANUAL ON BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
BQ (True) / TRACK ON BQ
(False)

ENUMERATION STATUS
ENUMERATION STATUS
ENUMERATION STATUS
CMD_FRC FORCE COMMAND UINT 0 NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
CMD_OVR OVERRIDE COMMAND UINT 0 NO_OVR-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
BLOCK
CTL Yes {Desc} CONTROL WORD UINT 0 NO_CMD Always Value Only

Inputs (continued)
Type Type
MINIMUM
CV_R Yes {Desc} CV POP RESET TO REAL 0 0.1 Parameter Value Only
MINIMUL LEVEL
CV_X Yes {Desc} CV X CHAR ARRAY REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,- Parameter Value Only
60,
70,80,90,100,100000-
0
CV_Y Yes {Desc} CV Y CHAR ARRAY REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,- Parameter Value Only
60,
70,80,90,100,100000-
0
INPUT 1 Status
INPUT 2 Status
CVI3 CONTROL VARIABLE REAL 0 0 Always Analog With
INPUT 3 Status
EN_PROC_ Yes {Desc} ENABLE PROCESS BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
LIM_HIGH DEPENDENT HIGH LIMIT
EN_PROC_ Yes {Desc} ENABLE PROCESS BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
LIM_LOW DEPENDENT LOW LIMIT
LIMIT
INIT_POS Yes {Desc} INITIAL POSITION REAL 0 0 Parameter Value Only
FOR LOCK AND RELEASE
TO MODULATE
LIMIT
SETPOINT
MN_REJ Yes MANUAL REJECT UINT 0 NO_OVR-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
MR MANUAL ADJUSTMENT REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
RATE
OV {Desc} OVERRIDE VALUE REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
FDBK Status
POS_DH_SP {Desc} POSITION DEV HI REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
SP
POS_DH_T {Desc} POSITION DEV HI UDINT 0 5000 Parameter Value Only
DELAY
FDBK Status

Inputs (continued)
Type Type
HIGH DEPENDENT HIGH LIMIT
LOW DEPENDENT LOW LIMIT
VARIABLE Status
SETPOINT Status
SELECTION MODE
SELECTION MODE
SELECTION MODE
SH Yes {Desc} SETPOINT UPPER REAL 0 100 Always Value Only
LIMIT
SL Yes {Desc} SETPOINT LOWER REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
LIMIT
TRACKS PV IN MANUAL
AND RSP IN
AUTO-REMOTE
SR SETPOINT ADJUSTMENT REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
RATE
STATION_OPT STATION OPERATION UINT 0 SELECT_2_INPUTS Always Value Only
OPTIONS
MINIMUM
SV_R Yes {Desc} SV POP RESET TO REAL 0 0.1 Parameter Value Only
MINIMUM
SV_X Yes {Desc} SV X CHAR ARRAY REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,- Parameter Value Only
60,
70,80,90,100,100000-
0
SV_Y Yes {Desc} SV Y CHAR ARRAY REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,- Parameter Value Only
60,
70,80,90,100,100000-
0

Outputs
Name Global Description Data Type Array Initial Visibility Interface Type
Value
3_INPUT_P Yes {Desc} OVR_ST IN 3 BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
INPUT MODE
CHARACTERIZATION
PROPERTY
CV Yes {Desc} CHARACTERIZED REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
CV OUTPUT Status
CVI1_BQ Yes {Desc} CONTROL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
VARIABLE INPUT 1 BQ
CVI1_OV Yes {Desc} CONTROL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
VARIABLE INPUT 1
OVERRIDE
VARIABLE INPUT 2 BQ
VARIABLE INPUT 2
OVERRIDE
VARIABLE INPUT 3 BQ
VARIABLE INPUT 3
OVERRIDE
CVO Yes {Desc} CONTROL REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VARIABLE OUTPUT Status
FRC_CMD Yes {Desc} FORCE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
COMMAND
FRC_CMDB Yes {Desc} FORCE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
NSEL1 Yes {Desc} CVI1 NOT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SELECTED
SELECTED
SELECTED
OVR_CMD Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
COMMAND
OVR_CMDB Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
OVR_CTRL1 OVR_ST CONTROL UINT 0 NONE Always Value Only
STATUS FOR CVI 1

Outputs (continued)
Value
STATUS FOR CVI 2
STATUS FOR CVI 3
OVR_ST_ Yes {Desc} OVR_ST BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
EXT_P EXTERNAL SP MODE
OVR_ST_P Yes {Desc} OVR_ST - AUTO BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SP & MANUAL SP MODE
OVR_ST_ Yes {Desc} OVR_ST - BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
REM_P REMOTE SP & LOCAL SP
PMT_AUB Yes {Desc} AUTO PERMIT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BYPASS STS
PMT_MOD Yes {Desc} MODULATE BOOL 0 True Always Value Only
PERMIT
PMT_MODB Yes {Desc} MODULATE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
PERMIT BYPASS STS
POS_CV_BQ Yes {Desc} CV POSITION BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
FDBK BAD QUALITY
POS_CV_DH Yes {Desc} CV POSITION DEV BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
HI ALARM
POS_SV_BQ Yes {Desc} SV POSITION BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
FDBK BAD QUALITY
POS_SV_DH Yes {Desc} SV POSITION DEV BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
HI ALARM
PROPERTY
BYPASS STS
RS Yes {Desc} REMOTE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SETPOINT MODE
RSP_BQ Yes {Desc} REMOTE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SETPOINT BQ
SI Yes {Desc} SETPOINT REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
(INTERNAL BEFORE
RAMP)
SP Yes {Desc} SETPOINT REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
Status
PROPERTY
CHARACTERIZED Status
OUTPUT
TK_CMDB Yes {Desc} TRACK BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
TUN1 Yes {Desc} PID 1 TUNING BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
MODE

Outputs (continued)
Value
MODE
MODE

Class Access
00OVR_ST_ENH1000 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.3_ 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
INPUT_P Description OVR_ST IN 3 Alarmed
INPUT MODE
00OVR_ST_ENH1000. 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not True $DEFAULT Read Only
AUTO Description AUTO Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000. 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
CHAR_P Description OUT Alarmed
CHARACTERIZATION
PROPERTY
00OVR_ST_ENH1000. 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
CTL Description CONTROL WORD Alarmed
CV Description CHARACTERIZED Alarmed
CV OUTPUT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000. 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
CV_L Description CV POP LEVEL Alarmed
CV_MN Description CV POP LEVEL Alarmed
MINIMUM
CV_R Description CV POP RESET TO Alarmed
MINIMUL LEVEL
CV_X Description CV X CHAR ARRAY Alarmed
CV_Y Description CV Y CHAR ARRAY Alarmed
CVI1_BQ Description CONTROL Alarmed
VARIABLE INPUT 1 BQ
CVI1_OV Description CONTROL Alarmed
VARIABLE INPUT 1 OVERRIDE
VARIABLE INPUT 2 BQ

Class Access
VARIABLE INPUT 3 BQ
CVO Description CONTROL Alarmed
VARIABLE OUTPUT
DEC_INH Description INHIBIT DEC Alarmed
EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH Description ENABLE PROCESS Alarmed
EN_PROC_LIM_LOW Description ENABLE PROCESS Alarmed
DEPENDENT LOW LIMIT
FRC_CMD Description FORCE COMMAND Alarmed
FRC_CMDB Description FORCE COMMAND Alarmed
BLOCK STS
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.H 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIMIT
INC_INH Description INHIBIT INC Alarmed
INIT_POS Description INITIAL POSITION Alarmed
FOR LOCK AND RELEASE TO
MODULATE
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.L 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIMIT
LOCK Description LOCKED Alarmed
LOCK_P Description LOCK PROPERTY Alarmed
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.LS 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
MC Description MANUAL Alarmed
SETPOINT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000. 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT Read Only
MN_REJ_A Description MANUAL REJECT
NSEL1 Description CVI1 NOT Alarmed
SELECTED

Class Access
SELECTED
SELECTED
OBQ Description OUTPUT BQ Alarmed
OVR_CMD Description OVERRIDE Alarmed
COMMAND
OVR_CMDB Description OVERRIDE Alarmed
COMMAND BLOCK STS
OVR_ST_EXT_P Description OVR_ST Alarmed
EXTERNAL SP MODE
OVR_ST_P Description OVR_ST - AUTO Alarmed
SP and MANUAL SP MODE
OVR_ST_REM_P Description OVR_ST - REMOTE Alarmed
SP and LOCAL SP
PMT_AU Description AUTO PERMIT Alarmed
PMT_AUB Description AUTO PERMIT Alarmed
BYPASS STS
PMT_MOD Description MODULATE Alarmed
PERMIT
PMT_MODB Description MODULATE Alarmed
PERMIT BYPASS STS
POS_CV Description CV POSITION Alarmed
FDBK
00OVR_ST_ENH1000. 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT Read Only
POS_CV_BQ Description CV POSITION
FDBK BAD QUALITY
POS_CV_DH Description CV POSITION DEV
HI ALARM
POS_SV Description SV POSITION Alarmed
FDBK
POS_SV_BQ Description SV POSITION
FDBK BAD QUALITY

Class Access
POS_SV_DH Description SV POSITION DEV
HI ALARM
POSFB_P Description POSITION FDBK Alarmed
PROPERTY
PR_DEC Description PRIORITY DEC Alarmed
PR_INC Description PRIORITY INC Alarmed
PROC_LIM_HIGH Description PROCESS Alarmed
PROC_LIM_LOW Description PROCESS Alarmed
DEPENDENT LOW LIMIT
PV Description PROCESS Alarmed
VARIABLE
REJ_MN Description MANUAL REJECT Alarmed
REJ_MNB Description MANUAL REJECT Alarmed
BYPASS STS
RS Description REMOTE Alarmed
SETPOINT MODE
RSP Description REMOTE Alarmed
SETPOINT
RSP_BQ Description REMOTE Alarmed
SETPOINT BQ
SC Description SETPOINT Alarmed
SH Description SETPOINT UPPER Alarmed
LIMIT
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SI 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00OVR_ST_ENH1000.SL 00OVR_ST_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description SETPOINT LOWER Alarmed
LIMIT
SP Description SETPOINT Alarmed
SP_TRACK Description SETPOINT Alarmed
TRACKS PV IN MANUAL AND
RSP IN AUTO-REMOTE

Class Access
SPLIT_P Description SPLIT RANGE Alarmed
PROPERTY
SV Description SPLIT RANGE Alarmed
SV_L Description SV POP LEVEL Alarmed
SV_MN Description SV POP LEVEL Alarmed
MINIMUM
SV_R Description SV POP RESET TO Alarmed
MINIMUM
SV_X Description SV X CHAR ARRAY Alarmed
SV_Y Description SV Y CHAR ARRAY Alarmed
TK_CMDB Description TRACK COMMAND Alarmed
BLOCK STS
TK_OUT Description TRACK STATUS Alarmed
TUN1 Description PID 1 TUNING Alarmed
MODE
MODE
MODE
US Description AT UPR LIMIT Alarmed
Control Constants
70,80,90,100,1000000
,70,80,90,100,1000000
70,80,90,100,1000000
70,80,90,100,1000000

The CIMPLICITY objects to In edit mode, an OVR_ST_ENH_V2block can be directly inserted into the CIMPLICITY
choose from for OVR_ST_ screen from the ToolboxST application code using the drop and drag method. The
ENH_V2 are dependent on the CIMPLICITY object created depends on the HMILinkSource and HMILinkedObject
path. information contained in the PID_MA_ENH_V2 attributes.

OVR_ST_ENH_V2 Attributes
OVR_ST_ENH_V2 CIMPLICITY Objects
OVR_ST_ENH_V2 CIMPLICITY Faceplate

37 Permit (PERMIT)
Block Category: PERMIT, Permits and Overrides
Note Legacy Status — The PERMIT block is not supported for use in new Mark VIe
Block Library.
The Permit (PERMIT) block is an expandable block of up to 32 permit inputs. This block
functions like an AND block, all permit inputs must be True for the output, OUT, to be
True. Each connected input can be bypassed by the HMI operator, which is accessed from
associated permit tab of the permit screen display. This bypass function must be enabled
by setting PMnBE to True. If permit bypassing is enabled for an input, an event is
generated on the HMI alarm/event screen whenever the operator bypasses the permit.
PERMIT Block
description is undesirable, it must be disabled by setting the Inherit Description option to
False in the input variable properties. The description can be replaced with a desirable
description by entering an appropriate description in the description field of the input
variable of the PERMIT block (replace PERMIT #1 with the desired permit description
for the source connected to PM1). The description is not copied from the connected
variable immediately; the input's description is set when the library or device containing
the input is validated or built.
The PERMIT block can also be configured as a ready list. In this mode, the block can be
used to display a list of signals as ready to go or not.

Permissive Type (Perm Type) enumerations are as follows:
PermType Enumerations
Description Perm Type Description

CL_PMT Close permit
OP_PMT Open permit
AU_PMT Auto permit
MOD_PMT Modulate permit
INT_PMT Intermediate permit
STR_PMT Start permit
STP_PMT Stop permit
RDY1 Ready #1 permit
LO_PMT Low speed permit
HI_PMT High speed permit
REV_PMT Reverse permit
ON_PMT On permit
OFF_PMT Off permit
OUT enumerations are as follows:

OUT Enumerations
Enumeration Permit Output Description

Refer to the table, PermType Inserting this block into the application software will generate a window titled, Enter the
Enumerations. Attribute Instance Values; prompting the user to Enter Device Name and Select
Permissive Type in the Value column of the pop-up window. (The permit type is a
drop-down menu selection.)
Default Attributes
The block will then automatically create - based on the number of pin groups exposed -
the necessary variables and provides the appropriate attributes for each variable (for
example Type, Format Spec, variables that need to be on EGD will be automatically
placed on the $Default EGD page, so on). If additional Pin Groups are added, the
necessary new variables will be automatically created during a build of the application
software.
There are two things that need to be checked when installing a PERMIT block. The first
is that the Device Name attribute should match the name of the block that it will be
connected to. If this PERMIT block is controlling an MOV block, then the names should
match. If the blocks are connected correctly - but named incorrectly - the permit block
will work normally, but the HMI screen cannot tell you why you do or do not have
permission. An example of this naming convention is displayed in the figure, Connection
and Naming Example.
The other thing to remember is to select the correct Permissive Type. If you select CL_
PMT, but connect it to an OP_PMT, then the permissive will act like an open permit, but
show up in the Close permissive window.
Clicking OK to accept the defaults will generate the Input pin names in the following
figure. They are in the form the Device Value PermType Value.pin name.
Note The defaults here are for example only. Be sure to change the block name value.
Output pin names are in the form Device Value PermType Value.OUT, Device Value
PermType Value.PM, and Device Value PermType Value.PMB.
Example
If Device Value = 11FVM1401 and PermType Value =CL_PMT; the Global pins created
are provided in the table, Global Variables.
The following figure displays an example of the common usage of a PERMIT block.
There is also a FORCE block displaying the use of a not block. This example shows the
PERMIT block sharing the same name as the M_O_V block that it is controlling.
ToolboxST requires that all blocks have unique names. The PERMIT, FORCE, and
OVERRIDE blocks get around this by adding the block type to the block name. This
makes them unique, links them to the block they control in the HMI, and indicates their
function.

Connection and Naming Example
The following figure illustrates the PERMIT faceplate for the M_O_V block and displays
the presence of the PERMIT blocks, as well as a description from the controlling variable.
These display as green because the permit allows the block to operate normally.
PERMIT Faceplate Example

There is a second mode of operation for the PERMIT block. These blocks can be used as
a ready list. In this mode, there is no block in particular that is being controlled. Rather,
the ready list is used with process level permissives. To configure the permit block to be
used in this format, insert a new block to bring up the assign attribute window displayed
in the following figure.
Permit Block as Ready List
This brings in the block in the usual manner. However, instead of connecting the output to
another block, leave it disconnected. Instead, make a connection to the PM pin on the
right side of the block. Name this the same as the block name, minus the RDY1 part - in
this example, 00PERMIT1002. This needs to be a global variable, and published as
read-only on EGD. Then, make your input connections on the left side.
ToolboxST Permit Block as Ready List
This block does not have a direct HMI object, but there is an object that is used for ready
list purposes. The configuration for this object is discussed in the section, HMI
Configuration (CIMPLICITY).
Inputs
PM1 PERMIT INPUT 1 BOOL True Always Value Only
PM1B PERMIT INPUT BYPASS 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
PM1BE PERMIT INPUT BYPASS BOOL False Always Value Only
ENABLE 1
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
PM32 PERMIT INPUT 32 BOOL True Always Value Only
PM32B PERMIT INPUT BYPASS 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
PM32BE PERMIT INPUT BYPASS BOOL False Always Value Only
ENABLE 32

Outputs
Name Description Data Type Initial Value Visibility Interface
Type
OUT OUTPUT UNIT PERM-NO-BYPASS Always Value Only
PM PERMIT VALUE BOOL True Always Value Only
PMB PERMIT BYPASS BOOL False Always Value Only
Global Variables
Class Page Access
00PERMIT1000CL_PMT.OUT OUTPUT Not False ReadOnly
Alarmed
00PERMIT1000CL_PMT.PM PERMIT VALUE Not False ReadOnly
Alarmed
00PERMIT1000CL_PMT.PMB PERMIT BYPASS Not False ReadOnly
Alarmed
00PERMIT1000CL_PMT.PM1 PERMIT INPUT Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
Alarmed
00PERMIT1000CL_PMT.PM1B PERMIT INPUT Not True $DEFAULT ReadWrite
BYPASS Alarmed
00PERMIT1000CL_PMT.PM1BE PERMIT INPUT Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
BYPASS ENABLE Alarmed
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
00PERMIT1000CL_PMT.PMn PERMIT INPUT Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
Alarmed
00PERMIT1000CL_PMT.PMnB PERMIT INPUT Not True $DEFAULT ReadWrite
BYPASS Alarmed
00PERMIT1000CL_PMT.PMnBE PERMIT INPUT Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
BYPASS ENABLE Alarmed

A PERMIT block does not directly have an HMI object. But when it is used as a ready
list, an object has been created to facilitate its use.
HMI Object — Ready List

Activating this smart object displays the following window.
HMI Object — Smart Object

38 Proportional Integral Derivative Enhanced
(PID_MA_ENH)
Block Category: PID_MA_ENH, Controls (DCS)
Note Legacy Status — The PID_MA_ENH block is not supported for use in new
suite V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block; it
The Proportional Integral Derivative Enhanced (PID_MA_ENH) block is a controller that

can be a parallel proportional, integral, derivative, cascaded or non-cascaded, PID, a
manual/auto station, MA, and has enhanced input and output health quality status
monitoring, ENH. The versatile block can be configured to suit nearly all controller
and/or manual/auto station applications, as well as integrated override station capabilities
when used in conjunction with the enhanced override station block, OVR_ST_ENH. The
block configuration is defined by enumerated inputs, which determine the block
functionality and the information displayed by the corresponding CIMPLICITY graphical
interface(s). Additionally, the block performs quality status monitoring of input signals
and output signals and propagates the quality status to the outputs CVO, CV, and SV.
The programmer must first identify the functions required for the application for which
the block will be used. When the controller function has been properly identified, the
programmer must select the corresponding enumerations from the BLOCK_OPT, CTRL_
ACT, and MODE_OPT inputs that will configure the PID_MA_ENH block to perform as
desired.

Name Description
PID PID only
MA M/A station only
PID_MA PID with M/A station
PID_MA_EXT PID with M/A station with external setpoint
PID_MA_EXT_CASC PID with M/A station with external setpoint from CASCADE station
PID_MA_REM PID with M/A station with remote setpoint
PID_MA_REM_CASC PID with M/A station with remote setpoint from CASCADE station
MA_EXT M/A station without PID with remote setpoint with HMI SP disabled
MA_REM M/A station without PID with HMI SP enabled (through remote local)
MA_MAN M/A station without PID with HMI MANUAL SP enabled

PID — for a proportional, integral, derivative controller. It calculates the error or
difference between the process variable (PV) and the setpoint (SP), and manipulates the
controller output (CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV) to minimize the difference between
PV and SP. When the enumeration is PID only, the PID only property (PID_P) is True,
AUTO is True, and the setpoint is driven by the remote setpoint (RSP) input. The
graphical interface is view only and the operator cannot modify the setpoint or the output,
as both are logic driven.The following figure displays an example of the CIMPLICITY
graphical interface with the BLOCK_OPT enumeration PID.
PID Enumeration Faceplate

The PERMIT, AUTO and MA — used for manual and auto selection. The operator selects either the auto control
MANUAL push-buttons are not setpoint or manually sets the output to the desired value. If the enumeration is MA_MAN,
available on MA_MAN. only manual control is available. Refer to the following figures for faceplate examples.
The following figure displays an example of the CIMPLICITY graphical interface with
the BLOCK_OPT enumeration MA_MAN.
MA_MAN Enumeration Faceplate

The PERMIT, AUTO and The following figure displays an example of the CIMPICITY graphical interface with the
MANUAL push-buttons are BLOCK_OPT enumeration MA.
available on MA.
MA Enumeration Faceplate

EXT — indicates that an external setpoint value from the block RSP input will be used as
the auto setpoint, and can be viewed only by the operator. The following figure displays
an example of the CIMPICITY graphical interface with the BLOCK_OPT enumeration
MA_EXT.
MA_EXT Enumeration Faceplate

REM — indicates the operator can select between a remote setpoint and a local setpoint
value to be used as the auto setpoint. The operator sets the local setpoint using the
faceplate, and the remote setpoint value is connected to the RSP input pin. The remote
setpoint mode can be selected by the operator using the faceplate or using the pulsed input
pin, RSP_SEL.
Note The RSP_SEL input must be a pulsed input. If a continuous True input is used for
the RSP_SEL input, the PID_MA_ENH block will not return to remote setpoint mode
from the RSP_SEL input if the operator selects local from the graphical interface. The
following figure displays an example of the CIMPICITY graphical interface with the
BLOCK_OPT enumeration MA_REM in auto and local mode.
MA_REM Enumeration Faceplate

Refer to the section, Cascaded CASC — indicates the block is being used in conjunction with another PID_MA_ENH
PID_MA_ENH Blocks. block in a cascade scenario; one PID_MA_ENH block, the outer loop, controls the
setpoint, RSP, of the other PID_MA_ENH block, the inner loop. Usually, the outer loop
controls the primary control variable and the inner loop controls a rapidly changing
variable associated with the primary variable. The PID_MA_ENH that acts as the inner
loop has the CASC enumeration and the outer loop does not. The designation of CASC
allows the graphical interface to provide the option for the operator to view the inner loop
PID_MA_ENH graphical interface, as well as call the outer loop faceplate to view the
overall process loop viewed as one controller. The following figure is an inner loop
cascade example of the CIMPICITY graphical interface with the BLOCK_OPT
enumeration PID_MA_REM_CASC in auto and local mode.
PID_MA_REM_CASC Faceplate Enumeration

The following figure is an outer loop cascade example of the CIMPICITY graphical
interface with the BLOCK_OPT enumeration PID_MA, in auto mode, which is supplying
the remote setpoint to the PID_MA_ENH1000 represented by the faceplate in the figure,
PID_MA_REM_CASC Faceplate Enumeration.
PID_MA Faceplate Enumeration
BLOCK_OPT Exceptions
The selected BLOCK_OPT enumeration needs to be modified under certain conditions:
the operator has placed the block in tuning mode (TUN is True), there is participation in a
PID override control scheme using an OVR_ST_ENH block, the OVR_CTRL input
enumeration contains OVR_CTRL, or OVRST_CTRL is True.
The order of priority of mode Condition 1: OVRST_CTRL = True, TUN = False
modifications is Condition 1, 2, BLOCK_OPT = PID_MA or PID_MA_REM, it is modified to be PID_MA_EXT
and 3, respectively. BLOCK_OPT = PID_MA_REM_CASC, it is modified to be PID_MA_EXT_CASC
BLOCK_OPT = MA or MA_REM or MA_MAN, it is modified to be MA_EXT
Condition 2: TUN = True
BLOCK_OPT = PID or PID_MA_EXT, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM
BLOCK_OPT = PID_MA_EXT_CASC, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM_CASC
Condition 3: OVRST_CTRL= True, TUN = True
BLOCK_OPT = PID_MA, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM
BLOCK_OPT = MA, it is modified to be MA_REM

BLOCK_OPT Output Properties
The following PID_MA_ENH output properties control the appearance of the
corresponding graphical interface based on the BLOCK_OPT enumeration:
• PID enumeration sets the PID_P property to True

• MA enumeration sets the MA_P property to True
• PID_MA enumeration sets the PID_MA_P property to True
• PID_MA_EXT enumeration sets the PID_MA_EXT_P property to True
• PID_MA_EXT_CASC enumeration sets the PID_MA_EXT_C_P property to True
• PID_MA_REM enumeration sets the PID_MA_REM_P property to True
• PID_MA_REM_CASC enumeration sets the PID_MA_REM_C_P property to True
• MA_EXT enumeration sets the MA_EXT_P property to True
• MA_REM enumeration sets the MA_REM_P property to True
• MA_MAN enumeration sets the MA_MAN_P property to True
CTRL_ACT enumerations are as follows:
CTRL_ACT Input Enumerations

Name Description
DIRECT Direct action (PV-SP)
REVERSE Reverse action (SP-PV)
DIRECT — indicates the value of CVO increases when the value of PV is greater than
the setpoint and the value of CVO decreases when the value of PV is less than the
setpoint.
REVERSE — indicates the value of CVO decreases when the value of PV is greater than
the setpoint and the value of CVO increases when the value of PV is less than the
setpoint.


Name Description
NONE None
LOCK Lock mode
SPLIT Split range
SPLIT-LOCK Split range and lock mode
SPLIT-LOCK-POS Split range, lock mode, and position feedback
NONE — used when no mode options are to be enabled.

The Lock button can also be LOCK — sets the lock property, LOCK_P, to True, allowing software lockout of the
configured to use the controller to be implemented by the operator through the CIMPLICITY graphical
WorkstationST Lock function. interface.
Refer to GEI-100697,
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY
Advanced Viewer Integration,
The valve output CVO must be within 5 units of the initial position input (INIT_POS)
value before the block can be set to lockout mode. When LOCK is True the block is in
lockout mode and block outputs, CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV are prohibited from
modulating. If the block is in auto mode and not participating in an override control
scheme, the VR_CTRL input enumeration is NONE, and the BLOCK_OPT enumeration
is not PID only, PID_P is False, then the block will be placed in manual mode and the
manual reject alarm, MAN_REJ_A, is activated. The operator’s ability to switch to auto
mode is also disabled until the block is removed from lockout mode. If the block is in
tuning mode, the tuning mode will also be removed and disabled. Additionally, the local
auto setpoint tracks the process variable input PV when the block is in lockout mode.
POS — used when there is feedback available from the controlled device. Normally,
feedback is the valve position feedback; however, the POS enumeration can also be used
for motor speed or a variety of other device feedbacks. The position feedback value is
connected to the block input POS_CV and, if the MODE_OPT enumeration SPLIT is
selected, the position feedback from the secondary device is connected to the POS_SV
block input. When the POS enumeration is used, the block output POSFB_P is True, the
feedback value is displayed on the graphical interface faceplate, and, when the cursor is
placed over the feedback area, the pop up window displays the text CV Pos Feedback =
the instantaneous value , as displayed in the following figure.

POS Enumeration Faceplate with Controlling
SPLIT — indicates that the controller will output to two different devices using the block
application. The default characterization arrays are linear for both CV and SV and are as
follows:
• CV_X and SV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• CV_Y and SV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
array elements in the same order as the SV_Y array, the characterization property,
CHAR_P, is True and the graphical interface displays a button in the lower right corner of
the faceplate with the pop up text Show Characterization, as displayed in the following
figure.

The follow characterizations are applied:
• CV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• CV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• SV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• SV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000


The following PID_MA_ENH output properties control the appearance of the
corresponding graphical interface based on the MODE_OPT enumeration:
• NONE enumeration sets LOCK_P, POSFB_P, and SPLIT_P property to False

• LOCK enumeration sets the LOCK_P property to True
• POS enumeration sets the POSFB_P property to True
• SPLIT enumeration sets the SPLIT_P property to True

Basic PID_MA_ENH Block Functionality
The BLOCK_OPT, CTRL_ACT, and MODE_OPT inputs enumerations described in this
section are instrumental in determining the basic PID_MA_ENH functionality. For
example, the controller is required to be direct acting, have PID functionality, manual or
auto mode capability, ability to be software locked, and feedback is available from the
controlled device. The input enumerations selected are:
• BLOCK_OPT, PID_MA
• CTRL_ACT, DIRECT
• MODE_OPT, LOCK-POS

The operator controls the PID_MA_ENH block by clicking buttons on the CIMPLICITY
graphical interface pop up faceplate. Certain faceplate buttons carry an enumerated value
represented in the PID_MA_ENH block input CTL. The enumerated values are
transferred from the faceplate to the block through EGD using the CTL. When a
command is sent from the faceplate to the PID_MA_ENH block, the block runs the
command and then, after one second, the block overwrites the CTL input with the NO_
CMD enumeration, thus resetting itself for the next CTL command. The enumerations for
CTL are displayed in the following table.
Note The commands are dependent on the enumerations of BLOCK_OPT and MODE_
OPT. For example, LOCK_CMD and UNLOCK_CMD enumerations are not used if
MODE_OPT does not contain the enumeration LOCK).
CTL Enumerations
Name Description
NO_CMD No command
TUN_ON_CMD Tune mode on command
TUN_OFF_CMD Tune mode off command

AUTO_CM places the block in auto mode from manual mode using the graphical
interface faceplate. The auto setpoint will be local, remote, or external depending on the
BLOCK_OPT enumeration and, if applicable, the operator selection as local or remote.
When the block is in auto mode the output AUTO is True.
MANUAL_CMD — places the block in manual mode from auto mode using the
device. When the block is in manual mode the output AUTO is FLASE.

LOCK_CMD — places the block in lock mode when the block output CVO is within 5
units of the initial position value, INIT_POS. This enumeration command also removes
the block from auto and places it in manual mode and sets the manual reject alarm, MN_
REJ_A, to True. When the block is in lock mode the output LOCK is True.
UNLOCK_CMD — removes the block from lock mode and sets the output LOCK to
False.
TUN_ON_CMD — places the block in tuning mode. The operator is not allowed to
change the PID_MA_ENH block to the tuning mode when the block is already in lock
mode.
Once the tuning mode has been attained, it can only be reset by one of the following
methods:
• Operator tune off command

• Block is set to lock mode
When the block is in tuning mode, the output TUN is True.
TUN_OFF_CMD — removes the block from the tuning mode and sets TUN to False.
REMOTE_CMD — commands the block, when in auto mode, to use the remote setpoint
value connected to block input pin, RSP, as the auto setpoint. When the block is in remote
mode the remote setpoint output, RS, is True.
LOCAL_CMD — commands the block, when in auto mode, to use the operator defined
local setpoint. When the block is in local setpoint mode, RS is False.
input status with the graphical interface of the PID_MA_ENH block, thus allowing the
operator to view the individual inputs that put the block into a manual reject mode. The
override graphical interface also enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to
MN_REJ Enumerations
Name Description
NO_OVR — indicates no manual reject command is active; manual reject output REJ_
MN is False
OVR — indicates a manual reject command is active; manual reject output REJ_MN is
True.
logic driven inputs to the override-type block. When a no block is active, REJ_MNB is
False.
logic driven inputs to the override type block. The BLOCK enumeration is not used by
OVR_ST_ENH, but the block does pass the information it to the graphical interface for
display purposes using the output, REJ_MNB. When a block is active, REJ_MNB is
True.

Under most circumstances, if the PID_MA_ENH block is in auto mode and a validated
MN_REJ input enumeration contains OVR, the block is removed from auto mode and
placed in manual mode, and MN_REJ_A is activated and the local auto setpoint, if
available, tracks PV. Exceptions are if the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID, PID_P is
True, or the PID_MA_ENH block input OVR_CTLR contains the enumeration OVRST_
CTRL from the OVR_ST_ENH block, indicating the override station controls the PID_
MA_ENH block.
Other Enumerated External Commands
There are three enumerated PID_MA_ENH block inputs that provide commands from
external blocks that control the PID_MA_ENH output, CVO. They are, in order of
priority, CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC, and CMD_TK.
Note When PID_MA_ENH blocks are connected to and receiving inputs from the OVR_
ST_ENH block, it is recommended to use the OVR_ST_ENH block for any external
commands, such as CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC, or CMD_TK actions for the PID_MA_
ENH block. In other words, do not connect CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC, and CMD_TK type
blocks to the PID_MA_ENH blocks when using an OVR_ST_ENH block. Instead use the
capability of the OVR_ST_ENH block for these actions.

associates its input status with the graphical interface of the PID_MA_ENH block, thus
allowing the operator to view the individual inputs that place the block in override mode.
The override graphical interface also enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to
Name Description
OVR_CMD is False.
CMDB is False.
CMDB is True.
If the PID_MA_ENH block is in auto mode and a validated CMD_OVR input
enumeration contains OVR, an override command exists and MN_REJ_A is activated,
and the output will move to the input value of the override value, OV. The block is
removed from auto mode and placed in manual mode and the local auto setpoint, if
available, tracks PV.

precedence over a force command (CMD_FRC contains FORCE), and the process
increase and decrease inputs, PR_INC and PR_DEC, respectively.
operator to view the individual inputs that put the block into a force mode. The force
graphical interface also enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to release the
force condition through the graphical interface.
Name Description
NO_FORCE — indicates no force command is active and the force command output,
FRC_CMD, is False.
FORCE — indicates a force command is active and if the CMD_OVR enumerated input
does not contain OVR (the output OVR_CMD is False), then the force command output
FRC_CMD is True.
logic driven inputs to the force type block. When this enumeration is used, the
force-blocked output FRC_CMDB is False.
logic driven inputs to the force type block and sets the force-blocked output FRC_CMDB
to True.
If the PID_MA_ENH block validated CMD_FRC input enumeration contains FORCE, a
force command exists and the output of the block, CVO moves to the input value of the
force value, FV.

precedence over a force command (CMD_FRC contains FORCE).

operator to view the individual inputs that places the block in track mode. The track
track condition through the graphical interface.
CMD_TK Enumerations
Name Description
OUT, is False.
TRACK — indicates a track command is active and TK_OUT is True.
logic driven inputs to the track type block. When this enumeration is used, the
track-blocked output TK_CMDB is False.
track-blocked output TK_CMDB is True.
If the PID_MA_ENH block is in auto mode and a validated CMD_TK input enumeration
contains TRACK, a track command exists and the output of the block, CVO, tracks the
block tracking value input TV.
Priority Increase (PR_INC) and Decrease (PR_DEC) Commands
When the PID_MA_ENH block input PR_INC is True, the output CVO increases to the
high limit value (H) at the rate defined by the priority increase rate value PR_INC_RT
(default value is 1 unit/sec). When the PID_MA_ENH block input PR_DEC is True and
PR_INC is False, the output CVO decreases to the low limit value (L) at the rate defined
by the priority decrease rate value PR_DEC_RT (default value is 1 unit/sec). The inputs
PR_INC and PR_DEC should be programmed to be mutually exclusive events, but if at
any time they both become True, then PR_INC is the dominate input and the value of
CVO increases to H at the rate defined by PR_INC_RT.
Note A force command (the enumeration of CMD_FRC contains FORCE) or an

override command (the enumeration of CMD_OVR contains OVR) have precedence over
the PR_INC and PR_DEC inputs.

Inhibit Increase (INH_INC) and Decrease (INH_DEC) Commands
The PID_MA_ENHis capable of inhibiting the output control variable, CVO, from
increasing or decreasing in value absent a force or override command, FORCE from the
enumerated CMD_FRC input or OVR from the enumerated CMD_OVR input.
Inhibiting the increase of the CVO output occurs when INH_INC is True and one of the
following is present:
• Neither PR_INC nor PR_DEC is True.

• BLOCK_OPT enumeration is neither PID_MA_EXT_CASC nor PID_MA_REM_
CASC, and the CASC_IN enumeration is REVERSE and HI_LIMITED.
CASC, and the CASC_IN enumeration is DIRECT and LOW_LIMITED.
Inhibiting the decrease of the CVO occurs when INH_DEC is True and one of the
• Neither PR_INC nor PR_DEC are True.

CASC and the ASC_IN enumeration is DIRECT and HI_LIMITED.
CASC and the CASC_IN enumeration is REVERSE and LOW_LIMITED.
AU_PMT Enumerations
Name Description
PERM-NO_BYPASS Permit OK and no permit is bypassed
PERM-BYPASS Permit OK and a permit is bypassed
NO_PERM — indicates a permit to allow the block to be placed in auto mode has not
been met and the auto permit output, PMT_AU, is False.
PERM — indicates all permits for the block to be placed in auto mode have been met and
PMT_AU is True, provided the BLOCK_OPTis not PID only, PID_P is False, the block
is not part of an override scheme, OVRST_CTRL is FASE, and there is no bad quality
detected and the reset override, RSP_OV is False, when BQ_MAN is set to True. The
block outputs, REJ_MN, OVR_CMD, LOCK, and MA_MAN_P must also all be False
for PMT_AU to be True.
logic driven inputs to the auto permit block. When this enumeration is used, the auto
permit bypass output PMT_AUB is False.
logic driven inputs to the auto permit block. When this enumeration is used, PMT_AUB
is True.

associates its input status with the graphical interface of the PID_MA_ENH block, thus
allowing the operator to view the individual inputs that provide a permit to allow the
interface.
Name Description
NO_PERM — indicates a permit to allow the block to modulate the output, CVO, has
not been met and the permit to modulate output, PMT_MOD, is False. If the MOD_PMT
input enumeration contains NO_PERM, CVO equals the INIT_POS input value.
PERM — indicates all permits to allow the block to modulate the output, CVO, have
logic driven inputs to the modulate permit block. When this enumeration is used, the
modulate permit bypass output, PMT_MODB, is False.
logic driven inputs to the modulate permit block. When this enumeration is used, PMT_
MODB is True.
Auto Select (AU_SEL) — a pulsed input that, if permits allow, switches the block from
manual to auto mode, setting the output AUTO to True. The input must be pulsed.
Remote Select (RSP_SEL) — a pulsed input that instructs the block to use the remote
setpoint input RSP as the setpoint used to calculate the block outputs, CVO, CV, and, if
applicable, SV, when the block is in auto mode. The input must be pulsed.
Setpoint High (SH) and Low (SL) Limit — block inputs values bound the block output,
SP, the setpoint used to calculate the error, which is used for the proportional gain portion
of the PID calculations.

Setpoint Adjustment Rate (SR)
The rate of change of the block setpoint, SP, used to calculate the error used in the PID
calculations is restricted by the block SR input value, in units/sec. The setpoint used for
the error calculation is passed without rate limit restrictions directly to SP when the
controller is powered up, track status, TK_OUT, is True, or the BLOCK_OPT
enumeration is PID_MA_EXT_CASC or PID_MA_REM_CASC, and the remote
setpoint mode, RS, is TRUE.
Setpoint Value Before Ramp (SI)
The internal setpoint block output, SI, is the value of the setpoint before the SR is applied.
For example, if the setpoint changes from 0 to 10 instantaneously, SI will change from 0
to 10 instantaneously while if SR is set at 1 unit/sec, SP will ramp from 0 to 10 in 10
seconds. SI is also bound by limit inputs SH and SL, respectively.
Scale Factor (SF) is used to scale the process variable, PV, and the setpoint used to
calculate the error value that is used in the PID calculations. The setpoint used for the
error calculation, the block output SP, may be the value of the operator-supplied setpoint,
the value of the remote setpoint, RSP, or a tracking value, depending on the state of the
block.
Setpoint Track (SP_TRACK)
When is SP_TRACK is True, the setpoint tracks PV in manual or RSP in auto and remote
mode, the output AUTO is True when the block is in auto mode, and RS is True when the
block is in remote mode. If SP_TRACK is False and RS is True, the setpoint tracks RSP.
Otherwise, the operator controls the setpoint value from the graphical interface.
Manual Adjustment Rate (MR)
The rate of change of the control variable output, CVO, is restricted by the block manual
adjustment ramp rate input value MR, in units/sec.
Square of the Error (SQR_ERR)
The square of the calculated error is used if the SQR_ERR parameter is set to True and is
multiplied by PG to calculate the proportional term in the PID calculations. When the
value of the error is greater than one, the square of the error provides a more robust
controller response, when the error is less than one the controller will respond less
aggressively.

Tracking Status (TK_OUT)
The H and L values are The track status block output TK_OUT can be set to True by a number of input
dependent on the enable conditions, such as bad quality, priority increase or decrease, no permit to modulate,
process limit inputs EN_ manual mode, force command, override command, increase or decrease inhibit, lock,
PROC_LIM_HIGH and EN_ track command enumeration (CASC_IN enumeration contains TRACK) or the override
PROC_LIM_LOW, as well as station tracking input (OVR_CTRL enumeration contains TRACK). When TK_OUT is
the PROC_LIM_HIGH and True, the PID_ MA_ENH is in tracking mode and the block output, CVO (also CV_X
PROC_LIM_LOW limits, and, if applicable, SV_X for characterized outputs CV and SV, respectively) tracks the
respectively appropriate value based on the parameter that set TK_OUT to True. The value may be the
override value (OV), force value (FV), a priority increase or decrease command will
move to the H or L limit values at PR_INC_RT or PR_DEC_RT, the track value (TV) or
the initial position value (INIT_POS). When the increase (DEC_INH) or decrease (INC_
INH) inhibit inputs, or transition from True to False, TK_OUT is True for one scan,
which realigns the setpoint and the calculated PID values.
Process (High EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH) and Low (EN_PROC_LIM_LOW) Limits
The user can limit the process control range further using the PROC_LIM_LOW and
PROC_LIM_HIGH parameters that are enabled by their respective enable parameters,
EN_PROC_LIM_LOW and EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH. This feature enables the user to
control process regulation limits while allowing force and override values to operate
independently on the PID_MA_ENH limits (H and L). When EN_PROC_LIM_LOW or
EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH is True, the PROC_LIM_LOW and PROC_LIM_HIGH replace
the corresponding L and H limit values.
Error Deadband Equality (ERR_C), when True, enables the use of error dead band
equality processing. When the absolute value of the error is less than the input value
ERR_CDB (the error dead band), the controller equates that the error is zero.
Refer to the section, PID Track External Reset (ER) may be used to enable several PID_MA_ENH controllers to
at Limit until PV and SP Cross function in parallel, typically when the minimum or maximum CVO value will be
(PV_SP_LIM_TRK). selected. External reset allows all PID_MA_ENH controllers in the loop to calculate CVO
based on process conditions while preventing windup. The selected CVO is sent to the
control element and to the other PID_MA_ENH controllers in the loop. The ER command
block input, or an ER enumeration from OVR_CTRL enables the external reset function.
The selected CVO is connected to the external reset value (EV).

The following figure displays the typical OVR_ST_ENH block pin connections using a
Min/Max configuration with two override controlled PID_MA_ENH blocks.
PID_MA_ENH_1
OVR_ST_ENH block STATION_OPT
enumeration is set to, MIN_2_INPUTS,
TV MIN_3_INPUTS, MAX_2_INPUTS, or
MAX_3_INPUTS.
RSP CVO
†
EV
CASC_OUT
OVR_CTRL
PID_MA_ENH_2 OVR_ST_ENH
CVI1 CV
CASC_IN1 SV
CVO
TV
CVO
RSP SP
CVI2
CASC_IN2
† OVR_CTRL1
EV CASC_OUT
OVR_CTRL2
OVR_CTRL

When the PID tracks at limit until PV and SP cross input (PV_SP_LIM_TRK) is True,
and the ER command is True, the reset does not occur until the following conditions are
all False:
• PV value becomes greater than the SP value when US is True and the controller is
reverse acting
• PV value becomes greater than the SP value when LS is True and the controller is
direct acting
• PV value becomes less than the SP value when LS is True and the controller is
reverse acting
• PV value becomes less than the SP value when US is True and the controller is direct
acting
PID Track at Limit until PV and SP Cross (PV_SP_LIM_TRK)
If PV_SP_LIM_TRK is True, when the controller output reaches either H or L limit, the
controller tracks the limit value until PV crosses SP. Once PV crosses SP, the controller
resumes the controlling action. The following graph displays PV, SP, and CVO for a PID_
MA_ENH block with PV_SP_LIM_TRK both True and False. Notice that with PV_SP_
LIM_TRK set to True (left of the black vertical line) VO remains at the limit until PV
crosses SP. With PV_SP_LIM_TRK set to False (right of the black vertical line), CVO
only tracks the limit until PV changes slope.
PV_SP_LIM_TRK Set to True and False
The graph displays PV (blue sine wave), SP (green horizontal line), and CVO (brown sine
wave, capped). With PV_SP_LIM_TRK set to True, the controller behaves as displayed
in the graph by the data to the left of the vertical black line. With PV_SP_LIM_TRK set
to False, the controller behaves as displayed by the data to the right of the vertical black
line.
Each time SP and PV cross the threshold defined by the range of ERR_CDB, (the error
for dead band PV and SP equality), and the error for dead band equality input, ERR_C, is
True, the controller calculates the integral term from the last calculated control output
value, CVO (BLOCK_OPT enumeration must contain PID).

Inhibit Proportional and Derivative Action on Setpoint Change (INH_PDG)
The INH_PDG parameter, when True, inhibits proportional and derivative controller
action. When the SP change is detected to exceed a scan time calculated dead band
derived from the value of the dead band setpoint to inhibit the proportional and derivative
action, INH_PDG_CDB, in units/sec; the controller calculates the integral term from the
last calculated control output value, CVO (BLOCK_OPT enumeration must contain PID).
Note If INH_PDG is True and the setpoint is constantly changing (possibly a remote
setpoint) by an amount greater than the scan time calculated dead band specified by NH_
PDG_CDB, then the controller is an integral only controller.
Bumpless Proportional and Integral Gain ValueChanges (PG_C and IG_C)

If the value of the proportional gain (PG) or the integral gain (IG) is variable, the input
parameters PG_C and G_C provide bumpless controller action when True. If the value of
PG or IG exceeds the dead band PG_CDB for PG and IG_CDB for IG, and the
corresponding PG_C or IG_C parameter is True, the controller calculates the integral term
from the last calculated control output value, CVO (BLOCK_OPTenumeration must
contain PID).
Feed Forward (FF)
When the BLOCK_OPT input enumeration contains PID the block provides a FF input
that is added as a last step before the output value of CVO and characterized output
values of CV and, if applicable, SV are output from the PID_MA_ENH block.
Status Propagation and Bad Quality Determination of CVO, CV, and SV
Outputs
The PID_MA_ENH block monitors the quality status values of various inputs and
connected outputs to determine the quality status value of CVO, CV, and SV (if the
MODE_OPT enumeration contains SPLIT then the split output property SPLIT_P is
True).
The quality status value of the control variable output CV is either the quality status value
of CVO or, if SPLIT_P is True and the quality status value of BKCAL_IN_CV is > 200
and < 203, the quality status value of CV is assigned a quality status value of 196, NOT_
The quality status value of the split range control variable output SV is either the quality
SV is > 200 and < 203, the quality status value of SV is assigned a quality status value of
196, NOT_LIMITED-INTIALIZATION_ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC.
The quality status value of the control variable output CVO is determined by the how the
block is used. If the PID_MA_ENH block is connected to an OVR_ST_ENH block, the
enumerated OVR_CTRL input contains the enumeration OVR_CTRL, or the block is
used as the outer loop in a cascaded scenario, the outputs CV and SV are not connected to
hard I/O. Therefore, the quality status values of CV and SV are not considered when the
quality status value of CVO is calculated. This eliminates the propagation of erroneous
CVO quality status values that would result from CV and SVnot being connected to hard
I/O points. Otherwise, the PID_MA_ENH block calculates the quality status value of
CVO from appropriate inputs with quality status values, input parameters values, and the
connected hard I/O quality status values of CV and, if the MODE_OPT contains SPLIT
and SPLIT_P is True), SV. The analog output variables attached to CV and SV are
monitored for quality status, resulting in the following possible CVO quality status
values:

• 12 - I/O Pack Health Failed – NOT_LIMITED-DEVICE_FAILURE-BAD
• 16 - I/O Pack Health Failed – NOT_LIMITED-SENSOR_FAILURE-BAD
If neither of these conditions exists, the quality status value of CVO is calculated by the
PID_MA_ENH block to be from 192 to 198, depending on numerous variables used in
the quality status calculation, which result in the following values:
• Status value 192 indicates CVOis NOT_LIMITED_GOODC

• Status value 196 indicates CVO is NOT_LIMITED-INITIALIZED_
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
• Status value 197 indicates CVO is OW_LIMITED-INITIALIZED_
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
When using FOUNDATION fieldbus, if the split range mode is not selected (SPLIT_P is
False) and the quality status value of BKCAL_IN_CV or BKCAL_IN_SV is > 200 and <
LS and US are False. When split range mode is selected (SPLIT_P is True), the
FOUNDATION fieldbus initialization acknowledge provided in the previous sections
indicates the quality status of CV and SV.
If CVI_BQ, EV_BQ, PV_BQ, RSP_BQ, RSP_OV, FFWD_BQ, TV_BQ, BKCALIN_
CV_BQ, and BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ are False and the value of CVO is less than or equal
to the low limit (LS is True), 1 is added to the CVO status value.
CV_BQ, and BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ are False, and the value of CVO is greater than or
equal to the high limit (US is True), 2 is added to the CVO status value.
CVO status is based upon the following in order of priority:
• The analog output variables attached to CV and SV are monitored for quality status. This results in the following
possible CVO statuses:
• If CVI_BQ, EV_BQ, PV_BQ, RSP_BQ, RSP_OV, FFWD_BQ, TV_BQ, BKCALIN_CV_BQ , or BKCAL_IN_SV_
BQ is True, the value of CVO status is CONSTANT-GOODC [195].
• If CVI_BQ, EV_BQ, PV_BQ, RSP_BQ, RSP_OV, FFWD_BQ, TV_BQ, BKCALIN_CV_BQ, or BKCAL_IN_SV_
BQ is True, the value of CVO status is CONSTANT-GOODC [195]. If the following are False, CVI_BQ, EV_BQ,
PV_BQ, RSP_BQ, RSP_OV, FFWD_BQ, TV_BQ, BKCALIN_CV_BQ, and BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ and the value of
CVO is greater than or equal to the high limit, US is True, 2 is added to the CVO status value.

Manual Auto Configuration
Typical connections for PID_MA_ENH blocks with BLOCK_OPT enumerations MA,
MA_EXT, and MA_REM without a control variable input (CVI) available are displayed
in the following figure. Note the connection of SP to VI.
PID_MA_ENH Controller with BLOCK_OPT Enumerations

The PID_MA_ENH block monitors and propagates the health or quality status of I/O
points CVI, EV, FF, PV, RSP, TV, BKCAL_IN_CV, BKCAL_IN_SV, POS_CV, POS_SV
and determines when action must be taken because a bad quality related input.
The following inputs are monitored for quality status based on block operational mode
input BLOCK_OPT:
• CVI is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen as
MA, MA_EXT or MA_REM. These are the only modes, which allow the bad quality
of CVI to affect block operation.
• EV input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen
as PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_CASC, PID_MA_EXT or PID_
MA_EXT_CASC. These are the only modes that allow the bad quality of EV to
affect block operation.
• FF input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen as
PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_CASC, PID_MA_EXT or PID_
MA_EXT_CASC. These are the only modes that allow the bad quality of FF to affect
block operation.
• PV input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen as
MA, MA_EXT, MA_REM, PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_
CASC, PID_MA_EXT or PID_MA_EXT_CASC. These are the only modes that
allow the bad quality of PV to affect block operation.
• RSP input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen
as MA_EXT, MA_REM, PID, PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_CASC, PID_MA_
EXT or PID_MA_EXT_CASC. These are the only modes that allow the bad quality
of RSP to affect block operation.
• TV input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen
as MA, MA_EXT, MA_REM, PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_
allow the bad quality of TV to affect block operation.
The following inputs are monitored for quality status based on the mode input MODE_
OPT containing POS:
• POS_CV input is used to determine if bad quality (POS_CV_BQ) is present and if

there is a significant difference between the feedback value and the requested value
CV to warrant an enabled high differential alarm, POS_CV_DH.
• POS_SV input is used to determine if bad quality (POS_SV_BQ) is present and if
SV to warrant an enabled high differential alarm, POS_SV_DH.

Bad Quality Outputs
Control Variable PID Track Value Bad Quality (BKCAL_IN_CV_BQ) is determined by
the following conditions:
• BLOCK_OPT enumeration is MA, MA_EXT, MA_REM, PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_

EXT, PID_MA_EXT_CASC, PID_MA_REM, or PID_MA_REM_CASC
• Control variable PID track value input BKCAL_IN_CV is determined to be bad
quality, a quality status value < 32.
Split Range Variable PID Track Value Bad Quality (BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ) is determined
by the following conditions:

• Split range PID track value input BKCAL_IN_SV is determined to be bad quality (a
• FOUNDATION fieldbus inputs BKCAL_IN_CV or BKCAL_IN_SV, if used, status
values are ≥ 196 and ≤ 227.
• CVO is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
Control Variable Input Bad Quality (CVI_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:
• BLOCK_OPT enumeration is MA, MA_EXT, or MA_REM and the control variable

input CVI is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
External Reset Value Bad Quality (EV_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:
• BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_EXT, PID_MA_EXT_

CASC, PID_MA_REM, or PID_MA_REM_CASC
• EV is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
Process Variable Bad Quality (PV_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:

• PV is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
Remote Setpoint Bad Quality (RSP_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:
• BLOCK_OPT enumeration is MA_EXT, MA_REM, PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_EXT,

PID_MA_EXT_CASC, PID_MA_REM, or PID_MA_REM_CASC
• RSP is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
• RSP_OV is set to True when the status of RSP is detected as a constant value
condition (195) and the block is in a cascade mode (BLOCK_OPT is PID_MA_
EXT_CASC or PID_MA_REM_CASC). This condition indicates that an upstream
PID_MA_ENH has a bad quality condition and is now in manual and/or tracking
mode. This is designed to propagate to all blocks that make up the loop, including the
OVR_ST_ENH.

Track Value Bad Quality (TV_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:

• TV is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
Feed Forward Bad Quality (FFWD_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:

• FF is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
FOUNDATION fieldbus Command to Manual Operation (FF_IMAN) is set to True when the
status of a FOUNDATION fieldbus AO is quality status is detected as 196-227. FF_IMAN
will reject the PID_MA_ENH block to a manual and/or tracking state. This status
indicates that a downstream FF AO is requesting to initialize a control output, or it is in a
fault state or is not inviting the PID_MA_ENH to participate in the control process. It is a
requirement that BK_CAL_IN_CV is connected to the corresponding BK_CAL_OUT of
the FF AO that is driven by CV. The corresponding requirement exists for BK_CAL_IN_
SV when split range control is used.
Control Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality (POS_CV_BQ) is determined by the
following condition: POS_CV is determined to be bad quality a quality status value < 32),
and the enumerated input MODE_OPT contains POS (the position feedback property,
POSFB_P, is True). This bad quality detection also generates a LVL_4 alarm.
Split Range Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality (POS_SV_BQ) is determined by the
following condition: POS_SV is determined to be bad quality a quality status value < 32),
POSFB_P is True). This bad quality detection also generates a LVL_4 alarm.

Alarmed Points
The following output points generate a LVL_4 alarm when activated:
• POS_CV_DH
• POS_SV_DH
• MN_REJ_A
• POS_CV_BQ
• POS_SV_BQ
Note If the POS_DH_T parameter is set to zero, both high deviation alarms, POS_CV_
DH and POS_SV_DH, will be disabled.

• Position feedback property (POSFB_P) must be True (MODE_OPT must contain
POS).
• Input variable POS_CV or POS_SV have a GOOD quality status indication for the
corresponding alarm to be activated (GOOD quality status range value is from 128 to
155 or 192 to 227).
The MN_REJ_A cannot be activated when the enumerated override station control input
OVR_CTRL contains OVR_CTRL or the enumerated BLOCK_OPT input is PID only
(the output PID_P is True). Otherwise, the following conditions activate the reject to
manual alarm, MN_REJ_A:
• When MN_REJ input from a manual reject-type block contains OVR, the PID_MA_
ENH block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the MN_REJ_
A.
• When CMD_OVR input from an override-type block contains OVR, the PID_MA_
ENH block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the MN_REJ_
A.

• When input parameter reject to manual on bad quality, BQ_MAN, is set to True, the
PID_MA_ENH block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the
MN_REJ_A, when any of the following bad quality indicators becomes True:
− BKCAL_CV_BQ
− BKCAL_SV_BQ
− OBQ
− CVI_BQ
− EV_BQ
− PV_BQ
− RSP_BQ
− TV_BQ
− FFWD_BQ
• If BQ_MAN is False, the block will be put into tracking mode (TK_OUT will be
True).
• If the PID_MA_ENH block is in auto mode and the operator places the block in lock
mode (LOCK is True), the block will be put in manual mode and the MN_REJ_A
will be activated.
• If the BLOCK_OPT enumerated input is changed to MA_MAN and the block is in
auto mode, the block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the
MN_REJ_A.
• If the block is in auto mode, the BLOCK_OPT enumerated input is PID_MA_EXT_
CASC or PID_MA_REM_CASC, and the quality status value of the remote setpoint
RSP is equal to 195, CONSTANT-GOODC, then the remote setpoint override (RSP_
OVR) (when reject to manual on bad quality, BQ_MAN, is True) becomes True and
the block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the MN_REJ_A.
Position Feedback Bad Quality Alarms (POS_CV_BQ and POS_SV_BQ)
The Control Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality (POS_CV_BQ) or the Split Range
Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality (POS_SV_BQ) generate a LVL_4 alarm when
either bad quality is detected.
Local and Remote Setpoint Mode (RS)
The output RS indicates when the PID_MA_ENH block is using the remote setpoint
input, RSP (when the block is in auto mode), as the setpoint to calculate CVO. The
Boolean value of RS is determined by a reset dominant latched output that is determined
by the following:
• When the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID, PID_MA_EXT, PID_MA_EXT_CASC

or MA_EXT, the setpoint mode is set to remote (RS is True).
• When the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID_MA or MA, the setpoint mode is set to
local (RS is False).
• When the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_CASC or
MA_REM, the operator can use the graphical interface to select remote or local
setpoint mode or the block can be externally commanded to the remote setpoint mode
by the pulsed RSP_SEL input.

Tracking Pulse (TRACK_SC)
When the RS changes state or the PID_MA_ENH is selected to be in auto mode, the track
pulse to align the set point, TRACK_SC, becomes True; the controller calculates the
integral term from the last calculated control output value.
POP values CV_L, CV_R, CV_MN, SV_L, SV_R, and SV_MN
The POP feature is designed to provide a valve closing hysteresis loop. This prevents a
control valve from throttling on the valve seat, reducing control valve wear. In the
decreasing direction, the feature does not allow CV to become less than the pop value of
CV_L until the characterized value of CVO becomes less than reset value, CV_R. When
the characterized value of CVO becomes less than CV_R, CV is set to the minimum
desired output value, CV_MN. In the increasing direction, CV remains equal to CV_MN
until the characterized value of CVO becomes greater than the value of CV_L. Once the
characterized value of CVO is greater than CV_L, CV will POP to the value of CV_L and
CV will follow the characterized value of CVO as long as it is above CV_L. The POP
feature is enabled when CV_L>CV_R>CV_MN and disabled when CV_L=CV_R=CV_
MN. This POP concept also applies to SV, when the MODE_OPT input enumeration
contains SPLIT, SPLIT_P is True, and the values of SV_L, SV_R and SV_MN are set.
Cascaded PID_MA_ENH Blocks
Proper operation of cascaded PID_MA_ENH blocks require the inner loop PID_MA_
ENH cascaded block option input, BLOCK_OPT, enumeration to be either PID_MA_
REM_CASC or PID_MA_EXT_CASC and the cascaded outer loop ID_MA_ENH block
option input, BLOCK_OPT, enumeration cannot be either PID_MA_REM_CASC or
PID_MA_EXT_CASCThe inner loop provides the control variable output which is
connected to the controlled device through a hard analog IO point, CV or, if applicable,
SV. The outer loop output, CVO, drives the remote setpoint input of the inner loop, RSP.
The cascaded blocks transfer information through the CASC_OUT output of the outer
loop to the CASC_IN input of the inner loop and CASC_OUT output of the inner loop to
CASC_IN input of the outer loop. A cascade control loop provides tighter and more
responsive control than a non-cascade control loop. However, determining which process
variables to use or add can be costly and unjustified, when a non-cascade control loop can
provide sufficient control.
When the PID_MA_ENH block is used in an override control scheme in conjunction with
an OVR_ST_ENH block, the CASC_OUT output of the PID_MA_ENH is connected to
the desired OVR_ST_ENH block input CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, or CASC_IN3.

CASC_IN Input and CASC_OUT Output enumerations are as follows:
CASC_IN Input and CASC_OUT Output Enumerations

Name Description
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_
INNER
INNER
INNER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and
TUNE_INNER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and
TUNE_INNER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_
OUTER

CASC_IN Input and CASC_OUT Output Enumerations (continued)
Name Description
OUTER
OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and
TUNE_OUTER
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_
OUTER
OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and
TUNE_OUTER
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_ Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER,
OUTER
OUTER
TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and
TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_ Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_
OUTER INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER- Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_
TUNE_OUTER INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
NO_CASC No cascade
NO_CASC— default value of CASC_IN and CASC_OUT. However, the output CASC_
OUT will never be NO_CASC when the controller is running. If no connection is made to
the CASC_IN input, the enumeration will be NO_CASC and the PID_MA_ENH block is
not in a cascade configuration.

DIRECT — determined by the CRTL_ACT enumeration. If CTRL_ACT is DIRECT,
then CASC_OUT will contain the enumeration DIRECT. This information is then
transferred between the cascaded PID_MA_ENH blocks by the CASC_OUT output of the
outer loop to the CASC_IN input of the inner loop and CASC_OUT output of the inner
loop to CASC_IN input of the outer loop. This shared information is necessary to prevent
the cascaded outer loop PID_MA_ENH block from winding up or down when the inner
loop cascaded block reaches its upper (US) or lower (LS) limit is True, respectively.
REVERSE — determined by the CRTL_ACT enumeration. If CRTL_ACT is REVERSE,
then CASC_OUT will contain the enumeration REVERSE. This information is then
transferred between the cascaded PID_MA_ENH blocks by the CASC_OUT output of the
outer loop to the CASC_IN input of the inner loop and CASC_OUT output of the inner
loop to CASC_IN input of the outer loop. This shared information is necessary to prevent
the cascaded outer loop PID_MA_ENH block from winding up or down when the inner
loop cascaded block reaches its US or LS limit is True, respectively.
TRACK — used by the inner loop cascade output (CASC_OUT) to command the outer
loop using the cascade input (CASC_IN) to track its tracking value (TV) input. The inner
loop sends this enumeration to the outer loop when inner loop output Tracking Status
(TK_OUT) is True. The input CASC_IN does not validate the outer loop CASC_OUT
TRACK enumeration; the TRACK information from the outer loop is not used by the
inner loop.
LOW_LIMITED — used by CASC_OUT to command the outer loop using CASC_IN
to inhibit the increase or decrease value of the outer loop CVO when the inner loop output
has reached its US or LS limits outputs or the inner loop is True, respectively. When the
inner loop CASC_OUT enumeration contains DIRECT and LOW_LIMITED, the outer
loop responds by inhibiting the increase in the outer loop output CVO, which is connected
to the inner loop RSP. When the inner loop CASC_OUT enumeration contains REVERSE
and LOW_LIMITED the outer loop responds by inhibiting the decrease in the outer loop
output, CVO, which is connected to the inner loop, RSP. The input CASC_IN does not
validate CASC_OUT LOW_LIMITED enumeration; the LOW_LIMITED information
from the outer loop is not used by the inner loop.
HIGH_LIMITED — used by the output, CASC_OUT to command the outer loop using
the cascade input, CASC_IN, to inhibit the increase or decrease value of the outer loop
control variable output, CVO, when the inner loop output has reached its US or LS limit
outputs, or the inner loop is True, respectively. When CASC_OUT enumeration contains
DIRECT and HIGH_LIMITED, the outer loop responds by inhibiting the decrease in the
outer loop output CVO, which is connected to the inner loop RSP. When CASC_OUT
enumeration contains REVERSE and HIGH_LIMITED, the outer loop responds by
inhibiting the increase in the outer loop output CVO, which is connected to the inner loop
RSP. The inner loop input CASC_IN does not validate the outer loop CASC_OUT
HIGH_LIMITED enumeration; the HIGH_LIMITED information from the outer loop is
not used by the inner loop.
TUNE_INNER — indicates the inner loop of cascaded PID_MA_ENH blocks has been
selected by the operator from the graphical interface to be in tuning mode.
TUNE_OUTER — indicates the outer loop of cascaded PID_MA_ENH blocks has been
selected by the operator from the graphical interface to be in tuning mode. If a
non-cascaded PID_MA_ENH block is used in an override control scenario with an OVR_
ST_ENH block, this enumeration will be contained in the CASC_OUT output when the
PID_MA_ENH block is in tuning mode.
The following figure displays a typical PID_MA_ENH Cascaded Controllers
configuration example.

Typical PID_MA_ENH Cascaded Controllers, CASC_OUT and CASC_IN Connections

Override Control Using PID_MA_ENH in Conjunction with OVR_ST_ENH
The override station block OVR_ST_ENH has the capability of controlling up to three
PID_MA_ENH blocks. Each PID_MA_ENH block used is connected to the OVR_ST_
ENH block outputs OVR_CTRL1, OVR_CTRL2, and, if three PID_MA_ENH blocks are
used, OVR_CTRL3, by the PID_MA_ENH block override control input OVR_CTRL.
Note When the PID_MA_ENH block is used in an override control scheme and is not in
tuning mode (TUN is False) the block cannot be put into manual mode.
OVR_CTRL enumerations are as follows:
OVR_CTRL Input Enumerations

Name Description
NONE None
OVR_CTRL-ER OVR_ST in use and EXTERNAL RESET
OVR_CTRL-TRACK OVR_ST in use and TRACK
OVR_CTRL-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and SELECTED
OVR_CTRL-ER-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and EXTERNAL RESET and

SELECTED
OVR_ OVR_ST in use and TRACK and SELECTED
CTRL-TRACK-SELECTED
NONE — used when no override station block, OVR_ST_ENH, is connected to the PID_
MA_ENH OVR_CTRL input.
OVR_CTRL — indicates override station block OVR_MA_ENH controls PID_MA_
ENH.
ER indicates OVR_ST_ENH is requesting an external reset from PID_MA_ENHThis
enumeration is equivalent to the PID_MA_ENH input ER being set to True and sets the
external reset output ER_OUT to True.
TRACK — indicates OVR_ST_ENHis requesting PID_MA_ENH to use the TV input to
calculate CVO.
SELECTED — indicates CVO of PID_MA_ENH is being used by OVR_ST_ENH. Up
to three PID_MA_ENH blocks may be connected to one OVR_ST_ENH block. When
this enumeration is used, the override select output OVRST_SEL is True, indicating the
OVR_ST_ENH block has selected this PID_MA_ENH block to calculate its outputs.
Only one of the two, or three, PID_MA_ENH blocks can be selected at any given time for
use by the OVR_ST_ENH block.

Manual Tuning Mode
If the BLOCK_OPT enumeration contains PID, the PID_MA_ENH faceplate enables the
Tune button in the lower corner of the faceplate.
Tuning Faceplate

The tuning faceplate enables the operator to modify the proportional gain (PG in %/%),
integral gain (IG in repeats/minute), and derivative gain (DG in minutes) values, P, I and
D. A number of tuning methods are available, with some more complex than others. This
document only covers basic manual tuning instructions.
Note The operator is responsible for ensuring that the system loop is in a tunable mode
and all safety precautions have been meet before beginning a manual tuning procedure. If
in doubt, contact GE for assistance.
➢ To modify P, I, and D
1. Begin with all gains values, PG, IG and DG, set to zero, denoted as P, I, and D in the
tuning faceplate.
2. Slowly increase the value of the proportional gain, P, until the output begins to
oscillate. This may take a considerable amount of time, depending on the
responsiveness of the loop; a large supply tank or irrigation pond level may take
several hours or even days to respond. However, this is not the case for most
circumstances. Wait for the loop to respond. If the system cannot tolerate an
overshoot of the setpoint, the value of PG will be much less than one half the value
that caused the output to begin oscillating.
3. When the oscillation begins, set P to approximately one half the value.
4. Increase the value of integral value, I, until the output is driven to the setpoint, in an
acceptable time frame for the process. System instability will result if the integral
value is too great.
5. The derivative gain, D, may not be necessary, but increasing the value of D causes
the system loop to respond more aggressively when there is a disturbance in the
system. If D is too great, the system will respond too rapidly and the output will
overshoot the setpoint.
If the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID_MA, PID_MA_REM or PID_REM_CASC, the
BLOCK_OPT enumerations are modified when TUN is True to allow output and setpoint
changes while in tuning mode. If the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID or PID_MA_
EXT, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM. If the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID_MA_
EXT_CASC, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM_CASC. The block returns to the
original BLOCK_OPT enumeration when TUN becomes False.
When a PID_MA_ENH block is used in an override control scheme, the OVR_ST_ENH
block ensures that the PID_MA_ENH block that is in tune mode is selected to drive the
output to facilitate tuning.

When installing a PID_MA_ENH block into the ToolboxST application code, the
ToolboxST application generates a pop up window that prompts the user to enter the
Device Name, Device Description, Format Specification for the process variable (PV) and
the Format Specification for the control variable (CV). The block automatically creates
the variables associated with the block and provides the appropriate attributes for each
Note Each Device name used in a controller must be unique.
PID_MA_ENH Default Attribute Values
PID_MA_ENH Block

Inputs
Name Global Description Data Type Array Initial Value Visibility Interface
Definition
AU_PMT Yes AUTO PERMIT UNIT 0 PERM-NO_ Always Value Only
BYPASS
BKCAL_IN_CV CONTROL VARIABLE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
PID TRACK VALUE Status
AND STATUS
BKCAL_IN_SV SPLIT RANGE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VARIABLE PID TRACK Status
VALUE AND STATUS
BLOCK_OPT BLOCK OPTIONS UINT 0 PID_MA Always Value Only
ON BQ (False)
CASC_IN CASCADE IN UINT 0 NO_CASC Always Value Only
ENUMERATION
STATUS
CMD_FRC Yes FORCE COMMAND UINT 0 NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
CMD_OVR Yes OVERRIDE COMMAND UINT 0 NO_OVR-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
BLOCK
CTL Yes {Desc} CONTROL UINT 0 NO_CMD Always Value Only
WORD
CTRL_ACT CONTROLLER ACTION UINT 0 DIRECT Always Value Only
MINIMUM
TO MINIMUL LEVEL
CV_X Yes {Desc} CV X CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,- Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 50,60,
70,80,90,100,100-
0000
CV_Y Yes {Desc} CV Y CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,- Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 50,60,
70,80,90,100,100-
0000
CVI Yes {Desc} CONTROL REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VARIABLE INPUT Status
DG Yes {Desc} PID REAL 0 0 Parameter Value Only
DERIVATIVE GAIN
EN_PROC_ LIM_ Yes {Desc} ENABLE BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
HIGH PROCESS
DEPENDENT HIGH
LIMIT
EN_PROC_ LIM_ Yes {Desc} ENABLE BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
LOW PROCESS
DEPENDENT LOW
LIMIT
ER Yes PID EXTERNAL RESET BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
ENABLED
ERR_C ENABLE ERROR DEAD BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
BAND EQUALITY

Inputs (continued)
Definition
ERR_CDB ERROR DEAD BAND REAL 0 0 Parameter Value Only
FOR PV_SP EQUALITY
EV PID EXTERNAL RESET REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VALUE Status
FF PID FEEDFORWARD REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VALUE Status
LIMIT
IG Yes {Desc} PID INTEGRAL REAL 0 3 Parameter Value Only
GAIN
IG_C ENABLE BUMPLESS BOOL 0 True Parameter Value Only
IG CHANGES
IG_CDB IG BUMPLESS REAL 0 0.1 Parameter Value Only
CHANGE DEAD BAND
INH_PDG INHIBIT BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
PROPORTIONAL AND
DERIVATIVE ACTION
ON SETPOINT
CHANGE
INH_PDG_CDB SP DEAD BAND TO REAL 0 0.000625 Parameter Value Only
INHIBIT
PROPORTIONAL AND
DERIVATIVE ACTION
ON SETPOINT
CHANGE (EU/SEC)
POSITION FOR LOCK
AND RELEASE TO
MODULATE
LIMIT
SETPOINT
MN_REJ Yes MANUAL REJECT UINT 0 NO_OVR-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
MOD_PMT Yes MODULATE PERMIT UINT 0 PERM-NO_ Always Value Only
BYPASS
MR MANUAL REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
ADJUSTMENT RATE
VALUE
OVR_CTRL OVR_ST CONTROL UINT 0 NONE Always Value Only
STATUS
PG Yes {Desc} PID REAL 0 1 Parameter Value Only
PROPORTIONAL GAIN
PG_C ENABLE BUMPLESS BOOL 0 True Parameter Value Only
PG CHANGES
PG_CDB PG BUMPLESS REAL 0 1 Parameter Value Only
CHANGE DEAD BAND

Inputs (continued)
Definition
FDBK Status
POS_DH_SP {Desc} POSITION DEV REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
HI SP
POS_DH_T {Desc} POSITION DEV UDINT 0 5000 Parameter Value Only
HI DELAY
FDBK Status
PROC_LIM_HIGH Yes {Desc} PROCESS REAL 0 100 Always Value Only
DEPENDENT HIGH
LIMIT
PROC_LIM_LOW Yes {Desc} PROCESS REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
DEPENDENT LOW
LIMIT
VARIABLE Status
PV_SP_LIM_TRK PID TRACK AT LIMIT BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
UNTIL PV_SP CROSS
SETPOINT Status
SF {Desc} PID SCALE REAL 0 1 Parameter Value Only
FACTOR
UPPER LIMIT
LOWER LIMIT
TRACKS PV IN
MANUAL AND RSP IN
AUTO-REMOTE
SQR_ERR SQUARE ERROR BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
USED IN
PROPORTIONAL
TERM
ADJUSTMENT RATE
MINIMUM
TO MINIMUM
SV_X Yes {Desc} SV X CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,- Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 50,60,
70,80,90,100,100-
0000

Inputs (continued)
Definition
SV_Y Yes {Desc} SV Y CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,- Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 50,60,
70,80,90,100,100-
0000
TV PID TRACK VALUE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
Status
Outputs
Value Type
CASC_OUT CASCADE OUT UINT 0 NO_CASC Always Value Only
ENUMERATION STATUS
CHARACTERIZATION
PROPERTY
CV Yes {Desc} CHARACTERIZED REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
CV OUTPUT Status
CVI_BQ Yes {Desc} CONTROL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
VARIABLE INPUT BQ
ER_OUT Yes {Desc} PID EXTERNAL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
RESET ENABLED
EV_BQ Yes {Desc} PID EXTERNAL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
RESET VALUE BQ
FFWD_BQ Yes {Desc} PID BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
FEEDFORWARD VALUE
BQ
FRC_CMD Yes {Desc} FORCE COMMAND BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
FRC_CMDB Yes {Desc} FORCE COMMAND BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BLOCK STS
MA_EXT_P Yes {Desc} MA_ST - BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
EXTERNAL SP
MA_MAN_P Yes {Desc} MA_ST - MANUAL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SP
MA_P Yes {Desc} MA_ST - AUTO SP BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
& MANUAL SP
MA_REM_P Yes {Desc} MA_ST - REMOTE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SP & LOCAL SP
COMMAND
COMMAND BLOCK STS
OVRST_SEL Yes OVR_ST - THIS PID_MA IS BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SELECTED

Outputs (continued)
Value Type
PID_MA_EXT_ C_ Yes {Desc} PID & MA_ST - BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
P EXTERNAL SP FROM
CASC PID
PID_MA_EXT_P Yes {Desc} PID & MA_ST BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
EXTERNAL SP
PID_MA_P Yes {Desc} PID & MA_ST - BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
AUTO SP & MANUAL SP
PID_MA_REM_ C_ Yes {Desc} PID & MA_ST - BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
P REMOTE SP FROM CASC
PID & LOCAL SP
PID_MA_REM_P Yes {Desc} PID & MA_ST - BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
REMOTE SP & LOCAL SP
PID_P Yes {Desc} PID - WITHOUT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
MA_ST
BYPASS STS
PERMIT
PERMIT BYPASS STS
FDBK BAD QUALITY
POS_CV_DH Yes {Desc} CV POSITION DEV BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
HI ALARM
FDBK BAD QUALITY
POS_SV_DH Yes {Desc} SV POSITION DEV BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
HI ALARM
PROPERTY
PV_BQ Yes {Desc} PID PROCESS BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
VARIABLE BQ
BYPASS STS
SETPOINT BQ
RSP_OV Yes {Desc} REMOTE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SETPOINT OVERRIDE
(INTERNAL BEFORE
RAMP)
SP Yes {Desc} SETPOINT REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
PROPERTY
OUTPUT
TK_CMDB Yes {Desc} TRACK COMMAND BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BLOCK STS
TV_BQ Yes {Desc} PID TRACK VALUE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
BQ

Outputs (continued)
Value Type
SETPOINT MODE
TUN Yes {Desc} TUNING MODE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000. AUTO 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CHAR_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
CHARACTERIZATION
PROPERTY
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CTL 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
Description CONTROL WORD Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description Alarmed
CHARACTERIZED CV
OUTPUT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_L 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_MN 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
MINIMUM
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_R 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False ReadOnly
TO MINIMUL LEVEL
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_X 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
ARRAY
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_Y 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
ARRAY
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CVI 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE INPUT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CVI_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE INPUT BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CVO 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE OUTPUT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.DEC_INH 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description INHIBIT DEC Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000.G 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
Description PID DERIVATIVE Alarmed
GAIN

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000.EN_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
PROC_LIM_HIGH Description ENABLE Alarmed
PROCESS DEPENDENT
HIGH LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.EN_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
PROC_LIM_LOW Description ENABLE Alarmed
PROCESS DEPENDENT
LOW LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. R_OUT 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID EXTERNAL Alarmed
RESET ENABLED
00PID_MA_ENH1000. EV_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
RESET VALUE BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.FFWD_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID Alarmed
FEEDFORWARD VALUE BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.FRC_CMD 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
COMMAND
00PID_MA_ENH1000.FRC_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000.H 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. IG 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
Description PID INTEGRAL Alarmed
GAIN
00PID_MA_ENH1000. INC_INH 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. INIT_POS 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description INITIAL POSITION Alarmed
FOR LOCK AND RELEASE
TO MODULATE
00PID_MA_ENH1000. L 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. LOCK 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not True $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. LOCK_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
PROPERTY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. LS 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MA_EXT_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
P Description MA_ST - Alarmed
EXTERNAL SP
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MA_MAN_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
P Description MA_ST - MANUAL Alarmed
SP

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MA_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description MA_ST - AUTO Alarmed
SP & MANUAL SP
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MA_REM_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
P Description MA_ST - REMOTE Alarmed
SP & LOCAL SP
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MC 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
SETPOINT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MN_REJ_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT Read Only
A Description MANUAL REJECT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.OBQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000.OVR_CMD 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description OVERRIDE Alarmed
COMMAND
00PID_MA_ENH1000.OVR_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000.OVRST_ OVR_ST - THIS PID_MA IS Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SEL SELECTED Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PG 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not $DEFAULT Read Write
PROPORTIONAL GAIN
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PID_MA_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
EXT_C_P Description PID & MA_ST - Alarmed
EXTERNAL SP FROM CASC
PID
EXT_P Description PID & MA_ST Alarmed
EXTERNAL SP
P Description PID & MA_ST - Alarmed
AUTO SP & MANUAL SP
REM_C_P Description PID & MA_ST - Alarmed
REMOTE SP FROM CASC
PID & LOCAL SP
00PID_MA_ENH1000. ID_MA_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
REM_P Description PID & MA_ST - Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PID_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID - WITHOUT Alarmed
MA_ST
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PMT_AU 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PMT_AUB 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
BYPASS STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PMT_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
MOD Description MODULATE Alarmed
PERMIT

Class Page Access
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_CV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
FDBK
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_CV_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT Read Only
BQ Description CV POSITION
FDBK BAD QUALITY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_CV_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT Read Only
DH Description CV POSITION
DEV HI ALARM
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_SV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
FDBK
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_SV_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT Read Only
BQ Description SV POSITION
FDBK BAD QUALITY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_SV_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT Read Only
DH Description SV POSITION
DEV HI ALARM
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POSFB_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description POSITION FDBK Alarmed
PROPERTY
00PID_MA_ENH1000.PR_DEC 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PR_INC 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PROC_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
DEPENDENT LOW LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PV_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID PROCESS Alarmed
VARIABLE BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.REJ_MN 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description MANUAL REJECT Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000.REJ_MNB 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description MANUAL REJECT Alarmed
BYPASS STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000.RS 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT MODE
00PID_MA_ENH1000.RSP 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000.RSP_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.RSP_OV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT OVERRIDE
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SC 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SF 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
Description PID SCALE Alarmed
FACTOR
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SH 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
UPPER LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SI 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SL 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LOWER LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SP_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
TRACK Description SETPOINT Alarmed
TRACKS PV IN MANUAL AND
RSP IN AUTO-REMOTE
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SPLIT_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
PROPERTY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_L 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_MN 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
MINIMUM
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_R 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
TO MINIMUM
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_X 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
ARRAY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_Y 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
ARRAY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. TK_CMDB 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description TRACK Alarmed
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000. TK_OUT 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. TUN 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description TUNING MODE Alarmed

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000. TV_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID TRACK Alarmed
VALUE BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.US 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only

Control Constants
70,80,90,100,1000000
,70,80,90,100,1000000
IG† {Desc} PID INTEGRAL GAIN 3 Read/Write
DG† {Desc} PID DERIVATIVE GAIN 0 Read/Write
PG† {Desc} PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN 1 Read/Write
SF† {Desc} PID SCALE FACTOR 1 Read/Write
70,80,90,100,1000000
70,80,90,100,1000000
† These control constant inputs values are retained in non-volatile memory (NOVRAM).

The CIMPLICITY objects from In edit mode, a PID_MA_ENH block can be directly inserted into the CIMPLICITY
which to choose for PID_MA_ screen from the ToolboxST application code using the drop and drag method. The
ENH are dependent on the CIMPLICITY object created depends on the HMILinkSource and HMILinkedObject
path information. information contained in the PID_MA_ENH block attributes.

PID_MA_ENH Attributes

The following figures are examples of the CIMPLICITY objects for the PID_MA_ENH
block, which can be placed into a CIMPLICITY screen in edit mode, by using the drag
and drop feature.
PID_MA_ENH CIMPLICITY Objects
PID_MA_ENH CIMPLICITY Faceplate

39 Proportional Integral Derivative Enhanced_Version 2
(PID_MA_ENH_V2)
Block Category: PID_MA_ENH_V2, Controls (DCS)
The Proportional Integral Derivative Enhanced_Version 2
(PID_MA_ENH_V2) block is a controller that can be a parallel proportional, integral,
derivative, cascaded or non-cascaded, PID, a manual/auto station, MA, and has enhanced
input and output health quality status monitoring, ENH. The versatile block can be
configured to suit nearly all controller and/or manual/auto station applications, as well as
integrated override station capabilities when used in conjunction with the enhanced
override station block, OVR_ST_ENH_V2. The block configuration is defined by
enumerated inputs, which determine the block functionality and the information displayed
by the corresponding CIMPLICITY graphical interface(s). Additionally, the block
performs quality status monitoring of input signals and output signals and propagates the
quality status to the outputs CVO, CV, and SV.
The programmer must first identify the functions required for the application for which
the block will be used. When the controller function has been properly identified, the
programmer must select the corresponding enumerations from the BLOCK_OPT, CTRL_
ACT, and MODE_OPT inputs that will configure the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block to
perform as desired.

Name Description
PID PID only
MA M/A station only
PID_MA PID with M/A station
PID_MA_EXT PID with M/A station with external setpoint
PID_MA_EXT_CASC PID with M/A station with external setpoint from CASCADE station
PID_MA_REM PID with M/A station with remote setpoint
PID_MA_REM_CASC PID with M/A station with remote setpoint from CASCADE station
MA_EXT M/A station without PID with remote setpoint with HMI SP disabled
MA_REM M/A station without PID with HMI SP enabled (through remote local)
MA_MAN M/A station without PID with HMI MANUAL SP enabled
PID — used for a proportional, integral, derivative controller. It calculates the error or
difference between the process variable (PV) and the setpoint (SP), and manipulates the
controller output (CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV) to minimize the difference between
PV and SP. When the enumeration is PID only, the PID only property (PID_P) is True,
AUTO is True, and the setpoint is driven by the remote setpoint (RSP) input. The
graphical interface is view only and the operator cannot modify the setpoint or the output,
as both are logic driven.

the BLOCK_OPT enumeration PID.
PID Enumeration Faceplate

The PERMIT, AUTO and MA — used for manual and auto selection. The operator selects either the auto control
MANUAL push-buttons are not setpoint or manually sets the output to the desired value. If the enumeration is MA_MAN,
available on MA_MAN. only manual control is available. Refer to the following figures for faceplate examples.
the BLOCK_OPT enumeration MA_MAN.
MA_MAN Enumeration Faceplate

The PERMIT, AUTO and The following figure displays an example of the CIMPICITY graphical interface with the
MANUAL push-buttons are BLOCK_OPT enumeration MA.
available on MA.
MA Enumeration Faceplate

EXT — indicates that an external setpoint value from the block RSP input will be used as
the auto setpoint, and can be viewed only by the operator. The following figure displays
an example of the CIMPICITY graphical interface with the BLOCK_OPT enumeration
MA_EXT.
MA_EXT Enumeration Faceplate

REM — indicates the operator can select between a remote setpoint and a local setpoint
value to be used as the auto setpoint. The operator sets the local setpoint using the
faceplate, and the remote setpoint value is connected to the RSP input pin. The remote
setpoint mode can be selected by the operator using the faceplate or using the pulsed input
pin, RSP_SEL.
Note The RSP_SEL input must be a pulsed input. If a continuous True input is used for
the RSP_SEL input, the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block will not return to remote setpoint
mode from the RSP_SEL input if the operator selects local from the graphical interface.
The following figure displays an example of the CIMPICITY graphical interface with the
BLOCK_OPT enumeration MA_REM in auto and local mode.
MA_REM Enumeration Faceplate

Refer to the section, Cascaded CASC — indicates the block is being used in conjunction with another PID_MA_ENH_
PID_MA_ENH_V2 Blocks. V2 block in a cascade scenario; one PID_MA_ENH_V2 block, the outer loop, controls
the setpoint, RSP, of the other PID_MA_ENH_V2 block, the inner loop. Usually, the
outer loop controls the primary control variable and the inner loop controls a rapidly
changing variable associated with the primary variable. The PID_MA_ENH_V2 that acts
as the inner loop has the CASC enumeration and the outer loop does not. The designation
of CASC allows the graphical interface to provide the option for the operator to view the
inner loop PID_MA_ENH_V2 graphical interface, as well as call the outer loop faceplate
to view the overall process loop viewed as one controller. The following figure is an inner
loop cascade example of the CIMPICITY graphical interface with the BLOCK_OPT
enumeration PID_MA_REM_CASC in auto and local mode.
PID_MA_REM_CASC Faceplate Enumeration

The following figure is an outer loop cascade example of the CIMPICITY graphical
interface with the BLOCK_OPT enumeration PID_MA, in auto mode, which is supplying
the remote setpoint to the PID_MA_ENH1000 represented by the faceplate in the figure,
PID_MA_REM_CASC Faceplate Enumeration.
PID_MA_ENH_V2 Faceplate Enumeration
BLOCK_OPT Exceptions
The selected BLOCK_OPT enumeration needs to be modified under certain conditions:
the operator has placed the block in tuning mode (TUN is True), there is participation in a
PID override control scheme using an OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block, the OVR_CTRL input
enumeration contains OVR_CTRL, or OVRST_CTRL is True.
The order of priority of mode Condition 1: OVRST_CTRL = True, TUN = False
modifications is Condition 1, 2, BLOCK_OPT = PID_MA or PID_MA_REM, it is modified to be PID_MA_EXT
and 3, respectively. BLOCK_OPT = PID_MA_REM_CASC, it is modified to be PID_MA_EXT_CASC
BLOCK_OPT = MA or MA_REM or MA_MAN, it is modified to be MA_EXT
Condition 2: TUN = True
BLOCK_OPT = PID or PID_MA_EXT, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM
BLOCK_OPT = PID_MA_EXT_CASC, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM_CASC
Condition 3: OVRST_CTRL = True, TUN = True
BLOCK_OPT = PID_MA, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM
BLOCK_OPT = MA, it is modified to be MA_REM

BLOCK_OPT Output Properties
The following PID_MA_ENH_V2 output properties control the appearance of the
corresponding graphical interface based on the BLOCK_OPT enumeration:
• ID enumeration sets the PID_P property to True

• MA enumeration sets the MA_P property to True
• PID_MA enumeration sets the PID_MA_P property to True
• PID_MA_EXT enumeration sets the PID_MA_EXT_P property to True
• PID_MA_EXT_CASC enumeration sets the PID_MA_EXT_C_P property to True
• PID_MA_REM enumeration sets the PID_MA_REM_P property to True
• PID_MA_REM_CASC enumeration sets the PID_MA_REM_C_P property to True
• MA_EXT enumeration sets the MA_EXT_P property to True
• MA_REM enumeration sets the MA_REM_P property to True
• MA_MAN enumeration sets the MA_MAN_P property to True
CTRL_ACT enumerations are as follows:
CTRL_ACT Input Enumerations

Name Description
DIRECT Direct action (PV-SP)
REVERSE Reverse action (SP-PV)
DIRECT — indicates the value of CVO increases when the value of PV is greater than
the setpoint and the value of CVO decreases when the value of PV is less than the
setpoint.
REVERSE — indicates the value of CVO decreases when the value of PV is greater than
the setpoint and the value of CVO increases when the value of PV is less than the
setpoint.


Name Description
NONE None
LOCK Lock mode
SPLIT Split range
SPLIT-LOCK Split range and lock mode
SPLIT-LOCK-POS Split range, lock mode, and position feedback
NONE — used when no mode options are to be enabled.

The Lock button can also be LOCK sets the lock property, LOCK_P, to True, allowing software lockout of the
configured to use the controller to be implemented by the operator through the CIMPLICITY graphical
WorkstationST Lock function. interface.
Refer to GEI-100697,
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY
Advanced Viewer Integration,
The valve output CVO must be within 5 units of the initial position input (INIT_POS)
value before the block can be set to lockout mode. When LOCK is True the block is in
lockout mode and block outputs, CVO, CV, and, if applicable, SV are prohibited from
modulating. If the block is in auto mode and not participating in an override control
scheme, the OVR_CTRL input enumeration is NONE, and the BLOCK_OPT
enumeration is not PID only, PID_P is False, then the block will be placed in manual
mode and the manual reject alarm, MAN_REJ_A, is activated. The operator’s ability to
switch to auto mode is also disabled until the block is removed from lockout mode. If the
block is in tuning mode, the tuning mode will also be removed and disabled. Additionally,
the local auto setpoint tracks the process variable input PV when the block is in lockout
mode.
POS — used when there is feedback available from the controlled device. Normally,
feedback is the valve position feedback; however, the POS enumeration can also be used
for motor speed or a variety of other device feedbacks. The position feedback value is
connected to the block input POS_CV and, if the MODE_OPT enumeration SPLIT is
selected, the position feedback from the secondary device is connected to the POS_SV
block input. When the POS enumeration is used, the block output POSFB_P is True, the
feedback value is displayed on the graphical interface faceplate, and, when the cursor is
placed over the feedback area, the pop up window displays the text CV Pos Feedback =
the instantaneous value, as displayed in the following figure.

POS Enumeration Faceplate with Controlling
SPLIT — indicates that the controller will output to two different devices using the block
application. The default characterization arrays are linear for both CV and SV and are as
follows:
• CV_X and SV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• CV_Y and SV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000

array elements in the same order as the SV_Y array, the characterization property,
CHAR_P, is True and the graphical interface displays a button in the lower right corner of
the faceplate with the pop up text Show Characterization, as displayed in the following
figure.
The follow characterizations are applied:
• CV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• CV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• SV_X = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000
• SV_Y = -10, 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1000000

The following PID_MA_ENH_V2 output properties control the appearance of the
corresponding graphical interface based on the MODE_OPT enumeration:
• NONE enumeration sets LOCK_P, POSFB_P, and SPLIT_P property to False

• LOCK enumeration sets the LOCK_P property to True
• POS enumeration sets the POSFB_P property to True
• SPLIT enumeration sets the SPLIT_P property to True
Basic PID_MA_ENH_V2 Block Functionality

The BLOCK_OPT, CTRL_ACT, and MODE_OPT inputs enumerations described in this
section are instrumental in determining the basic PID_MA_ENH_V2 functionality. For
example, the controller is required to be direct acting, have PID functionality, manual or
auto mode capability, ability to be software locked, and feedback is available from the
controlled device. The input enumerations selected are:
• BLOCK_OPT, PID_MA
• CTRL_ACT, DIRECT
• MODE_OPT, LOCK-POS

CTL Enumerations
Name Description
NO_CMD No command
TUN_ON_CMD Tune mode on command
TUN_OFF_CMD Tune mode off command
The operator controls the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block by clicking buttons on the

CIMPLICITY graphical interface pop up faceplate. Certain faceplate buttons carry an
enumerated value represented in the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block input CTL. The
enumerated values are transferred from the faceplate to the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block
through EGD using the CTL. When a command is sent from the faceplate to the PID_
MA_ENH_V2 block, the block runs the command and then, after one second, the block
overwrites the CTL input with the NO_CMD enumeration, thus resetting itself for the
next CTL command. The enumerations for CTL are displayed in the following table.
Note The commands are dependent on the enumerations of BLOCK_OPT and MODE_
OPT. For example, LOCK_CMD and UNLOCK_CMD enumerations are not used if
MODE_OPT does not contain the enumeration LOCK).

AUTO_CM places the block in auto mode from manual mode using the graphical
interface faceplate. The auto setpoint will be local, remote, or external depending on the
BLOCK_OPT enumeration and, if applicable, the operator selection as local or remote.
When the block is in auto mode the output AUTO is True.
MANUAL_CMD places the block in manual mode from auto mode using the graphical
interface faceplate. The operator manually sets the output to the controlled device. When
the block is in manual mode the output AUTO is FLASE.
LOCK_CMD — places the block in lock mode when the block output CVO is within 5
units of the initial position value, NIT_POS. This enumeration command also removes
the block from auto and places it in manual mode and sets the manual reject alarm, MN_
REJ_A, to True. When the block is in lock mode the output LOCK is True.
UNLOCK_CMD — removes the block from lock mode and sets the output LOCK to
False.
TUN_ON_CMD — places the block in tuning mode. The operator is not allowed to
change the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block to the tuning mode when the block is already in
lock mode.

Once the tuning mode has been attained, it can only be reset by one of the following
methods:
• Operator tune off command

• Block is set to lock mode
When the block is in tuning mode, the output TUN is True.
TUN_OFF_CMD — removes the block from the tuning mode and sets TUN to False.
REMOTE_CMD — commands the block, when in auto mode, to use the remote setpoint
value connected to block input pin, RSP, as the auto setpoint. When the block is in remote
mode the remote setpoint output, RS, is True.
LOCAL_CMD — commands the block, when in auto mode, to use the operator defined
local setpoint. When the block is in local setpoint mode, RS is False.
input status with the graphical interface of the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block, thus allowing
the operator to view the individual inputs that put the block into a manual reject mode.
The override graphical interface also enables the operator to block logic driven inputs to
MN_REJ Enumerations
Name Description
NO_OVR — indicates no manual reject command is active; manual reject output REJ_
MN is False
OVR — indicates a manual reject command is active; manual reject output REJ_MN is
True.
logic driven inputs to the override-type block. When a no block is active, REJ_MNB is
False.
logic driven inputs to the override type block. The BLOCK enumeration is not used by
OVR_ST_ENH_V2, but the block does pass the information it to the graphical interface
for display purposes using the output, REJ_MNB. When a block is active, REJ_MNB is
True.

Under most circumstances, if the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is in auto mode and a
validated MN_REJ input enumeration contains OVR, the block is removed from auto
mode and placed in manual mode, and MN_REJ_A is activated and the local auto
setpoint, if available, tracks PV. Exceptions are if the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID,
PID_Pis True, or the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block input OVR_CTLR contains the
enumeration OVRST_CTRL from the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block, indicating the override
station controls the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block.
Other Enumerated External Commands
There are three enumerated PID_MA_ENH_V2 block inputs that provide commands
from external blocks that control the PID_MA_ENH_V2 output, CVO. They are, in order
of priority, CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC, and CMD_TK.
Note When PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks are connected to and receiving inputs from the
OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block, it is recommended to use the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block for
any external commands, such as CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC, or CMD_TK actions for the
PID_MA_ENH_V2 block. In other words, do not connect CMD_OVR, CMD_FRC, and
CMD_TK type blocks to the PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks when using an OVR_ST_ENH_
V2 block. Instead, use the capability of the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block for these actions.

associates its input status with the graphical interface of the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block,
thus allowing the operator to view the individual inputs that place the block in override
mode. The override graphical interface also enables the operator to block logic driven
inputs to release the override condition through the graphical interface. CMD_OVR
Name Description
OVR_CMD is False.
CMDB is False.
CMDB is True.
If the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is in auto mode and a validated CMD_OVR input
enumeration contains OVR, an override command exists and MN_REJ_A is activated,
and the output will move to the input value of the override value, OV. The block is
removed from auto mode and placed in manual mode and the local auto setpoint, if
available, tracks PV.

precedence over a force command (CMD_FRC contains FORCE), and the process
increase and decrease inputs, PR_INC and PR_DEC, respectively.
the operator to view the individual inputs that put the block into a force mode. The force
force condition through the graphical interface. CMD_FRC enumerations are as follows:
Name Description
NO_FORCE — indicates no force command is active and the force command output,
FRC_CMD, is False.
FORCE — indicates a force command is active and if the CMD_OVR enumerated input
does not contain OVR (the output OVR_CMD is False), then the force command output
FRC_CMD is True.
NO-BLOCK— indicates the operator has not invoked a block of any of the associated
logic driven inputs to the force type block. When this enumeration is used, the
force-blocked output FRC_CMDB is False.
BLOCK indicates the operator has invoked a block of at least one of the associated logic
driven inputs to the force type block and sets the force-blocked output FRC_CMDB to
True.
If the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block validated CMD_FRC input enumeration contains
FORCE, a force command exists and the output of the block, CVO, moves to the input
value of the force value, FV.

precedence over a force command (CMD_FRC contains FORCE).

the operator to view the individual inputs that places the block in track mode. The track
track condition through the graphical interface. CMD_TK enumerations are as follows:
CMD_TK Enumerations
Name Description
OUT, is False.
TRACK — indicates a track command is active and TK_OUT is True.
track-blocked output TK_CMDB is False.
track-blocked output TK_CMDB is True.
If the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is in auto mode and a validated CMD_TK input
enumeration contains TRACK, a track command exists and the output of the block, CVO,
tracks the block tracking value input TV.
Priority Increase (PR_INC) and Decrease (PR_DEC) Commands
When the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block input PR_INC is True, the output CVO increases to
the high limit value (H) at the rate defined by the priority increase rate value R_INC_RT
(default value is 1 unit/sec). When the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block input PR_DEC is True
and PR_INC is False, the output CVO decreases to the low limit value (L) at the rate
defined by the priority decrease rate value PR_DEC_RT (default value is 1 unit/sec). The
inputs PR_INC and PR_DEC should be programmed to be mutually exclusive events, but
if at any time they both become True, then PR_INC is the dominate input and the value of
CVO increases to H at the rate defined by PR_INC_RT.
Note A force command (the enumeration of CMD_FRC contains FORCE) or an

override command (the enumeration of CMD_OVR contains OVR) have precedence over
the PR_INC and PR_DEC inputs.

Inhibit Increase (INH_INC) and Decrease (INH_DEC) Commands
The PID_MA_ENH_V2 is capable of inhibiting the output control variable, CVO, from
increasing or decreasing in value absent a force or override command, FORCE from the
enumerated CMD_FRC input or OVR from the enumerated CMD_OVR input.
Inhibiting the increase of the CVO output occurs when INH_INC is True and one of the
• Neither PR_INC nor PR_DEC is True.

CASC, and the CASC_IN enumeration is REVERSE and HI_LIMITED.
CASC, and the CASC_IN enumeration is DIRECT and LOW_LIMITED.
Inhibiting the decrease of the CVO occurs when INH_DEC is True and one of the
• Neither PR_INC nor PR_DEC are True.

CASC and the CASC_IN enumeration is DIRECT and HI_LIMITED.
CASC and the CASC_IN enumeration is REVERSE and LOW_LIMITED.
inputs to obtain an auto permit condition through the graphical interface. AU_PMT
AU_PMT Enumerations
Name Description
NO_PERM — indicates a permit to allow the block to be placed in auto mode has not
been met and the auto permit output, PMT_AU, is False.
PERM — indicates all permits for the block to be placed in auto mode have been met and
PMT_AU is True, provided the BLOCK_OPT is not PID only, PID_P is False, the block
is not part of an override scheme, OVRST_CTRL is FASE, and there is no bad quality
detected and the reset override, RSP_OV is False, when BQ_MAN is set to True. The
block outputs, REJ_MN, OVR_CMD, LOCK, and MA_MAN_P must also all be False
for PMT_AU to be True.
logic driven inputs to the auto permit block. When this enumeration is used, the auto
permit bypass output PMT_AUB is False.

BYPASS— indicates the operator has invoked a bypass of at least one of the associated
logic driven inputs to the auto permit block. When this enumeration is used, PMT_AUB
is True.

associates its input status with the graphical interface of the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block,
thus allowing the operator to view the individual inputs that provide a permit to allow the
interface. MOD_PMT enumerations are as follows:
Name Description
NO_PERM — indicates a permit to allow the block to modulate the output, CVO, has
not been met and the permit to modulate output, PMT_MOD, is False. If the MOD_PMT
input enumeration contains NO_PERM, CVO equals the INIT_POS input value.
PERM — indicates all permits to allow the block to modulate the output, CVO, have
logic driven inputs to the modulate permit block. When this enumeration is used, the
modulate permit bypass output, PMT_MODB, is False.
BYPASS— indicates the operator has invoked a bypass of at least one of the associated
logic driven inputs to the modulate permit block. When this enumeration is used, PMT_
MODB is True.
Auto Select (AU_SEL) is a pulsed input that, if permits allow, switches the block from
manual to auto mode, setting the output AUTO to True. The input must be pulsed.
Remote Select (RSP_SEL) is a pulsed input that instructs the block to use the remote
setpoint input RSP as the setpoint used to calculate the block outputs, CVO, CV, and, if
applicable, SV, when the block is in auto mode. The input must be pulsed.
Setpoint High (SH) and Low (SL) Limit Values
Block inputs SH and SL, are the setpoint high and low limits, respectively. These values
bound the block output, SP, the setpoint used to calculate the error, which is used for the
proportional gain portion of the PID calculations.

Setpoint Adjustment Rate (SR)
The rate of change of the block setpoint, SP, used to calculate the error used in the PID
calculations is restricted by the block SR input value, in units/sec. The setpoint used for
the error calculation is passed without rate limit restrictions directly to SP when the
controller is powered up, track status, TK_OUT, is True, or the BLOCK_OPT
enumeration is PID_MA_EXT_CASC or PID_MA_REM_CASC, and the remote
setpoint mode, RS, is TRUE.
Setpoint Value Before Ramp (SI)
The internal setpoint block output, SI, is the value of the setpoint before the SR is applied.
For example, if the setpoint changes from 0 to 10 instantaneously, SI will change from 0
to 10 instantaneously while if SR is set at 1 unit/sec, SP will ramp from 0 to 10 in 10
seconds. SI is also bound by limit inputs SH and SL, respectively.
Scale Factor (SF) is used to scale the process variable, PV, and the setpoint used to
calculate the error value that is used in the PID calculations. The setpoint used for the
error calculation, the block output SP, may be the value of the operator-supplied setpoint,
the value of the remote setpoint, RSP, or a tracking value, depending on the state of the
block.
Setpoint Track (SP_TRACK)
When SP_TRACK is True, the setpoint tracks PV in manual or RSP in auto and remote
mode, the output AUTO is True when the block is in auto mode, and RS is True when the
block is in remote mode. If SP_TRACK is False and RS is True, the setpoint tracks RSP.
Otherwise, the operator controls the setpoint value from the graphical interface.
Manual Adjustment Rate (MR)
The rate of change of the control variable output, CVO, is restricted by the block manual
adjustment ramp rate input value MR, in units/sec.
Square of the Error (SQR_ERR)
The square of the calculated error is used if the SQR_ERR parameter is set to True and is
multiplied by PG to calculate the proportional term in the PID calculations. When the
value of the error is greater than one, the square of the error provides a more robust
controller response, when the error is less than one the controller will respond less
aggressively.

Tracking Status (TK_OUT)
The H and L values are The track status block output TK_OUT can be set to True by a number of input
dependent on the enable conditions, such as bad quality, priority increase or decrease, no permit to modulate,
process limit inputs EN_ manual mode, force command, override command, increase or decrease inhibit, lock,
PROC_LIM_HIGH and EN_ track command enumeration (CASC_IN enumeration contains TRACK) or the override
PROC_LIM_LOW, as well as station tracking input (OVR_CTRL enumeration contains TRACK). When TK_OUT is
the PROC_LIM_HIGH and True, the PID_ MA_ENH_V2 is in tracking mode and the block output, CVO (also CV_X
PROC_LIM_LOW limits, and, if applicable, SV_X for characterized outputs CV and SV, respectively) tracks the
respectively appropriate value based on the parameter that set TK_OUT to True. The value may be the
override value (OV), force value (FV), a priority increase or decrease command will
move to the H or L limit values at PR_INC_RT or PR_DEC_RT, the track value (TV) or
the initial position value (INIT_POS). When the increase (DEC_INH) or decrease (INC_
INH) inhibit inputs, or transition from True to False, TK_OUT is True for one scan,
which realigns the setpoint and the calculated PID values.
Process (High EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH) and Low (EN_PROC_LIM_LOW) Limits
The user can limit the process control range further using the PROC_LIM_LOW and
PROC_LIM_HIGH parameters that are enabled by their respective enable parameters,
EN_PROC_LIM_LOW and EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH. This feature enables the user to
control process regulation limits while allowing force and override values to operate
independently on the PID_MA_ENH_V2 limits (H and L). When EN_PROC_LIM_LOW
or EN_PROC_LIM_HIGH is True, the PROC_LIM_LOW and PROC_LIM_HIGH
replace the corresponding L and H limit values.
Error Deadband Equality (ERR_C)
The ERR_C, when True, enables the use of error dead band equality processing. When
the absolute value of the error is less than the input value ERR_CDB (the error dead
band), the controller equates that the error is zero.
Refer to the section, PID Track External Reset (ER) may be used to enable several PID_MA_ENH_V2 controllers to
at Limit until PV and SP Cross function in parallel, typically when the minimum or maximum CVO value will be
(PV_SP_LIM_TRK). selected. External reset allows all PID_MA_ENH_V2 controllers in the loop to calculate
CVO based on process conditions while preventing windup. The selected CVO is sent to
the control element and to the other PID_MA_ENH_V2 controllers in the loop. The ER
command block input, or an ER enumeration from OVR_CTRL enables the external reset
function. The selected CVO is connected to the external reset value (EV).

The following figure displays the typical OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block pin connections using
a Min/Max configuration with two override controlled PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks.
PID_MA_ENH_V2_1
OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block STATION _OPT
enumeration is set to, MIN_2_INPUTS,
TV MIN_3_INPUTS, MAX_2_INPUTS, or
MAX_3_INPUTS.
RSP CVO
†
EV
CASC_OUT
OVR_CTRL
PID_MA_ENH_V2_2 OVR_ST_ENH_V2
CVI1 CV
CASC_IN1 SV
CVO
TV
CVO
RSP SP
CVI2
CASC_IN2
† OVR_CTRL1
EV CASC_OUT
OVR_CTRL2
OVR_CTRL

When the PID tracks at limit until PV and SP cross input (PV_SP_LIM_TRK) is True,
and the ER command is True, the reset does not occur until the following conditions are
all False:
• PV value becomes greater than the SP value when US is True and the controller is
reverse acting
• PV value becomes greater than the SP value when LS is True and the controller is
direct acting
• PV value becomes less than the SP value when LS is True and the controller is
reverse acting
• PV value becomes less than the SP value when US is True and the controller is direct
acting
PID Track at Limit until PV and SP Cross (PV_SP_LIM_TRK)
If PV_SP_LIM_TRK is True, when the controller output reaches either H or L limit, the
controller tracks the limit value until PV crosses SP. Once PV crosses SP, the controller
resumes the controlling action. The following graph displays PV, SP, and CVO for a PID_
MA_ENH_V2 block with PV_SP_LIM_TRK both True and False. Notice that with PV_
SP_LIM_TRK set to True (left of the black vertical line) CVO remains at the limit until
PV crosses SP. With PV_SP_LIM_TRK set to False (right of the black vertical line),
CVO only tracks the limit until PV changes slope.
PV_SP_LIM_TRK Set to True and False
The graph displays PV (blue sine wave), SP (green horizontal line), and CVO (brown sine
wave, capped). With PV_SP_LIM_TRK set to True, the controller behaves as displayed
in the graph by the data to the left of the vertical black line. With PV_SP_LIM_TRK set
to False, the controller behaves as displayed by the data to the right of the vertical black
line.
Each time SP and PV cross the threshold defined by the range of ERR_CDB, (the error
for dead band PV and SP equality), and the error for dead band equality input, ERR_C, is
True, the controller calculates the integral term from the last calculated control output
value, CVO (BLOCK_OPT enumeration must contain PID).

Inhibit Proportional and Derivative Action on Setpoint Change (INH_PDG)
The INH_PDG parameter, when True, inhibits proportional and derivative controller
action. When the SP change is detected to exceed a scan time calculated dead band
derived from the value of the dead band setpoint to inhibit the proportional and derivative
action, INH_PDG_CDB, in units/sec; the controller calculates the integral term from the
last calculated control output value, CVO (BLOCK_OPT enumeration must contain PID).
Note If INH_PDG is True and the setpoint is constantly changing (possibly a remote
setpoint) by an amount greater than the scan time calculated dead band specified by INH_
PDG_CDB, then the controller is an integral only controller.
Bumpless Proportional and Integral Gain Value Changes (PG_C and IG_C)
If the value of the proportional gain (PG) or the integral gain (IG) is variable, the input
parameters PG_C and IG_C provide bumpless controller action when True. If the value of
PG or IG exceeds the dead band PG_CDB for PG and IG_CDB for IG, and the
corresponding PG_C or IG_C parameter is True, the controller calculates the integral term
from the last calculated control output value, CVO (BLOCK_OPT enumeration must
contain PID).
Feed Forward (FF)
When the BLOCK_OPT input enumeration contains PID the block provides a FF input
that is added as a last step before the output value of CVO and characterized output
values of CV and, if applicable, SV are output from the ID_MA_ENH block.

Status Propagation and Bad Quality Determination of CVO, CV, and SV
Outputs
The PID_MA_ENH_V2 block monitors the quality status values of various inputs and
connected outputs to determine the quality status value of CVO, CV, and SV (if the
MODE_OPT enumeration contains SPLIT then the split output property SPLIT_P is
True).
The quality status value of the control variable output CV is either the quality status value
of CVO or, if SPLIT_P is True and the quality status value of BKCAL_IN_CV is > 200
and < 203, the quality status value of CV is assigned a quality status value of 196, NOT_
The quality status value of the split range control variable output SV is either the quality
SV is > 200 and < 203, the quality status value of SV is assigned a quality status value of
196, NOT_LIMITED-INTIALIZATION_ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC.
The quality status value of the control variable output CVO is determined by the how the
block is used. If the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is connected to an OVR_ST_ENH_V2
block, the enumerated OVR_CTRL input contains the enumeration OVR_CTRL, or the
block is used as the outer loop in a cascaded scenario, the outputs CV and SV are not
connected to hard I/O. Therefore, the quality status values of CV and SV are not
considered when the quality status value of CVO is calculated. This eliminates the
propagation of erroneous CVO quality status values that would result from CV and SV
not being connected to hard I/O points. Otherwise, the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block
calculates the quality status value of CVO from appropriate inputs with quality status
values, input parameters values, and the connected hard I/O quality status values of CV
and, if the MODE_OPT contains SPLIT and SPLIT_P is True), SV. The analog output
variables attached to CV and SV are monitored for quality status, resulting in the
following possible CVO quality status values:
• 12 - I/O Pack Health Failed – NOT_LIMITED-DEVICE_FAILURE-BAD

• 16 - I/O Pack Health Failed – NOT_LIMITED-SENSOR_FAILURE-BAD
If neither of these conditions exists, the quality status value of CVO is calculated by the
PID_MA_ENH_V2 block to be from 192 to 198, depending on numerous variables used
in the quality status calculation, which result in the following values:

• Status value 196 indicates CVO is NOT_LIMITED-INITIALIZED_
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC
ACKNOWLEDGE-GOODC

When using FOUNDATION fieldbus, if the split range mode is not selected (SPLIT_P is
False) and the quality status value of BKCAL_IN_CV or BKCAL_IN_SV is > 200 and <
LS and US are False. When split range mode is selected (SPLIT_P is True), the
FOUNDATION fieldbus initialization acknowledge provided in the previous sections
indicates the quality status of CV and SV.
CV_BQ, and BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ are False and the value of CVO is less than or equal
to the low limit (LS is True), 1 is added to the CVO status value.
CV_BQ, and BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ are False, and the value of CVO is greater than or
equal to the high limit (US is True), 2 is added to the CVO status value.
CVO status is based upon the following in order of priority:
• The analog output variables attached to CV and SV are monitored for quality status. This results in the following
possible CVO statuses:
BQ is True, the value of CVO status is CONSTANT-GOODC [195].
BQ is True, the value of CVO status is CONSTANT-GOODC [195]. If the following are False, CVI_BQ, EV_BQ,
PV_BQ, RSP_BQ, RSP_OV, FFWD_BQ, TV_BQ, BKCALIN_CV_BQ, and BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ and the value of
CVO is greater than or equal to the high limit, US is True, 2 is added to the CVO status value.

Manual Auto Configuration
Typical connections for PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks with BLOCK_OPT enumerations
MA, MA_EXT, and MA_REM without a control variable input (CVI) available are
displayed in the following figure. Note the connection of SP to CVI.
PID_MA_ENH Controller with BLOCK_OPT Enumeration

The PID_MA_ENH_V2 block monitors and propagates the health or quality status of I/O
points CVI, EV, FF, PV, RSP, TV, BKCAL_IN_CV, BKCAL_IN_SV, POS_CV, POS_SV
and determines when action must be taken because a bad quality related input.
The following inputs are monitored for quality status based on block operational mode
input BLOCK_OPT:
• CVI is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen as
MA, MA_EXT or MA_REM. These are the only modes, which allow the bad quality
of CVI to affect block operation.
• V input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen as
MA_EXT_CASC. These are the only modes that allow the bad quality of EV to
affect block operation.
• FF input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen as
MA_EXT_CASC. These are the only modes that allow the bad quality of F to affect
block operation.
• PV input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen as
MA, MA_EXT, MA_REM, PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_
CASC, PID_MA_EXTor PID_MA_EXT_CASC. These are the only modes that
allow the bad quality of PV to affect block operation.

• RSP input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen
as MA_EXT, MA_REM, PID, PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_CASC, PID_MA_
EXT or PID_MA_EXT_CASC. These are the only modes that allow the bad quality
of RSP to affect block operation.
• TV input is only used in the block calculation when the operational mode is chosen
as MA, MA_EXT, MA_REM, PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_
allow the bad quality of TV to affect block operation.
The following inputs are monitored for quality status based on the mode input MODE_
OPT containing POS:
• POS_CV input is used to determine if bad quality (POS_CV_BQ) is present and if

CV to warrant an enabled high differential alarm, POS_CV_DH.
• POS_SV input is used to determine if bad quality (POS_SV_BQ) is present and if
SV to warrant an enabled high differential alarm, POS_SV_DH.
Bad Quality Outputs
Control Variable PID Track Value Bad Quality (BKCAL_IN_CV_BQ) is determined by
the following conditions:

• Control variable PID track value input BKCAL_IN_CV is determined to be bad
quality, a quality status value < 32.
Split Range Variable PID Track Value Bad Quality (BKCAL_IN_SV_BQ) is determined
by the following conditions:

• Split range PID track value input BKCAL_IN_SV is determined to be bad quality (a
• FOUNDATION fieldbus inputs BKCAL_IN_CV or BKCAL_IN_SV, if used, status
values are ≥ 196 and ≤ 227.
• CVO is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
Control Variable Input Bad Quality (CVI_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:
• BLOCK_OPT enumeration is MA, MA_EXT, or MA_REM and the control variable

input CVI is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).

External Reset Value Bad Quality (EV_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:

• EV is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
Process Variable Bad Quality (PV_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:

• PV is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
Remote Setpoint Bad Quality (RSP_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:
• BLOCK_OPT enumeration is MA_EXT, MA_REM, PID, PID_MA, PID_MA_EXT,

PID_MA_EXT_CASC, PID_MA_REM, or PID_MA_REM_CASC
• RSP is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
• RSP_OV is set to True when the status of RSP is detected as a constant value
condition (195) and the block is in a cascade mode (BLOCK_OPT is PID_MA_
EXT_CASC or PID_MA_REM_CASC). This condition indicates that an upstream
PID_MA_ENH has a bad quality condition and is now in manual and/or tracking
mode. This is designed to propagate to all blocks that make up the loop, including the
OVR_ST_ENH.
Track Value Bad Quality (TV_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:

• TV is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
Feed Forward Bad Quality (FFWD_BQ) is determined by the following conditions:

• FF is determined to be bad quality (a quality status value < 32).
FOUNDATION fieldbus Command to Manual Operation (FF_IMAN) is set to True when the
status of a FOUNDATION fieldbus AO is quality status is detected as 196-227. FF_IMAN
will reject the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block to a manual and/or tracking state. This status
indicates that a downstream FF AO is requesting to initialize a control output, or it is in a
fault state or is not inviting the PID_MA_ENH_V2 to participate in the control process. It
is a requirement that BK_CAL_IN_CV is connected to the corresponding BK_CAL_OUT
of the FF AO that is driven by CV. The corresponding requirement exists for BK_CAL_
IN_SV when split range control is used.
Control Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality (POS_CV_BQ) is determined by the
following condition: POS_CV is determined to be bad quality a quality status value < 32),
POSFB_P, is True). This bad quality detection also generates a LVL_4 alarm.
Split Range Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality (POS_SV_BQ) is determined by the
following condition: POS_SV is determined to be bad quality a quality status value < 32),
POSFB_P is True). This bad quality detection also generates a LVL_4 alarm.

Alarmed Points
The following output points generate a LVL_4 alarm when activated:
• POS_CV_DH
• POS_SV_DH
• MN_REJ_A
• POS_CV_BQ
• POS_SV_BQ
Note If the POS_DH_T parameter is set to zero, both high deviation alarms, POS_CV_
DH and POS_SV_DH, will be disabled.

• Position feedback property (POSFB_P) must be True (MODE_OPT must contain
POS).
• Input variable POS_CV or POS_SV have a GOOD quality status indication for the
corresponding alarm to be activated (GOOD quality status range value is from 128 to
155 or 192 to 227).
Manual Reject Alarm (MN_REJ_A) cannot be activated when the enumerated
override station control input OVR_CTRL contains OVR_CTRL or the enumerated
BLOCK_OPT input is PID only (the output PID_P is True). Otherwise, the following
conditions activate the reject to manual alarm, MN_REJ_A:
• When MN_REJ input from a manual reject-type block contains OVR, the PID_MA_
ENH_V2 block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the MN_
REJ_A.
• When CMD_OVR input from an override-type block contains OVR, the PID_MA_
ENH_V2 block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the MN_
REJ_A.

• When input parameter reject to manual on bad quality, BQ_MAN, is set to True, the
PID_MA_ENH block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the
MN_REJ_A, when any of the following bad quality indicators becomes True:
− BKCAL_CV_BQ
− BKCAL_SV_BQ
− OBQ
− CVI_BQ
− EV_BQ
− PV_BQ
− RSP_BQ
− TV_BQ
− FFWD_BQ
• If BQ_MAN is False, the block will be put into tracking mode (TK_OUT will be
True).
• If the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is in auto mode and the operator places the block in
lock mode (LOCK is True), the block will be put in manual mode and the MN_REJ_
A will be activated.
• If the BLOCK_OPT enumerated input is changed to MA_MAN and the block is in
auto mode, the block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the
MN_REJ_A.
• If the block is in auto mode, the BLOCK_OPT enumerated input is ID_MA_EXT_
CASC or PID_MA_REM_CASC, and the quality status value of the remote setpoint
RSP is equal to 195, CONSTANT-GOODC, then the remote setpoint override (RSP_
OVR) (when reject to manual on bad quality, BQ_MAN, is True) becomes True and
the block will reject from auto mode to manual control and generate the MN_REJ_A.
Position Feedback Bad Quality Alarms (POS_CV_BQ and POS_SV_BQ)
The Control Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality (POS_CV_BQ) or the Split Range
Variable Position Feedback Bad Quality (POS_SV_BQ) generate a LVL_4 alarm when
either bad quality is detected.
Local and Remote Setpoint Mode (RS)
The output RS indicates when the PID_MA_ENH block is using the remote setpoint
input, RSP (when the block is in auto mode), as the setpoint to calculate CVO. The
Boolean value of RS is determined by a reset dominant latched output that is determined
by the following:
• When the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID, PID_MA_EXT, PID_MA_EXT_CASC

or MA_EXT, the setpoint mode is set to remote (RS is True).
• When the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID_MA or MA, the setpoint mode is set to
local (RS is False).
• When the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID_MA_REM, PID_MA_REM_CASC or
MA_REM, the operator can use the graphical interface to select remote or local
setpoint mode or the block can be externally commanded to the remote setpoint mode
by the pulsed RSP_SEL input.

Tracking Pulse (TRACK_SC)
When the RS changes state or the PID_MA_ENH_V2 is selected to be in auto mode, the
track pulse to align the set point, TRACK_SC, becomes True; the controller calculates the
integral term from the last calculated control output value.
POP values CV_L, CV_R, CV_MN, SV_L, SV_R, and SV_MN
The POP feature is designed to provide a valve closing hysteresis loop. This prevents a
control valve from throttling on the valve seat, reducing control valve wear. In the
decreasing direction, the feature does not allow CV to become less than the pop value of
CV_L until the characterized value of CVO becomes less than reset value, CV_R. When
the characterized value of CVO becomes less than CV_R, CV is set to the minimum
desired output value, CV_MN. In the increasing direction, CV remains equal to CV_MN
until the characterized value of CVO becomes greater than the value of CV_L. Once the
characterized value of CVO is greater than CV_L, CV will POP to the value of CV_L and
CV will follow the characterized value of CVO as long as it is above CV_L. The POP
feature is enabled when CV_L>CV_R>CV_MN and disabled when CV_L=CV_R=CV_
MN. This POP concept also applies to SV, when the MODE_OPT input enumeration
contains SPLIT, SPLIT_P is True, and the values of SV_L, SV_R and SV_MN are set.
Cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 Blocks
Proper operation of cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks require the inner loop PID_MA_
ENH_V2 cascaded block option input, BLOCK_OPT, enumeration to be either PID_
MA_REM_CASC or PID_MA_EXT_CASC and the cascaded outer loop PID_MA_
ENH_V2 block option input, BLOCK_OPT, enumeration cannot be either PID_MA_
REM_CASC or PID_MA_EXT_CASC. The inner loop provides the control variable
output which is connected to the controlled device through a hard analog IO point, CV or,
if applicable, SV. The outer loop output, CVO, drives the remote setpoint input of the
inner loop, RSP. The cascaded blocks transfer information through the CASC_OUT
output of the outer loop to the CASC_IN input of the inner loop and CASC_OUT output
of the inner loop to CASC_IN input of the outer loop. A cascade control loop provides
tighter and more responsive control than a non-cascade control loop. However,
determining which process variables to use or add can be costly and unjustified, when a
non-cascade control loop can provide sufficient control.
When the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is used in an override control scheme in conjunction
with an OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block, the CASC_OUT output of the PID_MA_ENH_V2 is
connected to the desired OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block input CASC_IN1, CASC_IN2, or
CASC_IN3.

CASC_IN Input and CASC_OUT Output enumerations are as follows:
CASC_IN Input and CASC_OUT Output Enumerations

Name Description
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_

INNER

INNER
INNER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and
TUNE_INNER

INNER TUNE_INNER

Name Description
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, and TUNE_

OUTER

OUTER
OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_OUTER Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, and
TUNE_OUTER

OUTER TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, TRACK, TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_

OUTER
OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_OUTER Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, TUNE_INNER, and
TUNE_OUTER

OUTER TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_ Reverse action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, TUNE_INNER,


OUTER
OUTER
TUNE_OUTER

Name Description
OUTER TUNE_OUTER
DIRECT-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER-TUNE_ Direct action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_

OUTER INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
REVERSE-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_ Reverse action, LOW _LIMITED, HI_LIMITED, TUNE_

INNER-TUNE_ INNER, and TUNE_OUTER
OUTER
DIRECT-TRACK-LOW_LIMITED-HI_LIMITED-TUNE_INNER- Direct action, TRACK, LOW_LIMITED, HI_LIMITED,
TUNE_OUTER TUNE_INNER, and TUNE_OUTER

NO_CASC No cascade
NO_CASC — the default value of CASC_IN and CASC_OUT. However, the output
CASC_OUT will never be NO_CASC when the controller is running. If no connection is
made to the CASC_IN input, the enumeration will be NO_CASC and the PID_MA_
ENH_V2 block is not in a cascade configuration.
DIRECT — determined by the CRTL_ACT enumeration. If CTRL_ACT is DIRECT,
then CASC_OUT will contain the enumeration DIRECT. This information is then
transferred between the cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks by the CASC_OUT output
of the outer loop to the CASC_IN input of the inner loop and CASC_OUT output of the
inner loop to CASC_IN input of the outer loop. This shared information is necessary to
prevent the cascaded outer loop PID_MA_ENH_V2 block from winding up or down
when the inner loop cascaded block reaches its upper (US) or lower (LS) limit is True,
respectively.
REVERSE — determined by the CRTL_ACT enumeration. If CRTL_ACT is REVERSE,
then CASC_OUT will contain the enumeration REVERSE. This information is then
transferred between the cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks by the CASC_OUT output
of the outer loop to the CASC_IN input of the inner loop and CASC_OUT output of the
inner loop to CASC_IN input of the outer loop. This shared information is necessary to
prevent the cascaded outer loop PID_MA_ENH_V2 block from winding up or down
when the inner loop cascaded block reaches its US or LS limit is True, respectively.
TRACK — used by the inner loop cascade output (CASC_OUT) to command the outer
loop using the cascade input (CASC_IN) to track its tracking value (TV) input. The inner
loop sends this enumeration to the outer loop when inner loop output Tracking Status
(TK_OUT) is True. The input CASC_IN does not validate the outer loop CASC_OUT
TRACK enumeration; the TRACK information from the outer loop is not used by the
inner loop.

LOW_LIMITED — used by CASC_OUT to command the outer loop using CASC_IN
to inhibit the increase or decrease value of the outer loop CVO when the inner loop output
has reached its US or LS limits outputs or the inner loop is True, respectively. When the
inner loop CASC_OUT enumeration contains DIRECT and LOW_LIMITED, the outer
loop responds by inhibiting the increase in the outer loop output CVO, which is connected
to the inner loop RSP. When the inner loop CASC_OUT enumeration contains REVERSE
and LOW_LIMITED the outer loop responds by inhibiting the decrease in the outer loop
output, CVO, which is connected to the inner loop, RSP. The input CASC_IN does not
validate CASC_OUT LOW_LIMITED enumeration; the LOW_LIMITED information
from the outer loop is not used by the inner loop.
HIGH_LIMITED — used by the output, CASC_OUT to command the outer loop using
the cascade input, CASC_IN, to inhibit the increase or decrease value of the outer loop
control variable output, CVO, when the inner loop output has reached its US or LS limit
outputs, or the inner loop is True, respectively. When CASC_OUT enumeration contains
DIRECT and HIGH_LIMITED, the outer loop responds by inhibiting the decrease in the
outer loop output CVO, which is connected to the inner loop RSP. When CASC_OUT
enumeration contains REVERSE and HIGH_LIMITED, the outer loop responds by
inhibiting the increase in the outer loop output CVO, which is connected to the inner loop
RSP. The inner loop input CASC_IN does not validate the outer loop CASC_OUT
HIGH_LIMITED enumeration; the HIGH_LIMITED information from the outer loop is
not used by the inner loop.
TUNE_INNER — indicates the inner loop of cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks has
been selected by the operator from the graphical interface to be in tuning mode.
TUNE_OUTER — indicates the outer loop of cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks has
been selected by the operator from the graphical interface to be in tuning mode. If a
non-cascaded PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is used in an override control scenario with an
OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block, this enumeration will be contained in the CASC_OUT output
when the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is in tuning mode.
Typical PID_MA_ENH_V2 Cascaded Controllers, CASC_OUT and CASC_IN Connections

Override Control Using PID_MA_ENH_V2 in Conjunction with OVR_ST_
ENH_V2
The OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block has the capability of controlling up to three PID_MA_
ENH_V2 blocks. Each PID_MA_ENH_V2 block used is connected to the OVR_ST_
ENH_V2 block outputs OVR_CTRL1, OVR_CTRL2, and, if three PID_MA_ENH_V2
blocks are used, OVR_CTRL3, by the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block override control input
OVR_CTRL.
Note When the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is used in an override control scheme and is
not in tuning mode (TUN is False) the block cannot be put into manual mode.
OVR_CTRL enumerations are as follows:
OVR_CTRL Input Enumerations

Name Description
NONE None
OVR_CTRL-ER OVR_ST in use and EXTERNAL RESET
OVR_CTRL-TRACK OVR_ST in use and TRACK
OVR_CTRL-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and SELECTED
OVR_CTRL-ER-SELECTED OVR_ST in use and EXTERNAL RESET and

SELECTED
OVR_ OVR_ST in use and TRACK and SELECTED
CTRL-TRACK-SELECTED
NONE — used when no override station block, OVR_ST_ENH_V2, is connected to the

PID_MA_ENH_V2 OVR_CTRL input.
OVR_CTRL — indicates override station block OVR_MA_ENH controls PID_MA_
ENH_V2.
ER — indicates OVR_ST_ENH_V2 is requesting an external reset from PID_MA_ENH_
V2. This enumeration is equivalent to the PID_MA_ENH_V2 input ER being set to True
and sets the external reset output ER_OUT to True.
TRACK — indicates OVR_ST_ENH_V2 is requesting PID_MA_ENH_V2 to use the
TV input to calculate CVO.
SELECTED — indicates CVO of PID_MA_ENH_V2 is being used by OVR_ST_ENH_
V2. Up to three PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks may be connected to one OVR_ST_ENH_V2
block. When this enumeration is used, the override select output OVRST_SEL is True,
indicating the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block has selected this PID_MA_ENH_V2 block to
calculate its outputs. Only one of the two, or three, PID_MA_ENH_V2 blocks can be
selected at any given time for use by the OVR_ST_ENH_V2 block.

Manual Tuning Mode
If the BLOCK_OPT enumeration contains PID, the PID_MA_ENH_V2 faceplate enables
the Tune button in the lower corner of the faceplate.
Tuning Faceplate

The tuning faceplate enables the operator to modify the proportional gain (PG in %/%),
integral gain (IG in repeats/minute), and derivative gain (DG in minutes) values, P, I and
D. A number of tuning methods are available, with some more complex than others. This
document only covers basic manual tuning instructions.
Note The operator is responsible for ensuring that the system loop is in a tunable mode
and all safety precautions have been meet before beginning a manual tuning procedure. If
in doubt, contact GE for assistance.
➢ To modify P, I, and D
1. Begin with all gains values, PG, IG and DG, set to zero, denoted as P, I, and D in the
tuning faceplate.
2. Slowly increase the value of the proportional gain, P, until the output begins to
oscillate. This may take a considerable amount of time, depending on the
responsiveness of the loop; a large supply tank or irrigation pond level may take
several hours or even days to respond. However, this is not the case for most
circumstances. Wait for the loop to respond. If the system cannot tolerate an
overshoot of the setpoint, the value of PG will be much less than one half the value
that caused the output to begin oscillating.
3. When the oscillation begins, set P to approximately one half the value.
4. Increase the value of integral value, I, until the output is driven to the setpoint, in an
acceptable time frame for the process. System instability will result if the integral
value is too great.
5. The derivative gain, D, may not be necessary, but increasing the value of D causes
the system loop to respond more aggressively when there is a disturbance in the
system. If D is too great, the system will respond too rapidly and the output will
overshoot the setpoint.
If the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID_MA, PID_MA_REM or PID_REM_CASC, the
BLOCK_OPT enumerations are modified when TUN is True to allow output and setpoint
changes while in tuning mode. If the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID or PID_MA_
EXT, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM. If the BLOCK_OPT enumeration is PID_MA_
EXT_CASC, it is modified to be PID_MA_REM_CASC. The block returns to the
original BLOCK_OPT enumeration when TUN becomes False.
When a PID_MA_ENH_V2 block is used in an override control scheme, the OVR_ST_
ENH_V2 block ensures that the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block that is in tune mode is selected
to drive the output to facilitate tuning.

When installing a PID_MA_ENH_V2 block into the ToolboxST application code, the
ToolboxST application generates a pop up window that prompts the user to enter the
Device Name, Device Description, Format Specification for the process variable (PV) and
the Format Specification for the control variable (CV). The block automatically creates
the variables associated with the block and provides the appropriate attributes for each
PID_MA_ENH_V2 Default Attribute Values
PID_MA_ENH_V2 Block

Inputs
Type Definition
AU_PMT Yes AUTO PERMIT UNIT 0 PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
BKCAL_IN_ CONTROL VARIABLE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
CV PID TRACK VALUE AND Status
STATUS
BKCAL_IN_ SPLIT RANGE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
SV VARIABLE PID TRACK Status
VALUE AND STATUS
BLOCK_OPT BLOCK OPTIONS UINT 0 PID_MA Always Value Only
ON BQ (False)
CASC_IN CASCADE IN UINT 0 NO_CASC Always Value Only
ENUMERATION STATUS
CMD_FRC Yes FORCE COMMAND UINT 0 NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
CMD_OVR Yes OVERRIDE COMMAND UINT 0 NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
BLOCK
CTL Yes {Desc} CONTROL WORD UINT 0 NO_CMD Always Value Only
CTRL_ACT CONTROLLER ACTION UINT 0 DIRECT Always Value Only
MINIMUM
TO MINIMUL LEVEL
CV_X Yes {Desc} CV X CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,60, Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 70,80,90,100,1000000
CV_Y Yes {Desc} CV Y CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,60, Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 70,80,90,100,1000000
CVI Yes {Desc} CONTROL REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VARIABLE INPUT Status
DG Yes {Desc} PID DERIVATIVE REAL 0 0 Parameter Value Only
GAIN
EN_PROC_ Yes {Desc} ENABLE BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
LIM_HIGH PROCESS DEPENDENT
HIGH LIMIT
EN_PROC_ Yes {Desc} ENABLE BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
LIM_LOW PROCESS DEPENDENT
LOW LIMIT
ER Yes PID EXTERNAL RESET BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
ENABLED
ERR_C ENABLE ERROR DEAD BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
BAND EQUALITY
ERR_CDB ERROR DEAD BAND REAL 0 0 Parameter Value Only
FOR PV_SP EQUALITY
EV PID EXTERNAL RESET REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VALUE Status
FF PID FEEDFORWARD REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
VALUE Status
LIMIT

Inputs (continued)
Type Definition
IG Yes {Desc} PID INTEGRAL REAL 0 3 Parameter Value Only
GAIN
IG_C ENABLE BUMPLESS IG BOOL 0 True Parameter Value Only
CHANGES
IG_CDB IG BUMPLESS CHANGE REAL 0 0.1 Parameter Value Only
DEAD BAND
INH_PDG INHIBIT BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
PROPORTIONAL AND
DERIVATIVE ACTION
ON SETPOINT CHANGE
INH_PDG_ SP DEAD BAND TO REAL 0 0.000625 Parameter Value Only
CDB INHIBIT
PROPORTIONAL AND
DERIVATIVE ACTION
ON SETPOINT CHANGE
(EU/SEC)
POSITION FOR LOCK
AND RELEASE TO
MODULATE
LIMIT
SETPOINT
MN_REJ Yes MANUAL REJECT UINT 0 NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
MR MANUAL ADJUSTMENT REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
RATE
VALUE
OVR_CTRL OVR_ST CONTROL UINT 0 NONE Always Value Only
STATUS
PG Yes {Desc} PID REAL 0 1 Parameter Value Only
PROPORTIONAL GAIN
PG_C ENABLE BUMPLESS PG BOOL 0 True Parameter Value Only
CHANGES
PG_CDB PG BUMPLESS REAL 0 1 Parameter Value Only
CHANGE DEAD BAND
FDBK Status
POS_DH_SP {Desc} POSITION DEV HI REAL 0 10 Parameter Value Only
SP
POS_DH_T {Desc} POSITION DEV HI UDINT 0 5000 Parameter Value Only
DELAY
FDBK Status

Inputs (continued)
Type Definition
HIGH DEPENDENT HIGH
LIMIT
LOW DEPENDENT LOW LIMIT
VARIABLE Status
PV_SP_LIM_ PID TRACK AT LIMIT BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
TRK UNTIL PV_SP CROSS
SETPOINT Status
SF {Desc} PID SCALE REAL 0 1 Parameter Value Only
FACTOR
UPPER LIMIT
LOWER LIMIT
TRACKS PV IN MANUAL
AND RSP IN
AUTO-REMOTE
SQR_ERR SQUARE ERROR USED BOOL 0 False Parameter Value Only
IN PROPORTIONAL
TERM
ADJUSTMENT RATE
MINIMUM
TO MINIMUM
SV_X Yes {Desc} SV X CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,60, Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 70,80,90,100,1000000
SV_Y Yes {Desc} SV Y CHAR REAL 13 -10,0,10,20,30,40,50,60, Parameter Value Only
ARRAY 70,80,90,100,1000000
TV PID TRACK VALUE REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
Status

Outputs
Value Type
CASC_OUT CASCADE OUT UINT 0 NO_CASC Always Value Only
ENUMERATION STATUS
CHARACTERIZATION
PROPERTY
CV Yes {Desc} REAL 0 0 Always Analog with
CHARACTERIZED CV Status
OUTPUT
CVI_BQ Yes {Desc} CONTROL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
VARIABLE INPUT BQ
ER_OUT Yes {Desc} PID EXTERNAL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
RESET ENABLED
EV_BQ Yes {Desc} PID EXTERNAL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
RESET VALUE BQ
FFWD_BQ Yes {Desc} PID BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
FEEDFORWARD VALUE
BQ
FRC_CMD Yes {Desc} FORCE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
COMMAND
FRC_CMDB Yes {Desc} FORCE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
LOCK_P Yes {Desc} LOCK BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
PROPERTY
MA_EXT_P Yes {Desc} MA_ST - BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
EXTERNAL SP
MA_MAN_P Yes {Desc} MA_ST - MANUAL BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SP
MA_P Yes {Desc} MA_ST - AUTO BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SP & MANUAL SP
MA_REM_P Yes {Desc} MA_ST - REMOTE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SP & LOCAL SP
COMMAND
COMMAND BLOCK STS
OVRST_SEL Yes OVR_ST - THIS PID_MA BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
IS SELECTED
PID_MA_ Yes {Desc} PID & MA_ST - BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
EXT_ C_P EXTERNAL SP FROM
CASC PID
PID_MA_ Yes {Desc} PID & MA_ST BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
EXT_P EXTERNAL SP
PID_MA_P Yes {Desc} PID & MA_ST - BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
AUTO SP & MANUAL SP

Outputs (continued)
Value Type
REM_ C_P REMOTE SP FROM
CASC PID & LOCAL SP
REM_P REMOTE SP & LOCAL
SP
PID_P Yes {Desc} PID - WITHOUT BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
MA_ST
BYPASS STS
PERMIT
PERMIT BYPASS STS
FDBK BAD QUALITY
POS_CV_DH Yes {Desc} CV POSITION BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
DEV HI ALARM
FDBK BAD QUALITY
POS_SV_DH Yes {Desc} SV POSITION BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
DEV HI ALARM
PROPERTY
PV_BQ Yes {Desc} PID PROCESS BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
VARIABLE BQ
BYPASS STS
SETPOINT BQ
RSP_OV Yes {Desc} REMOTE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
SETPOINT OVERRIDE
(INTERNAL BEFORE
RAMP)
SP Yes {Desc} SETPOINT REAL 0 0 Always Value Only
PROPERTY
OUTPUT
TK_CMDB Yes {Desc} TRACK BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
TV_BQ Yes {Desc} PID TRACK BOOL 0 False Always Value Only
VALUE BQ
SETPOINT MODE
TUN Yes {Desc} TUNING MODE BOOL 0 False Always Value Only

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000. AUTO 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not True $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CHAR_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
CHARACTERIZATION
PROPERTY
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CTL 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
WORD
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description Alarmed
CHARACTERIZED CV
OUTPUT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_L 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_MN 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
MINIMUM
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_R 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False ReadOnly
TO MINIMUL LEVEL
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_X 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
ARRAY
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CV_Y 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
ARRAY
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CVI 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE INPUT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CVI_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE INPUT BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.CVO 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE OUTPUT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.DEC_INH 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description INHIBIT DEC Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000.DG 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
Description PID DERIVATIVE Alarmed
GAIN
00PID_MA_ENH1000.EN_PROC_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIM_HIGH Description ENABLE Alarmed
PROCESS DEPENDENT
HIGH LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.EN_PROC_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIM_LOW Description ENABLE Alarmed
PROCESS DEPENDENT
LOW LIMIT

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000. ER_OUT 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
RESET ENABLED
00PID_MA_ENH1000. EV_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
RESET VALUE BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.FFWD_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
FEEDFORWARD VALUE BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.FRC_CMD 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not True $DEFAULT Read Only
COMMAND
00PID_MA_ENH1000.FRC_CMDB 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000.H 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. IG 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
Description PID INTEGRAL Alarmed
GAIN
00PID_MA_ENH1000. INC_INH 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. INIT_POS 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description INITIAL Alarmed
POSITION FOR LOCK AND
RELEASE TO MODULATE
00PID_MA_ENH1000. L 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. LOCK 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not True $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. LOCK_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
PROPERTY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. LS 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MA_EXT_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description MA_ST - Alarmed
EXTERNAL SP
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MA_MAN_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
MANUAL SP
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MA_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description MA_ST - AUTO Alarmed
SP & MANUAL SP
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MA_REM_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MC 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
SETPOINT

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000.MN_REJ_A 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description MANUAL
REJECT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.OBQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000.OVR_CMD 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not True $DEFAULT Read Only
COMMAND
00PID_MA_ENH1000.OVR_CMDB 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000.OVRST_ OVR_ST - THIS PID_MA IS Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SEL SELECTED Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PG 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not $DEFAULT Read Write
PROPORTIONAL GAIN
EXT_C_P Description PID & MA_ST - Alarmed
EXTERNAL SP FROM
CASC PID
EXT_P Description PID & MA_ST Alarmed
EXTERNAL SP
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PID_MA_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID & MA_ST - Alarmed
AUTO SP & MANUAL SP
REM_C_P Description PID & MA_ST - Alarmed
REMOTE SP FROM CASC
PID & LOCAL SP
REM_P Description PID & MA_ST - Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PID_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID - WITHOUT Alarmed
MA_ST
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PMT_AU 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PMT_AUB 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
BYPASS STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PMT_MOD 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description MODULATE Alarmed
PERMIT
PERMIT BYPASS STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_CV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
FDBK
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_CV_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT Read Only
BQ Description CV POSITION
FDBK BAD QUALITY

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_CV_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT Read Only
DH Description CV POSITION
DEV HI ALARM
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_SV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
FDBK
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_SV_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT Read Only
BQ Description SV POSITION
FDBK BAD QUALITY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POS_SV_ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT Read Only
DH Description SV POSITION
DEV HI ALARM
00PID_MA_ENH1000. POSFB_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description POSITION FDBK Alarmed
PROPERTY
00PID_MA_ENH1000.PR_DEC 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PR_INC 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
DEPENDENT LOW LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
VARIABLE
00PID_MA_ENH1000. PV_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID PROCESS Alarmed
VARIABLE BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.REJ_MN 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
REJECT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.REJ_MNB 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
REJECT BYPASS STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000.RS 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT MODE
00PID_MA_ENH1000.RSP 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT
00PID_MA_ENH1000.RSP_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.RSP_OV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
SETPOINT OVERRIDE
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SC 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write

Class Page Access
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SF 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Write
Description PID SCALE Alarmed
FACTOR
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SH 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
UPPER LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SI 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
(INTERNAL BEFORE
RAMP)
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SL 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
LOWER LIMIT
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SP 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SP_TRACK 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
TRACKS PV IN MANUAL
AND RSP IN
AUTO-REMOTE
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SPLIT_P 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
PROPERTY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_L 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_MN 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
MINIMUM
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_R 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
TO MINIMUM
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_X 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
ARRAY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. SV_Y 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False Read Only
ARRAY
00PID_MA_ENH1000. TK_CMDB 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description TRACK Alarmed
COMMAND BLOCK STS
00PID_MA_ENH1000. TK_OUT 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
00PID_MA_ENH1000. TUN 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description TUNING MODE Alarmed
00PID_MA_ENH1000. TV_BQ 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only
Description PID TRACK Alarmed
VALUE BQ
00PID_MA_ENH1000.US 00PID_MA_ENH1000 Not False $DEFAULT Read Only

Control Constants

70,80,90,100,1000000
,70,80,90,100,1000000
IG† {Desc} PID INTEGRAL GAIN 3 Read/Write
DG† {Desc} PID DERIVATIVE GAIN 0 Read/Write
PG† {Desc} PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN 1 Read/Write
SF† {Desc} PID SCALE FACTOR 1 Read/Write
CV_R {Desc} CV POP RESET TO MINIMAL 0.1 Read Only

LEVEL
70,80,90,100,1000000
70,80,90,100,1000000
† These control constant inputs values are retained in non-volatile memory (NOVRAM).

The CIMPLICITY objects from In edit mode, a PID_MA_ENH_V2 block can be directly inserted into the CIMPLICITY
which to choose for PID_MA_ screen from the ToolboxST application code using the drop and drag method. The
ENH_V2 are dependent on the CIMPLICITY object created depends on the HMILinkSource and HMILinkedObject
path information. information contained in the PID_MA_ENH_V2 block attributes.

The following figures are examples of the CIMPLICITY objects for the PID_MA_ENH_
V2 block, which can be placed into a CIMPLICITY screen in edit mode, by using the
drag and drop feature.
PID_MA_ENH_V2 CIMPLICITY Objects
PID_MA_ENH_V2 CIMPLICITY Faceplate

40 Proportional Gain (PROP_GAIN)
Block Category: PROP_GAIN, Controls (DCS)
The Proportional Gain (PROP_GAIN) block generates a gain value to be use by a PID
type block as its proportional gain parameter. This block is used to reduce the
proportional gain of a controller as the absolute error, ABS(SP - PV), decreases and
increase the proportional gain as the absolute error increases.
PROP_GAIN Block
OUT is calculated by the following equation but cannot be greater than G_MAX or less
than G_MIN.
Where: G_MAX > G_MIN, E_HIGH > E_LOW and G_MIN ≤ OUT ≤ G_MAX.

• The status of OUT is modified to include HIGH_LIMITED if: OUT = G_MAX

• The status of OUT is modified to include LOW_LIMITED if: OUT = G_MIN
• If G_MAX < 0, G_MIN < 0, G_MAX ≤ G_MIN, or E_HIGH ≤ E_LOW, then:
OUT = 0, and OUT status = NOT_LIMITED-CONFIGURATION_ERROR-BAD
[4]
For further details on relational blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller
Inputs
Name Description Data Type Initial Visibility Usage
Value
G_MAX Maximum gain value Real 0 Always Input
G_MIN Minimum gain value Real 0 Always Input
SP Setpoint input Real† 0 Always Input
PV Process Variable Real† 0 Always Input
input
E_LOW Absolute error low Real 0 Always Input
value
E_HIGH Absolute error high Real 0 Always Input
value
Output
Name Description Data Type Initial Visibility Usage
Value
OUT Variable gain output Real† 0 Always Output

41 Quad Select (QUADSEL)
Block Category: QUADSEL, Analog Operations
Note Legacy Status — The QUADSEL block is not supported for use in new Mark
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the QUADSEL_V2 block; it provides
The Quad Select (QUADSEL) block selects the median of four analog signals and
transfers the selection to the output ({Device}). When all four transmitters are enabled, the
average ignores the transmitters with the minimum and maximum values and calculates
the average of the other two transmitters. The user has the option to disable up to three
transmitters. If one transmitter is disabled, the output equals the median or average of the
three remaining transmitters based on the enumerated value of the input TS. If two
transmitters are disabled, the output will be either the minimum, maximum, or average of
the two remaining transmitters based on the enumerated value of the input DS. If the one
transmitter allowed property, 1XMTR_P, is True, three transmitters can be disabled and
the output will be the value of the remaining transmitter.
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark When the quality status of transmitter A is in the BAD then ABQ and AD become True
VIe Controller Standard Block and transmitter A is automatically disabled and the median value of B, C, and D is
Library, the Status Monitoring transferred to OUT. Once the quality status of transmitter A becomes GOOD or
(STATUS_MONITORING) UNCERTAIN, ABQ becomes False. If AU_EN_P is False, input A remains disabled
block. (AD remains True) and must be enabled by an HMI operator. If AU_EN_P is True and
the quality status of transmitter A becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN and the value of
input A is within the deviation limits set by the user, AD becomes False and A is
automatically enabled. This concept also applies to inputs B, C, and D.
AU_EN_P does not have any A transmitter can be manually disabled through the pop-up QUADSEL faceplate. If input
effect on the enabling of a A, B, C, and D are all enabled and have a GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality status and A is
manually disabled input. A manually disabled, then the corresponding output, AD, becomes True to indicate that
be manually enabled. enabled and C is disabled then CD is True and if input C is enabled and D is disabled then
DD is True.
Note The HMI operator is allowed to disable two transmitters at any time from the
disable up to three transmitters.

If 1XMTR_P is True when four transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD quality state,
OBQ becomes True, the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to OUT, quality
status of OUT is set to NOT_LIMITED-BAD [0], and MODE is set to DEFAULT. If AU_
EN_P is , OBQ becomes False when the quality status of any input becomes GOOD or
UNCERTAIN. The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input will be enabled and transferred
to OUT. However, if AU_EN_P is False, OUT will be equal to DF until the HMI operator
If 1XMTR_P is False when three or four transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD
quality state, OBQ becomes True, the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to the
output, quality status of the output is set to NOT_LIMITED-BAD[0], and MODE is set to
DEFAULT. If AU_EN_P is True, OBQ becomes False when the quality status of two
inputs become GOOD or UNCERTAIN. The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality inputs will
be enabled and based on the DS enumeration selected, the average, minimum, or
maximum of the GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality inputs is transferred to the output.
However, if AU_EN_P is False, the output will be equal to DF until the HMI operator
manually enables the GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality inputs.
LIMITED-BAD[0].
defined in the following table. CTL enumerations are as follows:

deviation status. An exception is when the block is in average mode with three
transmitters in operation. Refer to the section, Deviation Alarms.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No Command
EN_A_CMD Enable Input A command
DIS_A_CMD Disable Input A command
EN_B_CMD Enable Input B command
DIS_B_CMD Disable Input B command
EN_C_CMD Enable Input C command
DIS_C_CMD Disable Input C command
EN_D_CMD Enable Input D command
DIS_D_CMD Disable Input D command

Function blocks are defined by two function modes:

DS Mode Function Enumeration

TS Mode Enumeration
AVG Average of three inputs
MEDIAN Median of three inputs

quality status of the inputs.
MODE Enumerations
MED_AVG Average of 2 middle inputs
MED_BCD Median of B, C and D
MED_ACD Median of A, C and D
MED_ABD Average of A, B and D
MED_ABC Average of A, B and C
AVG_BCD Average of B, C and D
AVG_ACD Average of A, C and D
AVG_ABD Average of A, B and D
AVG_A-D Average of A and D
AVG_B-D Average of B and D
AVG_C-D Average of C and D
MIN_A-D Minimum of A and D
MIN_C-D Minimum of C and D
MIN_B-D Minimum of B and D
MAX_A-D Maximum of A and D
MAX_C-D Maximum of C and D
MAX_B-D Maximum of B and D
A Input A
B Input B
C Input C
D Input D
DEFAULT Input DF

Examples
• MED_AVG mode is selected when all inputs are enabled and have a GOOD or
UNCERTAIN quality status.
• MED_BCD mode is selected when A is BAD quality or is disabled and the TS
enumeration is MEDIAN.
• AVG_BCD mode is selected when A is BAD quality or is disabled. and the TS
enumeration is AVG.
• AVG_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or
when C is manually disabled and a BAD quality is detected on transmitter D or when
D is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is AVG.
• MIN_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or when
C is manually disabled and a BAD quality is detected on transmitter D or when D is
manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is MIN.
• MAX_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or
D is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is MAX.
• A mode is selected when 1XMTR_P is True and transmitters B, C and D are
disabled.
• DEFAULT mode is selected when all transmitters are BAD quality and/or disabled or
1XMTR_P is False and three transmitters are BAD quality and/or disabled.
Deviation Alarms
Use the deviation alarms that Each transmitter value is compared with the output, to determine if it is outside of the
are configured from within the deviation limit, DL. If so, the deviation high alarm for the deviant input either DAH,
block instead of the deviation DBH, DCH, or DDH for transmitters A, B, C, or D respectively, and DH, become True.
high configuration of the The deviation alarms will not become False until the absolute difference between the
analog alarm. Refer to the deviant input and the output is less than the value of DL minus DLDB (deviation limit
section, Analog Alarm dead band) or the deviant input is disabled.
Configuration.
Note The deviation high output, DH, becomes True when at least one transmitter is in
is disabled.
functionality of the block (the transmitter in deviation with the output is not automatically
disabled, and the block mode does not change).
However, if the block is calculating the average of any three transmitters (three

A = 10 (enabled), B = 25 (disabled), C = 50 (disabled) and D = 50 (disabled), so MODE
= A, and the mode of the block is changed by enabling input B and disabling input A.
Now, MODE = B and the output will increase from 10 to 25 engineering units in 15
seconds. At this point, the output equals B, the block operating mode transition from A to
B is complete and the rate of change restriction on the output is removed until the block
operating mode changes, again.
Inserting this block into application program, will generate a window titled, Enter the
Attribute Instance Values, which prompts the user to Enter Device Description, Enter
Device Name, and Enter Format Specification in the Values column of the window. The
block will then automatically create the variables associated with the block and provide
the appropriate attributes for each variable (such as Type, Format Spec, variables that
need to be on EGD will be automatically placed on the $Default EGD page, and so forth).
Inserting a QUADSEL block into the application program, for example, displays the
following window.

pin Name, where Device Value has the attribute value 00QUADSEL1000 and Input_Name
is the block input/output names. The description, QUADSEL Description becomes the
prefix of the block input/output descriptions. The FormatSp Attribute Name Value,
TempFS, in the previous example, is the format specification of the block output.
Note The only exception to this rule is the output pin ({Device}) where the global pin

QUADSEL Block

Inputs
TRANSMITTER
OPERATION
Status
Status
Status
D Yes {Desc} TRANS D INPUT REAL 0 Always Value with
Status
DF SUBSTITUTE VALUE REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
DEADBAND
PROPERTY
DT DEVIATION ALARM BOOL 1000 Parameter Value Only
DELAY
IN_DBQ Yes TRANS D BAD QUALITY BOOL False Always Value Only
RATE LIMIT
PROPERTY

Outputs
Type
Status
QUALITY
DISABLED
QUALITY
DISABLED
QUALITY
DISABLED
DAH Yes {Desc} TRANS A HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DBH Yes {Desc} TRANS B HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DBQ Yes {Desc} TRANS D BAD BOOL False Always Value Only
QUALITY
DCH Yes {Desc} TRANS C HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DD Yes {Desc} TRANS D BOOL False Always Value Only
DISABLED
DDH Yes {Desc} TRANS D HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
MODE Yes {Desc} BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MED_AVG Always Value Only
SEL_P Yes {Desc} SELECT TYPE UINT (ENUM) QUAD Internal Value Only
PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Access
00QUADSEL1000 QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.A QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A INPUT Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.A.Status QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A INPUT STATUS Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.ABQ QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.AD QUADSEL Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A DISABLED Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.B QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B INPUT Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.B.Status QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B INPUT STATUS Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.BBQ QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.BD QUADSEL Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B DISABLED Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.C QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C INPUT Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.C.Status QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C INPUT STATUS Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.CBQ QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.CD QUADSEL Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C DISABLED Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.CTL QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadWrite
00QUADSEL1000.D QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D INPUT Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.D.Status QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D INPUT STATUS Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.DAH QUADSEL Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
00QUADSEL1000.DBH QUADSEL Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
00QUADSEL1000.DBQ QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.DCH QUADSEL Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
00QUADSEL1000.DD QUADSEL Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D DISABLED Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.DDH QUADSEL Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D HI DEVIATION
00QUADSEL1000.MODE QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK MODE Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.OBQ QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.ODH QUADSEL Description HI Not False $Default ReadOnly
DEVIATION Alarmed

Class Access
00QUADSEL1000.SEL_P QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
SELECT TYPE Alarmed
PROPERTY
00QUADSEL1000.Status QUADSEL Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
STATUS Alarmed


H Variables
configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a QUADSEL
QUADSEL Faceplate

42 Quad Select_Version 2 (QUADSEL_V2)
Block Category: QUADSEL_V2, Analog Operations
The Quad Select_Version 2 (QUADSEL_V2) block selects the median of four analog
signals and transfers the selection to the output ({Device}). When all four transmitters are
enabled, the average ignores the transmitters with the minimum and maximum values and
calculates the average of the other two transmitters. The user has the option to disable up
to three transmitters.
If one transmitter is disabled, the output equals the median or average of the three
remaining transmitters based on the enumerated value of the input TS. If two transmitters
are disabled, the output will be either the minimum, maximum, or average of the two
remaining transmitters based on the enumerated value of the input DS. If the one
transmitter allowed property, 1XMTR_P, is True, three transmitters can be disabled and
the output will be the value of the remaining transmitter.
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark When the quality status of transmitter A is in the BAD then ABQ and AD become True
VIe Controller Standard Block and transmitter A is automatically disabled and the median value of B, C, and D is
Library, the Status Monitoring transferred to OUT. Once the quality status of transmitter A becomes GOOD or
(STATUS_MONITORING) UNCERTAIN, ABQ becomes False. If AU_EN_P is False, input A remains disabled
block. (AD remains True) and must be enabled by an HMI operator. If AU_EN_P is True and
the quality status of transmitter A becomes GOOD or UNCERTAIN and the value of
input A is within the deviation limits set by the user, AD becomes False and A is
automatically enabled. This concept also applies to inputs B, C, and D.
AU_EN_P does not have any A transmitter can be manually disabled through the pop-up QUADSEL_V2 faceplate. If
effect on the enabling of a input A, B, C, and D are all enabled and have a GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality status
manually disabled input. A and A is manually disabled, then the corresponding output, AD, becomes True to indicate
manually disabled input must that input A is disabled. If input A is enabled and B is disabled then BD is True. If input B
be manually enabled. is enabled and C is disabled then CD is True and if input C is enabled and D is disabled
then DD is True.
Note The HMI operator is allowed to disable two transmitters at any time from the
disable up to three transmitters.

If 1XMTR_P, is True, when four transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD quality state,
OBQ becomes True, the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to OUT, quality
status of OUT is set to NOT_LIMITED-BAD [0], and MODE is set to DEFAULT. If AU_
EN_P is True, OBQ becomes False when the quality status of any input becomes GOOD
or UNCERTAIN. The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input will be enabled and
transferred to OUT. However, if AU_EN_P is False, OUT will be equal to DF until the
HMI operator manually enables the GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality input.
If 1XMTR_P, is False, when three or four transmitters are disabled and/or in a BAD
quality state, OBQ becomes True, the default value, DF, is automatically transferred to the
output, quality status of the output is set to NOT_LIMITED-BAD[0], and MODE is set to
DEFAULT. If AU_EN_P is True, OBQ becomes False when the quality status of two
inputs become GOOD or UNCERTAIN. The GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality inputs will
be enabled and based on the DS enumeration selected, the average, minimum, or
maximum of the GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality inputs is transferred to the output.
However, if AU_EN_P is False, the output will be equal to DF until the HMI operator
manually enables the GOOD or UNCERTAIN quality inputs.
Block status modifications: When OBQ is True, the quality status of {Device} is NOT_
LIMITED-BAD[0].
from the HMI allow each input to be enabled or disabled. The CTL command

deviation status. An exception is when the block is in average mode with three
transmitters in operation. Refer to the section, Deviation Alarms.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No Command
EN_A_CMD Enable Input A command
DIS_A_CMD Disable Input A command
EN_B_CMD Enable Input B command
DIS_B_CMD Disable Input B command
EN_C_CMD Enable Input C command
DIS_C_CMD Disable Input C command
EN_D_CMD Enable Input D command
DIS_D_CMD Disable Input D command

Function block is defined by two function modes:
• Dual Select Mode (DS)

• Three Select Mode (TS)
DS Mode Function Enumeration

TS Mode Enumeration
AVG Average of three inputs
MEDIAN Median of three inputs

MODE DS is the block-operating mode that depends on TS and the quality status of the
inputs. MODE enumerations are as follows:
Operating Mode Enumerations

MED_AVG Average of 2 middle inputs
MED_BCD Median of B, C and D
MED_ACD Median of A, C and D
MED_ABD Average of A, B and D
MED_ABC Average of A, B and C
AVG_BCD Average of B, C and D
AVG_ACD Average of A, C and D
AVG_ABD Average of A, B and D
AVG_A-D Average of A and D
AVG_B-D Average of B and D
AVG_C-D Average of C and D
MIN_A-D Minimum of A and D
MIN_C-D Minimum of C and D
MIN_B-D Minimum of B and D
MAX_A-D Maximum of A and D
MAX_C-D Maximum of C and D
MAX_B-D Maximum of B and D
A Input A
B Input B
C Input C
D Input D
DEFAULT Input DF

Examples
• MED_AVG mode is selected when all inputs are enabled and have a GOOD or
UNCERTAIN quality status.
• MED_BCD mode is selected when A is BAD quality or is disabled and the TS
enumeration is MEDIAN.
• AVG_BCD mode is selected when A is BAD quality or is disabled. and the TS
enumeration is AVG.
• AVG_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or
D is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is AVG.
• MIN_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or when
C is manually disabled and a BAD quality is detected on transmitter D or when D is
manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is MIN.
• MAX_A-B mode is selected when a BAD quality is detected on transmitter C or
D is manually disabled, and the DS enumeration is MAX.
• A mode is selected when 1XMTR_P is True and transmitters B, C, and D are
disabled.
• DEFAULT mode is selected when all transmitters are BAD quality and/or disabled or
1XMTR_P is False and three transmitters are BAD quality and/or disabled.
Deviation Alarms
Use the deviation alarms that Each transmitter value is compared with the output, to determine if it is outside of the
are configured from within the deviation limit, DL. If so, the deviation high alarm for the deviant input either DAH,
block instead of the deviation DBH, DCH, or DDH for transmitters A, B, C, or D respectively, and DH, become True.
high configuration of the The deviation alarms will not become False until the absolute difference between the
analog alarm. Refer to the deviant input and the output is less than the value of DL minus DLDB (deviation limit
section, Analog Alarm dead band) or the deviant input is disabled.
Configuration.
Note The deviation high output, DH, becomes True when at least one transmitter is in
is disabled.
functionality of the block (the transmitter in deviation with the output is not automatically
disabled, and the block mode does not change).
However, if the block is calculating the average of any three transmitters (three

A = 10 (enabled), B = 25 (disabled), C = 50 (disabled) and D = 50 (disabled), so MODE
= A, and the mode of the block is changed by enabling input B and disabling input A.
Now, MODE = B and the output will increase from 10 to 25 engineering units in 15
seconds. At this point, the output equals B, the block operating mode transition from A to
B is complete and the rate of change restriction on the output is removed until the block
operating mode changes, again.
Inserting this block into application program, will generate a window titled, Enter the
Attribute Instance Values; prompting the user to Enter Device Description, Enter Device
appropriate attributes for each variable (such as Type, Format Spec, variables that need to
be on EGD will be automatically placed on the $Default EGD page, and so forth).
Inserting a QUADSEL_V2 block into the application program, for example, displays the
following window.
Refer to the table, Global When the user clicks OK, the block and pin connections will be configured automatically
Variables. and generates Global pins. Pin names are in the form Device Value.pin Name, where
Device Value has the attribute value 00QUADSEL1000 and Input_Name is the block
input/output names. The description, QUADSEL_V2 Description in this example becomes
the prefix of the block input/output descriptions. The FormatSp Attribute Name Value,
TempFS, in the example, is the format specification of the block output. The DLFormatSp
Attribute Name Value, TempDiffFS is the format specification of the block DL pin output.
Note The only exception to this rule is the output pin ({Device}) where the global pin

QUALSEL_V2 Block

Inputs
Type
TRANSMITTER
OPERATION
Status
XMTR
Status
Status
D Yes {Desc} TRANS D INPUT REAL 0 Always Value with
Status
DF SUBSTITUTE VALUE REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
LIMIT
LIMIT DEADBAND
PROPERTY
DT DEVIATION ALARM BOOL 1000 Parameter Value Only
DELAY
IN_DBQ Yes TRANS D BAD QUALITY BOOL False Always Value Only
RATE LIMIT
PROPERTY

Outputs
Type
Status
QUALITY
DISABLED
QUALITY
DISABLED
QUALITY
DISABLED
DAH Yes {Desc} TRANS A HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DBH Yes {Desc} TRANS B HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DBQ Yes {Desc} TRANS D BAD BOOL False Always Value Only
QUALITY
DCH Yes {Desc} TRANS C HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
DD Yes {Desc} TRANS D BOOL False Always Value Only
DISABLED
DDH Yes {Desc} TRANS D HI BOOL False Always Value Only
DEVIATION
MODE Yes {Desc} BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MED_AVG Always Value Only
SEL_P Yes {Desc} SELECT TYPE UINT (ENUM) QUAD Internal Value Only
PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Access
00QUADSEL1000 QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.A QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A INPUT Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.A.Status QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A INPUT STATUS Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.ABQ QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.AD QUADSEL_V2 Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS A DISABLED Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.B QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B INPUT Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.B.Status QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B INPUT STATUS Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.BBQ QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.BD QUADSEL_V2 Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS B DISABLED Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.C QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C INPUT Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.C.Status QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C INPUT STATUS Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.CBQ QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.CD QUADSEL_V2 Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS C DISABLED Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.CTL QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadWrite
00QUADSEL1000.D QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D INPUT Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.D.Status QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D INPUT STATUS Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.DAH QUADSEL_V2 Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
00QUADSEL1000.DBH QUADSEL_V2 Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
00QUADSEL1000.DBQ QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.DCH QUADSEL_V2 Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
00QUADSEL1000.DD QUADSEL_V2 Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D DISABLED Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.DDH QUADSEL_V2 Description Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
TRANS D HI DEVIATION
00QUADSEL1000.MODE QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK MODE Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.OBQ QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
BAD QUALITY Alarmed
00QUADSEL1000.ODH QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
HI DEVIATION Alarmed

Class Access
00QUADSEL1000.SEL_P QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
SELECT TYPE Alarmed
PROPERTY
00QUADSEL1000.Status QUADSEL_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
STATUS Alarmed

Enabling Analog Alarm Signal

H Variables
configuration.
C lick M ED A VG to
QUADSEL_V2
display the Q U AD SEL
faceplate .
Typical HMI Object for a QUADSEL_V2
QUADSEL_V2 Faceplate

43 Quality Average (QUAL_AVG)
Block Category: QUAL_AVG, Math
Status functionality is always The Quality Average (QUAL_AVG) block is an expandable block that performs the
enabled for this block. average of up to 32 inputs.
Bad quality inputs are excluded from the calculated average. The outputs QUAL_BAD,
QUAL_POOR, QUAL_GOOD indicates the total number of inputs that are bad,
uncertain, and good, respectively. If all the inputs have bad quality then the output is set
to zero.
QUAL_AVG Block
The default data type is Real. Refer to the section, Changing Data Type of a Variant
Block.
Block status is propagated as follows:
• If all inputs are of bad quality (QUALITY < 32), then the lowest quality of the
inputs is propagated.
• If any input is used in the average computation, then the lowest quality of USED
inputs is propagated.

Inputs
IN1 Input 1 ANY_NUM† 0 Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
IN32 Input 32 ANY_NUM† 0 Always Value with Status

† Value with status
Outputs
OUT Average of inputs ANY_NUM† N/A Always Value with Status
QUAL_BAD Number of inputs with BAD UINT N/A Always Value Only
quality (QUALITY < 64 )
QUAL_GOOD Number of inputs with UINT N/A Always Value Only

GOOD quality (QUALITY >
127)
QUAL_POOR Number of inputs with UINT N/A Always Value Only

UNCERTAIN quality (63 <
QUALITY < 128)
† Value with status.

44 Run Timer (RUN_TIMER)
Block Category: RUN_TIMER, Timers and Counters
The Run Timer (RUN_TIMER) block behaves as a device run timer. OUT accumulates
time in hours only if IN is True and RESET is False. If IN becomes False, the timer stops
and maintains the value of the accumulated time. If the RESET pin is set to True, the
accumulated time is reset to zero.
RUN_TIMER Block
Inputs
Name Description Data Type Initial value Visibility Interface Type
IN Allows counting when True BOOL False Always Value Only
RESET Resets the run timer BOOL False Always Value Only
Output
Name Description Data Type Initial value Visibility Interface Type
OUT Accumulated run time LREAL 0 Always Value Only

45 Solenoid Operated Valve (S_O_V)
Block Category: S_O_V, Device Control
Note Legacy Status — The S_O_V block is not supported for use in new Mark VIe
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the S_O_V_V3 block; it provides
The Solenoid Operated Valve (S_O_V) block controls a solenoid-piloted pneumatic valve
and provides an output to energize a solenoid valve. The block has a fail-safe open or
close property, FS_OP, for those valves that are energize-to-close, spring opened or FS_
CL, for those valves that are energize-to-open, spring closed. The block requires the
inputs OPEN and CLOSED from the limit switches of the valve. The block will generate
a failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_A, a failed-to-close alarm, FL_CL_A, and a limit switch
congruency alarm, CONGR_A, that alarms when the valve limit switches indicate that the
valve is open and closed at the same time for at least 2 seconds.
This block has various Control (CTL) is an enumeration set by the HMI operator for valve control. The
enumerations that are used to commands available from the HMI allow manual and automatic valve control capability
control block operation. and/or lockout capability if the block property MODE_OPT enumeration selected allows
the auto and/or lock mode. The valve may be opened or closed in manual mode by the
Refer to the section, Block OPEN_CMD or CLOSE_CMD commands, respectively. The command enumerations are
Property Enumerations. defined in the following table.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command

Block Property Enumerations
IO_OPT, MODE_OPT, and IO_MON enumerations and descriptions are displayed in the
following table.
IO Option Enumerations
FS_CL Fail safe close
DUAL Dual solenoid

FS_OP Fail safe open
NONE None
AUTO Auto mode
LOCK Lock mode
IO_MON Enumerations
NONE No fuse or voltage monitoring
IO_OPT— fail-safe options

FS_OP — select for solenoid valves that are energize-to-close, spring opened, fail-safe
open. If FS_OP is selected FS_OP_P is set to True. FS_CL, select for solenoid valves that
are energize-to-open, spring closed, fail-safe close. If FS_CL is selected FS_OP_P is set
to False.
DUAL — select for dual solenoid valves. In this caseOP_ORD and CL_ORD (each are 3
second pulses) are used to open and close the valve. If DUAL is selected DUAL_P is set
to True.
MODE_OPT — described in the section, Operating Mode.

PMT_AU is described in the AUTO — provides auto control capability of the solenoid valve. Selecting the AUTO
section, Auto/Open/Close property will set AUTO_P to True, indicating the auto property of the block is enabled.
Permissives. When AUTO_P is True, the valve can be commanded to auto by either CTL enumeration
AUTO_CMD or a rising edge on AU_SEL providing PMT_AU is True. The HMI
operator may command the valve from auto to manual mode at any time with the CTL
enumeration MANUAL_CMD. When AUTO is True, the AU_OP and AU_CL inputs
control the automatic opening and closing of the valve, provided, PMT_OP or PMT_CL,
respectively, is True. If AU_OP or AU_CL or AU_SEL become True, the valve is in
manual mode, and the valve position is not in the state of the requested command, the
auto request alarm, AU_REQ, will be activated.
WorkstationST Lock function. control the lockout mode functionality. The valve solenoid must be de-energized before
Refer to GEI-100697, the block can be set to lockout mode. Feedback to the HMI operator of this mode is
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY provided by LOCK. The HMI operator is prevented from energizing the solenoid
Advanced Viewer Integration, operated valve from the control faceplate when LOCK is True, and auto mode is disabled.
the section, HMI Tagout
Refer to GEH-6721_Vol_II,
Mark VIe Control, Volume II
descriptions of hardware
boards. IO_MON enumerations are digital output monitor types. Monitoring is only available for
the output (SV). If the hardware card used with SV can perform diagnostic monitoring,
IO_MON is used to select the method/type of diagnostic monitoring. When diagnostic
monitoring is used (FUSE or VOLT), the diagnostic variable from the digital output card
is connected to RDY_SV.
NONE — no circuit monitoring is available, RDY_SV is not used.
and is connected to the RDY_SV input. If there is a fuse failure, RDY_SV becomes False
and SV_FLR becomes True. When SV_FLR becomes True, PMT_OP or PMT_CL
become False based upon FS_OP_P, and PMT_AU becomes False, delayed by PWR_
FL_TMR. If AUTO is True when this occurs, AUTO will become False, but the manual
reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be inhibited. Note, to prevent an unwanted automatic
switch to Manual mode, in case of an Automatic bus transfer or Power supply transfer,
the power supply transfer time should not exceed PWR_FL_TMR. If the power supply
transfer time exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will transfer from auto to manual
mode and MN_REJ_A, will be inhibited.
voltage failure and is connected to the RDY_SV input. If there is a voltage failure and the
valve is not being energized (That is, SV is False), RDY_SV becomes False and SV_
FLR becomes True, (delayed by 2 seconds). When SV_FLR becomes True, PMT_OP or
PMT_CL become False, based upon FS_OP_P, and PMT_AU becomes False delayed by
PWR_FL_TMR.

If AUTO is True when this occurs, AUTO will become False, but the manual reject
alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be inhibited. Note, to prevent an unwanted automatic switch to
Manual mode, in case of an Automatic bus transfer or Power supply transfer, the power
supply transfer time should not exceed PWR_FL_TMR. If the power supply transfer time
exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the valve will transfer from auto to manual mode and MN_
REJ_A, will be inhibited.
SV_FLR is True, (delayed by 2 seconds), when the following conditions exist:
• RDY_SV is False
• SV_ORD is False
• OPEN is False (if IO_OPT, enumeration FS_OP is not selected)
• CLOSE is False (if IO_OPT, enumeration FS_OP is selected)
• DUAL_P is False
PWR_FL_TMR.
• RDY_OP is False
• OP_ORD is False
• OPEN is False
• CL_ORD is False
PWR_FL_TMR.
• RDY_CL is False
• CL_ORD is False
• CLOSED is False
• OP_ORD is False
PWR_FL_TMR.

Example
If the valve is fail-safe open, fuse monitoring, and has the capability for auto and lockout
operation, the IO_OPT selection is FS_OP, MODE_OPT is AUTO-LOCK, and IO_MON
is FUSE.
Override Control
CL_OVR, and a manual reject input enumeration, MN_REJ. The following table provides
the possible values of the enumerations.
CL_OVR, OP_OVR, and MN_REJ Enumerations

OVR_OP or CL_OVR — open or close the valve, respectively, and prevent it from
reclosing/reopening in any mode. If the valve is in auto mode (AUTO is True), it rejects
to manual and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, delayed off by 2
seconds.
OVR_OP and CL_OVR (if used) — driven from an OVERRIDE block. Each connected
input of the OVERRIDE block has the ability (when enabled) to be blocked by the HMI
OVR_OP or CL_OVR enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI operator has blocked at
least one override. S_O_V does not use the block information, but passes it to the HMI
for display.

Force Control
The block provides force enumerations force open input, OP_FRC and force close input,
CL_FRC. The following table provides the possible values of the enumerations.
CL_FRC, and OP_FRC Enumerations

OP_FRC or CL_FRC force the valve open or close in any mode except when OP_OVR or
CL_OVR indicates Override Active. The valve does not reject to manual if a force
occurs.
OP_FRC and CL_FRC (If used) are driven from a FORCE block. Each connected input
of the FORCE block has the ability (when enabled) to be blocked by the HMI operator,
which is accessed from associated tab of the permit HMI screen display. When OP_FRC
or CL_FRC indicate a force is blocked (enumeration contains BLOCK), the HMI operator
has blocked at least one force. The S_O_V does not use the block information, but passes
it to the HMI for display.

The block provides permissive input enumerations AU_PMT, OP_PMT, and CL_PMT.
The following table provides the possible values of the enumerations.


• LOCK is False
• OP_FLR, CL_FLR, and SV_FLR are False (or the duration of being True has not
exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR)
• OP_OVR indicates No Override
• CL_OVR indicates No Override
If the valve is in auto mode and any of the conditions listed above are not satisfied (except
AU_PMT) the valve will be placed in manual mode (the outputs, AUTO and PMT_AU
are set to False). If the MN_REJ input caused this action, then the manual reject alarm,
MN_REJ_A, will be activated (otherwise MN_REJ_A will be inhibited). A change in
AU_PMT from True to False will not change the mode from AUTO to MANUAL.

• OP_PMT is True
• CL_OVR indicates No Override
• LOCK is False
• SV_FLR is False when FS_OP_P is False
• OP_FLR is False when DUAL_P is True
• CL_PMT is True
• OP_OVR indicates No Override
• LOCK is False
• SV_FLR is False when FS_OP_P is True
• CL_FLR is False when DUAL_P is True
AU_PMT, OP_PMT, and CL_PMT (if used) are driven from a PERMIT block. Each
HMI operator has bypassed at least one permit. S_O_V does not use the bypass
Valve Diagnostic
The block will generate a failed-to-open alarm, FL_OP_A, and a failed-to-close alarm,
FL_CL_A, if the valve fails to open or close in the time specified by the FL_OP_T or FL_
CL_T, respectively. These alarms are reset when FAULT_RESET is True or if the CTL
enumeration equals RESET_CMD.
limit switches indicate that the valve is open and closed at the same time. CONGR_A also
alarms if the valve is not at a known position providing there is no output command
active and no position failure (FL_OP_A or FL_CL_A) active and there is no trip alarm
(TRIPPED) active – this condition is delayed by the maximum of FL_OP_T and FL_CL_
T. The CONGR_A alarm is reset when the condition that caused the alarm is cleared.
If DIS_REJ_FL_A is False, the block operates as described above. If DIS_REJ_FL_A is
True when either FL_CL_A, FL_OP_A, CONGR_A, or TRIPPED becomes True, the
reject-to-manual operation is inhibited (the block remains in AUTO if AUTO is True
when this occurs).

The output, FAULT, is True when a fault is detected.
• FL_OP_A is True
• FL_CL_A is True
• CONGR_A is True
• SV_FLR is True
• OP_FLR is True
• TRIPPED is True
• CL_FLR is True
Push-button Status
The block has a push-button status output, PBSTATE, to indicate the last HMI operator
initiated CTL enumeration OPEN_CMD or CLOSE_CMD command. PBSTATE is True
when the last HMI CTL enumeration was OPEN_CMD. PBSTATE is False when the last
HMI CTL enumeration was OPEN_CMD.
A complete list of all possible Operating Mode (MODE) is an output that defines the block-operating mode. The
combinations of enumeration operating mode enumerations are defined in the following table.
elements is provided in the
MODE Enumerations
table, Appendix.
OVERRIDE Valve control has been overridden

Inserting a S_O_V block into the application code, displays the following window.
Variables. The previous example will generate Global pins. Pin names are in the form of the Device
Value.Input_Name, where Device Value is the attribute value 00S_O_V1000 and Input_
Name is the block input/output names. The description, S_O_V DESCRIPTION, becomes
the prefix of the block input/output descriptions.
S_O_V Block

Inputs
Type
AU_PMT Yes AUTO PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM- Always Value Only
NO_BYPASS
CL_FRC Yes FORCE CLOSE UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE- Always Value Only
NO_BLOCK
CL_OVR Yes CLOSE OVERRIDE UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR- Always Value Only
NO_BLOCK
CL_PMT Yes CLOSE PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM- Always Value Only
NO_BYPASS
DIS_REJ_FL_P DISABLE MANUAL BOOL False Parameter Value Only
REJECT ON FL_OP/CL
OR CONGR OR
TRIPPED
OPTIONS
IO_OPT VALVE I/O OPTIONS UINT (ENUM) FS_CL Always Value Only
MN_REJ Yes MANUAL REJECT UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR- Always Value Only
NO_BLOCK
OP_FRC Yes FORCE OPEN UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE- Always Value Only
NO_BLOCK
OP_OVR Yes OPEN OVERRIDE UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR- Always Value Only
NO_BLOCK
OP_PMT Yes OPEN PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM- Always Value Only
NO_BYPASS
POWER FAIL TIMER
TO CLOSE
TO OPEN
RDY_SV READY TO OPERATE BOOL True Always Value Only
SV

Outputs
REQUEST
PROPERTY
CIRCUIT FAIL
ORDER/CMD
CONGR_A Yes {Desc} BOOL False Always Value Only
CONGRUENCY
DUAL_P Yes {Desc} DUAL BOOL False Always Value Only
OUTPUT (OP/CL)
PROPERTY
INDICATION
FL_CL_A Yes {Desc} FAIL TO BOOL False Always Value Only
CLOSE
FL_OP_A Yes {Desc} FAIL TO BOOL False Always Value Only
OPEN
FRC_CL Yes {Desc} FORCE BOOL False Always Value Only
CLOSE
FRC_CLB Yes {Desc} CLOSE BOOL False Internal Value Only
FORCE BLOCK
STS
FRC_OP Yes {Desc} FORCE BOOL False Always Value Only
OPEN
FRC_OPB Yes {Desc} OPEN BOOL False Internal Value Only
FORCE BLOCK
STS
FS_OP_P Yes {Desc} FAIL BOOL False Always Value Only
SAFE OPEN
PROPERTY
FUSE_MON_P Yes {Desc} OUTPUT BOOL False Always Value Only
FUSE MON
PROPERTY
PROPERTY
REJECT
MODE BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MANUAL-CLOS- Always Value Only
ING
OP_FLR Yes {Desc} OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
CIRCUIT FAIL
ORDER/CMD

Outputs (continued)
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
BLOCK STS
OVR_OP Yes {Desc} OPEN BOOL False Always Value Only
OVERRIDE
OVR_OPB Yes {Desc} OPEN BOOL False Internal Value Only
OVERRIDE
BLOCK STS
PBSTATE Yes {Desc} LAST PB BOOL False Internal Value Only
STATE
PMT_AU Yes {Desc} AUTO BOOL False Always Value Only
PERMIT
PMT_AUB Yes {Desc} AUTO BOOL False Internal Value Only
PERMIT BYPASS
STS
PMT_CL Yes {Desc} PERMIT BOOL True Always Value Only
TO CLOSE
PMT_CLB Yes {Desc} CLOSE BOOL False Internal Value Only
PERMIT BYPASS
STS
PMT_OP Yes {Desc} PERMIT BOOL True Always Value Only
TO OPEN
PMT_OPB Yes {Desc} OPEN BOOL False Internal Value Only
PERMIT BYPASS
STS
REJECT
REJECT BYPASS
STS
SV_FLR Yes {Desc} BOOL False Always Value Only
SOLENOID
CIRCUIT FAIL
SV_ORD Yes {Desc} BOOL False Always Value Only
ENERGIZE
ORDER
VOLT_MON_P Yes {Desc} OUTPUT BOOL False Always Value Only
VOLT MON
PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Access
00S_O_V1000 S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.AU_REQ S_O_V Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO REQUEST
00S_O_V1000.AUTO S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.AUTO_P S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO PROPERTY Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.CL_FLR S_O_V Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE CIRCUIT FAIL
00S_O_V1000.CL_ORD S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE ORDER/CMD Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.CLOSED S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSED Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.CONGR_A S_O_V Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
CONGRUENCY
00S_O_V1000.CTL S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadWrite
00S_O_V1000.DUAL_P S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
DUAL OUTPUT (OP/CL) Alarmed
PROPERTY
00S_O_V1000.FAULT S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
FAULT INDICATION Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FL_CL_A S_O_V Description FAIL Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
TO CLOSE
00S_O_V1000.FL_OP_A S_O_V Description FAIL Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
TO OPEN
00S_O_V1000.FRC_CL S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
FORCE CLOSE Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FRC_CLB S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE FORCE BLOCK Alarmed
STS
00S_O_V1000.FRC_OP S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
FORCE OPEN Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FRC_OPB S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN FORCE BLOCK Alarmed
STS
00S_O_V1000.FS_OP_P S_O_V Description FAIL Not False $Default ReadOnly
SAFE OPEN Alarmed
PROPERTY
00S_O_V1000.FUSE_MON_P S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
OUTPUT FUSE MON Alarmed
PROPERTY
00S_O_V1000.LOCK S_O_V Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
LOCKED Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.LOCK_P S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
LOCK PROPERTY Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.MN_REJ_A S_O_V Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
00S_O_V1000.OP_FLR S_O_V Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN CIRCUIT FAIL

Class Access
00S_O_V1000.OP_ORD S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN ORDER/CMD Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OPEN S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OVR_CL S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE OVERRIDE Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OVR_CLB S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE OVERRIDE Alarmed
BLOCK STS
00S_O_V1000.OVR_OP S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN OVERRIDE Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OVR_OPB S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN OVERRIDE Alarmed
BLOCK STS
00S_O_V1000.PBSTATE S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
LAST PB STATE Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_AU S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO PERMIT Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_AUB S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
AUTO PERMIT BYPASS Alarmed
STS
00S_O_V1000.PMT_CL S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT TO CLOSE Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_CLB S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
CLOSE PERMIT Alarmed
BYPASS STS
00S_O_V1000.PMT_OP S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
PERMIT TO OPEN Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_OPB S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
OPEN PERMIT BYPASS Alarmed
STS
00S_O_V1000.REJ_MN S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.REJ_MNB S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT Alarmed
BYPASS STS
00S_O_V1000.SV_FLR S_O_V Description Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
SOLENOID CIRCUIT
FAIL
00S_O_V1000.SV_ORD S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
ENERGIZE ORDER Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.TRIPPED S_O_V Description Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
TRIPPED
00S_O_V1000.VOLT_MON_P S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
OUTPUT VOLT MON Alarmed
PROPERTY

configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a SOV
SOV Faceplate

Appendix
The following table provides a complete list of all possible combinations of enumeration
elements.
MODE Enumerations



MANUAL-CLOSING-LOCKED Auto and override and closed and locked



46 Solenoid Operated Valve_Version 2 (S_O_V_V2)

Block Category: S_O_V_V2, Device Control
Note Legacy Status — The S_O_V_V2 block is not supported for use in new Mark
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the S_O_V_V3 block; it provides
The Solenoid Operated Valve_Version 2 (S_O_V_V2) block is an actuator block that

interfaces with an output that is connected to a solenoid controlled valve (SOV). Solenoid
valves control a fluid that opens or closes a valve directly or pilots another valve.
Depending on the valve hardware configuration, the actuating fluid operates the valve
differently. A single acting valve stem allows the pressure to only control the valve in one
direction, either open or closed. For example, an air-actuated, fail-close, single acting
solenoid valve operates such that no air pressure in the valve body leaves the valve
closed. However, with pressurized air in the valve body, the valve opens. The opposite is
true for a fail-open valve. The dual acting SOV uses two pressurized chambers that act on
opposite sides of the valve. As a result, there must be separate Open and Close commands
to the solenoid. The block has the option of either one or two command outputs to support
either configuration. The block also monitors the end positions of the valve to provide
alarm detection.
The S_O_V_V2 block is displayed in the following figure. However, not all variable pins

S_O_V_V2 Block

This block has various enumerations that are configured for control block operation.
and/or lockout capability if the block property Mode of Operation (MODE_OPT)
enumeration selected allows the auto and/or lock mode. The valve may be opened or
closed in manual mode by the OPEN_CMD or CLOSE_CMD commands, respectively.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command

Refer to GEI-100682, Mark Mode of Operation (MODE_OPT) may be configured to operate in Manual or
VIe Controller Standard Block Automatic (Auto) mode. It also enables the user to lock the device, which disables any
Library, the Logic Builder operation while in the Lock mode. Manual mode allows commands from the operator
(LOGIC_BUILDER) block. interface, and Auto mode allows the control logic to command the solenoid. In either
mode there are inputs that may bypass or override the active mode of operation. Lock
mode is intended to be used when maintenance work is being performed on the valve and
the operator wants to prohibit any logic from energizing the valve solenoid. The
allowable modes of operation are specified by the Mode Options parameter, MODE_
OPT.
The S_O_V_V2 block can be used in conjunction with the PERMIT, FORCE,
OVERRIDE, or LOGIC_BUILDER blocks to provide a complete and comprehensive
device control. A predefined HMI faceplate provides the operator interface to the valve.
The block may also be configured to control valves that are a combination of fail-safe
closed or fail-safe open, and single or dual acting solenoid.

MODE_OPT
MANUAL AUTO LOCK
MANUAL-AUTO X X
MANUAL-LOCK X X
AUTO ONLY X
AUTO-LOCK X X
Manual mode is always Manual mode enables the block to respond to operator Open and Close commands from a
available unless MODE_OPT faceplate on the HMI. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in
is set to AUTO ONLY or accordance with the manual command. The permit for the Open command is set by the
AUTO-LOCK. Open Permit input, OP_PMT, and the permit for the Close command is set by the Close
Permit input, CL_PMT. These inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_
BUILDER block.
Some of these conditions The possible conditions that place the block into Manual mode are as follows:
require block parameters to be
specifically configured. • Manual mode is selected from the HMI faceplate
• Manual Rejection from logic (MN_REJ)
• Override close or open from logic (OVR_CL, OVR_OP)
• Solenoid Circuit Failure from logic (RDY_SV)
− IO_OPT set to FS_OP OR FS_CL and IO_MON set to Fuse or Volt
• Open Circuit Failure from logic (RDY_OP)
− IO_OPT set to Dual and IO_MON set to Fuse or Volt
• Close Circuit Failure from logic (RDY_CL)
• Valve has generates alarms Failed to Open, Failed to Close, Congruency Alarm, or
Tripped
− DIS_REJ_FL_P set to False

S_O_V_V2 Block in Manual Mode
Auto mode enables the block to respond to Open and Close commands from logic. Given
that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in accordance with the command from
the logic. The permit for the Open command is set by the Open Permit input, OP_PMT,
and the permit for the Close command is set by the Close Permit input, CL_PMT. The
OP_PMT and CL_PMT inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_
BUILDER block. The logic commands are input to the block through the Automatic
Open, AU_OP, and Automatic Close, AU_CL, inputs. The block may be placed in Auto
mode either by a command from the HMI or a pulse to the automatic select input, AU_
SEL. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block is placed into Auto mode. The permit
for the Auto mode is set by the Auto Permit input, AU_PMT. The AU_PMT input may be
set to a fixed value or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block.
MANUAL-AUTO mode selection provides Manual and Automatic functionality. A
functionality only. While residing in Auto mode, the block controls the valve based on
external logic. Automated control from external logic interfaces to the AU_OP and AU_
CL pins. Similar to the manual mode, Auto action only operates with the proper Open and
from Manual into Auto mode. Unlike the transferring to Manual mode, here, certain
S_O_V_V2 block is always able to enter Manual mode, but not always able to enter Auto
mode. These conditions depend on the mode options selected for the block. All three of
the following conditions must be met for the block to enter Auto mode:

At any time, the block may go LOCK mode may only be selected when the solenoid is in the de-energized state. When
into Lock mode as long as it is placed in the Lock mode, the block forces the output so that the solenoid remains
residing in its fail-safe de-energized. Upon being placed in Lock mode, if currently in Auto mode, it will be
position. Only the operator transfer to Manual mode. At this time, no open commands, forces, or overrides will be
may place this block into Lock accepted. Upon removing the lock, Manual mode will be active. Similarly, AUTO ONLY
mode. and AUTO-LOCK (no open commands) will be accepted. however, upon removal of
Lock mode, the block will return to Auto mode.

Inputs and Outputs
At a minimum, the S_O_V_V2 block requires Open and Close feedback and valve order
output. However, other inputs may be used for automatic control, valve forcing, manual
rejection, and such.
Depending on the block configuration, the output could be one (SV_ORD) or two (CL_
ORD, OP_ORD) commands. Normally, S_O_V_V2 blocks are one-way solenoid valves,
meaning that input pin, IO_OPT, is set to either FS_CL or FS_OP. The following figure
displays the logic for the Open command. The Close command logic is similar, but
replaces the open text with close text and vice versa.
Open Command Logic
One-way Acting Valves Command Logic

Two-way Acting Valves Command Logic
Note Additional outputs from this block indicate status, faults, failures, alarms, forces,
and overrides. Much of this information is displayed on the HMI faceplate.
Diagnostic Alarms and Faults

When an alarm is active, the S_O_V_V2 block may have limited action of movement.
For example, a Fail to Open alarm will inhibit the valve from opening again. In this case,
a Fault Reset must be issued so that the valve can continue normal operation. Some
alarms are held true until the alarm is cleared while others require a Fault Reset to clear
the alarm. The alarm may be reset at any time from the logic or an operator push-button.
remain active. For Unit Controls, the Fault Reset pin may be connected to the Master
Reset parameter. The alarms that may occur are as follows:
Fail to Open (FL_OP_A) — when commanded open, the valve fails to reach the open
limit within the allotted time (FL_OP_T). The block cannot reissue an open command
while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm.
Fail to Open Alarm

Fail to Close (FL_CL_A)+ — when commanded open, the valve fails to reach the closed
limit within the allotted time (FL_CL_T). The block cannot reissue a close command
while alarm is active. Reset the alarm.
Valve Trip (TRIPPED)+ — the valve is removed from its energized state but there was
no command change. The block cannot reissue an auto/manual command while alarm is
active. Reset the alarm.
Valve Trip Alarm
same time, or, for the allotted time, the block is neither open nor closed. The block could
be rejected to manual depending on its configuration. The alarm will be cleared when the
valve reaches either of its limits.
Solenoid Circuit Failure for single acting SOVs (SV_FLR) — power is lost to the
circuit that energizes the valve (RDY_SV becomes False). This pin is a reserved variable
that monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual and cannot reissue a
command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_SV becomes True.
Open Circuit Failure for dual acting SOVs (OP_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit
that opens the valve (RDY_OP becomes False). This pin is a reserved variable that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual and cannot reissue an open
command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_OP becomes True.
Close Circuit Failure for dual acting SOVs (CL_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit
that closes the valve (RDY_CL becomes False). This pin is a reserved variable that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual and cannot reissue an close
command while alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_CL becomes True.
Auto Request (AU_REQ) — the valve is in Manual mode but the Auto logic requests
that the valve state be different than its current state. This has no effect on valve operation
and is an alarm message only. The alarm is cleared if the valve is placed into Auto mode,

Manual Rejected (MN_REJ_A) — the S_O_V_V2 block is rejected to manual due to a
affect automatic valve operation. However, the alarm will still become active under the
given conditions.
During any condition, the S_O_V_V2 may be forced to a position that bypasses normal
operation. The force is driven from the CL_FRC or OP_FRC pins in the logic. The valve
will move to the force position, and remain there until the force is removed. For example,
for the valve to be forced open it must meet the following criteria:
• No Override Close
• No Circuit Failure
• No Failed to Open
Refer to the figure, Open While a force condition is active, the valve may freely transfer from Auto to Manual
Command Logic, to view the mode following the normal permits. However, no manual command will supersede the
logic for a force. force. Once the force is removed, the valve will continue normal operation.
An override will supersede a force and place the valve into the overridden state. For
example, irrelevant of any forces, the valve will go to the override closed state given that
there is no circuit failure and no Failed to Close alarm is active. The S_O_V_V2 block
will take precedence from the override command, then the force command, and then the
Manual/Auto command. Upon entering an overridden state, the valve will be placed into
Manual mode. Once the override is removed, the valve will remain in Manual mode until
changed by the operator.

Permits
For basic operations, most of Due to the nature of Auto and forcing action, permits are required for valve operation.
• Open
− Valve not Failed to Open**+
− Valve not Tripped**+
− Output Mon Ready to Open (if Fuse Monitoring/Voltage Monitoring Property
enabled)
− Ready to operate Solenoid (if Fuse Monitoring/Voltage Monitoring Property
enabled)
− Valve not in Lock mode
• Close
− Valve not Failed to Close**+
− Output Mon Ready to Close (if Fuse Monitoring/Voltage Monitoring Property
enabled)
enabled)
• Open Force
− No Open Circuit Failure (if Fuse Monitoring/Voltage Monitoring Property
enabled and Dual acting)
− No Solenoid Circuit Failure (if Fuse Monitoring/Voltage Monitoring Property
enabled and Fail Safe Close)
• Close Force
− No Close Circuit Failure (if Fuse Monitoring/Voltage Monitoring Property
enabled and Fail Safe Open)
• Open Override+
− Valve not Failed to Open**
• Close Override +
− Valve not Failed to Close**
enabled and Fail-Safe Open)

Note ** Indicates a condition that is internally generated to the block. Otherwise, the
+ If the MODE_OPT is set to AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK, the condition comes from
a direct input.
Inputs
AU_SEL Auto Select Pulses the valve into auto (provided all permits are met)
AU_ OP Auto Open Opens the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be in
Auto mode
AU_CL Auto Close Auto closes the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be
in Auto mode
AU_PMT Yes Auto Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve to enter Auto
mode
OP_PMT Open Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from opening
CL_PMT Close Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from closing
RDY_SV Ready to operate S_O_ I/O monitoring of the circuit to the command to the valve
V_V2
OP_OVR Open Override Permit required for external logic to override open the valve
RDY_CL Ready to Close S_O_V_ I/O monitoring of the circuit to the close command of the valve
V2
RDY_OP Ready to Open S_O_V_ I/O monitoring of the circuit to the open command of the valve
V2
FAULT_RESET Fault Reset Permit required for external logic to reset alarms on the valve

Parameters
FL_OP_T Fail to Open Time Time allotted for the valve to open. (If the motor takes 0.5 seconds to
open, ~6000 msec is sufficient time to allow the valve to reach its open
state.)
FL_CL_T Fail to Close Time Time allotted for the valve to close. (If the motor takes 0.5 seconds to
close, ~6000 msec is sufficient time to allow the valve to reach its close
state.)
PWR_FL_TMR Manual Reject Power Time allotted for the S_O_V_V2 to lose power before it rejects the valve
Failure Time to manual
IO_MON I/O Monitor Options Allows the I/O monitoring feature to be enabled. This pin can be set to
either Volt or Fuse monitoring.
IO_OPT Valve I/O Options Designates what type of valve it is (possible values are FS_OP, FS_CL,
or DUAL)
MODE_OPT Mode Options Designates what modes the valve can enter
DIS_REJ_FL_P Disable Manual Designates if certain alarms should reject the valve to manual. True
Reject on Faults bypasses the alarms so that the valve will remain in Auto mode during
certain alarms.

Outputs
SV_ORD Yes Solenoid Valve Order
OP_ORD Yes Open Order
CL_ORD Yes Close Order
AUTO_P Yes Property for Auto Mode Available
LOCK_P Yes Property for Lock Mode Available
FS_OP_P Yes Property for Fail Safe Open S_O_V_V2
DUAL_P Yes Property for Dual Acting S_O_V_V2
VOLT_MON_P Yes Property for Volt Monitoring I/O
FUSE_MON_P Yes Property for Fuse Monitoring I/O
AUTO Yes Auto Mode Active
CLOSED Yes S_O_V_V2 Close
OPEN Yes S_O_V_V2 Open
LOCK Yes Lock Mode Active
PMT_AU Yes Auto Permit
PMT_CL Yes Close Permit
FAULT Yes Fault Active
MODE Current Valve status
OVR_CL Yes Close Override
OVR_OP Yes Open Override
FRC_CL Yes Close Force
FRC_OP Yes Open Force
SV_FLR Yes Solenoid Circuit Failure
CL_FLR Yes Close Circuit Failure
OP_FLR Yes Open Circuit Failure
AU_REQ Yes Auto Request (Auto logic wishes to open or close S_O_V_V2)
CONGR_A Yes Congruency Alarm
FL_CL_A Yes Failed to Close Alarm
FL_OP_A Yes Failed to Open Alarm
MN_REJ_A Yes Manual Rejection Alarm
TRIPPED Yes Valve Tripped

Global Variables
Class Access
00S_O_V1000 S_O_V_V2 Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.AU_REQ AUTO REQUEST Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.AUTO AUTO Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.AUTO_P AUTO PROPERTY Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.CL_FLR CLOSE CIRCUIT FAIL Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.CL_ORD CLOSE ORDER/CMD Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.CLOSED CLOSED Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.CONGR_A CONGRUENCY Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.CTL CONTROL WORD Not False $Default ReadWrite
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.DUAL_P DUAL OUTPUT (OP/CL) Not False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FAULT FAULT INDICATION Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FL_CL_A FAIL TO CLOSE Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.FL_OP_A FAIL TO OPEN Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.FRC_CL FORCE CLOSE Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FRC_CLB CLOSE FORCE BLOCK Not False $Default ReadOnly
STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FRC_OP FORCE OPEN Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FRC_OPB OPEN FORCE BLOCK Not False $Default ReadOnly
STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FS_OP_P FAIL SAFE OPEN Not False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FUSE_MON_P OUTPUT FUSE MON Not False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.LOCK LOCKED Not True $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.LOCK_P LOCK PROPERTY Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.MN_REJ_A MANUAL REJECT Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.OP_FLR OPEN CIRCUIT FAIL Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.OP_ORD OPEN ORDER/CMD Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OPEN OPEN Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OVR_CL CLOSE OVERRIDE Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OVR_CLB CLOSE OVERRIDE Not False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OVR_OP OPEN OVERRIDE Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed

Class Access
00S_O_V1000.OVR_OPB OPEN OVERRIDE Not False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PBSTATE LAST PB STATE Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_AU AUTO PERMIT Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_AUB AUTO PERMIT BYPASS Not False $Default ReadOnly
STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_CL PERMIT TO CLOSE Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_CLB CLOSE PERMIT Not False $Default ReadOnly
BYPASS STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_OP PERMIT TO OPEN Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_OPB OPEN PERMIT BYPASS Not False $Default ReadOnly
STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.REJ_MN MANUAL REJECT Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.REJ_MNB MANUAL REJECT Not False $Default ReadOnly
BYPASS STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.SV_FLR SOLENOID CIRCUIT Alarmed LVL_4 False $Default ReadOnly
FAIL
00S_O_V1000.SV_ORD ENERGIZE ORDER Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.TRIPPED TRIPPED Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.VOLT_MON_P OUTPUT VOLT MON Not False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY Alarmed

configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a S_O_V_V2
S_O_V_V2 Faceplate

47 Solenoid Operated Valve_Version 3 (S_O_V_V3)
Block Category: S_O_V_V3, Device Control
The Solenoid Operated Valve_Version 3 (S_O_V_V3) block is an actuator block that
interfaces with an output that is connected to a solenoid controlled valve (SOV). Solenoid
valves control a fluid that opens or closes a valve directly or pilots another valve.
Depending on the valve hardware configuration, the actuating fluid operates the valve
differently. A single acting valve stem allows the pressure to only control the valve in one
direction, either open or closed. For example, an air-actuated, fail-close, single acting
solenoid valve operates such that no air pressure in the valve body leaves the valve
closed. However, with pressurized air in the valve body, the valve opens. The opposite is
true for a fail-open valve. The dual acting SOV uses two pressurized chambers that act on
opposite sides of the valve. As a result, there must be separate Open and Close commands
to the solenoid. The block has the option of either one or two command outputs to support
either configuration. The block also monitors the end positions of the valve to provide
alarm detection.
The S_O_V_V3 block is displayed in the following figure. However, not all variable pins

S_O_V_V3 Block

This block has various enumerations that are configured for control block operation.
and/or lockout capability if the block property Mode of Operation (MODE_OPT)
enumeration selected allows the auto and/or lock mode. The valve may be opened or
closed in manual mode by the OPEN_CMD or CLOSE_CMD commands, respectively.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command

Mode of Operation (MODE_OPT) may be configured to operate in Manual or
Automatic (Auto) mode. It also enables the user to lock the device, which disables any
operation while in the Lock mode. Manual mode allows commands from the operator
interface, and Auto mode allows the control logic to command the solenoid. In either
mode there are inputs that may bypass or override the active mode of operation. Lock
mode is intended to be used when maintenance work is being performed on the valve and
the operator wants to prohibit any logic from energizing the valve solenoid. The
allowable modes of operation are specified by the Mode Options parameter, MODE_
OPT.
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark The S_O_V_V3 block can be used in conjunction with the PERMIT, FORCE,
VIe Controller Standard Block OVERRIDE, or LOGIC_BUILDER blocks to provide a complete and comprehensive
Library, the Logic Builder device control. A predefined HMI faceplate provides the operator interface to the valve.
(LOGIC_BUILDER) block. The block may also be configured to control valves that are a combination of fail-safe
closed or fail-safe open, and single or dual acting solenoid.

MODE_OPT
MANUAL AUTO LOCK
MANUAL-AUTO X X
MANUAL-LOCK X X
AUTO ONLY X
AUTO-LOCK X X
Manual mode is always Manual mode enables the block to respond to operator Open and Close commands from
available unless MODE_OPT a faceplate on the HMI. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in
is set to AUTO ONLY or accordance with the manual command. The permit for the Open command is set by the
AUTO-LOCK. Open Permit input, OP_PMT, and the permit for the Close command is set by the Close
Permit input, CL_PMT. These inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_
Some of these conditions BUILDER block. The possible conditions that place the block into Manual mode are as
require block parameters to be follows:
specifically configured.
• Manual mode is selected from the HMI faceplate
• Manual Rejection from logic (MN_REJ)
• Override close or open from logic (OVR_CL, OVR_OP)
• Solenoid Circuit Failure from logic (RDY_SV)
− IO_OPT set to FS_OP OR FS_CL and IO_MON set to Fuse or Volt
• Open Circuit Failure from logic (RDY_OP)
• Close Circuit Failure from logic (RDY_CL)
• Valve has generates alarms Failed to Open, Failed to Close, Congruency Alarm, or
Tripped
− DIS_REJ_FL_P set to False

S_O_V_V3 Block in Manual Mode
Auto mode enables the block to respond to Open and Close commands from logic. Given
that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in accordance with the command from
the logic. The permit for the Open command is set by the Open Permit input, OP_PMT,
and the permit for the Close command is set by the Close Permit input, CL_PMT. The
OP_PMT and CL_PMT inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_
BUILDER block. The logic commands are input to the block through the Automatic
Open, AU_OP, and Automatic Close, AU_CL, inputs. The block may be placed in Auto
mode either by a command from the HMI or a pulse to the automatic select input, AU_
SEL. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block is placed into Auto mode. The permit
for the Auto mode is set by the Auto Permit input, AU_PMT. The AU_PMT input may be
set to a fixed value or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block.
MANUAL-AUTO mode selection provides Manual and Automatic functionality. A
functionality only. While residing in Auto mode, the block controls the valve based on
external logic. Automated control from external logic interfaces to the AU_OP and AU_
CL pins. Similar to the manual mode, Auto action only operates with the proper Open and
from Manual into Auto mode. Unlike the transferring to Manual mode, here, certain
S_O_V_V2 block is always able to enter Manual mode, but not always able to enter Auto
mode. These conditions depend on the mode options selected for the block. All three of
the following conditions must be met for the block to enter Auto mode:

At any time, the block may go LOCK mode may only be selected when the solenoid is in the de-energized state. When
into Lock mode as long as it is placed in the Lock mode, the block forces the output so that the solenoid remains
residing in its fail-safe de-energized. Upon being placed in Lock mode, if currently in Auto mode, it will be
position. Only the operator transfer to Manual mode. At this time, no open commands, forces, or overrides will be
may place this block into Lock accepted. Upon removing the lock, Manual mode will be active. Similarly, AUTO ONLY
mode. and AUTO-LOCK (no open commands) will be accepted. however, upon removal of
Lock mode, the block will return to Auto mode.

Inputs and Outputs
At a minimum, the S_O_V_V3 block requires Open and Close feedback and valve order
output. However, other inputs may be used for automatic control, valve forcing, manual
Depending on the block configuration, the output could be one (SV_ORD) or two (CL_
ORD, OP_ORD) commands. Normally, S_O_V_V3 blocks are one-way solenoid valves,
meaning that input pin, IO_OPT, is set to either FS_CL or FS_OP. The following figure
displays the logic for the Open command. The Close command logic is similar, but
replaces the open text with close text and vice versa.
Open Command Logic

FailClose
Fail Close S_O_V_V3
S_O_V_V2 (IO_ OPT set to FS_CL)
Open CMD S Valve Command(SV_ ORD)
Close CMD R
One-way Acting Valves Command Logic
DualActing
Dual actingS_O_V_V3
S_O_V_V2 (IO_ OPT set to DUAL)
Open CMD Open Order (OP_ ORD)
Close CMD Close Order (CL_ ORD)
Two-way Acting Valves Command Logic
Note Additional outputs from this block indicate status, faults, failures, alarms, forces,
and overrides. Much of this information is displayed on the HMI faceplate.

Alarms and Faults
When an alarm is active, the S_O_V_V3 block may have limited action of movement.
For example, a Fail to Open alarm will inhibit the valve from opening again. In this case,
a Fault Reset must be issued so that the valve can continue normal operation. Some
alarms are held true until the alarm is cleared while others require a Fault Reset to clear
the alarm. The alarm may be reset at any time from the logic or an operator push-button.
remain active. For Unit Controls, the Fault Reset pin may be connected to the Master
Reset parameter. The alarms that may occur are as follows:
Fail to Open (FL_OP_A) — when commanded open, the valve fails to reach the open
limit within the allotted time (FL_OP_T). The block cannot reissue an open command
while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm.
Fail to Open Alarm
Fail to Close (FL_CL_A)+ — when commanded open, the valve fails to reach the closed
limit within the allotted time (FL_CL_T). The block cannot reissue a close command
while alarm is active. Reset the alarm.
Valve Trip (TRIPPED)+ — the valve is removed from its energized state but there was
no command change. The block cannot reissue an auto/manual command while alarm is
active. Reset the alarm.

Valve Trip Alarm
same time, or, for the allotted time, the block is neither open nor closed. The block could
be rejected to manual depending on its configuration. The alarm will be cleared when the
valve reaches either of its limits.
Solenoid Circuit Failure for single acting SOVs (SV_FLR) — power is lost to the
circuit that energizes the valve (RDY_SV becomes False). This pin is a reserved variable
that monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual and cannot reissue a
command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_SV becomes True.
Open Circuit Failure for dual acting SOVs (OP_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit
that opens the valve (RDY_OP becomes False). This pin is a reserved variable that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual and cannot reissue an open
command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_OP becomes True.
Close Circuit Failure for dual acting SOVs (CL_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit
that closes the valve (RDY_CL becomes False). This pin is a reserved variable that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual and cannot reissue an close
command while alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_CL becomes True.
and is an alarm message only. The alarm is cleared if the valve is placed into Auto mode,
Manual Rejected (MN_REJ_A) — the S_O_V_V3 block is rejected to manual due to a

affect automatic valve operation. However, the alarm will still become active under the
given conditions.

During any condition, the S_O_V_V3 block may be forced to a position that bypasses
normal operation. The force is driven from the CL_FRC or OP_FRC pins in the logic.
The valve will move to the force position, and remain there until the force is removed.
For example, for the valve to be forced open it must meet the following criteria:
• No Override Close
• No Circuit Failure
• No Failed to Open
Refer to the figure, Open While a force condition is active, the valve may freely transfer from Auto to Manual
Command Logic, to view the mode following the normal permits. However, no manual command will supersede the
logic for a force. force. Once the force is removed, the valve will continue normal operation.
An override will supersede a force and place the valve into the overridden state. For
example, irrelevant of any forces, the valve will go to the override closed state given that
there is no circuit failure and no Failed to Close alarm is active. The block will take
precedence from the override command, then the force command, and then the
Manual/Auto command. Upon entering an overridden state, the valve will be placed into
Manual mode. Once the override is removed, the valve will remain in Manual mode until
changed by the operator.

Permits
For basic operations, most of Due to the nature of Auto and forcing action, permits are required for valve operation.
• Open
− Output Mon Ready to Open (if Fuse Monitoring/Voltage Monitoring Property
enabled)
enabled)
• Close
− Output Mon Ready to Close (if Fuse Monitoring/Voltage Monitoring Property
enabled)
enabled)
• Open Force
• Close Force
enabled and Fail Safe Open)
• Open Override+
− Valve not Failed to Open**
• Close Override +
− Valve not Failed to Close**
enabled and Fail-Safe Open)

Note ** Indicates a condition that is internally generated to the block. Otherwise, the
+ If the MODE_OPT is set to AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK, the condition comes from
a direct input.
Inputs
AU_ OP Auto Open Opens the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be in
Auto mode
AU_CL Auto Close Auto closes the valve (provided all permits are met); device must
be in Auto mode
AU_PMT Yes Auto Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve to enter Auto
mode
OP_PMT Open Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from
opening
CL_PMT Close Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from closing
RDY_SV Ready to operate S_O_V_ I/O monitoring of the circuit to the command to the valve
V3
OP_OVR Open Override Permit required for external logic to override open the valve
RDY_CL Ready to Close S_O_V_V3 I/O monitoring of the circuit to the close command of the valve
RDY_OP Ready to Open S_O_V_V3 I/O monitoring of the circuit to the open command of the valve

Parameters
FL_OP_T Fail to Open Time Time allotted for the valve to open. (If the motor takes 0.5 seconds
to open, ~6000 msec is sufficient time to allow the valve to reach
its open state.)
FL_CL_T Fail to Close Time Time allotted for the valve to close. (If the motor takes 0.5 seconds
to close, ~6000 msec is sufficient time to allow the valve to reach
its close state.)
PWR_FL_TMR Manual Reject Power Time allotted for the S_O_V_V3 to lose power before it rejects the
Failure Time valve to manual
IO_MON I/O Monitor Options Allows the I/O monitoring feature to be enabled. This pin can be
set to either Volt or Fuse monitoring.
IO_OPT Valve I/O Options Designates what type of valve it is (possible values are FS_OP,
FS_CL, or DUAL)
MODE_OPT Mode Options Designates which modes the valve can enter
DIS_REJ_FL_P Disable Manual Reject on Designates if certain alarms should reject the valve to manual.
Faults True bypasses the alarms so that the valve will remain in Auto
mode during certain alarms.

Outputs
SV_ORD Yes Solenoid Valve Order
OP_ORD Yes Open Order
CL_ORD Yes Close Order
AUTO_P Yes Property for Auto Mode Available
LOCK_P Yes Property for Lock Mode Available
FS_OP_P Yes Property for Fail Safe Open S_O_V_V3
DUAL_P Yes Property for Dual Acting S_O_V_V3
VOLT_MON_P Yes Property for Volt Monitoring I/O
FUSE_MON_P Yes Property for Fuse Monitoring I/O
AUTO Yes Auto Mode Active
CLOSED Yes S_O_V_V3 Close
OPEN Yes S_O_V_V3 Open
LOCK Yes Lock Mode Active
PMT_CL Yes Close Permit
FAULT Yes Fault Active
MODE Current Valve status
OVR_CL Yes Close Override
OVR_OP Yes Open Override
FRC_CL Yes Close Force
FRC_OP Yes Open Force
SV_FLR Yes Solenoid Circuit Failure
CL_FLR Yes Close Circuit Failure
OP_FLR Yes Open Circuit Failure
AU_REQ Yes Auto Request (Auto logic wishes to open or close S_O_V_V3)
FL_CL_A Yes Failed to Close Alarm
FL_OP_A Yes Failed to Open Alarm
TRIPPED Yes Valve Tripped

Global Variables
Class Access
00S_O_V1000 S_O_V_V3 Not False $Default ReadOnly
Description Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.AU_REQ AUTO REQUEST Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.AUTO AUTO Not True $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.AUTO_P AUTO PROPERTY Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.CL_FLR CLOSE CIRCUIT Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
FAIL
00S_O_V1000.CL_ORD CLOSE Not False $Default ReadOnly
ORDER/CMD Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.CLOSED CLOSED Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.CONGR_A CONGRUENCY Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.CTL CONTROL WORD Not False $Default ReadWrite
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.DUAL_P DUAL OUTPUT Not False $Default ReadOnly
(OP/CL) PROPERTY Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FAULT FAULT INDICATION Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FL_CL_A FAIL TO CLOSE Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.FL_OP_A FAIL TO OPEN Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.FRC_CL FORCE CLOSE Not True $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FRC_CLB CLOSE FORCE Not False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FRC_OP FORCE OPEN Not True $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FRC_OPB OPEN FORCE Not False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FS_OP_P FAIL SAFE OPEN Not False $Default ReadOnly
PROPERTY Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.FUSE_ OUTPUT FUSE Not Alarmed False $Default ReadOnly
MON_P MON PROPERTY
00S_O_V1000.LOCK S_O_V Description Not True $Default ReadOnly
LOCKED Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.LOCK_P LOCK PROPERTY Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.MN_REJ_ MANUAL REJECT Alarmed LVL_3 False $Default ReadOnly
A
00S_O_V1000.OP_FLR OPEN CIRCUIT FAIL Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.OP_ORD OPEN ORDER/CMD Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OPEN OPEN Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OVR_CL CLOSE OVERRIDE Not True $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OVR_CLB CLOSE OVERRIDE Not False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK STS Alarmed

Class Access
00S_O_V1000.OVR_OP OPEN OVERRIDE Not True $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.OVR_OPB OPEN OVERRIDE Not False $Default ReadOnly
BLOCK STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PBSTATE S_O_V Description Not False $Default ReadOnly
LAST PB STATE Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_AU AUTO PERMIT Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_AUB AUTO PERMIT Not False $Default ReadOnly
BYPASS STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_CL PERMIT TO CLOSE Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_CLB CLOSE PERMIT Not False $Default ReadOnly
BYPASS STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_OP PERMIT TO OPEN Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.PMT_OPB OPEN PERMIT Not False $Default ReadOnly
BYPASS STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.REJ_MN MANUAL REJECT Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.REJ_MNB MANUAL REJECT Not False $Default ReadOnly
BYPASS STS Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.SV_FLR SOLENOID Alarmed Alert False $Default ReadOnly
CIRCUIT FAIL
00S_O_V1000.SV_ORD ENERGIZE ORDER Not False $Default ReadOnly
Alarmed
00S_O_V1000.TRIPPED TRIPPED Alarmed LVL_2 False $Default ReadOnly
00S_O_V1000.VOLT_ OUTPUT VOLT Not False $Default ReadOnly
MON_P MON PROPERTY Alarmed

configuration.
Click the object to display

the S_O_V_V3 faceplate.
Typical HMI Object for a S_O_V_V3
S_O_V_V3 Faceplate

48 Saturation Pressure (SAT_PRESSURE)
Block Category: SAT_PRESS, Equations and Conversions
The Saturation Pressure (SAT_PRESSURE) block calculates the saturation pressure of
steam for a given temperature, IN_T, and atmospheric pressure, IN_PATM.
SAT_PRESSURE Block
Ranges/Units

IN_T 95 - 705 °F 35 - 374°C
IN_PATM PSI bar
OUT PSIq barq
Block status modifications: If the input temperature value exceeds the range in the given table above, the output status will
be either LOW_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_VALUE-UNCERTAIN [69] or HIGH_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_
Inputs
Output
OUT Saturation pressure (gauge) REAL† N/A Always Value with Status

49 Saturation Temperature (SAT_TEMP)
Block Category: SAT_TEMP, Equations and Conversions
The Saturation Temperature (SAT_TEMP) block calculates the saturation temperature of
steam for a given gauge pressure, IN_P, and atmospheric pressure, IN_PATM.
SAT_TEMP Block
Ranges/Units

IN_P PSIg barg
IN_PATM PSI bar
OUT °F °C
Block status modifications: If the input pressure value exceeds the range in the given table above, the output status will be
either LOW_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_VALUE-UNCERTAIN [69] or HIGH_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_
Inputs
IN_P Input pressure REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
Output
OUT Saturation pressure (gauge) REAL† N/A Always Value with Status

50 Setpoint Station (SETPOINT_ST)
Block Category: SETPOINT_ST, Controls (DCS)
SETPOINT_ST is used to split The Setpoint Station (SETPOINT_ST) block is an expandable block for up to 16 outputs.
a single setpoint (SP) into For each output there is a bias (Bn), Track (TKn), and balance gain (Gn) and feedback
multiple outputs. (PVn). Balance gains are constants that define the percentage split of the SP to the
individual output. The sum of all the configured balance gains must be 100. The system
generates a build error when the sum of the gains is not equal to 100.
Under normal operation when all track inputs are False (TK1 … TKn) = False, then all
the outputs are:
OUTn=(SP x Gn/100) + Bn
When Track is True, that is TKn = True, then the corresponding output is:
OUTn=PVn
For all other outputs that are not in track when at least one is in track, the equation is.
OUTn= ((SP-PVt) x Gn/100) +Bn + ((SP-PVt) x Gt/100)/M)
If (SP-PVt ) ≤0 then substitute the value of (SP-PVt)=0
Where PVt = sum of the PV’s for which track is True
Gt = sum of the gains for which track is True
M = number of outputs not in track.
SP_OUT is the sum of all the outputs. SH and SL define the input setpoint (SP) high and
low limits.
When a SETPOINT_ST is inserted into application code, it generates a window
prompting user to enter Device Name, Device Description, HMI Screen Name, and
Format Specification. The block then automatically creates the variables associated with
the block and provides the appropriate attributes for each variable (for example, Type and
Format Spec variables that need to be on EGD will be automatically placed on the
$Default EGD page, and so on). The HMI screen name is used as an Alarm attribute.

pin Name, where Device Value has the attribute value STEAM_1001 and Input _Name is
the block input/output names. The description, Plant load Control in this example,
becomes the prefix of the block input/output descriptions.
SETPOINT_ST Block

If Track is False (TK1…TK16=False)
OUT (OUT 1… OUT16) status is propagated from SP status. The status of OUT is modified to include HIGH_LIMITED
or LOW_LIMITED when applicable.
For example:
If SP status = NOT_LIMITED-GOODNC [128]
And
SP >SH, then OUT status = HIGH_LIMITED-GOODNC [130]
Or
SP < SL, then OUT status = LOW_LIMITED-GOODNC [129]
If any of the track inputs is True then the corresponding OUT status follows the status of its PV.
For example TK1 = True
SP status = NOT_LIMITED-GOODNC [128]
PV1 status = LOW_LIMITED-GOODNC [129]
Then OUT1 status = LOW_LIMITED-GOODNC [129]
And
OUT2… OUT16 status = NOT_LIMITED-GOODNC [128]
For further details on Selection blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block Library, the Status
Inputs
B1 BIAS COMMAND 1 REAL 0 Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
B16 BIAS COMMAND 16 REAL 0 Always Value Only
G1 BALANCE GAIN 1 REAL 0 Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
G16 BALANCE GAIN 16 REAL 0 Always Value Only
PV1 PROCESS VARIABLE 1 REAL 0 Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
PV16 PROCESS VARIABLE 16 REAL 0 Always Value with Status
SH SETPT HIGH LIMIT REAL 0 Always Value Only
SL SETPT LOW LIMIT REAL 0 Always Value Only
SP SETPOINT INPUT REAL 0 Always Value with Status
TK1 TRACK COMMAND 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
TK16 TRACK COMMAND 16 BOOL False Always Value Only

Outputs
N NO. OF SPLIT OUTPUTS UINT N/A Always Value Only
OUT1 OUTPUT 1 REAL N/A Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
OUT16 OUTPUT 16 REAL N/A Always Value with Status
SP_OUT TOTAL SETPOINT REAL N/A Always Value Only
OUTPUT
Global Variables
Global Pin Name Description EGD Page Scope Usage
STEAM_1001.SP Plant load setpoint input $Default Global Input
STEAM_1001.B1 Plant load bias 1 command $Default Global Input
↓ $Default Global Input
STEAM_1001.Bn PLANT LOAD BIAS n COMMAND $Default Global Input
STEAM_1001.PV1 Plant load process variable 1 $Default Global Input
↓ ↓ $Default Global Input
STEAM_1001.PVn PLANT LOAD PROCESS VARIABLE n $Default Global Input
STEAM_1001.SH Plant load setpt high limit $Default Global Input
STEAM_1001.SL Plant load setpt low limit $Default Global Input
STEAM_1001.OUT1 Plant load setpoint out 1 $Default Global Output
↓ ↓ $Default Global Output
STEAM_1001.OUTn PLANT LOAD SETPOINT OUT n $Default Global Output
STEAM_1001.SP_OUT Plant load total setpoint output $Default Global Output

51 Starter (STARTER)
Block Category: STARTER, Device Control
Note Legacy Status — The STARTER block is not supported for use in new Mark
V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the STARTER_V3 block; it provides
The Starter (STARTER) block controls equipment powered by a non-reversing

low-voltage (LV) or medium-voltage (MV) motor starter. The block provides a
maintained output for LV motors where ON_ORD is energized/de-energized to start/stop
the motor. The block may also be configured for MV starter with momentary outputs
ON_ORD to start or OFF_ORD to stop the motor.
I/O Option (IO_OPT) enumerations are as follows:
IO_OPT Enumerations
CP_OK Hard-wired control power monitoring input
REM Hard-wired Remote mode input
AVAIL Hard-wired available input (known as a Ready to go indicator)
PR_TRIP Hard-wired protection trip capability; there is a protective relay controlling the breaker
RCKD_IN Hard-wired racked-in detection input that can detect when it is physically connected to the bus
MOM_OUT Momentary on and off request outputs (versus a single maintained run output)
OFF_INP_P Hard-wired Off input (in addition to the On-input) (deprecated)
NONE — when IO_OPT is none, then CP_OK, AVAIL, PR_TRP, RCKD_IN, and REM
inputs are not used.
CP_OK— select for a starter that provides control power monitoring IO capability. When
power monitoring connection is to the CP_OK input of the block and is True when
control power is present. When the CP_OK input is False, the control power failure
alarm, CP_F_A, is activated. If the starter is in AUTO mode and the duration of CP_F _A
being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the starter will switch to MANUAL mode
and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds).
AVAIL — select for a starter that requires an available capability. When the AVAIL
to the AVAIL input of the block and is True when the starter is available. When AVAIL is
False, the available alarm, AVAIL_A, is activated. If the starter is in AUTO mode and the
duration of AVAIL_A being True has exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the starter will
switch to MANUAL mode and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated,

PR_TRP — select for a starter that has protection trip capability. When PR_TRP
is connected to PR_TRP input and is False when a trip does not exist on the starter. When
PR_TRP is True, the protection trip alarm, PR_TR_A, is activated. If the starter is in
AUTO mode and PR_TRP_P is True, the starter will switch to MANUAL mode and the
REM — select for a starter that has remote/local capability. When the REM enumeration
REMOTE input of the block and is True when the starter is in remote mode. When
REMOTE is False, the output LOCAL is True and starter control from the HMI is
disabled. If the starter is in AUTO mode and LOCAL is True, the starter will switch to
2 seconds).
RCKD_IN — select for a starter that has racked-in detection capability. When the
racked-in connection is to the RCKD_IN input of the block and is Truewhen the starter
breaker is racked-in. When RCKD_IN is False, the racked-out alarm, RCKD_OT, is
activated. If the starter is in AUTO mode and the duration of RCKD_OT being True has
exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR, the starter will switch to MANUAL mode and the manual
reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated, (delayed by 2 seconds).
MOM_OUT — select for a MV starter. When the MOM_OUT enumeration is selected,
the output MOM_OUT _P is True. If MOM_OUT P is True, then a pulse on ON_ORD
and OFF_ORD are used to start and stop the starter respectively. If MOM_OUT is not
selected, then the OFF_ORD is not used and the starter will run when ON_ORD is True
and stop when the ON_ORD is False.
A complete list of all possible OFF_INP — select for a starter that has provides inputs for both on and off. When the
combinations of enumeration OFF_INP enumeration is selected, the output OFF_INP_Pis True. If OFF_INP_P is True,
elements is provided in the the starter uses ON_INP for on and OFF_INP for off. When the OFF_INP enumeration is
table, Appendix. not selected, the output OFF_INP_P P is False. If OFF_INP_P is False, the starter uses
ON_INP for on and not ON_INP for off.

Mode Option (MODE_OPT) enumerations are as follows:
NONE None
AUTO Auto mode
LOCK Lock mode
LDLG_P Lead lag
AUTO-LDLG_P Auto mode and lead lag
LOCK-LDLG_P Lock mode and lead lag
NONE — the starter can be started or stopped manually by the HMI operator, no other
AUTO— provides auto control capability for the STARTER. Selecting the AUTO mode
enabled. When AUTO_P is True, the starter can be commanded to auto by either CTL
HMI operator may command the starter from auto to manual mode at any time with the
When AUTO is True, the AU_STR and AU_STP inputs control the automatic
START/STOP of the starter. The starter can only be auto started by AU_STR, if STR_
PMT is True. If AU_STR or AU_STP or AU_SEL become True, when the starter is in
manual mode, and the starter is not in the state of the requested command, the auto
request alarm, AU_REQ, will be activated.

The Lock button can also be LOCK — provides software lock-out capability for the starter. Selecting the LOCK mode
WorkstationST Lock function. control the lockout mode functionality. The starter must be stopped before the block can
Refer to GEI-100697, be set to lockout mode. Feedback to the HMI operator of this mode is provided by LOCK.
WorkstationST/CIMPLICITY The HMI operator is prevented from operating the starter from the control faceplate when
Advanced Viewer Integration, LOCK is True, and auto mode is disabled.
LDLG — selecting this mode property will set LDLG_P to True. When LDLG_P is True,
then the input LDLG_ORDER indicates lead/lag order on the graphic object and faceplate
per the enumeration in the following table.
Lead/Lag Order (LDLG_ORDER) input is ignored if LDLG_P is not True.

Enumerations are as follows:
LDLG_ORDER Enumerations
Enumeration Lead/Lag Order Description
Lead Lead
Lag_1 Lag 1
Lag_2 Lag 2
Lag_3 Lag 3
Lag_4 Lag 4
Lag_5 Lag 5
Lag_6 Lag 6
Lag_7 Lag 7
Lag_8 Lag 8
Lag_9 Lag 9
Lag_10 Lag 10
Lag_11 Lag 11
Lag_12 Lag 12
Lag_13 Lag 13
Lag_14 Lag 14
Lag_15 Lag 15
Lag_16 Lag 16
Lag_17 Lag 17
Lag_18 Lag 18
Lag_19 Lag 19
Lag_20 Lag 20

Refer to GEH-6721_Vol_II, IO_MON enumerations are digital output monitor types. Monitoring is only available for
Mark VIe Control, Volume II the outputs ON_ORD and OFF_ORD. If the hardware board used with ON_ORD and
System Hardware Guide for OFF_ORD can perform diagnostic monitoring, IO_MON is used to select the type of
descriptions of hardware diagnostic monitoring. When diagnostic monitoring is used (FUSE or VOLT), the
boards. diagnostic variable from the ON_ORD output is connected to RDY_STR and the
diagnostic variable for the STP_CMD is connected to RDY_STP.
IO_MON Enumerations
NONE None
NONE — no circuit monitoring is available RDY_STR and RDY_STP inputs are not
used.
FUSE — fuse monitoring determines the starter circuit failure. If FUSE is selected,
These points are connected to RDY_STR and RDY_STP inputs. If there is a fuse failure,
RDY_STR and RDY_STP will become False. Normal operation of the block requires
these inputs to be True. If RDY_STR or RDY_STP become False, RUN_FLR or STP_
FLR become True, respectively, delayed by 3 seconds. When RUN_FLR becomes True,
PMT_RUN and PMT_STR are False and PMT_AU, become False, delayed by PWR_
FL_TMR. If AUTO is True when this occurs, AUTO will become False and the manual
reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be activated. Note, to prevent an unwanted automatic
switch to Manual mode, in case of an Automatic bus transfer or Power supply transfer,
the power supply transfer time should not exceed PWR_FL_TMR. If the power supply
transfer time exceeds the PWR_FL_TMR, the starter will transfer from auto to manual
mode and MN_REJ_A, will be activated.
voltage failure and is connected to the RDY_STR and RDY_STP inputs.

RUN_FLR is True, delayed by 3 seconds, when the following conditions exist:
• RDY_STR is False
• STR_CMD is False
• RCKN_IN is True (if the IO_OPT, enumeration RCKN_IN is selected)
• RUNNING is False
• TK is False
When RUN_FLR becomes True, PMT_RUN and PMT_STR, become False and PMT_
AU becomes False, delayed by PWR_FL_TMR.
STP_FLR is True, delayed by 3 seconds, when the following conditions exist:
• RDY_STP is False
• OFF_ORD is False (if the IO_OPT, enumeration MOM_OUT is selected)
• OPEN is False
• RCKN_IN is True (if the IO_OPT, enumeration RCKN_IN is selected)
When STP_FLR becomes True, PMT_RUN and PMT_STR, become False and PMT_AU
becomes False, delayed by PWR_FL_TMR.
Note To prevent an unwanted automatic switch to Manual mode, in case of an Automatic

bus transfer or Power supply transfer, the power supply transfer time should not exceed

Override Control
The block provides an override input enumeration, TRP_OVR and a manual reject input
enumeration, MN_REJ. The following table provides the possible values of the
enumerations.
Manual Reject and Trip Override (MN_REJ and TRP_OVR) Enumerations

When TRP_OVR indicates Override Active, the starter prevented from starting in any
mode. The starter is rejected to manual when either TRP_OVR or MN_REJ indicate
2 seconds). TRP_OVR and MN_REJ (if used) are driven from an OVERRIDE block.
Each connected input of the OVERRIDE block has the ability (when enabled) to be
screen display. When TRP_OVR or MN_REJ enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI
operator has blocked at least one override. STARTER does not use the block information,
but passes it to the HMI for display.
Force Control
The block provides force enumerations force open input, ON_FRC, and force close input,
OFF_FRC. The following table provides the possible values of the enumerations.
OFF_FRC and ON_FRC Enumerations

ON_FRC or OFF_FRC force the breaker open or close in any mode except when an
TRP_OVR indicates Override Active. The breaker does not reject to manual if a force
open or close occurs. ON_FRC and OFF_FRC (if used) are driven from a FORCE block.
Each connected input of the FORCE block has the ability (when enabled) to be blocked
display. When ON_FRC or OFF_FRC enumeration contains BLOCK, the HMI operator
has blocked at least one force. STARTER does not use the block information, but passes it
to the HMI for display.

Auto/Start/Run Permissives
The block provides permissive input enumerations AU_PMT, STR_PMT, and STP_PMT.
The following table provides the possible values of the enumerations.
AU_PMT, STR_PMT, and STP_PMT Enumerations

Permits
The permit inputs, AU_PMT, STR_PMT, and STP_PMT combine with internal
permissives to generate PMT_AU, PMT_STR, and PMT_STP, permitted indications.

• AUTO_P is True
• FL_ST_A is False
• FL_SP_A is False
• REMOTE is TRUE (if REM_P is True)
• RUN_FLR, CP_F_A, AVAIL_A, STP_FLR, RCKD_OT are False (or the duration of
any of them being True has not exceeded the PWR_FL_TMR).
If the starter is in auto mode and any of the conditions listed for this block are not
satisfied (except AU_PMT) the starter will be placed to manual mode (the outputs,
AUTO and PMT_AU are set to False) and the manual reject alarm, MN_REJ_A, will be
activated.

PMT_STR is True when the following conditions exist:
• RCKN_OUT is False (if RCKD_IN_P is True)

• CP_F_A is False
• RUN_FLR is False
• STP_FLR is False
• TRP_OVR is No Override
• PR_TRP is False
• TK is False
• STR_PMT is indicates Permit Ok
• OFF_FRC indicates No Force
PMT_RUN is True when the following conditions exist:
• RCKN_OUT is False (if RCKD_IN_P is True)

• CP_F_A is False
• RUN_FLR is False
• STP_FLR is False
• LOCKis False (if LOCK_P is True)
• PR_TRP is False
• TK is False
• STR_PMT is indicates Permit Ok or ON_INP is True
• AVAIL is True
PMT_STP is True when the following conditions exist:

• ON_FRC indicates No Force
• FL_SP_A is False
• STP_PMT indicates Permit OK

AU_PMT, STR_PMT, and STP_PMT (if used) are driven from a PERMIT block. Each
display. When AU_PMT, STR_PMT, or STP_PMT enumeration contains BYPASS, the
HMI operator has bypassed at least one permit. STARTER does not use the bypass
Starter Diagnostic
The block will generate a failed-to-start alarm, FL_ST_A, and a failed-to-stop alarm, FL_
SP_A, if the starter fails to start or stop in the time specified by the FL_ST_T or FL_SP_
T, respectively. These alarms (as well as TRIPPED) are reset when FAULT_RESET is
True or if the CTL enumeration equals RESET_CMD. The block has a limit switch
congruency alarm, CONGR_A, that alarms when the starter limit switches indicate the
breaker is open, ON_INP is True, and off, OFF_INP is True, at the same time (note this
alarm will only occur if OFF_INP_P is True). The CONGR_A alarm is reset when the
condition that caused the alarm is cleared. The output, FAULT, is True when a fault is
detected.
• CP_F_A.
• FL_ST_A
• FL_SP_A
• TRIPPED
• RCKD_OUT
• RUN_FLR
• STP_FLR
• PR_TR_A
• AVAIL_A
• CONGR_A
Run Timer
The block has a runtimer output, TMR. It is the total time in hours for which the ON_INP
input is True. The runtimer can be reset when the CTL enumeration equals TC_RESET_
CMD.
Push-button Status
The block has a push-button status output, PBSTATE, to indicate the last HMI operator
initiated CTL enumeration START_CMD or STOP CMD command. PBSTATE is True
when the last HMI CTL enumeration was START_CMD. PBSTATE is False when the
last HMI CTL enumeration was STOP_CMD.

Operating Mode (MODE) is an output that defines the block-operating mode. The
operating mode enumerations are defined in the following table.
MODE Enumerations
MANUAL-RUNNING Manual and running
AUTO-RUNNING Auto and running
MANUAL-REMOTE-RUNNING Manual and remote and running
AUTO-REMOTE-RUNNING Auto and remote and running
MANUAL-LOCAL-RUNNING Manual and local and running
AUTO-LOCAL-RUNNING Auto and local and running
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-RUNNING Manual and override and running
AUTO-OVERRIDE-RUNNING Auto and override and running
MANUAL-STOPPED Manual and stopped
AUTO-STOPPED Auto and stopped
MANUAL-REMOTE-STOPPED Manual and remote and stopped
AUTO-REMOTE-STOPPED Auto and remote and stopped
MANUAL-LOCAL-STOPPED Manual and local and stopped
AUTO-LOCAL-STOPPED Auto and local and stopped
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-STOPPED Manual and override and stopped
AUTO-OVERRIDE-STOPPED Auto and override and stopped
MANUAL-RUNNING-LOCKED Manual and running and locked
AUTO-RUNNING-LOCKED Auto and running and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-RUNNING-LOCKED Manual and remote and running and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-RUNNING-LOCKED Auto and remote and running and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-RUNNING-LOCKED Manual and local and running and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-RUNNING-LOCKED Auto and local and running and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-RUNNING-LOCKED Manual and override and running and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-RUNNING-LOCKED Auto and override and running and locked
MANUAL-STOPPED-LOCKED Manual and stopped and locked
AUTO-STOPPED-LOCKED Auto and stopped and locked
MANUAL-REMOTE-STOPPED-LOCKED Manual and remote and stopped and locked
AUTO-REMOTE-STOPPED-LOCKED Auto and remote and stopped and locked
MANUAL-LOCAL-STOPPED-LOCKED Manual and local and stopped and locked
AUTO-LOCAL-STOPPED-LOCKED Auto and local and stopped and locked
MANUAL-OVERRIDE-STOPPED-LOCKED Manual and override and stopped and locked
AUTO-OVERRIDE-STOPPED-LOCKED Auto and override and stopped and locked

Inserting a STARTER block into the application code displays the following window.
Input_Name, where Device Value is the attribute value 00STARTER1000 and Input_Name
is the block input/output names. The description, STARTER Description in this example,
becomes the prefix of the block input/output descriptions.
STARTER Block

Inputs
Type
AU_STP AUTO STOP BOOL False Always Value Only
AU_STR AUTO START BOOL False Always Value Only
WORD
FL_SP_T FAIL TO STOP TIME UDINT 500 Parameter Value Only
FL_ST_T FAIL TO START TIME UDINT 500 Parameter Value Only
IO_MON STARTER I/O MONITOR UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
OPTIONS
IO_OPT STARTER I/O OPTIONS UINT (ENUM) MOM_OUT Always Value Only
LDLG_ORDER Yes {Desc} LEAD/LAG UINT (ENUM) LEAD Always Value Only
ORDER
MODE_OPT STARTER MODE UINT (ENUM) NONE Always Value Only
OPTIONS
OFF_FRC Yes FORCE OFF UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
OFF_INP NOT RUNNING BOOL False Always Value Only
ON_FRC Yes FORCE ON UINT (ENUM) NO_FORCE-NO_ Always Value Only
BLOCK
ON_INP RUNNING BOOL False Always Value Only
INPUT
POWER FAIL TIMER
RCKD_IN STARTER RACKED IN BOOL True Always Value Only
RDY_STP OUTPUT MON READY BOOL True Always Value Only
TO STOP
RDY_STR OUTPUT MON READY BOOL True Always Value Only
TO START
REMOTE REMOTE CONTROL BOOL True Always Value Only
STP_PMT Yes STOP PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
STR_PMT Yes START PERMIT UINT (ENUM) PERM-NO_BYPASS Always Value Only
ENABLED
TRP_OVR OVERRIDE TRIP UINT (ENUM) NO_OVR-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only

Outputs
Type
PROPERTY
PROPERTY
POWER FAIL
POWER PROPERTY
INDICATION
FL_SP_A Yes {Desc} FAIL TO STOP BOOL False Always Value Only
FL_ST_A Yes {Desc} FAIL TO START BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_OFF Yes {Desc} FORCE OFF BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_OFFB Yes {Desc} FORCE OFF BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
FRC_ON Yes {Desc} FORCE ON BOOL False Always Value Only
FRC_ONB Yes {Desc} FORCE ON BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS
MON PROPERTY
LDLG_P Yes {Desc} LEAD/LAG BOOL False Always Value Only
INDICATION
PROPERTY
PROPERTY
REJECT
MODE BLOCK MODE UINT (ENUM) MANUAL-STOP- Always Value Only
PED
MOM_OUT_P Yes {Desc} MOMENTARY BOOL True Always Value Only
OUT PROPERTY
OFF Yes {Desc} OFF/STOPPED BOOL True Always Value Only
OFF_INP_P Yes {Desc} OFF PROPERTY BOOL False Always Value Only
OFF_ORD OFF ORDER/CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
ON Yes {Desc} ON/RUNNING BOOL False Always Value Only
ON_ORD ON ORDER/CMD BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_TRP Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE TRIP BOOL False Always Value Only
OVR_TRPB Yes {Desc} OVERRIDE TRIP BOOL False Internal Value Only
BLOCK STS

Outputs (continued)
Type
BYPASS STS
PMT_RUN Yes {Desc} RUN BOOL True Always Value Only
PERMITTED
PMT_STP Yes {Desc} PERMIT TO BOOL True Always Value Only
STOP
PMT_STPB Yes {Desc} STOP PERMIT BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
PMT_STR Yes {Desc} PERMIT TO BOOL True Always Value Only
START
PMT_STRB Yes {Desc} START PERMIT BOOL False Internal Value Only
BYPASS STS
TRIP
TRIP PROPERTY
PROPERTY
REJECT
REJECT BYPASS STS
PROPERTY
RUN_FLR Yes {Desc} RUN CIRCUIT BOOL False Always Value Only
FAIL
STP_FLR Yes {Desc} STOP CIRCUIT BOOL False Always Value Only
FAIL
TMR Yes {Desc} RUN TIME LREAL False Always Value Only
MON PROPERTY

Global Variables
Class Access
AP001 FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
AP001.AU_REQ FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
REQUEST
AP001.AUTO FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
AP001.AUTO_P FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROPERTY
AP001.AVAIL_A FEEDWATER PUMP NOT Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
AVAILABLE
AP001.AVAIL_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
AVAILABLE PROPERTY
AP001.CONGR_A FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CONGRUENCY
AP001.CP_F_A FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CONTROL POWER FAIL
AP001.CP_OK_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CONTROL POWER
PROPERTY
AP001.CTL FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadWrite
CONTROL WORD
AP001.FAULT FEEDWATER PUMP FAULT Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
INDICATION
AP001.FL_SP_A FEEDWATER PUMP FAIL Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TO STOP
AP001.FL_ST_A FEEDWATER PUMP FAIL Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TO START
AP001.FRC_OFF FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
FORCE OFF
AP001.FRC_OFFB FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
FORCE OFF BLOCK STS
AP001.FRC_ON FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
FORCE ON
AP001.FRC_ONB FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
FORCE ON BLOCK STS
AP001.FUSE_MON_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OUTPUT FUSE MON
PROPERTY
AP001.LDLG_ORDER FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
LEAD/LAG ORDER
AP001.LDLG_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
LEAD/LAG INDICATION
PROPERTY
AP001.LOCAL FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
LOCAL MODE
AP001.LOCK FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
LOCKED
AP001.LOCK_P FEEDWATER PUMP LOCK Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROPERTY
AP001.MN_REJ_A FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT

Class Access
AP001.MOM_OUT_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
MOMENTARY OUT
PROPERTY
AP001.OFF FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OFF/STOPPED
AP001.OFF_INP_P FEEDWATER PUMP OFF Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROPERTY
AP001.ON FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
ON/RUNNING
AP001.OVR_TRP OVERRIDE TRIP - Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OVERRIDE VALUE
AP001.OVR_TRPB FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OVERRIDE TRIP BLOCK
STS
AP001.PBSTATE FEEDWATER PUMP LAST Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PB STATE
AP001.PMT_AU FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT
AP001.PMT_AUB FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
AP001.PMT_RUN FEEDWATER PUMP RUN Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMITTED
AP001.PMT_STP FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT TO STOP
AP001.PMT_STPB FEEDWATER PUMP STOP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
AP001.PMT_STR FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT TO START
AP001.PMT_STRB FEEDWATER PUMP START Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
AP001.PR_TR_A FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROTECTIVE TRIP
AP001.PR_TRP_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROTECTIVE TRIP
PROPERTY
AP001.RCKD_IN_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
RACKED IN PROPERTY
AP001.RCKD_OT FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
RACKED OUT
AP001.REJ_MN FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
AP001.REJ_MNB FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT BYPASS
STS
AP001.REM_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
REMOTE PROPERTY
AP001.RUN_FLR FEEDWATER PUMP RUN Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CIRCUIT FAIL
AP001.STP_FLR FEEDWATER PUMP STOP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CIRCUIT FAIL

Class Access
AP001.TK FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TRACKING ENABLED
AP001.TMR FEEDWATER PUMP RUN Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TIME
AP001.TRIPPED FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_2 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TRIPPED
AP001.VOLT_MON_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OUTPUT VOLT MON
PROPERTY

configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a STARTER Block
STARTER Faceplate

Appendix
The following table provides a complete list of all possible enumeration combinations.
IO_OPT Enumerations
NONE None
REM Remote mode
AVAIL Available
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP Control power ok and remote mode and available and
protection trip
RCKD_IN Racked in
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and available and racked
in
REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Remote mode and protection trip and racked in
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and
racked in
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and available and protection trip and racked
in
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN Control power ok and remote mode and available and
protection trip and racked in
MOM_OUT Momentary outputs
CP_OK-MOM_OUT Control power ok and momentary outputs
REM-MOM_OUT Remote mode and momentary outputs
CP_OK-REM-MOM_OUT Control power ok and remote mode and momentary outputs
AVAIL-MOM_OUT Available and momentary outputs
CP_OK-AVAIL-MOM_OUT Control power ok and available and momentary outputs
REM-AVAIL-MOM_OUT Remote mode and available and momentary outputs

CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-MOM_OUT Control power ok and remote mode and available and
momentary outputs
PR_TRP-MOM_OUT Protection trip and momentary outputs
CP_OK-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT Control power ok and protection trip and momentary outputs
REM-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT Remote mode and protection trip and momentary outputs
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and
momentary outputs
AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT Available and protection trip and momentary outputs
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT Control power ok and available and protection trip and
momentary outputs
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT Remote mode and available and protection trip and
momentary outputs
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT Control power ok and remote mode and available and
protection trip and momentary outputs
RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Racked in and momentary outputs
CP_OK-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Control power ok and racked in and momentary outputs
REM-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Remote mode and racked in and momentary outputs
CP_OK-REM-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Control power ok and remote mode and racked in and
momentary outputs
AVAIL-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Available and racked in and momentary outputs
CP_OK-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Control power ok and available and racked in and momentary
outputs
REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Remote mode and available and racked in and momentary
outputs
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Control power ok and remote mode and available and racked
in and momentary outputs
PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Protection trip and racked in and momentary outputs
CP_OK-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Control power ok and protection trip and racked in and
momentary outputs
REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Remote mode and protection trip and racked in and
momentary outputs
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and
racked in and momentary outputs
AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Available and protection trip and racked in and momentary
outputs
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Control power ok and available and protection trip and racked
in and momentary outputs
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Remote mode and available and protection trip and racked in
and momentary outputs
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT Control power ok and remote mode and available and
protection trip and racked in and momentary outputs
OFF_INP_P Off input
CP_OK-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and off input
REM-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and off input
CP_OK-REM-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and off input
AVAIL-OFF_INP_P Available and off input
CP_OK-AVAIL-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and available and off input
REM-AVAIL-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and available and off input

CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and available and off
input
PR_TRP-OFF_INP_P Protection trip and off input
CP_OK-PR_TRP-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and protection trip and off input
REM-PR_TRP-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and protection trip and off input
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and off
input
AVAIL-PR_TRP-OFF_INP_P Available and protection trip and off input
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and available and protection trip and off
input
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and available and protection trip and off input
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and available and
protection trip and off input
RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Racked in and off input
CP_OK-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and racked in and off input
REM-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and racked in and off input
CP_OK-REM-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and racked in and off
input
AVAIL-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Available and racked in and off input
CP_OK-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and available and racked in and off input
REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and available and racked in and off input
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and available and racked
in and off input
PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Protection trip and racked in and off input
CP_OK-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and protection trip and racked in and off
input
REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and protection trip and racked in and off input
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and
racked in and off input
AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Available and protection trip and racked in and off input
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and available and protection trip and racked
in and off input
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and available and protection trip and racked in
and off input
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and available and
protection trip and racked in and off input
MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Momentary outputs and off input
CP_OK-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and momentary outputs and off input
REM-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and momentary outputs and off input
CP_OK-REM-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and momentary outputs
and off input
AVAIL-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Available and momentary outputs and off input
CP_OK-AVAIL-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and available and momentary outputs and
off input
REM-AVAIL-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and available and momentary outputs and off
input
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and available and
momentary outputs and off input

PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Protection trip and momentary outputs and off input
CP_OK-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and protection trip and momentary outputs
and off input
REM-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and protection trip and momentary outputs and
off input
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and
AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Available and protection trip and momentary outputs and off
input
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and available and protection trip and
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and available and protection trip and
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and available and
protection trip and momentary outputs and off input
RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Racked in and momentary outputs and off input
CP_OK-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and racked in and momentary outputs and
off input
REM-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and racked in and momentary outputs and off
input
CP_OK-REM-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and racked in and
AVAIL-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Available and racked in and momentary outputs and off input
CP_OK-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and available and racked in and momentary
outputs and off input
REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and available and racked in and momentary
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and available and racked
in and momentary outputs and off input
PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Protection trip and racked in and momentary outputs and off
input
CP_OK-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and protection trip and racked in and
REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and protection trip and racked in and
CP_OK-REM-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and remote mode and protection trip and
racked in and momentary outputs and off input
AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Available and protection trip and racked in and momentary
CP_OK-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Control power ok and available and protection trip and racked
in and momentary outputs and off input
REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P Remote mode and available and protection trip and racked in
and momentary outputs and off input
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-PR_TRP-RCKD_IN-MOM_OUT-OFF_ Control power ok and remote mode and available and
INP_P protection trip and racked in and momentary outputs and off
input

52 Starter_Version 2 (STARTER_V2)
Block Category: STARTER_V2, Device Control
Note Legacy Status — The STARTER_V2 block is not supported for use in new
suite V05.02). For new Mark VIe control systems, use the STARTER_V3 block; it
The Starter_Version 2 (STARTER_V2) block is a logic block that interfaces with the
inputs and outputs of a motor starter device such as a pump, fan, or motorized device.
Block configuration depends on the motor device hardware. The motor can have multiple
status feedback that ties into the block. Such feedback monitors breaker status,
availability, or power to the command circuit. Additionally, the motor has the ability to
receive two separate ON and OFF commands. These are pulsed commands sent to the
device. Also, the motor can receive one command. This command would be a maintained
True parameter for running operation or a maintained False parameter for stopped
operation. The block also has pins to monitor the feedback for alarm detection.
The STARTER_V2 block is displayed in the following figure. However, not all variable
pins are displayed because most are auto-hidden.
STARTER_V2 Block

Refer to GEI-100682, Mark The block may be configured to allow the motor to operate in Manual or Automatic
VIe Controller Standard Block (Auto) mode. The block enables the user to lock the device, thus disabling any operation
Library, the Logic Builder while in the Lock mode. The block is used in conjunction with the PERMIT, FORCE,
(LOGIC_BUILDER) block. OVERRIDE, or LOGIC_BUILDER blocks to provide a complete and comprehensive
device control. A predefined HMI faceplate is available to provide the operator interface
to the valve.
configured for control
operation.
table.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command
ON_CMD On cmd
OFF_CMD Off cmd
Mode of Operation (MODE_OPT) parameters specifiy allowable modes of operation.

The STARTER_V2 block may be configured to operate in Manual or Auto mode, and
disallow any operation while in the Lock mode. Manual mode allows commands from the
operator interface, and automatic mode allows the control logic to command the motor. In
either mode, there are inputs that may bypass or override the active mode of operation.
Lock mode is intended to be used when maintenance work is being performed on the
valve and the operator wants to prohibit any logic from energizing the valve solenoid. The
following table provides a visual presentation of the modes available based on the
MODE_OPT selection.

MODE OPTION
MANUAL AUTO LOCK LEAD/LAG
MANUAL-AUTO X X
MANUAL-LOCK X X
MANUAL-LDLG X X
MANUAL-AUTO-LDLG X X X
MANUAL-LOCK-LDLG X X X
MANUAL-AUTO-LOCK-LDLG X X X X
AUTO ONLY X
AUTO-LOCK X X
AUTO-LDLG X X
AUTO-LOCK-LDLG X X X

Manual mode is always Manual mode enables the block to respond to operator Start and Stop commands from an
available unless MODE_OPT HMI faceplate. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in accordance with
is set to AUTO ONLY or the manual command. The permit for the Open command is set by the Start permit input,
AUTO-LOCK. STR_PMT, and the permit for the Stop command is set by the Stop permit input, STP_
Some of these conditions PMT. These inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block.
require block parameters to be The conditions that can place the block into Manual mode are as follows:
specifically configured.
• Manual mode selected from the HMI faceplate
• Manual rejection from the logic (MN_REJ)
• Override trip from the logic (TRP_OVR)
• I/O pin from device Protective trip (PR_TRP)
• I/O pin from device not in Remote mode (REMOTE)
• I/O pin from device is not available (AVAIL)
• I/O pin from device is not racked in (RCKD_IN)
• I/O pin from device is no control power (CP_OK)
• Device has generated the following alarms:
− Failed to Start
− Failed to Stop
− Run Failure
− Stop Failure
− Trip
STARTER_V2 in Manual Mode
Auto mode enables the block to respond to operator Start and Stop commands from an
HMI faceplate. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in accordance with
the Auto command. The permit for the Open command is set by the Start permit input,
STR_PMT, and the permit for the Stop command is set by the Stop permit input, STP_
PMT. These inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block.

A selection of MANUAL-AUTO mode provides manual and automatic functionality. A
selection of AUTO or AUTO-LOCK provides automatic functionality only. While
residing in Auto mode, the block controls the valve based on external logic. Automated
control from external logic interfaces to the AU_ST and AU_SP pins. Similar to the
Manual mode, Auto action only operates with the proper Open and Close permits.
If AUTO ONLY mode is selected, the block will permanently reside in Auto mode.
If MANUAL-AUTO mode is selected, only two conditions will transfer the block from
Manual into Auto mode. Unlike the transferring to Manual mode, certain permits must be
satisfied to allow the valve to enter into Auto mode. This means that the block is always
able to enter Manual mode, but not always able to enter Auto mode. These conditions
depend on the mode options selected for the block. All of the following conditions must
be met for the block to enter Auto mode:

• MODE_OPT must have AUTO in the selection
At any time, the block may go Lock mode may only be selected when the motor is in the OFF state. When placed in the
into Lock mode as long as it is Lock mode, the block forces the output so that the solenoid remains de-energized. Upon
residing in its fail-safe being placed in this mode, if currently in Auto mode, the block will be deselected and
position. Only the operator indicates Manual mode. At this time, no open commands, forces, or overrides will be
may place the block into Lock accepted. Upon removing the lock, Manual mode will then be active. Similarly, AUTO
mode. ONLY and AUTO-LOCK (no open commands) will be accepted. however, upon removal
of Lock mode, the block will return to Auto mode.
Lead/Lag mode selection is used for displays on the HMI object only, and does not
change any block functionality. Enabling the Lead/Lag mode allows logic to Write to a
block input pin (LDLG_ORDER) that displays on the HMI faceplate the motor’s order
with redundant devices (such as Lead, Lag 2, Lag 3, and so forth).
Modes of I/O
The STARTER_V2 block may be configured to allow input I/O states for the device. All
I/O are digital or analog inputs received from the motor device. Each I/O input indicates
the current status. Device status includes breaker racked in, device not available, and
device in remote. Depending on the I/O properties enabled, the block will act differently.
The I/O configurations are specified by the I/O Options parameter, IO_OPT. The
following table provides a visual presentation of the modes available based on the IO_
OPT selection. Any enumeration of the I/O pins is available. However, not all are
displayed because there are too many to display in the table.

I/O Pins Available for IO_OPT Selections
I/O
Ctrl Pwr Remote Avail Protective Racked In Mom Off
OK Trip Out Input
IO_OPT AVAIL X
AVAIL-MOM_OUT X X
AVAIL-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP X X X
AVAIL-OFF_INP X X
AVAIL-PR_TRP X X
AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT X X X
AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP X X
CP_OK-REM X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-MOM_OUT X X X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P X X X X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-OFF_INP_P X X X X
a Control Power Fail alarm is generated that trips the device and places it in Manual
mode.
Remote — allows the device I/O input from REMOTE. If this input goes False, then a
Device in Local alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Available — allows the device I/O input from AVAIL. If this input goes False, then a
Device not available alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Protective Trip — allows the device I/O input from PR_TRP. If this input goes True,
then a trip is issued to the motor.
Racked In — allows the device I/O input from RCKD_IN. If this input goes False, then
a Breaker racked out alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Momentary Output — enables the block to be configured for either a pulse ON or OFF
command from the control system to the motor device, or it may be configured with a
maintained ON command. If the Momentary On feature is enabled, the block requires two
outputs, ON_ORD andOFF_ORD. If the Momentary On feature is disabled, then the
block only requires one output, ON_ORD.
Off Output — allows the device I/O input from OFF_INP. The block now has the ability
to detect congruency alarms if both ON_INP and OFF_INP are either True or False.

Inputs and Outputs
At a minimum, the STARTER_V2 block requires ON motor feedback and a command
output. However, other inputs may be used for automatic control, device forcing, manual
Depending of the block configuration, the output could be one (ON_ORD) or two (ON_
ORD, OFF_ORD) commands. Normally, for unit control operation, motors require a
maintained signal for device operation, meaning that input pin IO_OPT would not have
MOM_OUT enabled. The following figure is a logic representation of the Start command
logic.
Start Command Logic

For the Stop command, the logic varies slightly. As a fail-safe, the motor should always
be ready to stop, so fewer permits are tied into the logic. The following figure is a logic
representation of the Stop command logic.
Stop Command Logic
Maintained Command Motors Logic

Pulsed Command Motors Logic
Additional outputs from this block indicate status, faults, failures, alarms, forces and
overrides. Much of this information is displayed on the HMI faceplate.
Diagnostic Alarms and Faults
When an alarm is active, the STARTER_V2 block could have limited action of
movement. For example, a Fail to Open alarm inhibits the valve from opening again. In
this case, a Fault Reset must be issued so that the valve can continue normal operation.
Some alarms are held true until the alarm is cleared, while others require a Fault Reset to
remove the indication. The alarm may be reset at any time from the logic or using an
operator push-button. However, the reset must occur after the alarm has been cleared.
Otherwise the alarm will remain active. For Unit Controls, this Fault Reset pin may be
connected to the Master Reset variable. The alarms that may occur are as follows:
Fail to Start (FL_ST_A)+ — when commanded ON, the motor fails to start within the
allotted time (FL_ST_T ). The block sends a stop command to the motor and the operator
cannot reissue an ON command while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm.
Fail to Start (FL_ST_A)

Fail to Stop (FL_SP_A)+ — when commanded OFF, the motor fails to stop within the
allotted time (FL_SP_T). The operator cannot reissue an OFF command while the alarm
is active. Reset the alarm.
Motor Trip (TRIPPED)+ — the motor loses its running feedback but there was no OFF
command. The block sends a Stop command to the motor and cannot reissue an Auto or
Manual command while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm.
Motor Trip (TRIPPED)

Congruency alarm (CONGR_A)+ — the motor has both running and stopped feedback
for 2 seconds. The block is in Reject to Manual mode. Verify that the motor has only
either running or stopped feedback.
Start Circuit Failure (RUN_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit that starts the motor
(RDY_STR becomes False) for at least 2 seconds. This pin is a reserved variable that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual+ and the operator cannot
reissue an ON command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_STR
becomes True.
Control Power Failure (CP_F_A) — power is lost to the motor (CP_OK becomes
False). After 0.5 seconds, the block will reject to manual. The operator sends a Stop
command to the motor and cannot reissue an ON command while the alarm is active. The
alarm is cleared when CP_OK becomes True.
Racked Out (RCKD_OT) — the breaker to the motor is in the racked out position
(RCKD_IN becomes False). After 0.5 seconds, the block will reject to manual. The
operator cannot reissue an ON command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared
when RCKD_IN becomes True.
Protective Trip (PR_TR_A) — the motor tripped due to a protective setting (PR_TRP
becomes True). This is a status variable only. The block rejects to manual and cannot
reissue an ON command while the alarm is active.
Not Available (AVAIL_A) — the motor has become unavailable due to some a device
not available (AVAIL becomes False). The block will reject to manual. The operator
cannot reissue an ON or OFF command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared

and is an alarm message only. The alarm is cleared if the valve is placed into auto,
manually ordered to the requested state, or the Auto action is removed.
Manual Rejected (MN_REJ_A) — the motor is rejected to Manual due to a conditional
alarm or input pin (MN_REJ becomes True). The block will only respond to manual
commands. The alarm is cleared after the conditions returns to normal and the MN_REJ
becomes False and a reset command is given.
affect automatic motor operation. However, the alarm will still become active under the
given conditions.
Note If the MODE_OPT is set to a non-manual selection, the action will not take place.

During any condition, the motor may be forced to a state that bypasses normal operation.
The force is driven from the ON_FRC or OFF_FRC pins in the logic. The motor will
send the respective condition and remain there until the force is removed. However, an
OFF force takes precedence over an ON force. For example, for the motor to be forced
ON, there must be no Trip, OFF Force, Circuit Failure, or Fail to Start. Refer to the
figure, Start Command Logic, to view the logic for a force. While a force condition is
active, the motor may freely transfer from Auto to Manual mode following the normal
permits. However, no manual command will supersede the force. Once the force is
removed, the valve will continue normal operation.
A trip will supersede a force and turn the motor off. For example, irrelevant of any forces,
the motor will immediately send a Stop command. The trip override takes the utmost
precedence. Upon entering a tripped state, the valve will be placed into Manual mode.
Once the trip is removed and reset, the valve will remain in Manual mode until changed
by the operator.
Although forces bypass normal permits, if the valve is locked, forces will have no effect
on the block. The block must be removed from Lock mode before any force affects block
operation. Additionally, if the MODE_OPT is set to AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK, the
Trip Override pin will be disabled and will have no effect on the block.

Permits
For basic operations, most of Due to the nature of auto and forcing action, permits are required for motor operation.
these permits will be disabled. Special device permits are built into the blocks, which may be enabled and disabled with
certain pins in the block, as follows:
• Start
− STR_PMT is True (STR_PMT is technically a UINT)
− Motor not Failed to Start**+
− Motor not Tripped**+
− Breaker to motor not Racked Out
− Motor not Control Power Fail
− Motor not in Local
− I/O ready to start Motor or not Run Circuit Failure**
− I/O ready to Stop Motor or not Stop Circuit Failure**
− Motor not in Lock mode
− Breaker to motor not Protective Tripped
− Motor not Tracking
− Breaker to motor not Not Available
− Motor not Forced OFF
− Motor not Running
− Motor not Trip Override+
• Stop
− STP_PMT is True (STP_PMT is technically a UINT)
− Motor not Failed to Stop**+
− Motor not Forced ON
• Start Force
• Stop Force
• Trip Override+
− None

• Automatic Stop commands+
− Motor Fail to Stop**
− Motor Tripped**
− Motor Control Power Fail
− Breaker to motor Not Available
− Motor in Local
Note ** Indicates an alarm that is generated internal to the block. Otherwise, the permits
are input pins to the block.
+ If the MODE_OPT is set to AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK, these permissives are not
required for operation.
Inputs
AU_ OP Auto Open Opens the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be in Auto
mode
AU_CL Auto Close Auto closes the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be in
Auto mode
AU_PMT Yes Auto Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve to enter Auto mode
STR_PMT Yes Start Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from starting
STP_PMT Yes Stop Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from stopping
AVAIL Motor Available Tied to the I/O that has the motor availably feedback
CP_OK Motor Control Power Ted to the I/O that has the motor control power
OK
RDY_STR Ready to Start Motor I/O monitoring of the start command circuit to the motor
RDY_STP Ready to Stop Motor I/O monitoring of the stop command circuit to the motor
RCKD_IN Motor Breaker Racked Tied to the I/O that has the racked in status of the breaker
REMOTE Motor in Remote Tied to the I/O that has the motor in remote status
TRP_OVR Trip Override Permit required for external logic to trip the motor
PR_TRP Protective Trip Tied to the I/O that has the motor protective trip signal
TK Yes Tracking Tracking
LDLG_ORDER Yes Lead\lag order Indicates the lag order to the HMI screen (does not affect operation;
indication only)
ON_INP Yes Running Feedback Connects to the running feedback of the motor
OFF_INP Yes Stopped Feedback Connects to the stopped feedback of the motor
OFF_FRC Yes Off Force Permit required for external logic to force off the motor
ON_FRC Yes On Force Permit required for external logic to force on the motor

Parameters
FL_ST_T Fail to Start Time Time allotted for the motor to start. (If the motor takes 0.5 seconds to
open, ~500 msec is sufficient time to allow the valve to reach its open
state.)
FL_SP_T Fail to Stop Time Time allotted for the motor to stop. (If the motor takes 0.5 seconds to
state.)
PWR_FL_TMR Manual Reject Power Time allotted for the motor to lose power before it rejects to manual
Failure Time
IO_MON I/O Monitor Options Allow the I/O monitoring feature to be enabled. This pin can be set to
either Volt monitoring or Fuse monitoring.
IO_OPT Motor I/O Options Designates the I/O options the motor has. Refer to the table, I/O pins
available for IO_OPT Selections for possible values.
MODE_OPT Mode Options Designates what modes the motor can enter (refer to the table, Available
Modes for MODE_OPT Selections for possible values).

Outputs
ON_ORD On Order
OFF_ORD Off Order
AUTO_P Yes Auto Property
LOCK_P Yes Lock Property
AVAIL_P Yes Available Property
CP_OK_P Yes Control Power OK Property
LDLG_P Yes Lead Lag Property
MOM_OUT_P Yes Momentary Output Property
PR_TRP_P Yes Property for Protective Trip
RCKD_IN_P Yes Racked In Property
REM_P Yes Remote Property
OFF_INP_P Yes Off Feedback Property
VOLT_MON_P Yes Volt Monitoring I/O Property
FUSE_MON_P Yes Fuse Monitoring I/O Property
AUTO Yes Auto Mode
ON Yes On
OFF Yes Off
PMT_STR Yes Start Permit
PMT_STP Yes Stop Permit
PMT_RUN Yes Run Permit
FRC_ON Yes ON Force
FRC_OFF Yes OFF Force
REJ_MN Yes Manual Rejection
FAULT Yes Fault
TMR Yes Timer
AUTO_REQ Yes Auto Request
MODE Mode
FL_ST_A Yes Failed to Start Alarm
FL_SP_A Yes Failed to Stop Alarm
AVAIL_A Yes Motor Not Available
CP_F_A Yes Control Power Failure
LOCAL Yes Local
LOCK Yes Lock
TRIPPED Yes Tripped
PR_TR_A Yes Motor Protective Trip
RACKD_OT Yes Breaker to Motor Racked Out
RUN_FLR Yes Run Circuit Failure
STP_FLR Yes Stop Circuit Failure
OVR_TRP Yes Trip Override

Global Variables
Class Access
AP001 FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
AP001.AU_REQ FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
REQUEST
AP001.AUTO FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
AP001.AUTO_P FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROPERTY
AP001.AVAIL_A FEEDWATER PUMP NOT Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
AVAILABLE
AP001.AVAIL_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
AVAILABLE PROPERTY
AP001.CONGR_A FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CONGRUENCY
AP001.CP_F_A FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CONTROL POWER FAIL
AP001.CP_OK_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CONTROL POWER
PROPERTY
AP001.CTL FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadWrite
CONTROL WORD
AP001.FAULT FEEDWATER PUMP FAULT Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
INDICATION
AP001.FL_SP_A FEEDWATER PUMP FAIL Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TO STOP
AP001.FL_ST_A FEEDWATER PUMP FAIL Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TO START
AP001.FRC_OFF FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
FORCE OFF
AP001.FRC_OFFB FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
FORCE OFF BLOCK STS
AP001.FRC_ON FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
FORCE ON
AP001.FRC_ONB FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
FORCE ON BLOCK STS
AP001.FUSE_MON_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OUTPUT FUSE MON
PROPERTY
AP001.LDLG_ORDER FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
LEAD/LAG ORDER
AP001.LDLG_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
LEAD/LAG INDICATION
PROPERTY
AP001.LOCAL FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
LOCAL MODE
AP001.LOCK FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
LOCKED
AP001.LOCK_P FEEDWATER PUMP LOCK Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROPERTY
AP001.MN_REJ_A FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT

Class Access
AP001.MOM_OUT_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
MOMENTARY OUT
PROPERTY
AP001.OFF FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OFF/STOPPED
AP001.OFF_INP_P FEEDWATER PUMP OFF Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROPERTY
AP001.ON FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
ON/RUNNING
AP001.OVR_TRP OVERRIDE TRIP - Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OVERRIDE VALUE
AP001.OVR_TRPB FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OVERRIDE TRIP BLOCK
STS
AP001.PBSTATE FEEDWATER PUMP LAST Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PB STATE
AP001.PMT_AU FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT
AP001.PMT_AUB FEEDWATER PUMP AUTO Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
AP001.PMT_RUN FEEDWATER PUMP RUN Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMITTED
AP001.PMT_STP FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT TO STOP
AP001.PMT_STPB FEEDWATER PUMP STOP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
AP001.PMT_STR FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT TO START
AP001.PMT_STRB FEEDWATER PUMP START Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PERMIT BYPASS STS
AP001.PR_TR_A FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROTECTIVE TRIP
AP001.PR_TRP_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PROTECTIVE TRIP
PROPERTY
AP001.RCKD_IN_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
RACKED IN PROPERTY
AP001.RCKD_OT FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
RACKED OUT
AP001.REJ_MN FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT
AP001.REJ_MNB FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
MANUAL REJECT BYPASS
STS
AP001.REM_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
REMOTE PROPERTY
AP001.RUN_FLR FEEDWATER PUMP RUN Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CIRCUIT FAIL
AP001.STP_FLR FEEDWATER PUMP STOP Alarmed LVL_4 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
CIRCUIT FAIL

Class Access
AP001.TK FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TRACKING ENABLED
AP001.TMR FEEDWATER PUMP RUN Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TIME
AP001.TRIPPED FEEDWATER PUMP Alarmed LVL_2 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
TRIPPED
AP001.VOLT_MON_P FEEDWATER PUMP Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OUTPUT VOLT MON
PROPERTY

configuration.
Typical HMI Object for a STARTER_V2
STARTER_V2 Faceplate

53 Starter_Version 3 (STARTER_V3)
Block Category: STARTER_V3, Device Control
This block has various The Starter_Version 3 (STARTER_V3) block is a logic block that interfaces with the
enumerations that are inputs and outputs of a motor starter device such as a pump, fan, or motorized device.
configured for control Block configuration depends on the motor device hardware. The motor can have multiple
operation. status feedback that ties into the block. Such feedback monitors breaker status,
availability, or power to the command circuit. Additionally, the motor has the ability to
receive two separate ON and OFF commands. These are pulsed commands sent to the
device. Also, the motor can receive one command. This command would be a maintained
True parameter for running operation or a maintained False parameter for stopped
operation. The block also has pins to monitor the feedback for alarm detection.
Refer to GEI-100682, Mark The block may be configured to allow the motor to operate in Manual or Automatic
VIe Controller Standard Block (Auto) mode. The block enables the user to lock the device, thus disabling any operation
Library, the Logic Builder while in the Lock mode. The block is used in conjunction with the PERMIT, FORCE,
(LOGIC_BUILDER) block. OVERRIDE, or LOGIC_BUILDER blocks to provide a complete and comprehensive
device control. A predefined HMI faceplate is available to provide the operator interface
to the valve.
The STARTER_V3 block is displayed in the following figure. However, not all variable
pins are displayed because most are auto-hidden.
STARTER_V3 Block

table.
CTL Enumerations
Enumeration Command
NO_CMD No command
ON_CMD On cmd
OFF_CMD Off cmd
Mode of Operation (MODE_OPT) parameter specifies the allowable modes of

operation. The STARTER_V3 block may be configured to operate in Manual or Auto
mode, and disallow any operation while in the Lock mode. Manual mode allows
commands from the operator interface, and automatic mode allows the control logic to
command the motor. In either mode, there are inputs that may bypass or override the
active mode of operation. Lock mode is intended to be used when maintenance work is
being performed on the valve and the operator wants to prohibit any logic from
energizing the valve solenoid. The following table provides a visual presentation of the
modes available based on the MODE_OPT selection.

MODE OPTION
MANUAL AUTO LOCK LEAD/LAG
MANUAL-AUTO X X
MANUAL-LOCK X X
MANUAL-LDLG X X
MANUAL-AUTO-LDLG X X X
MANUAL-LOCK-LDLG X X X
MANUAL-AUTO-LOCK-LDLG X X X X
AUTO ONLY X
AUTO-LOCK X X
AUTO-LDLG X X
AUTO-LOCK-LDLG X X X

Manual mode is always Manual mode enables the block to respond to operator Start and Stop commands from
available unless MODE_OPT an HMI faceplate. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in accordance
is set to AUTO ONLY or with the manual command. The permit for the Open command is set by the Start permit
AUTO-LOCK. input, STR_PMT, and the permit for the Stop command is set by the Stop permit input,
STP_PMT. These inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER
Some of these conditions block. The conditions that can place the block into Manual mode are as follows:
require block parameters to be
specifically configured. • Manual mode selected from the HMI faceplate
• Manual rejection from the logic (MN_REJ
• Override trip from the logic (TRP_OVR)
• I/O pin from device Protective trip (PR_TRP)
• I/O pin from device not in Remote mode (REMOTE)
• I/O pin from device is not available (AVAIL)
• I/O pin from device is not racked in (RCKD_IN)
• I/O pin from device is no control power (CP_OK)
• Device has generated the following alarms:
− Failed to Start
− Failed to Stop
− Run Failure
− Stop Failure
− Trip
STARTER_V3 in Manual Mode
Auto mode enables the block to respond to operator Start and Stop commands from an
HMI faceplate. Given that the permits are satisfied, the block operates in accordance with
the Auto command. The permit for the Open command is set by the Start permit input,
STR_PMT, and the permit for the Stop command is set by the Stop permit input, STP_
PMT. These inputs may be set to fixed values or driven by the LOGIC_BUILDER block.

A selection of MANUAL-AUTO mode provides manual and automatic functionality. A
selection of AUTO or AUTO-LOCK provides automatic functionality only. While
residing in Auto mode, the block controls the valve based on external logic. Automated
control from external logic interfaces to the AU_ST and AU_SP pins. Similar to the
Manual mode, Auto action only operates with the proper Open and Close permits.
If AUTO ONLY mode is selected, the block will permanently reside in Auto mode.
If MANUAL-AUTO mode is selected, only two conditions will transfer the block from
Manual into Auto mode. Unlike the transferring to Manual mode, certain permits must be
satisfied to allow the valve to enter into Auto mode. This means that the block is always
able to enter Manual mode, but not always able to enter Auto mode. These conditions
depend on the mode options selected for the block. All of the following conditions must
be met for the block to enter Auto mode:

• MODE_OPT must have AUTO in the selection
At any time, the block may go Lock mode may only be selected when the motor is in the OFF state. When placed in the
into Lock mode as long as it is Lock mode, the block forces the output so that the solenoid remains de-energized. Upon
residing in its fail-safe being placed in this mode, if currently in Auto mode, the block will be deselected and
position. Only the operator indicates Manual mode. At this time, no open commands, forces, or overrides will be
may place the block into Lock accepted. Upon removing the lock, Manual mode will then be active. Similarly, AUTO
mode. ONLY and AUTO-LOCK (no open commands) will be accepted. however, upon removal
of Lock mode, the block will return to Auto mode.
Lead/Lag mode selection is used for displays on the HMI object only, and does not
change any block functionality. Enabling the Lead/Lag mode allows logic to Write to a
block input pin (LDLG_ORDER) that displays on the HMI faceplate the motor’s order
with redundant devices (such as Lead, Lag 2, Lag 3, and so forth).
Modes of I/O
The STARTER_V3 block may be configured to allow input I/O states for the device. All
I/O are digital or analog inputs received from the motor device. Each I/O input indicates
the current status. Device status includes breaker racked in, device not available, and
device in remote. Depending on the I/O properties enabled, the block will act differently.
The I/O configurations are specified by the I/O Options parameter, IO_OPT. The
following table provides a visual presentation of the modes available based on the IO_
OPT selection. Any enumeration of the I/O pins is available. However, not all are
displayed because there are too many to display in the table.

I/O Pins Available for IO_OPT Selections
I/O
Ctrl Pwr Remote Avail Protective Racked In Mom Off
OK Trip Out Input
IO_OPT AVAIL X
AVAIL-MOM_OUT X X
AVAIL-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP X X X
AVAIL-OFF_INP X X
AVAIL-PR_TRP X X
AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT X X X
AVAIL-PR_TRP-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP X X
CP_OK-REM X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-MOM_OUT X X X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-MOM_OUT-OFF_INP_P X X X X X
CP_OK-REM-AVAIL-OFF_INP_P X X X X
Control Power OK (CP_OK) — allows the device I/O input from CP_OK. If this input
goes False, a Control Power Fail alarm is generated that trips the device and places it in
Manual mode.
Remote (REMOTE) — allows the device I/O input from REMOTE. If this input goes
False, then a Device in Local alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Available (AVAIL) — allows the device I/O input from AVAIL. If this input goes False,
then a Device not available alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Protective Trip (PR_TRP) — allows the device I/O input from PR_TRP. If this input
goes True, then a trip is issued to the motor.
Racked In (RCKD_IN) — allows the device I/O input from RCKD_IN. If this input
goes False, then a Breaker racked out alarm is generated that places it in Manual mode.
Momentary Output — enables the block to be configured for either a pulse ON or OFF
command from the control system to the motor device, or it may be configured with a
maintained ON command. If the Momentary On feature is enabled, the block requires two
outputs, ON_ORD andOFF_ORD. If the Momentary On feature is disabled, then the
block only requires one output, ON_ORD.
Off Output (OFF_INP) — allows the device I/O input from OFF_INP. The block now
has the ability to detect congruency alarms if both ON_INP and OFF_INP are either True
or False.

Inputs and Outputs
At a minimum, the STARTER_V3 block requires ON motor feedback and a command
output. However, other inputs may be used for automatic control, device forcing, manual
rejection, and such. Depending of the block configuration, the output could be one (ON_
ORD) or two (ON_ORD, OFF_ORD) commands. Normally, for unit control operation,
motors require a maintained signal for device operation, meaning that input pin IO_OPT
would not have MOM_OUT enabled.
Start Command Logic

For the Stop command, the logic varies slightly. As a fail-safe, the motor should always
be ready to stop, so fewer permits are tied into the logic.
Stop Command Logic

Maintained Command Motors Logic
Pulsed Command Motors Logic

Additional outputs from this block indicate status, faults, failures, alarms, forces and
overrides. Much of this information is displayed on the HMI faceplate.

Alarms and Faults
When an alarm is active, the STARTER_V3 block could have limited action of
movement. For example, a Fail to Open alarm inhibits the valve from opening again. In
this case, a Fault Reset must be issued so that the valve can continue normal operation.
Some alarms are held true until the alarm is cleared, while others require a Fault Reset to
remove the indication. The alarm may be reset at any time from the logic or using an
operator push-button. However, the reset must occur after the alarm has been cleared.
Otherwise the alarm will remain active. For Unit Controls, this Fault Reset pin may be
connected to the Master Reset variable. The alarms that may occur are as follows:
Fail to Start (FL_ST_A)+ — when commanded ON, the motor fails to start within the
allotted time (FL_ST_T ). The block sends a stop command to the motor and the operator
cannot reissue an ON command while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm.
Fail to Start (FL_ST_A)

Fail to Stop (FL_SP_A)+ — when commanded OFF, the motor fails to stop within the
allotted time (FL_SP_T). The operator cannot reissue an OFF command while the alarm
is active. Reset the alarm.
Motor Trip (TRIPPED)+ — the motor loses its running feedback but there was no OFF
command. The block sends a Stop command to the motor and cannot reissue an Auto or
Manual command while the alarm is active. Reset the alarm.

Motor Trip (TRIPPED)
Congruency alarm (CONGR_A)+— the motor has both running and stopped feedback
for 2 seconds. The block is in Reject to Manual mode. Verify that the motor has only
either running or stopped feedback.
Start Circuit Failure (RUN_FLR) — power is lost to the circuit that starts the motor
(RDY_STR becomes False) for at least 2 seconds. This pin is a reserved variable that
monitors the health of the I/O. The block rejects to manual+ and the operator cannot
reissue an ON command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared when RDY_STR
becomes True.
Control Power Failure (CP_F_A) — power is lost to the motor (CP_OK becomes
False). After 0.5 seconds, the block will reject to manual. The operator sends a Stop
command to the motor and cannot reissue an ON command while the alarm is active. The
alarm is cleared when CP_OK becomes True.
Racked Out (RCKD_OT) — the breaker to the motor is in the racked out position
(RCKD_IN becomes False). After 0.5 seconds, the block will reject to manual. The
operator cannot reissue an ON command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared
when RCKD_IN becomes True.
Protective Trip (PR_TR_A) — the motor tripped due to a protective setting (PR_TRP
becomes True). This is a status variable only. The block rejects to manual and cannot
reissue an ON command while the alarm is active.
Not Available (AVAIL_A) — the motor has become unavailable due to some a device
not available (AVAIL becomes False). The block will reject to manual. The operator
cannot reissue an ON or OFF command while the alarm is active. The alarm is cleared
and is an alarm message only. The alarm is cleared if the valve is placed into auto,
manually ordered to the requested state, or the Auto action is removed.
Manual Rejected (MN_REJ_A) — the motor is rejected to Manual due to a conditional
alarm or input pin (MN_REJ becomes True). The block will only respond to manual
commands. The alarm is cleared after the conditions returns to normal and the MN_REJ
becomes False and a reset command is given.

affect automatic motor operation. However, the alarm will still become active under the
given conditions.
Note If the MODE_OPT is set to a non-manual selection, the action will not take place.

Refer to the figure, Start During any condition, the motor may be forced to a state that bypasses normal operation.
Command Logic, to view the The force is driven from the ON_FRC or OFF_FRC pins in the logic. The motor will
logic for a force. send the respective condition and remain there until the force is removed. However, an
OFF force takes precedence over an ON force. For example, for the motor to be forced
ON, there must be no Trip, OFF Force, Circuit Failure, or Fail to Start. While a force
condition is active, the motor may freely transfer from Auto to Manual mode following
the normal permits. However, no manual command will supersede the force. Once the
force is removed, the valve will continue normal operation.
A trip will supersede a force and turn the motor off. For example, irrelevant of any forces,
the motor will immediately send a Stop command. The trip override takes the utmost
precedence. Upon entering a tripped state, the valve will be placed into Manual mode.
Once the trip is removed and reset, the valve will remain in Manual mode until changed
by the operator.
Although forces bypass normal permits, if the valve is locked, forces will have no effect
on the block. The block must be removed from Lock mode before any force affects block
operation. Additionally, if the MODE_OPT is set to AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK, the
Trip Override pin will be disabled and will have no effect on the block.

Permits
For basic operations, most of Due to the nature of auto and forcing action, permits are required for motor operation.
these permits will be disabled. Special device permits are built into the blocks, which may be enabled and disabled with
certain pins in the block, as follows:
• Start
− STR_PMT is True (STR_PMT is technically a UINT)
− Breaker to motor not Racked Out
− Breaker to motor not Protective Tripped
− Motor not Running
• Stop
− STP_PMT is True (STP_PMT is technically a UINT)
− Motor not Forced ON
• Start Force
• Stop Force
• Trip Override+
− None

• Automatic Stop commands+
− Motor Fail to Stop**
− Motor Tripped**
− Motor Control Power Fail
− Breaker to motor Not Available
− Motor in Local
Note ** Indicates an alarm that is generated internal to the block. Otherwise, the permits
are input pins to the block.
+ If the MODE_OPT is set to AUTO ONLY or AUTO-LOCK, these permissives are not
required for operation.
Inputs
AU_ OP Auto Open Opens the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be in Auto
mode
AU_CL Auto Close Auto closes the valve (provided all permits are met); device must be in
Auto mode
AU_PMT Yes Auto Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve to enter Auto mode
STR_PMT Yes Start Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from starting
STP_PMT Yes Stop Permit Permit required for external logic to prevent the valve from stopping
AVAIL Motor Available Tied to the I/O that has the motor availably feedback
CP_OK Motor Control Power Ted to the I/O that has the motor control power
OK
RDY_STR Ready to Start Motor I/O monitoring of the start command circuit to the motor
RDY_STP Ready to Stop Motor I/O monitoring of the stop command circuit to the motor
RCKD_IN Motor Breaker Racked Tied to the I/O that has the racked in status of the breaker
REMOTE Motor in Remote Tied to the I/O that has the motor in remote status
TRP_OVR Yes Trip Override Permit required for external logic to trip the motor
PR_TRP Protective Trip Tied to the I/O that has the motor protective trip signal
TK Yes Tracking Tracking
LDLG_ Yes Lead\lag order Indicates the lag order to the HMI screen (does not affect operation;
ORDER indication only)
ON_INP Running Feedback Connects to the running feedback of the motor
OFF_INP Stopped Feedback Connects to the stopped feedback of the motor
OFF_FRC Yes Off Force Permit required for external logic to force off the motor
ON_FRC Yes On Force Permit required for external logic to force on the motor
FAULT_ Fault Reset Permit required for external logic to reset alarms on the valve
RESET

Parameters
FL_ST_T Fail to Start Time Time allotted for the motor to start. (If the motor takes 0.5 seconds to open,
~500 msec is sufficient time to allow the valve to reach its open state.)
FL_SP_T Fail to Stop Time Time allotted for the motor to stop. (If the motor takes 0.5 seconds to
state.)
PWR_FL_ Manual Reject Power Time allotted for the motor to lose power before it rejects to manual
TMR Failure Time
IO_MON I/O Monitor Options Allow the I/O monitoring feature to be enabled. This pin can be set to
either Volt monitoring or Fuse monitoring.
IO_OPT Motor I/O Options Designates the I/O options I/O options the motor has.
MODE_OPT Mode Options Designates what modes the motor can enter.

Outputs
ON_ORD On Order
OFF_ORD Off Order
AUTO_P Yes Auto Property
LOCK_P Yes Lock Property
AVAIL_P Yes Available Property
CP_OK_P Yes Control Power OK Property
LDLG_P Yes Lead Lag Property
MOM_OUT_P Yes Momentary Output Property
PR_TRP_P Yes Property for Protective Trip
RCKD_IN_P Yes Racked In Property
REM_P Yes Remote Property
OFF_INP_P Yes Off Feedback Property
VOLT_MON_P Yes Volt Monitoring I/O Property
FUSE_MON_P Yes Fuse Monitoring I/O Property
AUTO Auto Mode
ON Yes On
OFF Yes Off
PMT_STR Yes Start Permit
PMT_STP Yes Stop Permit
PMT_RUN Yes Run Permit
FRC_ON Yes ON Force
FRC_OFF Yes OFF Force
REJ_MN Yes Manual Rejection
FAULT Yes Fault
TMR Yes Timer
AUTO_REQ Yes Auto Request
MODE Mode
FL_ST_A Yes Failed to Start Alarm
FL_SP_A Yes Failed to Stop Alarm
AVAIL_A Yes Motor Not Available
CP_F_A Yes Control Power Failure
LOCAL Yes Local
LOCK Yes Lock
TRIPPED Yes Tripped
PR_TR_A Yes Motor Protective Trip
RACKD_OT Yes Breaker to Motor Racked Out
RUN_FLR Yes Run Circuit Failure
STP_FLR Yes Stop Circuit Failure
OVR_TRP Yes Trip Override

Global Variables
Class Access
AP001 FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP Alarmed
AP001.AU_REQ FEEDWATER Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP AUTO
REQUEST
AP001.AUTO FEEDWATER Not True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP AUTO Alarmed
AP001.AUTO_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP AUTO Alarmed
PROPERTY
AP001.AVAIL_A FEEDWATER Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP NOT
AVAILABLE
AP001.AVAIL_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP AVAILABLE Alarmed
PROPERTY
AP001.CONGR_A FEEDWATER Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP
CONGRUENCY
AP001.CP_F_A FEEDWATER Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP CONTROL
POWER FAIL
AP001.CP_OK_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP CONTROL Alarmed
POWER
PROPERTY
AP001.CTL FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadWrite
PUMP CONTROL Alarmed
WORD
AP001.FAULT FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP FAULT Alarmed
INDICATION
AP001.FL_SP_A FEEDWATER Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP FAIL TO
STOP
AP001.FL_ST_A FEEDWATER Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP FAIL TO
START
AP001.FRC_OFF FEEDWATER Not True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP FORCE OFF Alarmed
AP001.FRC_OFFB FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP FORCE OFF Alarmed
BLOCK STS
AP001.FRC_ON FEEDWATER Not True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP FORCE ON Alarmed
AP001.FRC_ONB FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP FORCE ON Alarmed
BLOCK STS

Class Access
AP001.FUSE_MON_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP OUTPUT Alarmed
FUSE MON
PROPERTY
AP001.LDLG_ORDER FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP LEAD/LAG Alarmed
ORDER
AP001.LDLG_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP LEAD/LAG Alarmed
INDICATION
PROPERTY
AP001.LOCAL FEEDWATER Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP LOCAL
MODE
AP001.LOCK FEEDWATER Not True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP LOCKED Alarmed
AP001.LOCK_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP LOCK Alarmed
PROPERTY
AP001.MN_REJ_A FEEDWATER Alarmed LVL_3 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP MANUAL
REJECT
AP001.MOM_OUT_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP Alarmed
MOMENTARY OUT
PROPERTY
AP001.OFF FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP Alarmed
OFF/STOPPED
AP001.OFF_INP_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP OFF Alarmed
PROPERTY
AP001.ON FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP Alarmed
ON/RUNNING
AP001.OVR_TRP OVERRIDE TRIP - Not True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
OVERRIDE VALUE Alarmed
AP001.OVR_TRPB FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP OVERRIDE Alarmed
TRIP BLOCK STS
AP001.PBSTATE FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP LAST PB Alarmed
STATE
AP001.PMT_AU FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP AUTO Alarmed
PERMIT
AP001.PMT_AUB FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP AUTO Alarmed
PERMIT BYPASS
STS

Class Access
AP001.PMT_RUN FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP RUN Alarmed
PERMITTED
AP001.PMT_STP FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP PERMIT TO Alarmed
STOP
AP001.PMT_STPB FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP STOP Alarmed
PERMIT BYPASS
STS
AP001.PMT_STR FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP PERMIT TO Alarmed
START
AP001.PMT_STRB FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP START Alarmed
PERMIT BYPASS
STS
AP001.PR_TR_A FEEDWATER Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP
PROTECTIVE TRIP
AP001.PR_TRP_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP Alarmed
PROTECTIVE TRIP
PROPERTY
AP001.RCKD_IN_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP RACKED IN Alarmed
PROPERTY
AP001.RCKD_OT FEEDWATER Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP RACKED
OUT
AP001.REJ_MN FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP MANUAL Alarmed
REJECT
AP001.REJ_MNB FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP MANUAL Alarmed
REJECT BYPASS
STS
AP001.REM_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP REMOTE Alarmed
PROPERTY
AP001.RUN_FLR FEEDWATER Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP RUN
CIRCUIT FAIL
AP001.STP_FLR FEEDWATER Alarmed Alert False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP STOP
CIRCUIT FAIL
AP001.TK FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP TRACKING Alarmed
ENABLED
AP001.TMR FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP RUN TIME Alarmed

Class Access
AP001.TRIPPED FEEDWATER Alarmed LVL_2 False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP TRIPPED
AP001.VOLT_MON_P FEEDWATER Not False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
PUMP OUTPUT Alarmed
VOLT MON
PROPERTY

configuration.
Click Off to display

the STARTER_V3
STARTER
faceplate.
Typical HMI Object for a STARTER_V3
STARTER_V3 Faceplate

54 Steamtable (STEAMTABLE)
Block Category: STEAMTABLE, Equations and Conversions
The Steamtable (STEAMTABLE) block extracts thermodynamic properties of water and
steam according to state region calculations.
Note The steamtable lookup uses the sum of IN_P and IN_PATM (absolute pressure).
The sum of IN_P and IN_PATM must be in the range of 0.8 - 3200 PSIA (0.0552 -
220.6322 bara).
STEAMTABLE Block
Region Description FUNC Description of MEAS_SYS ENGLISH S.I.

Names of Region (Enumerations) Enumeration
Liquid This region LIQ_WTR_PT Liquid Water (Pressure and IN_T 32 – 705.1°F 0 - 374°C
Water represents the Temperature as inputs): IN_P PSIg barg
zone where Calculates Enthalpy, IN_PATM PSIg barg
water is in a Entropy and Specific OUT_ENTH BTU/lb kJ/kg
liquid state. Volume from Atmospheric
OUT_ENTR BTU/(lb*°R) kJ/(kg*K)
Pressure, Gauge Pressure
OUT_VOL ft3/lb m3/kg
and Temperature.
OUT_DENS lb/ft3 kg/m3
LIQ_WTR_PH Liquid Water (Pressure and IN_ENTH 0 - 893.85 0-
Enthalpy as inputs): BTU/lb 2079.0951
Calculates Temperature kJ/kg
from Atmospheric IN_P PSIg barg
Pressure, Gauge Pressure IN_PATM PSIg barg
and Enthalpy. OUT_T °F °C
Saturation This region SAT_LIQ_T Saturation Liquid Curve IN_T 95 – 705.1°F 35 - 374°C
Liquid represents the (Temperature as input):
Curve zone where Calculates Enthalpy,
water is in a Entropy, Specific Volume
liquid state. and Gauge Pressure from
Atmospheric Pressure and IN_PATM PSIg barg
Temperature. OUT_ENTH BTU/lb kJ/kg
OUT_P PSIg barg

Region Description FUNC Description of MEAS_SYS ENGLISH S.I.
Names of Region (Enumerations) Enumeration
SAT_LIQ_P Saturation Liquid Curve IN_P PSIg barg
(Pressure as input): IN_PATM PSIg barg
Calculates Enthalpy, OUT_ENTH BTU/lb kJ/kg
Entropy, Specific Volume OUT_ENTR BTU/(lb*°R) kJ/(kg*K)
and Temperature from
Atmospheric Pressure and
OUT_T °F °C
Gauge Pressure.
SAT_LIQ_H Saturation Liquid Curve IN_ENTH 62.389 - 145.117 -

(Enthalpy as input): 893.85 2079.0951
Calculates Temperature, BTU/lb kJ/kg
Entropy, Specific Volume IN_PATM PSIg barg
and Gauge Pressure from OUT_T °F °C
Atmospheric Pressure and OUT_ENTR BTU/(lb*°R) kJ/(kg*K)
Enthalpy.
OUT_P PSIg barg
Saturation This region SAT_VAP_T Saturation Vapor Curve IN_T 95 – 705.1°F 35 - 374°C
Vapor represents the (Temperature as input):
Curve curve of Calculates Enthalpy,
liquid-vapor Entropy, Specific Volume
and steam and Gauge Pressure from
mixing zone. Atmospheric Pressure
and Temperature.
IN_PATM PSIg barg
OUT_ENTH BTU/lb kJ/kg
OUT_P PSIg barg
SAT_VAP_P Saturation Vapor Curve IN_P PSIg barg

(Pressure as input):
IN_PATM PSIg barg
Calculates Enthalpy,
Entropy, Specific Volume OUT_ENTH BTU/lb kJ/kg
and Temperature from OUT_ENTR BTU/(lb*°R) kJ/(kg*K)
Atmospheric Pressure
and Gauge Pressure. OUT_VOL ft3/lb m3/kg
OUT_T °F °C

Region Description FUNC Description of MEAS_ ENGLISH S.I.
Names of Region (Enumerations) Enumeration SYS
SAT_VAP_S Saturation Vapor Curve IN_ENTR 1.0569 - 4.425 -
(Entropy as input): 1.9965 8.359
Calculates Temperature, BTU/(lb*°R) kJ/(kg*K)
Enthalpy, Specific Volume IN_PATM PSIg barg
and Gauge Pressure from OUT_T °F °C
Atmospheric Pressure and OUT_ENTH BTU/(lb*°R) kJ/(kg*K)
Entropy.
OUT_P PSIg barg
This region SH_STM_PT SuperHeated Steam IN_T 95 -1500°F 35 - 816°C
represents (Pressure and
SuperHeated the zone Temperature as inputs):
Steam where water Calculates Enthalpy,
is in a steam Entropy and Specific
state. Volume from
Atmospheric Pressure, IN_P PSIg barg
Gauge Pressure and
Temperature. IN_PATM PSIg barg
OUT_ENTH BTU/lb kJ/kg
SH_STM_PH SuperHeated Steam IN_ENTH 1102.3 - 2563.95 -

(Pressure and Enthalpy 1762 4098.41
as inputs): Calculates BTU/lb kJ/kg
Temperature from
Atmospheric Pressure, IN_P PSIg barg
Gauge Pressure and
Enthalpy.
IN_PATM PSIg barg
OUT_T °F °C

• Due to the nature of the steam table, some input combinations may lead to a result outside of the selected steamtable

Inputs
FUNC Steam Function UINT LIQ_WTR_PT Parameter Value Only
IN_ENTH Input Enthalpy REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
IN_ENTR Input Entropy REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
IN_P Input Pressure REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
IN_T Input steam temperature REAL† 150 Always Value with Status
Outputs
OUT_DENS Output density REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT_ENTH Output Enthalpy REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT_ENTR Output Entropy REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT_P Output pressure REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT_T Output temperature REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT_VOL Output specific volume REAL† N/A Always Value with Status

55 Superheat of Steam (SUPERHEAT)
Block Category: SUPERHEAT, Equations and Conversions
The Superheat of Steam (SUPERHEAT) block calculates the amount of superheat of
steam for a given temperature, IN_T, pressure, IN_P, and atmospheric pressure, IN_
PATM.
SUPERHEAT Block
Ranges/Units
IN_P PSIg barg
IN_T °F °C
IN_PATM PSI bar
OUT °F °C
The steam table lookup uses the sum of IN_P and IN_PATM (absolute
pressure). The sum of IN_P and IN_PATM must be in the range of 0.8 -
3200 PSIA (0.0552 - 220.6322 bara).
The saturation temperature is subtracted from the steam temperature to calculate the
amount of superheat, which is OUT. The user can set a superheat setpoint, SET, and a
hysteresis value, HYST. When the amount of superheat is greater than the setpoint, SET,
the output flag SH is set to True. When the amount of superheat OUT goes below SET –
HYST, SH is set to False.

Example of Superheat Flag with Hysteresis
Calculation of the Superheat Amount
Block status modifications: If the input pressure value exceeds the range in the given table above, the output status will be
either LOW_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_VALUE-UNCERTAIN [69] or HIGH_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_

Inputs
HYST Input hysteresis REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
IN_P Input pressure REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
IN_PATM Input atmospheric REAL 14.696 Parameter Value Only
pressure
SET Input superheat setpoint REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
Outputs
OUT Amount of superheat REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
SH Superheat flag BOOL N/A Always Value Only

56 Pulse Totalizer (TOTALIZER_PULSE)
Block Category: TOTALIZER_PULSE, Timers and Counters
The TOTALIZER_PULSE block accumulates each rising edge of IN, if RUN is True. The
accumulated value is transferred to OUT. IN and OUT are in engineering units. The
GAIN parameter is used to equate the meaning of each pulse to output engineering. If
PRESET is True, OUT is equal to PR_VAL x GAIN. OUT is initialized to zero when
RESET becomes True. OUT_LAST stores the last value of OUT prior to the initiation of
RESET. RESET has the highest priority followed by PRESET and RUN.
TOTALIZER_PULSE Block
• OUT status is propagated from either IN status or PR_VAL status, whichever is active. When IN is selected the OUT
status defaults NOT_LIMITED-GOODNC [128] because IN is a Boolean.
• If PRESET is True, OUT status = PR_VAL status.
Inputs
GAIN Accumulator Gain REAL 1 Parameter Value Only
IN Pulse inputs BOOL N/A Always Value Only
PR_VAL Initialize value REAL 0 Parameter Value with Status
PRESET Initialize command BOOL False Always Value Only
RESET Accumulator Reset BOOL False Always Value Only
RUN Accumulator run BOOL False Always Value Only
command
Outputs
OUT Integrator Output LREAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT_LST Output value at Reset LREAL† N/A Always Value with Status

57 Rate Totalizer (TOTALIZER_RATE)
Block Category: TOTALIZER_RATE, Timers and Counters
The TOTALIZER_RATE block totalizes, when RUN is True. The totalized value is
transferred to OUT. IN is in engineering units per sec, min or Hour and OUT is in
engineering units. The output engineering units are scaled using the GAIN parameter. The
period multiplier can be selected by the Enumeration PERIOD. No totalization occurs if
IN <= LCO parameter. If LCO<0 it is internally substituted with a zero. If PRESET is
True, OUT is equal to PR_VAL x GAIN. OUT is initialized to zero when RESET becomes
True. OUT_LAST stores the last value of OUT prior to the initiation of RESET. RESET
has the highest priority followed by PRESET and RUN.
TOTALIZER_RATE Block
Input Function Enumeration

PERIOD Second SEC
PERIOD Minutes MIN
PERIOD Hours HOUR
Block status modifications: OUT status is propagated from either IN status or PR_VAL status, whichever is active.
Inputs
GAIN Accumulator Gain REAL 1 Parameter Value Only
IN Value to be integrated REAL† 0 Always Value with Status
LCO Low cut off for input REAL 0 Parameter Value Only
PERIOD Time period enumeration UINT (ENUM) SEC Parameter Value Only
PR_VAL Initialize value REAL 0 Parameter Value with Status
PRESET Initialize command BOOL False Always Value Only
RESET Accumulator Reset BOOL False Always Value Only
RUN Accumulator run command BOOL False Always Value Only
Outputs
OUT Accumulator Output LREAL† N/A Always Value with Status
OUT_LST Output value at Reset LREAL† N/A Always Value with Status

58 Track (TRACK)
Block Category: TRACK, Permits and Overrides
Note Legacy Status — The TRACK block is not supported for use in new Mark VIe
Block Library.
The Track (TRACK) block is an expandable block of up to 32 track inputs, which

functions similar to the OR block. Each connected input can be blocked by the HMI
operator using the Track tab of the associated permit screen. This blocking function is
enabled by setting TRKnBE to True. If track blocking is enabled for an input, an event is
generated on the HMI alarm/event screen whenever the operator blocks any TRACK
input.
inherited description is undesirable, it must be disabled by setting the Inherit Description
option to False in the input variable properties. The description can be replaced with a
desirable description by entering an appropriate description in the description field of the
input variable of the TRACK block (replace TRACK #1 with the desired override
description for the source connected to TRK1). The description is not copied from the
connected variable immediately; the input’s description is set when the library or device
TrackType enumerations are as follows:
TrackType Enumerations
Name Description
CMD_TRK Command/setpoint track
OUT pin is an enumeration with the following values:
OUT Enumerations
Name Description
NO_TRACK-NO-BLOCK No track and no track is blocked

Refer to the table, TrackType Inserting this block into the application program will display the window Enter the
Enumerations. Attribute Instance Values. This prompts the user to Enter Device Name and Select
TrackType in the Value column. (The Track ttype is a drop-down menu selection.) block
automatically creates the necessary variables and provides the appropriate attributes for
each variable (for example, Type and Format Spec variables that need to be on EGD will
be automatically placed on the $Default EGD page). If additional pin groups are added,
the necessary new variables will be automatically created during a build of the application
program.
Refer to the table, Global When the user clicks OK to automatically configure the block and pin connections,
Variables. Global pins are generated.
Note The defaults displayed in the following table are an example only. Be sure to
change the Value of the Device appropriately.
The Device Name of the block should match the name of the block to which it will be
connected. If this block is controlling a PID_MA_ENH block, then the names should
match. If the blocks are connected correctly but named incorrectly, the TRACK block will
work normally, but the HMI screen cannot indicate why the device is or is not tracking.
Input pin names are in the form the Device Value TrackType Value.pin name. Output pin
names are in the form Device Value TrackType Value.OUT, Device Value TrackType
Value.TRK, and Device Value TrackType Value.TRKB. For example, if Device Value =
00TRACK1000 and TrackType Value = CMD_TRK.
TRACK Block

Inputs
Name Description Data Type Initial Value Visibility Interface
Type
TRK1 TRACK INPUT 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
TRK1B TRACK INPUT BLOCK 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
TRK1BE TRACK INPUT BLOCK ENABLE 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
TRK32 TRACK INPUT 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
TRK32B TRACK INPUT BLOCK 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
TRK32BE TRACK INPUT BLOCK ENABLE 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
Outputs
TRK TRACK BOOL False Always Value Only
TRKB TRACK BLOCK BOOL False Always Value Only
OUT OUTPUT UINT (ENUM) NO_TRACK-NO_BLOCK Always Value Only
Global Variables
Class Access
00TRACK1000CMD_TRK.TRK Track Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
00TRACK1000CMD_TRK.TRKB Track block Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
00TRACK1000CMD_TRK.OUT Output Not Alarmed False ReadOnly
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
00TRACK1000CMD_TRK.TRK1 Track input Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
00TRACK1000CMD_TRK.TRK1B Track input block Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadWrite
enable
00TRACK1000CMD_TRK.TRK1BE Track input block Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
enable
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
00TRACK1000CMD_TRK.TRKn Track input Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadOnly
00TRACK1000CMD_TRK.TRKnB Track input block Not Alarmed True $DEFAULT ReadWrite
enable
00TRACK1000CMD_TRK.TRKnBE Track input block Not Alarmed False $DEFAULT ReadOnly
enable

A TRACK block does not directly have an HMI object. The block will display on the
Permits faceplate when used.

59 Transfer (TRANSFER)
Block Category: TRANSFER, Selection
The Transfer (TRANSFER) block is an expandable block of up to 16 inputs that moves a
selected input to the output. Working in ascending order from SEL_T1 to SEL_Tn, the
first True value encountered causes the corresponding input to be moved to the output.
The Ascending transfer rate, A_RATE, and descending transfer rate, D_RATE, in
Engineering Units/sec determines the rate of change of the output when transferring
between greater or lesser inputs, respectively. The transfer rates do not apply to Boolean
transfers. When A_RATE and/or D_RATE equal 0, the corresponding transfer is
instantaneous. If all the selection pins are False, the default value, F, is transferred to the
output.
TRANSFER Block
Boolean, Integer, Double Integer, Real, Long Real, Unsigned Integer, Unsigned Double
Integer. From the ToolboxST Block Properties window, select the data type. Refer to the
section, Changing Data Type of a Variant Block. The default data type is Real.
This block propagates quality status if the status operations are enabled. For further
details on Selection blocks, refer to GEI-100682, Mark VIe Controller Standard Block
Library, the Status Monitoring (STATUS_MONITORING) block.

Inputs
A_RATE Ascending transfer rate ANY_NUM 0 Parameter Value Only
(engineering_units/sec)
D_RATE Descending transfer rate ANY_NUM 0 Parameter Value Only
(engineering_units/sec)
ENABLE Enables block to run BOOL True Always Value Only
F Default value ANY† 0 Always Value with Status
SEL_T1 Select point 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
SEL_T16 Select point 16 BOOL False Always Value Only
T1 Input 1 ANY† 0 Always Value with Status
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
T16 Input 16 ANY† 0 Always Value with Status
Output
OUT Output ANY† N/A Always Value with Status

60 Volume of Water (VOL_WATER)
Block Category: VOL_WTR, Equations and Conversions
The Volume of Water (VOL_WATER) block calculates the specific volume of subcooled
water for a given temperature, IN_T, gauge pressure, IN_P, and atmospheric pressure, IN_
PATM.
VOL_WATER
Ranges/Units
IN_P PSIg barg
IN_T 32 - 705.098 °F 0 - 373.943°C
OUT ft3/lb m3/kg
IN_PATM PSI bar
The steam table lookup uses the sum of IN_P and IN_PATM (absolute pressure). The sum of
IN_P and IN_PATM must be in the range of 0.8 - 3200 PSIA (0.0552 - 220.6322 bara).
• Due to the nature of the steam table, some input combinations may lead to a result outside of the subcooled water
LOW_LIMITED-LAST_GOOD_VALUE-UNCERTAIN [69] or HIGH_LIMITED-LAST_USABLE_

Inputs
IN_PATM Input atmospheric REAL 14.696 Parameter Value Only
pressure
Output
OUT Specific volume of REAL† N/A Always Value with Status
subcooled water

61 Vote (VOTE)
Block Category: VOTE, Boolean Operations
The Vote (VOTE) block is an expandable block with up to 32 inputs that performs an
M-out-of-N voting, where N is the number of inputs. If at least M out of the N inputs are
True, then the output voting result will be True. The value for M cannot be greater than
the number of inputs.
For example, if M=2 and N=3, this block will check if at least 2 out of 3 inputs are True.
If so, OUT, will be True. Otherwise, OUT will be False.
VOTE Block
Inputs
IN1 Input 1 BOOL False Always Value Only
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
IN32 Input 32 BOOL False Always Value Only
M M value of M-out-of-N voting UINT 1 Parameter Value Only
Outputs
ERR M value is out of range BOOL N/A Always Value Only
OUT Result of the voting BOOL N/A Always Value Only
1501 Roanoke Blvd.

Salem, VA 24153 USA

Gei 100679

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Gei 100679

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

GEI-100679R

Mark* VIe Controller

Revised: Jan 2015

Copyright © 2008 – 2015 General Electric Company, All rights reserved.

We would appreciate your feedback about our documentation.

For public disclosure

2 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 3

4 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

• Block name and category

Pin Name Modifiers Description

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 5

Data Type Identifier Basic Data Type Description

Data Type Identifier Type Definition Modifier Description

6 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

➢ To change the block data type

From the Block Data Type

Changing Block Data Type

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 7

INDIRECT_SQRT requires the inputs IN, EU_MAX, EU_MIN, IN_H_SCL, IN_L_

8 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

The output status is generated using the following rules:

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 9

Changing Default Attributes

10 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 11

Note AnalogAlarmDefault should be used when a variable is to be used as an alarm.

Enabling Analog Alarms on a Variable

Additional Options in Alarms and Events Property Editor

12 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 13

Responses to Loss of Input (Base Health Delay = 3)

Dual Network I/O Pack Input Response to Loss of Input

Responses to Loss of Input

Loss of 1st Input Loss of 2nd Input

TMR Network I/O Pack Input Response to Loss of Input

Responses to Loss of Input

External Network/EGD Page Response to Loss of Input

Responses to Loss of Input

14 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

AO_TYPE enumerations control the nature of the pins available.

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 15

16 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

Block status modifications:

• I/O Pack Health Failed – NOT_LIMITED-DEVICE_FAILURE-BAD [12]

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 17

CMN Minimum CV REAL -5 Parameter Value Only

18 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

ASTEPDRUM Block Expanded

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 19

STEP Current step number INT 1 Always Value Only

20 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

The Breaker (BREAKER) block controls a low-voltage (LV) or medium-voltage (MV)

AUTO_CMD Auto command

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 21

IO_OPT Enumerations (Short List)

22 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 23

FUSE Fuse Monitoring

24 GEI-100679R Mark VIe Controller DCS Block Library

Instruction Guide GEI-100679R 25

MN_REJ and TRP_OVR Enumerations

CL_FRC and OP_FRC Enumerations